1

PROBLEMS OF TEXTUAL TRANSMISSION IN EARLY GERMAN BOOKS ON MINING:

“DER URSPRUNG GEMEYNNER BERCKRECHT” AND THE NORWEGIAN “BERGKORDNUNG”

DISSERTATION

Presented in Partial Fulfillment of the Requirements for

the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy in the Graduate School of

The Ohio State University

By

David E. Connolly, B.A., B.S., M.A.

The Ohio State University 2005

Dissertation Committee: Approved by:

Professor Anna A. Grotans, Adviser

Professor Neil G. Jacobs __________________________

Professor John N. King Adviser, Graduate Program in

Germanic Languages & Literatures

i

Copyright by

David E. Connolly

2005

ii

ABSTRACT

The subject of this study is two printed books from the 1530s on

metal mining and mining law, Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht (“The

Origin of Common Mining Laws”) and the Bergkordnung des Löblichen

newen Bergkwergs/ auff dem Golmsbergk/ im Königreich Norwegen

(“Mining Regulation for the praiseworthy new mine at Gullnes in the

Kingdom of Norway”). I have created scholarly editions of each German text,

translations into English, and the annotations and commentary requisite for

understanding the works synchronically and diachronically in their historical

and linguistic contexts. The two books occupy important positions in the

early German literature on mining.

Ursprung, probably dating from 1535-1538, is the earliest printed

compendium of legal and scientific texts on mining, containing several texts

originally dating from the 13th to early 16th centuries. The collection, by

known book producer Johan Haselberg, prints key early German laws on

mining previously existing only in manuscripts, and it provides a new edition

of the earliest printed book on mining and metallurgy, Ulrich Rülein’s

“Bergbüchlein” from ca. 1500. A glossary of mining and smelting terms, a

iii

listing of mines in Bohemia, and information on mining officials complete

the collection.

The other book, Bergkordnung Norwegen, was composed and printed

in Saxony in 1540 for use in Norway. Commissioned by King Christian III

of Denmark and Norway, the book constitutes the first mining regulations

produced in Germany for use in another country. This work clearly and

systematically summarizes prevailing contemporary German practices and

served as the legal basis for Norwegian mining for several centuries.

The introduction to this study begins with overviews of early German

mining and mining literature. The two texts Ursprung and the Bergkordnung

Norwegen are then discussed in their historical context, including earlier

versions/sources and later editions of the works. Issues of textual

transmission and compilation in the early printing period are emphasized in

this study—how do the texts in question inform and/or problematize our

understanding of the growth and progress of scientific knowledge in the

Renaissance? Part 1.8 of the Introduction discusses the rationale and

methodology used in producing the editions and translations.

Chapter 2 presents the edition of Ursprung; Chapter 3, the edition of

the Norwegian Bergkordnung. The editions present near-diplomatic

renditions of each text, with critical apparatuses to provide variants from the

earlier and later versions of the texts. Chapters 4 and 5 are the respective

English translations, with footnotes to illuminate various linguistic or

technical aspects of the texts.

iv

On the one hand, various practices and developments in compilation

of technical information are demonstrated within and between these two texts.

However, study of these texts also reveals some of the problems adherent to

the transmission of texts from manuscript to print and among successive print

editions in the early book press period.

v

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The completion of this project would not have been possible without

the advice, support, and encouragement of many. First, thanks to my adviser,

Professor Anna Grotans, to Professors Neil Jacobs and John King for serving

on my dissertation committee, and to Professor Yuval Flicker for serving as

the graduate faculty representative for the dissertation defense. I thank

Professor Johanna Belkin (Ohio State, emerita), who introduced me to the

field of early German technical literature, and Professor William Crossgrove

(Brown University, emeritus), who directed me specifically to the early

mining literature as a possible field for dissertation research.

Among the scholars and librarians who provided advice and

assistance during my studies and research I would like to acknowledge the

following, in alphabetical order: Miriam Chrisman (University of

Massachusetts, emerita), John Davidson (Ohio State), Maria Dobozy

(University of Utah), Angela Kießling (Bergakademie Freiberg), Pamela

Long, Peter Siems (University of Idaho, emeritus), John Sullivan (University

of Idaho, emeritus), Harry Vredeveld (Ohio State).

Thanks to my many other friends who offered constant

encouragement. I want especially to acknowledge the following: Doris

vi

Anderson, John Camp, Louis E. Carlat, Kay Hahn, Barbara Hammock,

Christine Kallinger-Allen, Junko Kato-Weinstein, Judy and Al Kennedy,

Sandy Pritz, Agnes Risko, Phil and Janice Shaefer, Amy Strawser, and Frank

Zindler.

I am grateful to my employer, Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS), a

Division of the American Chemical Society, for several years of financial

support through their college tuition reimbursement program for employees.

My supervisors were consistently supportive during my course of studies at

Ohio State, which I balanced against full-time employment at CAS.

Thanks also to the German Historical Institute, Washington, D.C., for

their summer program in archival research and travel support which gave me

a valuable opportunity for research at the Bergakademie Freiberg, Germany

in the summer of 1999.

Special thanks are extended to my father, Guy Connolly, for carefully

proofreading the Introduction and English translations and offering many

corrections and suggestions for improving the readability of the text. And I

thank my friends Frank Kocab and Tim Scott for assistance with scanning of

woodcut images and various computer-related assistance.

All members of my family encouraged my work on the dissertation.

Above all, thanks are due to my wife, Mona, and daughters Jocelyn and

Madeleine, who supported me and waited patiently for me during the months

and years of effort that went into this project.

vii

VITA

October 10, 1962: Born in Ukiah, California, USA

1984 B. A., German & B. S., Chemistry,

University of Idaho, Moscow

1987 M. A., German, University of California,

Berkeley

1990-2005 Graduate student and Ph. D. candidate,

Germanic Languages and Literatures,

The Ohio State University, Columbus

1988-2005 Employed by Chemical Abstracts

Service, Columbus, Ohio, a Division of

the American Chemical Society

PUBLICATIONS

Connolly, David E. “A Research Bibliography of Early Modern German Mining.” De re metallica. The Uses of Metal in the Middle Ages. Ed. Robert Bork. Hampshire, England: Ashgate, 2005. 387-401. Connolly, David E. “Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s Bergbüchlein in the Context of Sixteenth-century German Mining/metallurgical Literature.” De re metallica. The Uses of Metal in the Middle Ages. Ed. Robert Bork. Hampshire, England: Ashgate, 2005. 347-366.

viii

FIELDS OF STUDY

Major Field: Germanic languages and literatures

ix

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Abstract ……………………………………………………………………….. ii Acknowledgments …………………………………………………………….. v Vita ……………………………………………………………………………. vii Table of Contents……………………………………………………………… ix List of Tables…………………………………………………………………. xi List of Figures………………………………………………………………… xii List of Abbreviations…. ………………………………………………………. xv Chapter 1: Introduction ………………………………………………………… 1

1.0 Overview …………………………………………………………… 1 1.1 European Metal Mining in the Middle Ages and Early Modern Era . 5 1.2 The Development of German Mining Literature ……….…………. 13 1.3 Survey of Recent Scholarship on Early Mining and Mining

Literature ……………………………………………….................... 20 1.4 Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht ……………………………… 33 1.5 The “Norwegian” Bergkordnung of 1540 …………..……………... 92 1.6 Compilation of Technical Information: Accumulation of knowledge

and the formation of a text type in Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen ………………………………………………………… 113

1.7 Transmission of Technical Information: Aspects of change and continuity in the histories-in-print of Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen ………………………………………………………… 136

1.8 The Text Editions and English Translations ……………………... 166 1.9 Concluding Synthesis …………………………………………….. 195

Chapter 2: Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht – German edition and critical apparatus …………………………………………………………………….... 210 Chapter 3: Bergkordnung des Löblichen newen Bergkwergs/ auff dem Golmsberg/ im Königreich Norwegen – German edition and critical apparatus ……………………………..……………………………………….. 363 Chapter 4: The Origin of Common Mining Laws – English translation of

x

Ursprung …………………………………………………………………….. 469 Chapter 5: Mining Regulations for the praiseworthy new mine at Gullnes in the Kingdom of Norway – English translation of Bergkordnung Norwegen …... 566 Appendices ………………………………………………………………….. 638 Appendex A: Title page and introductory dialog from “Bergbüchlein” (B1) …………………………………………………………. 639 Appendix B: Reproductions of correct compass woodcuts from “Bergbüchlein” (B1) ………………………………………… 643

Appendix C: Sample page from Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht ..... 645 Appendix D: Sample page from Bergkordnung Norwegen ([36v]) … 646 Appendix E: Title page and table of contents of Ursprung vnd Ordnungen der Bergwerge (Leipzig, 1616) ………………………………. 647 Appendix F: Title page of 2nd edition of Bergkordnung Norwegen (Copenhagen, 1647) ………………………………………….. 651

Appendix G: Dedicatory letter and freedoms, 2nd edition of Bergkordnung Norwegen (Copenhagen, 1647) ………………………………. 653

Appendix H: Title page and table of contents of Corpus juris et systema rerum metallicarum (Frankfurt, 1698) …………………………659 Bibliography ………………………………………………………………….. 662

xi

LIST OF TABLES

Table Page

1.1 Copies and electronic versions of Haselberg’s Ursprung gemeynner

Berckrecht …………………………………………………………… 44

1.2 Contents of Freiberg ‘B’ (FrB) as derived from Freiberg ‘A’ (FrA)

and/or Iglau (Ig) mining codes ..………..…………………………… 50

1.3 Copies and editions of Bergkordnung Norwegen, 1st and 2nd

editions …………………..………………………..…………………. 102

1.4 Examples of textual change, Freiberg ‘B’…….………………… 141

1.5 Examples of textual change, Iglau, Freiberg ‘A’, Waldenburg/Meissen

treaty ………………………………………………..………….……. 145

1.6 Examples of textual change in editions of Rülein’s

“Bergbüchlein” …..………………………………………………….. 151

1.7 Examples of textual change, Bergkordnung Norwegen (BN)…... 158

xii

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure Page

1.1 Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht and the Bergkordnung Norwegen

in the context of early German mining literature …………………… 109

2.1 Scene of miners at work ……………………..………………… 212

2.2 Scene of miners at work – same as 2.1 .………..….…………… 296

2.3 South-facing slope with ore vein ……………………………….. 302

2.4 Compass – version 1 ……………………………………………. 304

2.5 Two veins on a south-facing slope, one with east-west strike and one

with west-east strike ………………………………………………… 305

2.6 Two veins on a north-facing slope, one with east-west strike and one

with west-east strike ..……………………………………………….. 306

2.7 Two veins on a west-facing slope, one with south-north strike and one

with north-south strike ...…………………………………………….. 307

2.8 Two veins on an east-facing slope, one with south-north strike and one

with north-south strike ..…………………………………………….. 308

2.9 Two veins on a northwest-facing slope, one with northwest-southeast

strike and one with southeast-northwest strike ……………………... 309

2.10 Two veins on a northeast-facing slope, one with northeast-southwest

strike and one with southwest-northeast strike ..…………………….. 310

xiii

2.11 Intersecting veins with non-linear paths and varying directionality of

strike …………………………………………….……..………..…… 311

2.12 Vertical veins, one with south-facing stringers and one with north-

facing stringers ..…………….………………….…………………… 312

2.13 Compass – version 2 .….………………….…………………... 315

2.14 River with gold deposit ..………………….…………………... 331

3.1 Danish-Norwegian coat-of-arms ..……………………………… 364

3.2 Image of miners at work, with surrounding caption ….………... 365

3.3 Danish-Norwegian coat-of-arms – same as 3.1………...……….. 468

4.1 Scene of miners at work ………………………….……..……… 470

4.2 Scene of miners at work – same as 4.1 .………….………..…… 522

4.3 South-facing slope with ore vein ………………….………..….. 525

4.4 Compass – version 1 ……………………………….………..…. 526

4.5 Two veins on a south-facing slope, one with east-west strike and one

with west-east strike ………………………………………………... 527

4.6 Two veins on a north-facing slope, one with east-west strike and one

with west-east strike ………………………………………….…….. 528

4.7 Two veins on a west-facing slope, one with south-north strike and one

with north-south strike …………………………………………..….. 529

4.8 Two veins on an east-facing slope, one with south-north strike and one

with north-south strike ……………………………………………… 530

4.9 Two veins on a northwest-facing slope, one with northwest-southeast

strike and one with southeast-northwest strike ……………………… 531

xiv

4.10 Two veins on a northeast-facing slope, one with northeast-southwest

strike and one with southwest-northeast strike ……………………… 532

4.11 Intersecting veins with non-linear paths and varying directionality of

strike ………………………………………………………..……….. 533

4.12 Vertical veins, one with south-facing stringers and one with north-

facing stringers …………………………………………….………… 534

4.13 Compass – version 2 ………………………….……………….. 536

4.14 River with gold deposit ……………………….……………….. 544

5.1 Danish-Norwegian coat-of-arms ………………………………… 567

5.2 Image of miners at work, with surrounding caption ..…………… 568

5.3 Danish-Norwegian coat-of-arms – same as 5.1………………….. 637

Figures in Appendices:

A.1 Appendix B: Reproduction of correct compass woodcut from 1st edition

of “Bergbüchlein,” B1, p. 14 ………………………………………… 643

A.2 Appendix B: Reproduction of correct compass woodcut from 1st edition

of “Bergbüchlein,” B1, p. 27 ………………………………………… 644

A.3 Appendix C: Sample page from Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht

([11r]) ………………………………………………………………… 645

A.4 Appendix D: Sample page from Bergkordnung Norwegen ([36v]) . 646

xv

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations are used in the Introduction, German editions,

and/or English translations, including the italicization or underlining as

shown. Full details on published sources are provided in the Bibliography.

AHD – Arbeitsgemeinschaft außeruniversitärer historischer

Forschungseinrichtungen

B1 – First edition of Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s “Ein nutzlich bergbuchleyn,”

ca. 1500.

B2 – 2nd edition of the “Bergbüchlein,” Augsburg, 1505.

B3 – 3rd edition of the “Bergbüchlein,” Worms, 1518.

B6 – 6th edition of the “Bergbüchlein,” Augsburg, 1534.

Bergkordnung Norwegen – Bergkordnung des Löblichen newen Bergkwergs/

auff dem Golmsbergk/ im Königreich Norwegen. Zwickau, 1540.

BN – Bergkordnung des Löblichen newen Bergkwergs/ auff dem

Golmsbergk/ im Königreich Norwegen. Zwickau, 1540.

BN(1647) – 2nd edition of Bergkordnung Norwegen: Weyland König

CHRISTIANI Tertij Glorwürdigsten Angedenckens Anno 1540. über

daß Bergwerck auff dem Golmßberg im Reich Norwegen publicirte

xvi

Berg-Ordnung. Copenhagen, 1647.

BN(1698) – 3rd edition of Bergkordnung Norwegen in: Corpus juris &

Systema rerum Metallicarum, Oder: Neu-verfaßtes Berg-Buch ….

Frankfurt, 1698.

cat. no. – catalog number

Corpus juris... – Corpus juris & Systema rerum Metallicarum, Oder: Neu-

verfaßtes Berg-Buch …. Frankfurt, 1698. [Compilation includes

UgB(1698) and BN(1698).]

ENHG – Early New High German

Erm – (1) Text editions of FrA, Ig, and FrB from Hubert Ermisch, Das

sächsische Bergrecht des Mittelalters. Leipzig, 1887. (2) Text edition

of Waldenburg/Meissen treaty of 1407 from Urkundenbuch der Stadt

Freiberg in Sachsen. Ed. Hubert Ermisch. Leipzig, 1886.

FrA – The older Freiberg mining code or “Freiberger Bergrecht ‘A’”

FrB – The younger Freiberg mining code or “Bergrecht ‘B’”

Freiberg ‘A’ – The older Freiberg mining code or “Freiberger Bergrecht ‘A’”

Freiberg ‘B’ – The younger Freiberg mining code or “Bergrecht ‘B’”

Gross/1616 – Ursprung vnd Ordnungen der Bergwerge. Leipzig: H. Gross,

1616.

Ig – Iglau mining code

Iglau – Iglau mining code

Kö – Transcript of manuscript of Meissen/Waldenburg treaty, from

Friedrich Wilhelm Köhler, Historische Nachrichten von der

xvii

chursächsischen alten freyen Bergstadt Wolkenstein..., Schneeberg,

1781.

MHG – Middle High German

MS(S) – manuscript(s)

MSG – Modern Standard German

UgB – Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht. Ed. Johann Haselberg,

1535-1538.

UgB(1616) – 2nd edition of Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht in: Ursprung

vnd Ordnungen der Bergwerge. Leipzig, 1616.

UgB(1698) – 3rd edition of Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht in: Corpus

juris et Systema rerum Metallicarum, Oder: Neu-verfaßtes Berg-Buch

…. Frankfurt, 1698.

Ursprung – Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht. Ed. Johann Haselberg,

1535-1538.

Ursprung und Ordnungen... – Ursprung vnd Ordnungen der Bergwerge.

Leipzig, 1616. [Compilation includes UgB(1616).]

W/M – Wolfenburg/Meissen treaty of 1407 [in Haselberg’s Ursprung]

Zunner/1698 – Corpus juris et Systema rerum Metallicarum, Oder: Neu-

verfaßtes Berg-Buch… Frankfurt: J. D. Zunner, 1698.

1

CHAPTER 1:

INTRODUCTION

1.0 Overview

This dissertation comprises a presentation and study of two books that

are instructive to our understanding of the history of European metal mining

and mining law in the medieval and Early Modern periods. I will also show

on a more general level that these texts can broaden our understanding of the

history of textual transmission and publication of technical information in the

early print era.

The two texts are Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht (hereafter

abbreviated Ursprung) from the late 1530s and the Bergkordnung des

Löblichen newen Bergkwergs/ auff dem Golmsberg/ im Königreich

Norwegen (hereafter Bergkordnung Norwegen) from 1540. Ursprung is a

compilation of late medieval texts on mining, encompassing both legal and

“scientific” aspects. The Bergkordnung Norwegen was composed in 1540

and summarizes existing German mining practices. Both are challenging to

read and understand in their original printed form, and neither text has been

edited, translated, or studied in detail previously. As a result, the centerpiece

2

of this project is the presentation of the texts themselves, precisely and

accurately, in a form that will facilitate further study and reference by

linguists and historians.

Chapters 2 and 3, respectively, are the German editions of Ursprung

and the Bergkordnung Norwegen. The base text is rendered in near-

diplomatic transcription, with a critical apparatus developed from exacting

study of the numerous earlier and later versions of the works. My editorial

rationale and methodology are explained in detail in section 1.8 below.

Chapters 4 and 5 give the respective English translations of the two books.

With the exception of one section of Ursprung, none of the texts (indeed, no

early German legal tracts on mining so far as I am aware), have been

previously translated into English. Selected portions of relevant earlier and

later texts are presented as Appendices A-H, which are included in their date

order of publication (not necessarily the order of citation in the Introduction).

The function of this Introduction is to illuminate, explain, and

interpret these texts in their linguistic and historical context. Note that for the

Introduction and Bibliography I have used the system of parenthetical

citation of sources and the bibliographic format recommended by the Modern

Language Association.

The study of the two books Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen is

inevitably interdisciplinary in nature: The historian of science finds

embedded in Ursprung a reprint of the earliest printed book on metals and

prospecting for ores, the “Bergbüchlein” written around 1500 CE by Ulrich

3

Rülein von Kalbe. For the historian of technology there are glossaries and

descriptions of the tools used in mining and in smelting ores. The student of

medieval history finds the first print editions of the earliest Saxon legal codes

on mining. The Bergkordnung Norwegen offers not only a legal document

that would govern mining in Norway for centuries to come, but also a précis

of German legal practice in the 16th century. The linguist will find rich

material for study of early German technical vernaculars or Fachsprachen in

the areas of metallurgy, mining, and law. The textual scholar will find a

variety of interesting problems and perhaps novel insights in the manuscript

and print traditions surrounding the two books.

The sheer volume and richness of the material present a challenge for

preparing an edition, translation, and textual study such as this one. The two

books under study encompass, at a minimum, the subject areas of:

• The history and technical language of natural sciences (metals and

metallurgy in the medieval and Early Modern periods)

• History and technical language of technology (ore identification

and extraction, smelting techniques and tools)

• History and technical language of mining law (codification of

medieval theory and practice and its subsequent development

during the 15th to 17th centuries)

• Textual scholarship (transition from manuscript to print;

development of the text type of the compendium; history of the

book; problems of Early Modern German text-editing)

4

Exhaustive treatment of all of these would exceed the scope and volume of a

single dissertation. My coverage, therefore, has been relatively general and

selective for the first three items, deferring to existing scholarship,

dictionaries, bibliographies, etc., where possible, in order to focus primarily

on the fourth area—the linguistic and textual features of the two books.

To anticipate briefly the main outcomes of my research: On the one

hand, the two books Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen provided the

material to illuminate various “anthologizing” practices, by which

combinations of smaller texts were collected and expanded in larger and

larger aggregations of technical information for use and reference by their

16th- and 17th-century readerships. We witness, literally, the growth of

scientific and legal information through stages of development of the text

type of the technical compendium. This analysis is presented in section 1.6.

On the other hand, through the study of Ursprung and Bergkordnung

Norwegen and collation against the earlier and later versions, we discover

that said “growth” was in fact significantly disrupted or distorted in the

books’ histories-in-print. The compilation Ursprung was marred by many

textual errors and degradations. In the case of the early mining laws, the

problems are posited to be caused by difficulties in the compiler’s

comprehension and transcription of his manuscript source; his reprint of

Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” suffered by inheriting the textual degradations that

had accumulated in earlier editions of the text.

5

The “disruptions” in the print history of Bergkordnung Norwegen are

quite different in nature from those adherent to Ursprung. Namely, the

second edition of the text, produced in 1647, is found to be a substantially

revised and expanded version of the first edition from 1540. The technical

and legal information remains essentially unchanged, but in effect we witness

the transformation of a Renaissance book into a Baroque book, replete with

courtly extravagances in wording. This analysis is presented in section 1.7.

My findings, synthesized in section 1.9, contribute to the on-going debate

among historians of the book as to the impact of printing on the growth and

development of science and modernity.

1.1 European Metal Mining in the Middle Ages and Early Modern Era

Extracting and processing metals from ores is recognized as one of

the foundational “civilizing” technologies in human history. The earliest

known mining activity was the pursuit of flint in shallow pits by Stone Age

peoples (Suhling 23-25). Successive early ages of human civilization are

defined under the headings of the metals they mastered: “Copper age,”

“Bronze age” (bronze being an alloy of copper and tin), “Iron age.” (Knauth,

chapters 2-4).

Overall, relatively little is known about mining in the ancient world.

Greeks obtained lead and silver in the 5th-6th centuries BCE and used the

metals primarily for coins (Suhling 39). The word “metal” itself is of Greek

origin—métallon (“mine, ore, metal”)—coming to German and other

6

vernaculars via Latin metallum. The Romans learned much about metal

mining—as other subjects—from the Greeks and carried out mining

throughout the Empire. The seven metals known to the ancient world

included copper, gold, iron, lead, mercury (or quicksilver), silver, and tin

(Pliny, books 33-34). The arduous work of extracting ore relied on simple

tools—the pick, hammer, and chisel, with a simple oil lamp to illuminate the

underground workplace. Knowledge and practice of metal mining

deteriorated in Europe during the early centuries of the Middle Ages, though

it thrived in some other areas, e.g., among the Arabs (Suhling 49-70).

Centuries after the fall of the Roman Empire, the same seven metals—mined

using the same basic tools and techniques—were the ones known to the 16th-

century producers of our two texts, Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht and the

Bergkordnung Norwegen.

In order to place the two books in their proper historical frame of

reference, the following several paragraphs provide a brief overview of

mining activities and developments in central and northern Europe during the

later Middle Ages. It is worth emphasizing at the outset that most important

and extensively mined precious metal was silver (Suhling 74). Silver mining

is at the heart of the texts under study, Ursprung and Bergkordnung

Norwegen, even though the metal is seldom named explicitly. The following

outline draws primarily from the excellent overview of mining and

metallurgy in medieval civilization by Nef.

7

After very low levels of mining activity through the early Middle

Ages, the second half of the 10th century witnessed significant progress in

mining and metallurgy in the German-speaking lands. During the 11th and

12th centuries, mountainous regions—including the Harz, Vosges, Jura,

eastern Alps, and the ore-rich mountains of upper Saxony and Bohemia—

produced gold, silver, lead, copper, and iron. Indeed, in German, the notion

of mining came to be etymologically connected to mountains at a very early

stage: Bergbau. The prefix Berg- (literally “mountain”) is used to create a

host of mining-related compound words: Bergbuch, Berggebräuche,

bergmännisch, Bergmeister, Bergrecht, Bergstadt (“mining book, mining

customs, mining [adjective], mine manager, mining law, mining town”).

Nine chief metal mining areas are identified by Pounds for medieval

Europe (398-99). These areas included western Britain (for tin), the Spanish

Meseta (copper, silver, lead, and mercury), the French Ardennes (lead), the

eastern Alps and Balkans (silver, lead, gold), Scandinavia (copper, silver),

the Harz mountains in northern Germany (copper, lead, silver), the Saxon

Erzgebirge, Bohemia and Slovakia (silver and other metals for the last three).

The most dramatic early medieval success for German silver mining was in

the Harz around Goslar. But in Nef’s assessment, the first great period in the

history of mining in Western civilization began around 1170, with the

discovery of the rich silver-bearing ores of Freiberg in Saxony, and continued

until the 14th century (699). In his famous book on minerals, Albertus

Magnus mentions Freiberg’s silver (Book 3, chapter 10). Indeed, the

8

mountains in that region would come to bear the name “Ore Mountains”

(Erzgebirge).

The richest ores were found in the east-central European mountains

north of the Danube. Most veins of ores containing precious metals occurred

in lodes or veins of varying thickness; these rose “like the trunk and branches

of a tree” from deep in the earth; the ores were of varying levels of purity and

required crushing and smelting in order to extract the precious metals

(Pounds 399). Importantly, the areas rich in ore also possessed abundant

forests for wood for fuel and streams for fresh running water, both critical

resources for effective mining and smelting of ores.

Germans are recognized as having taken a lead part in mining (Nef

701, 732). They were sometimes invited to lend their expertise in other

regions and countries (Suhling 73; Schellhas 47), including England (Jones,

“English” 18-19), Sweden (Bärtling 4-6), and Norway. The Saxon

Erzgebirge came to be recognized across Europe as a “training ground for

miners who carried their craft to Poland, Bohemia, the Carpathian Mountains,

and southeastern Europe, as well as to Scandinavia” (Pounds 398).

In a productive area, once the mining of precious metal ores grew

sufficiently to require large numbers of miners and smelters, villages were

formed. These small communities developed their own laws and customs

that were held initially in shared practices and oral tradition. In the

Erzgebirge, Freiberg was the first to do this, and those mining customs

(Berggebräuche) would have significant impact on the surrounding

9

developing mining communities. Among these was the Bohemian town of

Iglau, also distinguished by its early codification of mining laws—as we will

see in Johann Haselberg’s compilation Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht.

With the growth of mining, European overlords were increasingly

motivated to open up the regions productive for metals in their realms—and

they wished to claim as large a share of the output as possible. The origin of

this claim, or Bergregal, is essentially feudal in nature and is reflected in the

early mining codes compiled in Ursprung. In particular, Frederick

Barbarossa (1155-1189) pressed his claim on a share of the revenue from

gold and silver throughout the empire; he viewed the authority to grant

permission to mine as exclusively imperial. (By contrast, coal and iron ore

were generally considered the property of the local landlord.)

After Barbarossa’s death, this disposition relaxed somewhat.

However, throughout the premodern centuries an essential tension in metal

mining—and in our mining texts—existed among the competing rights and

claims of kings, regional landlords and/or landowners, and of course the

miners themselves. By the early 16th century, a complex array of regional

bishops, dukes, counts, landowners, and independent towns exercised local

control over metal mining. In the margravate of Meissen—the jurisdiction of

the Freiberg mining codes in Ursprung—the landlord/landowner had the

authority to work tin, lead, and copper ore without the permission of the

margrave.

10

In central Europe, the overlords generally opened up their realms to

all comers, offering rights to search for, mine, and purify the ores to metals.

The social status of miners and metallurgical workers was generally as high

as that of citizens in the free towns that were developing in the later Middle

Ages.

In Nef’s view, the administrative, legislative, and judicial problems

associated with mining were “almost endless” (709-10). Mining became so

important to many of the central European rulers that it became regulated

fairly early on (Crossgrove 139). The rulers were disposed to codify in

writing the customary laws of the mining communities in their realms—

hence the regulations for Freiberg, Iglau, St. Joachimsthal, Annaberg, and

many others. Thus a significant commonality developed in the regulation of

metal mines and mining throughout Europe in the Middle Ages.

During the 14th and early 15th centuries, output of metals slowed in

comparison to that of the previous two centuries. Causes for this included

economic stagnation and political instability, the impact of outbreaks of the

plague, and the depletion of many of the most productive mines. Wars

certainly had the potential for direct negative impact on mining activities.

Pertinent to the brief description of Bohemian mines included in Ursprung

([43r]-[43v]), the Hussite wars of 1415-1436 caused substantial damage to

the mining towns of Kuttenberg (Kutná Horá), Eyle, and Deutsch-Brod.

A period of renewed prosperity and discovery—coupled with such

technical advances as improved drainage/ventilation devices and the blast

11

furnace—began in the second half of the fifteenth century. For our regions of

focus, a crucial 15th-century discovery was a method to separate silver from

argentiferous copper ores with the use of lead (cf. Agricola, De re metallica,

Book XI, 491n). Deeper and deeper mining operations were undertaken—we

will see in our texts the central importance of underground ventilation and

water removal. Emperor Charles V estimated in 1525 that 100,000 people

were employed in mining and metallurgy in the Holy Roman Empire

(Holborn 72).

Nef identifies a “boom” in mining and metals starting around 1460,

and the time of greatest prosperity was the years 1515-1540 for most areas.

Holborn estimates a five-fold increase in the production of silver and copper

in central Europe between 1460 and 1530 (Holborn 74; for Bohemia in

particular, see Majer). During the decade 1526-1535, annual silver

production reached levels that would not be attained again until the mid-19th

century (Nef 735). As a reminder: Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht is dated

to the years 1535-1538; the Bergkordnung Norwegen, the year 1540. In

terms of connecting book-publishing activity to the relevant prevailing

economic circumstances, the appearance of these texts is comparable in our

own times to such computer-related titles as The Internet for Dummies

(Levine, first published in 1993)!

As Georgius Agricola would document in his monumental De re

metallica, the 16th century witnessed a number of important technological

advances in German mining areas: Improvements in water drainage and

12

ventilation techniques, introduction of explosives to further ore excavation,

and increased use of the compass (Koch 20).

In terms of labor issues, starting in the 12th and 13th centuries, small

companies of working miners frequently came together to work a site—

sharing in the labor and (hopefully) the riches. Later, the need for operating

capital grew, such that new companies were typically made up at least in part

of absentee shareholders who could help finance operations. By the

beginning of the 16th century, division of a mining company into 128 shares

or Kuxen was customary in silver and copper mining in Saxony and Bohemia.

Not surprisingly, the mining success of the early decades of the 16th

century was paralleled by growth in legal issues and oversight. More and

more mining officials were appointed, which is reflected in Part I of the

Norwegian Bergkordnung. A trend toward increasing authority of royalty

over mines was accompanied by growing tension and unrest among the

miners (Holborn 72). Late medieval Saxon mining laws and practices, such

as those of Freiberg, were crystallized in the Annaberg mining code of 1509.

Annaberg is another mining town in the Saxon Erzgebirge; mining started

there in the late 15th century. Its mining law was issued by the Duke Georg

of Saxony and became the basis for mining law throughout northern and

eastern Germany—and eventually, we will see, Norway (Koch 15; see also

Löscher 253). Laube offers a detailed account of the development of the

Annaberg code from earlier laws—in particular from the Freiberg codes.

13

The modern fields of mineralogy and mining engineering are easily

traced to the Erzgebirge during these same prosperous decades (Adams 175).

Publication of technical books on mining began there in the 16th century. The

first printed book on metals and mining, Ulrich Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein,” was

produced in the region around 1500 and underwent nine editions within 40

years—one of these editions being contained in our Ursprung gemeynner

Berckrecht. In terms of technical literature, however, the defining figure was

Georgius Agricola, writing in Latin during the 1530s-1550s. The

development of mining literature is treated in detail in section 1.2 below.

Precious metals such as silver and gold were the principal objectives

of mining and metallurgical operations in continental Europe, as opposed to

the focus on coal and the base metals (lead, iron) in England. Pertinent to the

present study, metal mining in Scandinavia would never prove highly

successful by comparison. The rapid development of central European

mining slowed after the mid-16th century and never regained its earlier

momentum or productivity. A decisive factor in this decline was the vast

wealth of precious metals discovered in the New World.

1.2 The Development of German Mining Literature

Given the value and geographical distribution of silver and other

precious metals across the German-speaking lands, it is not surprising that

metals, mining, and the legal practices associated with mining were among

the early technical subjects captured in writing in Germany. Medieval

14

learned texts, such as the 13th-century Albertus Magnus’ De mineralibus

(“Book of minerals”) and the earliest known mining law of Trient

(Europäisches Montanwesen), were in Latin, but the majority of practical

texts on mining and metals would be written in German (Connolly, “Ulrich

Rülein,” 351-52).

The late 15th and early 16th centuries witnessed simultaneous rapid

growth in European metal mining and in book printing. Therefore, we are

not surprised by the rapid complementary development of printed mining

literature during that period. The literature developed on both practical-

popular and scientific-pedagogical levels (Suhling 94). Koch saw in the 16th

century the “birth” (“Geburtsstunde”) of modern mining and smelting

literature (20). In my recent mining bibliography and study of the

“Bergbüchlein” I outlined approximately ten subject areas and genres or “text

types” of particular significance (“Research Bibliography” 389-392; “Ulrich

Rülein” 350-57).

All of the following represent important areas of inquiry and/or

publication activity in the mining literature from the later 15th and first half of

the 16th century:

• Classical/medieval treatises on metals: Among seminal works in

Latin relating to metals, Albertus Magnus’ De mineralibus was first

printed in 1476. Print editions of two major encyclopedic works,

Pliny the Elder’s Historia naturalis and Isidore of Seville’s

Etymologiae, appeared in 1469 and 1472, respectively. Konrad von

15

Megenburg also included descriptions of the metals in his Buch der

Natur; this “first notable scientific book in German” (Stillwell 193)

appeared in print in German in 1475 and underwent six editions by

1500 (Stillwell 177, 193, 211, 217-218, 281). These works

epitomized the ancient theories of matter deriving from Aristotle, but

Albertus Magnus is credited with including direct empirical

observation in his book on minerals. A late example in this category

is Christoph Entzelt’s De re metallica, produced in Latin in 1551; this

work will be discussed in further detail in section 1.4.

• Treatments of prospecting and mining, with descriptions of ores and

metals: The most notable example is Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s

“Bergbüchlein,” which was reprinted in Haselberg’s Ursprung and is

discussed in great detail below.

• Treatments of assaying, smelting, and post-processing of ores and

metals: The earliest book in this genre is a manual on assaying, the

“Probierbüchlein,” first published in 1524. Some printings were

combined with Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein.” The seminal titles on

assaying and smelting from the 16th century include a Latin work,

Vannoccio Biringuccio’s Pirotechnia of 1540, and Lazarus Ercker’s

treatise on ores and assaying published in German in 1574.

• Mining laws, regulations, and “customs:” The most numerous early

texts pertaining to mining fall into this category. Many late medieval

charters and laws survive in manuscript form, and many legal codes

16

would appear in print in the 16th century—including those under study

here. The majority of these texts was composed in German, though

some Latin documents, such as a version of the Iglau mining code, are

noted also.

• Accounts or chronicles of specific mines: Some descriptions of mines

were compiled in German, such as in Johann Mathesius’ Sarepta, oder

Bergpostill from 1562 with a log of mining activity in St.

Joachimsthal covering most of the 16th century. The famous

Schwazer Bergbuch from 1556 is a handwritten (not printed!) book

that includes color illustrations to depict mining at Schwaz in the

Tirol.

• Poetic treatments in German: Poems and songs relating to metal

mining give witness to an aesthetic as well as professional disposition

toward working with metals and mining (e.g., “Ein hübscher Spruch;”

Mincoff-Marriage & Heilfurth).

• Didactic/Christian treatments of metals and mining: Overall, a

secular tone characterizes most of the 16th-century mining texts.

However, the above-mentioned Sarepta, oder Bergpostill by

Mathesius comprises a lengthy series of “sermons” in German that

use images and terminology of mining to address Biblical themes.

• Glossaries of metals/mining terminology: We find the earliest known

example in Haselberg’s Ursprung, the so-called “Bergnamen,” which

will be discussed in detail below.

17

• Technical (scientific and/or legal) compendia: Ursprung represents

the earliest example, dating from around 1535-1538. Successively

larger compendia of mining texts would be compiled during the 17th

century.

As one can infer from the selected titles listed above, the predominant

language of early mining literature was German. Of the 45 early titles listed

in the section of primary texts in my “Research Bibliography,” two thirds of

them were written in German. By writing exclusively in Latin, Georgius

Agricola was in the minority, but his impact transcended the local particulars

of 16th-century Saxony.

The works and impact of Georg Bauer—who took on the Latin name

Agricola—require brief discussion. His writings were produced from the

1530s to 1550s and hence are contemporary with Ursprung and the

Bergkordnung Norwegen. Born in 1494, Agricola was educated primarily as

a medical doctor. He worked for some years early in his career in the mining

town of St. Joachimsthal, where he became acquainted with mining, then

spent the rest of his professional life in Chemnitz. He died in 1555.

Although his writings cover several subject areas, including medicine,

history, and economics, he is best known for his three major publications in

metallurgy and mining. Agricola wrote almost exclusively in Latin,

combining classical learning with empirical observation and lived experience

in his works. All of his works were first printed by Froben in Basel. His

earliest work, Bermannus sive De re metallica dialogus from 1530, is an

18

orientation to mining and minerals presented in the form of a dialog; it

includes a Latin-German glossary of mining terms.

Agricola’s second major work is actually a compilation of five

treatises and was published in 1546 (De ortu et causis…). The collection

includes “books” (libri) on the earth’s geology and mineralogy. His De

veteribus et novis metallis constitutes the world’s first history of mines and

mining. In a text of only a few dozen pages, he provides a systematic review

of the classical, medieval, and contemporary literary sources on metals and a

survey of contemporary mining practice, with focus on Germany and the

“inexhaustible” silver in his native Erzgebirge (84-89, 96).

The volume from 1546 contains a slightly revised edition of

Bermannus but a greatly expanded version of the mining glossary. The book

was apparently a success; it was published in Italian in 1550 and republished

in Basel in 1558. During the 1540s Agricola also expressed plans to write

about mining law, but these plans did not materialize (Prescher, “Hauptwerk”

43).

Agricola’s final and most famous contribution to mining and

metallurgy was his De re metallica. Though not published until 1556—the

year after Agricola’s death—the concept and outline had been envisioned as

early as 1533 (Prescher, “Hauptwerk” 44), and the writing was completed by

1550 (Koch 34). In its twelve books, De re metallica systematically outlines

the fields of mining, metallurgy, and smelting. Theoretical as well as

19

practical (chemical, technological) aspects are covered, with Agricola citing

classical and contemporary sources.

Agricola was acquainted with Ulrich Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” and

very probably with Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht. In Books II and III of

De re metallica, Agricola describes the natural settings and forms in which

ore veins, stringers, and other deposits may occur (Hoover ed. 30, 43-76).

His text and illustrations are modelled in some cases on the “Bergbüchlein.”

It is through Agricola’s naming of the man from “Calbus” that we know that

Rülein is the author of the “Bergbüchlein” (75). In Book IV (77-100),

Agricola summarizes contemporary mining law and administration in the

Erzgebirge region. His analysis delineates some historical and regional

aspects, identifying certain practices as antiquated (“Formerly…”) or specific

to certain localities (“At Freiberg in Meissen…”).

It is likely that Agricola based his treatment on Haselberg’s recently-

published Ursprung, because much of the material in Book IV appears to be

translated directly from the Freiberg and/or Iglau mining codes. If this is the

case, we might be surprised that Agricola did not identify Haselberg or the

book by name. However, the early Saxon mining codes were understood by

Agricola to derive from anonymous, ultimately oral traditions. It is also

possible that Agricola drew from manuscript and printed sources other than

Ursprung. Agricola’s synthesis goes beyond the content of Ursprung in

many respects, so there is little doubt that he was utilizing other texts as well.

He concludes Book IV of De re metallica (Hoover ed. 100) promising fuller

20

treatment of mining law in a book De jure et legibus metallicis—a book

which was apparently never written.

De re metallica is masterfully complemented by nearly 300 woodcut

illustrations—of mine sites, machinery, mining tools, smelting techniques,

and so on. In 1557—just a year after its first Latin edition—De re metallica

was translated into German; an Italian version was published in 1563.

Agricola’s final masterpiece would serve as the definitive treatment of metal

mining for centuries.

In one assessment, the great works of Agricola, Biringuccio, and

Ercker “together presented in summarized printed form most of the

practically acquired metallurgical knowledge of the sixteenth century” (C. S.

Smith, in Ercker xiv), and that knowledge was considerable. The 17th

century, by contrast, would witness a relative decline or slowing of

innovation in both mining and mining literature. In Koch’s assessment, the

quality and number of mining titles were both diminished; much if not most

publication activity was devoted to reprinting the great works of the 16th

century (60). In this regard, we note that the Ursprung gemeynner

Berckrecht and Bergkordnung Norwegen would each be reprinted twice in

the 17th century.

1.3 Survey of Recent Scholarship on Early Mining and Mining Literature

The early German literature on metal mining belongs to a larger body

of medieval and Early Modern specialized technical literature—in German

21

alternately referred to, with various shades of emphasis, as Fachliteratur,

Artesliteratur, Fachprosa or Sachliteratur (Crossgrove 11-15). Fachliteratur

is defined by Eis as “all non-poetic writing of spiritual or secular content”

(Mittelalterliche 1). Artesliteratur emphasizes the specialized subject matter

or “arts;” Fachprosa emphasizes the predominance of prose in technical

literature. In the more recent work of Crossgrove, the term Sachliteratur is

preferred, envisioning more broadly “texts concerned with the realities of the

world, with those ‘things’ that human observers can perceive and describe”

(11).

The study of German technical languages—Fachsprachen or

“technolects”—developed significantly during the second half of the 20th

century. In the broadest terms we may characterize the key areas of research

in the following categories:

(1) Identification and classification of technical languages, texts, and

text types: In the 1950s-1970s, Eis, Assion, and others outlined the contours

of medieval and Early Modern Fachliteratur by developing taxonomies of

subject areas (“Liberal arts, practical arts, forbidden arts”) and compiling

inventories of major titles in them. In the 1980s-2000s, Haage, Seibicke,

Crossgrove, Roelcke (186-191), and Habermann (69-75) have provided

updated reviews of research arranged chronologically and/or by technical

field. In the paragraphs below, Eis’s original model will be applied to my

material to contextualize the place of mining and mining law in the early

22

German technical literature. The earliest technical texts and text types often

document literally the origins and development of today’s technolects.

(2) Theoretical and practical linguistic studies of technical

communication: Given that special languages and texts aren’t “different”

languages but rather special applications or extensions of ones that exist for

more general use, much effort has been expended in characterizing their

“special” structure and meaning, in particular in the modern natural sciences

(Pörksen). Some of the work has been highly theoretical (cf. Roelcke 186-

191; Hahn, chapters 3-4), while others have applied a more discourse-

pragmatic orientation to examining particular technical languages in use (cf.

Roelcke, chapter 10; Hahn, chapter 5).

(3) Editions and translations of early specialized texts: Fachliteratur

presents a multidisciplinary challenge by requiring expertise not only in the

language but also in the specialized field(s) of activity to which the texts

belong. Especially with the pre-modern texts, simply comprehending the

meaning of the text can be a substantial challenge, and editions must be

produced with sufficient commentary to orient the reader to the language and

subject matter. Issues of uncertain authorship and textual transmission (e.g.,

multiple manuscript and/or print traditions with anonymous texts) require a

diligent and well-documented process of scholarly editing. In many cases,

translations (e.g., MHG or ENHG into Modern German or English) can assist

in bringing a specialized body of writing to a wider readership.

23

It remains true today that only a “fraction” of the extant early

(medieval, Early Modern) texts have been published in modern editions

(Pahta & Taavitsainen 4). Some recent additions to the specialized/technical

fields include the new edition of the medieval herbal Macer floridus (Der

deutsche ‘Macer’); various texts in alchemy and necromancy (Alchemical

Poetry; Jean D’Espagnet; Kieckhefer); and practical treatises on fishing

(Hoffmann), fighting (Talhoffer), and midwifery (Risko).

(4) Studies of texts and text types in their historical contexts:

Examples include Eamon’s and Smith’s studies of the propagation and

exploitation of arcane or “secret” knowledge in the early print era; Long’s

relating of modern concepts of intellectual property rights to early texts in

mining and metallurgy (Openness); and Haberman’s review of Early Modern

medical knowledge in the context of book printing in the vernacular. Kästner

et al. provide a useful overview of text types in the ENHG period

(“Textsorten”).

My contribution falls into the third category—editing and translating

of primary source materials for a modern readership—but hopefully offers

text data and findings that extend its relevance to the other areas of inquiry as

well.

The early German technical literature grew in number of texts and

diversity of subject matter steadily during the later Middle Ages, reaching a

high point in the printed books of the 16th century—such as Ursprung and

Bergkordnung Norwegen. The proportion of books in the vernacular rather

24

than Latin increased steadily. Eis famously subdivided the early German

technical literature into a taxonomy comprising five categories that remains

instructive to us (Mittelalterliche, part I):

• The liberal or “free” arts (Freie Künste), comprising the

traditional trivium and quadrivium inherited from classical

tradition

• The practical arts (Eigenkünste)—the crafts, trades, and activities

of daily utility in medieval and Early Modern society—including

military science, seafaring, business, agriculture, and professional

crafts or trades including alchemy and mining

• The forbidden arts (verbotene Künste)—magic, necromancy,

charlatanism, etc.

• Legal literature (Rechtsliteratur)

• Encyclopedic collections such as Konrad von Megenburg’s Buch

der Natur (1349-1350), which in its comprehensive treatment of

the natural world included a chapter on metals.

In the texts Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen we encounter the

Fachsprachen associated with the activities of mining, metallurgy, smelting,

and mining law. In the description by Fluck, technical languages are

associated primarily with special vocabulary according to needs of the

subject area and with distinctive usage patterns within the standard written or

spoken language (11-12). The priority is not on aesthetic expression but

25

“clarity, unequivocalness, and exactness of expression” (Eis, Mittelalterliche

53) for optimal communication in a specialized area.

These characteristics in the German language of mining and

metallurgy were explicitly praised by Leibniz in his “Unvorgreiflichen

Gedanken”: “[H]alt ich dafür, daß keine Sprache in der Welt sei, die (zum

Exempel) von Ertz und Bergwerken reicher und nachdrücklicher rede, als die

Teutsche” (“I believe that there is no language in the world richer and more

vigorous [for example] for ores and mining than German”) (qtd. in Eis,

“Fachprosa” col. 1633). Several linguistic analyses of German mining

Fachsprache have been characterized by a tone of praise and admiration

(Imme; Mackensen; Mendels, “Bergwerkssprache”).

Along with mining per se as belonging to the practical arts, our texts

Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen are affiliated with the rise of German

legal literature. Legal texts comprise some of the oldest linguistic

monuments in German and were among the most important and widespread

German texts of the Middle Ages (Eis, Mittelalterliche 48). The earliest

recorded legal codes were collections of long-held customs and practices.

The first and perhaps most famous legal text is the Sachsenspiegel

(literally, “Saxon mirror”) originally composed by Eike von Repgowe around

1235. Focal points of the Sachsenspiegel are land rights and feudal

relationships; hence it bears an affinity to the early German mining codes in

these respects. The Sachsenspiegel was the model for a southern German

(Swabian) counterpart known as the Schwabenspiegel from around 1275,

26

which was one of the most widely distributed German books of the Middle

Ages. By way of stressing the importance of studying early technical

literature, Eis estimates the number of manuscripts of the Schwabenspiegel at

400, the Sachsenspiegel, 270. By contrast, the most widespread medieval

literary work—Wolfram von Eschenbach’s Parzival—survives in only(!) 86

manuscripts (Mittelalterliche 50, 55).

Similar transregional influence was achieved by the text type of the

city code (Stadtrecht) that developed from the 13th to 15th centuries. More

localized and specialized codes were developed during these centuries,

including the mining codes (Bergrechte) of interest to us in this study,

compiled in the Erzgebirge of Saxony and Bohemia (Eis, Mittelalterliche 50-

51). These texts would come to serve as models for mining codes for other

mining towns and regions across much of Europe.

The predominant form of technical literature is prose (Eis,

Mittelalterliche 58). Crossgrove observes more specifically, “the gathering

of worldly knowledge in German compendia tends to avoid rhymed texts”

(54). And indeed, the books Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen consist

of text in prose, for the most part seemingly devoid of artistic pretense. The

only exception is a six-line “charge to the reader” in rhyming couplets at the

end of the 1st edition of Bergkordnung Norwegen supplied by the publisher to

promote the value of the book. For our mining texts, we should be mindful

of Ulrich Rülein’s admonition to seek the practical value of their content

27

(“etwaß nutzlichs darunder begriffen”) rather than any aesthetic quality in the

language itself (“mher dan die suse der word” [Pieper 70; cf. Appendix A]).

Turning more specifically to the scholarship on mining literature, the

sole modern comprehensive survey is Koch’s excellent Geschichte und

Entwicklung des bergmännischen Schrifttums from 1963. He produced a

“summarizing presentation” of mining literature in its cultural context

through the 19th century. As the last section in his book Koch provides the

most extensive mining bibliography available up to 1963, with separate

sections devoted to primary texts and the research literature. His

bibliography is numbered, with the list of titles extending to 641 items. In

the present study, I have included numbered citations from Koch’s

bibliography in the form “[Koch #nnn]”.

In the next few paragraphs I shall review in selective fashion the most

significant scholarship and reference works in the area of mining history and

literature. For a more extensive listing, I refer the reader to my recent

“Research Bibliography of Early Modern German Mining and Metallurgy,”

which in part is intended to update Koch’s from 1963.

For the English reader, the best recent treatments of the early

literature in mining are the article and book by Pamela Long. Long

emphasizes the “exoteric” quality or “openness” of early mining books such

as the “Bergbüchlein” in divulging technical information—in contrast to the

secretive textual traditions of the alchemists. An older, more detailed account

of mining—and geology in general—is Adams’ Birth and Development of

28

the Geological Sciences, though this work can be tedious and unfocused in

places. The Hoovers’ translation of Agricola’s De re metallica provides

extensive background information, and the recent reprint of Bandy &

Bandy’s 1955 translation of Agricola’s De natura fossilium (Dover, 2004) is

a welcome addition to the English-language resources on early mining.

The most informed, readable, and well-illustrated history of mining

from the German perspective is provided in Suhling’s Aufschließen,

Gewinnen und Fördern: Geschichte des Bergbaus from 1983. This account

lays special emphasis on the 16th-century accomplishments in metal mining.

For an English-reading audience, Nef’s detailed overview of medieval

mining remains definitive. Verdier’s article on metallurgy and Pounds’ on

mining in the Dictionary of the Middle Ages provide useful orientation to the

subjects. A historical survey of silver mining in Germany, broken down by

region, is provided by Lieber & Leyerzapf.

The clearest synthesis of the history of German mining law is that of

Willecke et al., whose historical overview draws comprehensively on the

important work of 19th-century scholars. Amongst the growing World Wide

Web resources, mention should be made of the German legal dictionary

(“Deutsches Rechtwörterbuch” or “DRW”) project. Their webpage,

http://www.rzuser.uni-heidelberg.de/~cd2/drw/frameset.htm, is in

development but already (as of September, 2005) makes available a large

collection of early legal books scanned in their entirety—including many

related to mining. Relevant to the present study, their collection of digital

29

resources includes the large compendium Corpus juris et systema rerum

metallicarum from 1698 and important titles by the 19th-century archivist

Hubert Ermisch.

The definitive lexicon for German mining and mining law is Veith’s

Deutsches Bergwörterbuch from 1871, that essentially emulates Grimms’

Deutsches Wörterbuch by documenting variant definitions of words with

generous quotations from early sources (including the compilation Ursprung

und Ordnungen der Bergwerge from 1616, which is important in the present

study). Löscher also provides an extensive glossary offering explanations in

Modern German for early mining terms. Perhaps more easily accessible,

Baufeld’s Kleines frühneuhochdeutsches Wörterbuch includes good coverage

of mining terminology for the Early New High German (ENHG) period. For

an English-reading audience, the best resources remain the various technical

annotations in the Hoovers’ translation of Agricola’s De re metallica and

Sisco & Smith’s translation of Ercker. The only German-English dictionary

known to me that is devoted solely to mining dates from 1881 (Röhrig).

More focused studies and/or editions of individual works or text types

are relatively numerous for early German mining and metallurgy—though

relatively few have been produced in the last few decades. In the 1880s,

Ermisch studied and edited most of the early legal codes and charters in the

Erzgebirge region; his work will be reviewed in greater detail below.

Similarly, Zycha’s important works from 1899 and 1900 instruct us in early

German and Bohemian mining law. In the 1920s, Darmstaedter produced an

30

important bibliography and analysis of the early Berg-, Probir- und

Kunstbüchlein. Löscher collected and studied so-called “mining customs”

(Berggebräuche), handwritten textual records that document practices

intended to supplement or contextualize the formal mining codes. In the

1950s, scholars in the German Democratic Republic produced many editions

and studies relating to early metal mining that remain definitive, including

the multi-volume Ausgewählte Werke of Agricola and Pieper’s work on

Rülein and the “Bergbüchlein.” The editions of selected mining codes by

Piirainen and Hägermann & Ludwig in the 1980s are the most recent ones

produced.

The primary journal for mining in its historical and cultural context is

Der Anschnitt: Zeitschrift für Kunst und Kultur im Bergbau, published by

Verlag Glückauf in association with the Deutsches Bergbaumuseum in

Bochum. For current awareness in the field, they also produce an annual

“Internationale Aufsatzbibliographie,” an electronic version of which is

available at http://www.history-journals.de/journals/hjg-a00318.html.

Among the most recent scholarship on “medieval metals” are the

papers sponsored by AVISTA (Association Villard de Honnecourt for

Interdisciplinary Study of Medieval Technology, Science, and Art) at the

Leeds and Kalamazoo medieval congresses in 2002; the contributions have

been published under the title De re metallica by Ashgate Press in 2005.

Modern German and English translations are available of the three

seminal titles in 16th-century mining and metallurgy—Agricola’s De re

31

metallica, Biringuccio’s Pirotechnia, and Ercker’s Treatise. Modern German

and English versions of Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” are available as well (Pieper

115-38; Sisco & Smith 15-48).

There is relatively little scholarship available in English in the area of

medieval German law. The major recent addition is Dobozy’s translation of

the Sachsenspiegel into English under the title Saxon Mirror. The Hoovers’

translation of De re metallica contains Agricola’s basic overview of the

tenets of contemporary German mining law (Book IV). Siems has recently

published a detailed summary of the 1548 tin mining law from

Schlackenwald in Bohemia. I am aware of no detailed studies or English

translations of early German mining laws. Indeed, Siems relates the same

observation, with a tone of frustration: “Recent efforts to locate a complete

English translation of an early mining law from one of the German-governed

mining districts have been unsuccessful” (367).

Suggestions for additional research in the area of early mining

literature have been offered by recent scholars. Crossgrove’s discussion of

early German mining texts focuses on Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” as the first

printed book on mining, based on direct knowledge and empirical

observation. He recommends further investigation of the influence and

history-in-print of the work, especially in terms of its likely reception and

readership above and beyond miners per se (139-41).

Piirainen takes a useful checkpoint on the research in his “Geschichte

der deutschen Bergbausprache” from the early 1990s, which updates his

32

earlier essay on the historical stages of German mining language

(“Historizität”). He emphasizes two factors that underlie my work with

Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen:

(1) The development of the German mining Fachsprache(n) should be

understood in connection with the shifts and developments in text

types.

(2) Study of the early mining language should incorporate—and clearly

distinguish—the synchronic and diachronic aspects. (“Geschichte”

202)

He recounts his work with early mining laws, pointing out that they can give

us clues to the social practices, use of technology, and economic conditions

of the early centuries. And he emphasizes how much remains to be done, not

only with legal texts but other text types as well—mining glossaries, receipts,

songs, didactic texts—through scholarly editions and linguistic and cultural-

historical investigations (206). A few years earlier, Ludwig had offered an

insightful review of some of the linguistic, interpretive, and editorial issues

associated with mining labor in the Middle Ages.

It has been something of a commonplace in the scholarship on early

technical literature to lament the inadequate state of research, especially when

compared to that devoted to literary texts (see, for example, Eis, “Fachprosa”

col. 1633; Crossgrove 18; Jones; most humorously Roelcke 189-90). On

balance, however, a fair amount of work has been accomplished in the areas

33

of early mining, mining law, and related subject areas during the past 125

years.

However, much remains to be done, especially in the areas of edition,

translation, and interpretation of the early mining texts such as those

presented in this dissertation. In the following discussions of Ursprung and

Bergkordnung Norwegen (sections 1.4 and 1.5, respectively), I incorporate

the existing scholarship on those works—and it is found to be quite scanty.

Many scholars working in the area of early German mining seem at least to

be aware of the existence of Ursprung. However, to say that the Norwegian

text is virtually unknown is not an understatement.

1.4 Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht

The first of my texts, Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht (“The

Origin of Common Mining Laws”), is the earliest printed compendium of

legal and scientific texts in the mining field. It is listed by Holzmann and

Bohatta as item #8666; in Koch’s bibliography as item #184. The year of

publication is not identified in the book itself, but Ursprung probably dates

from the period 1535-1538. It was compiled by the prolific author and book

publisher Johann Haselberg or Haselberger. The compendium contains a

number of texts varying in length from one page to a few dozen pages and

originating from the 13th through early 16th centuries.

A paraphrase of the lengthy title of Ursprung effectively summarizes

the contents as a tripartite compilation of mining laws, technical manual on

34

metals and mines, and overview of mines in Bohemia (cf. fol. [1r]1): The

book, we are told, presents the origin of “common” mining laws—“Ursprung

gemeynner Berckrecht”—i.e., as developed and shared among regions,

illuminated through the old laws that have been preserved (“von den alten

erhalten”). The royal and princely mining regulations have influenced or

determined all of mining law. Anyone (“ein jetzlicher”) has the right to use

these laws in the various issues or official processes (“Berckhandlungen”)

involving the highest regional mining official—the mine manager

(“Berckmeister”)—or other mine judges (“Berckrichtern”). The book also

presents a discourse (“Anzeygung”) on stringers and veins of metal ores—

what forms (“geschick”) they have and how they strike in mountainous areas

and valleys, illustrated by figures. Lastly, the title page promises a discourse

on many mines under the jurisdiction of the Bohemian crown that are

promising and productive to work.

In Koch’s estimation, Ursprung represents the prime example of a

compilation (Sammelwerk) of legal and instructive texts aimed at miners

and/or mining officials (28). Haselberg’s brief letter of introduction and

dedication identifies the texts as sufficiently old and obscure (“lange zeit

verdunckelt gewesen”) to illuminate the origins and development of mining

knowledge, practice, and law ([1v]). The contents of Ursprung include:

1 Because the book contains no page numbers, in the present edition and translation I

have assigned folio numbers, with recto and verso designations, in the format [1r], [1v], etc., starting with [1r] for the title page. (The same pagination system is also necessary for my second text, the Bergkordnung Norwegen.)

35

(a) The so-called Freiberg “Bergrecht ‘B’”, a mining code dating from

the 14th century—the first of three mining codes in Ursprung and also

the youngest, having been essentially synthesized from the other two

(The designation ‘B’ was assigned by Herrmann & Ermisch [119].)

([2r]-[10v])

(b) The “Bergrecht” of Iglau (present-day Jihlava in the Czech

Republic), from the early 14th century ([11r]-[15v])

(c) The Freiberg “Bergrecht ‘A’”, with provisions probably dating

from the 13th century (the designation ‘A’ also given by Herrmann &

Ermisch [119]) ([16r]-[22r])

(d) A mining treaty between the lords of Meissen and Waldenburg

from 1407 ([22r]-[23r])

For (a), (b), (c), and (d), Haselberg provided the first known

print adaptations from manuscript versions.

(e) The eighth print version of Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s overview of

metals and mining, the “Bergbüchlein,” including about a dozen

woodcut illustrations as in the earlier editions; the text is revised here

under the title, “Von Erkantnus der Berckwerck” ([23v]-[40r])

(f) The detailed glossary, typically referred to as the “Bergnamen,”

explaining some 100 mining and smelting terms, first published as an

appendix to the 3rd edition of the “Bergbüchlein” in 1518 ([40r]-[43r])

36

(g) A brief census and evaluation of the mines in Bohemia, of

uncertain origin, including a brief but vivid account of the Hussite

rebellions’ impact on the mines ([43r]-[43v])

(h) A few paragraphs on mining officials and their oaths, probably

abstracted/modeled from the important Annaberg mining code of 1509

([43v]-[44r])

Ursprung is the earliest compilation of mineralogical lore and mining

law. In my view, the text would have served both antiquarian/historical

curiosity and current, practical needs of persons involved in mining in the 16th

century. Koch sees Haselberg’s book in somewhat opportunistic terms, as a

response to the growing “thirst for knowledge” among persons involved in

mining (28).

Although the contents of Haselberg’s compilation may appear

somewhat incongruous, taken in sum they provide instruction in the whole

range of the mining enterprise, from prospecting and finding the ores, to

mining and smelting, and the associated regulations and technical jargon. It is

important to note that Haselberg’s selections are oriented generally towards

silver mining in the Saxon/Bohemian Erzgebirge. As noted above, silver is

the metal upon which the vast wealth and success of the region was built, even

if it is not explicitly emphasized throughout most of Ursprung.

37

Johann Haselberg and the publication of Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht

The Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht was compiled by Johann

Haselberg of Reichenau (near Konstanz). Haselberg is known as a traveling

scholar, translator, author, and book producer; he was active in the years

1515-1538 (Benzing; Roth 16-19). He traveled widely and in the course of

his life engaged the services of book printers throughout the German-speaking

lands (Roth 16, 28). Unlike Ursprung, most of the books he produced do

indicate the printer, place, and year of publication. Uniquely in Ursprung he

gives his name as “Haselberger” ([1v], [44r]). However, there can be no

doubt that our “Johan Haselberger von Reichenaw, bůchfierer” is the same

Johan(n) Haselberg of Reichenau named in other books dated between 1515

and 1538 (Roth 19-26). When Benzing’s articles on Haselberg appeared in

1966 and 1969, 36 titles produced by Haselberg had been identified.

Haselberg’s books cover a wide range of historical, literary, and

biblical subjects. His most significant contribution to German letters is his

production of the first editions of the Catholic monk and humanist Johannes

von Trithemius (1462-1516). Haselberg published a number of smaller

popular texts; for example, one Ulrich Krafft’s recounting of the biblical flood

(“Das ist die arch Noe…”, 1517) and prophecies and predictions (“Prophecey

oder Weyssagung”) for the years 1525-1530. Haselberg’s own writings

include “Eyn lobspruch der Keyserlichen freygstath Coellen” (“Eulogy for the

imperial free city of Cologne”, 1531) and “Von den welschen Purppeln,”

recounting the adventures of the fictional “knights of the purple order” (1533).

38

It seems that Haselberg was both devoted to knowledge and responsive to the

interests of the popular reading “marketplace.”

In this context, Ursprung stands out Haselberg’s only book produced

in the field of mining. Moreover, it is his only known book in a technical or

legal field of any kind. We wonder, therefore, how informed Haselberg’s

choices of texts were to include in Ursprung, and where he found them.

Might he have had assistance from persons knowledgeable in mining in his

selection and transcription of the texts? Roth states of Haselberg’s works

overall that, “All of [his] printed works are well produced, in particular

adorned with good woodcuts; they are characterized by a good feeling of

balance, that achieved appropriateness and avoided excess” (18). Based on

my analysis, however, this appraisal might be overly laudatory in the case of

Ursprung.

Given the depth and breadth of Haselberg’s publishing activity, he was

most certainly an educated person. In an imperial copyright granted in 1515,

Haselberg is designated magister. In his publications Haselberg tends to

represent the Catholic viewpoint, though he avoided religious polemic. He

applied for and was awarded printing privileges under emperors Maximilian I

and Charles V, and Roth speculates that Haselberg’s association with the court

may have gone above and beyond this activity. After a long and diverse

career as a book producer, Haselberg seems to have been impoverished late in

life (Roth 16-18).

39

Neither the date of publication nor the name/location of the publisher

are provided in Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht; the colophon is limited to

naming Haselberg(er) as the producer of the text. A key to the dating is

Haselberg’s reference to Maxiliam I in the past tense (“bei weilant Key.

Maximilians zeiten” [1v]); Maximilian died in 1519. Several possible dates of

publication have been suggested, including 1519-1520 (Adams 299); 1519-

1524 (Mendels, “Bergbüchlein” xi); 1532 (Dechen 48); and others (Pieper

162). Pieper reviews past attempts at dating the work and gives good

evidence for the publication date falling in the period 1535-1538 (Ulrich

Rülein 160-164): As for the earlier date, Pieper convincingly identifies the

1534 edition of the “Bergbüchlein” as the source text for Ursprung.

Regarding the latter date, no publication activity is documented for Haselberg

after 1538.

Identification of the printer of Ursprung has been similarly elusive.

Two theories have been proffered in the literature—Knoblouch in Strasbourg

or Peypus in Nürnberg. Adams suggested that Johannes Knobloch

(Knoblouch, Knoblauch) in Strasbourg was the publisher of Ursprung (299).

According to Sisco & Smith, Adams relied on “the authority of a German

book dealer’s statement that the type used indicates Knoblauch” (53).

Johannes Knobloch came from Switzerland originally and settled in

Strasbourg. He was a printer there from 1504 until his death in 1528,

producing over 300 works. Benzing indicates that Knobloch did publish for

Johann Haselberger (Buchdruckerlexikon 159; Buchdrucker 411). Mendels

40

offers some observations on Strasbourg printers’ language vis-à-vis

Haselberg’s text to suggest that Johann Knoblouch printed Ursprung between

1519 and 1524 (“Bergbüchlein” xi). However, the above analysis indicates

that these dates are too early. If we accept the dating of Ursprung to 1535-

1538, Knobloch could not have been the printer.

On the other hand, the elder Knobloch’s son—also named Johann—

took over the business and was active as a printer until around 1558 (Lexikon,

“Knoblouch”). Roth’s bibliography of Haselberg and Chrisman’s

Bibliography of Strasbourg Imprints document no connection between the

Knoblochs and Ursprung. However, Benzing’s Bibliographie Strasbourgeoise

from 1981 does include Haselberg’s Ursprung (134), accepting Pieper’s

dating of 1535-1538 and assuming the younger Knobloch to be the publisher:

“[Jean Knobloch fils, entre 1535 et 1538].” That Johann Knobloch (junior)

could be the printer of Ursprung is hence a possibility.

Several of today’s library catalog entries for the extant copies retain

tentative designations of Knobloch and Strasbourg (see Copenhagen, Halle,

Montreal, and Regensburg in the table below). A letter from the university

library of Halle (dated Sept. 13, 2005) confirms that—despite their catalog

entry, “[Straßburg, Johann Knobloch für] Johan Haselberger, [nach 1534]”—

inspection of their exemplar shows no evidence to support this attribution.

Another intriguing possibility was identified in 1885 by Heinrich von

Dechen in his study of Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein.” Dechen describes a mining

code for St. Joachmisthal, an important mining center in the Erzgebirge, co-

41

bound with a copy of Ursprung. The mining code has the same height and

width of print on the page and that “seems to have” the same type font used in

Haselberg’s compilation. The St. Joachmisthal text bears the colophon,

“Gedruckt tzů Nürmberg durch Friderich Peypuß. Jm Jar M. D. xxxij.” (48).

The ambiguity in Dechen’s words about the type is important: “die

Typen scheinen dieselben zu sein” (emphasis added). Unfortunately, despite

library catalog searches and inquiries by letter, I have been unable to locate

the present whereabouts of this copy of Ursprung. Therefore, I cannot

determine if the type fonts are truly identical. Nonetheless, these observations

led Dechen to conclude that Ursprung was also printed by Peypus in Nürnberg

in 1532. From the earlier discussion of Haselberg’s year of publication, 1532

is most likely incorrect—but Peypus as publisher may not be. He was active

as a printer during the years 1510-1535 (Barge 146), which fits the dating of

Ursprung posited above.

Dechen’s observation of similarity in type fonts with Peypus seems

more compelling to me than the arguments offered in support of Knobloch.

Though forced to rely on indirect evidence, on balance it seems most likely

that Friedrich Peypus of Nürnberg printed Ursprung in about 1535.

Haselberg’s Ursprung: Physical description and inventory of known

exemplars

The first edition of Haselberg’s Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht

is a small book in quarto format. The text occupies 44 paper leaves, with [44r]

42

being the last printed page and [44v] left blank. From inspection of the copy

in the Technical University (“Bergakademie”) library in Freiberg, the page

size is approximately 14.5 cm wide by 19.5 cm high, with the printed text

occupying approximately 10.3 cm × 14.6 cm (including the catchword) of

each page.

The book includes 11 signatures, A-H and J-L, labeled as follows: [2r,

left of catchword] A ij ~ [3r] A iij ~ [5r] B ~ [6r] Bij ~ [7r] B iij, etc., through

[43r] L iij. One error is noted: [13r] labeled E be should be D.

There are four font sizes used in the book. The largest is

approximately 1.0 cm tall and is used only for the first line of the title page:

<Der Vrsprung gemeynner>. The next smaller size (0.7 cm) is used for

section/chapter headings. The body of the text is in a readable Fraktur of

approximately 0.3-0.4 cm in height, which fits 33 lines (including the line for

the catchword) to a page. A very tiny font is used for the terms defined in the

“Bergnamen” ([40r]-[43r]) and a few other marginal notations that occur in

Ursprung. A sample page from Ursprung, [11r], is reproduced in facsimile as

Appendix C.

Only a small number of copies of Johan Haselberg’s printed book are

known to exist today. By Adams’ account, “only some five copies are

known” (299). Pieper was aware of seven copies—in Erlangen, Frankfurt am

Main, Freiberg, Halle, Leipzig, New York City, and Montreal (164).

Benzing’s Bibliographie reports additionally Basel, Brno, Colmar, Dresden,

and Rome/Vatican. Through my searches of the literature and library records,

43

I have documented the existence of 16 surviving copies to date; I have been

unable to locate/confirm one copy that is reported in the literature in Prague.

The known copies and modern photographic reproductions of Ursprung are

tabulated below (Table 1.1).

Following the table, I have subdivided my detailed discussion of the

constituent texts in Ursprung into three sections, following Haselberg’s

sequence of texts—the four legal texts; the “Bergbüchlein;” and the short texts

that conclude the work.

44

Known copies of Haselberg’s Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht Location Cat. no., web link Comments

Basel University Library - Cited by Benzing Brno Masaryk University

Library - Cited by Benzing

Col-mar

Municipal Library - Cited by Benzing

Copen- hagen

Det Kongelige Bibliotek

Cat. no. 35, 159 S-1977; http://www.kb.dk/kb/

Identified as “[Straßburg]… [1536?]”

Dres-den

Sächsische Landesbibliothek/ Staats- und Universitäts-bibliothek Dresden

Cat. no. RSN 1177729; http://webis.sub.uni-hamburg.de/ssg/bib.14

Cited by Pieper and Benzing; source of microfilm version, cat. no. RSN 29972 [series: Bibliotheca Palatina; film E870; Munich: Saur, 1990.]

Erlan-gen

Universitäts-Bibliothek Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg (UB Erlangen-Nürnberg)

Cat. no. H61/4 TREW.X219; http://opac.uni-erlangen.de/

Cited by Pieper and Benzing; “Standort: Hauptbibliothek/Altbestände, Rariora”

Frank-furt

Stadt- und Universitäts-Bibliothek in Frankfurt/Main

Cat. no. Flugschr.G.Fr 1294; http://kataloge.ub.uni-frankfurt.de/

Cited by Pieper and Benzing; source of microfilm version [series: Flugschriften-Sammlung Gustav Freytag #1294]

Frei-berg

Bergakademie TU-Freiberg, Georgius-Agricola-Bibliothek

Cat. no. XIV 145 Cited by Pieper and Benzing; basis of present edition; bound together with XIV 146, Bergkordnung Norwegen

Halle (1)

Universitätsbibliothek Halle

Cat. no. an Pon Vf 1108 (2); http://www.bibliothek.uni-halle.de/ or http://haweb1.bibliothek.uni-halle.de

Cited by Pieper and Benzing; catalog entry includes: “[Straßburg, Johann Knobloch für] Johan Haselberger, [nach 1534]”

Halle (2)

Universitätsbibliothek Halle

Cat. no. Ung IV B 91

Leip-zig

Universitätsbibliothek Leipzig

http://www.ub.uni-leipzig.de/

Cited by Pieper and Benzing

Table 1.1: Copies and electronic versions of Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht

45

Table 1.1: Copies and electronic versions of Ursprung… (continued)

Montreal McGill University Library

Cat. no. B494 1530, Amicus no. 24770846; http://amicus.nlc-bnc.ca/aaweb-bin/aamain or http://www.library.mcgill.ca/

Cited by Pieper and Benzing; ex libris Frank Dawson Adams (see his Birth and Development 299; indicates “was printed by Knobloch in Strassburg about 1519-1520”)

New York

New York Public Library

Cat. no. Parsons *KB 1530; CATNYP online catalog http://catnyp.nypl.org/search/

Cited by Pieper and Benzing; “Parsons Collection”

Prague (?)

- - Reported in Dechen (47-49), not found today

Regens-burg

Staatliche Bibliothek Regensburg

“Magazinsignatur: Philos. 2781; unvollst. Bogen A & Bl. Bj fehlen”; http://www.opac.bib-bvb.de/ or http://www.bib-bvb.de/sbr/sbr1.html

Catalog entry includes: “Verlag(e): [Knobloch], Verlagsort(e): [Straßburg], [1535]”

Rome Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana

Cat. no. 10711301; http://www.vaticanlibrary.vatlib.it/BAVT/

Cited by Benzing

Wolfen- büttel

Herzog August Bibliothek

Cat. no. M: QuN 165 (2); http://www.hab.de/

Modern editions/photographic reproductions of Haselberg’s Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht London British Library http://blpc.bl.uk/ or

http://copac.ac.uk/copac/ Photocopy of New York Public Library copy

Montreal McGill University Library

Microform 105, Amicus no. 28077019; http://amicus.nlc-bnc.ca/aaweb-bin/aamain

In collection: Osler Microforms

New York

New York Public Library

*KB 1530; CATNYP online catalog

“Photostatic reproduction of the Parsons Collection copy, t.-p. of which is cropped…”

Microfiche series Bibliotheca Palatina. Munich: Saur, 1990.

Microfiche #E870 9 holding libraries designated at http://www.bsz-bw.de/CGI/cgi-bin/ (as of Feb. 2004)

Flugschriften-Sammlung Gustav Freytag. Ed. Paul Hohenemser. Munich/New York: K. G. Sauer, 1980-81.

Text #1294 Checked against Freiberg copy of Ursprung in preparation of present edition

46

The texts in Ursprung: I. Haselberg’s dedication letter and the early German

mining codes

Haselberg’s title page ([1r]) gives a relatively precise and accurate

accounting of the texts contained in his compilation. His letter of

introduction ([1v]) dedicates the work to one Johan Lucas. Haselberg

identifies Lucas as an imperial advisor and servant (“K. K. M. Rath vnd

diener”) who, as an official accountant (“pfenigmeyster”) in the time of

Emperor Maximilian I, had granted him certain printing privileges.

Maximilian (1459-1519), a Habsburg, was archduke of Austria, German king,

and Holy Roman Emperor from 1493-1519. He added vast lands to the

Austrian holdings including Bohemia with its rich mining areas. Haselberg

ascribes to Johan Lucas an interest in mining and the other practical arts

(“liebhaber der geschrifften Berckwercks vnd aller nutzbarer künsten”). In

1509 Johan Lucas was imperial field supplies master in a war with Venice,

later commissar at Trient, and in 1521 a participant in the parliament at

Worms as an imperial commissioner (Ermisch cx; Pieper 162).

The first texts in Haselberg’s compendium are the mining laws from

Freiberg and Iglau. For our understanding of these texts we must review the

work of librarian, historian, and archivist Hubert Ermisch (1850-1932).

During the 1880s, Ermisch sought to discover and document the full range of

surviving textual witnesses to the Saxon mining heritage. From 1880 to 1925,

he served as the editor of the Neues Archiv für sächsische Geschichte und

Altertumskunde and published many works relating to the history of Saxony,

47

including the definitive edition of early Freiberg legal documents,

Urkundenbuch der Stadt Freiberg in Sachsen (Lexikon, “Ermisch”).

Ermisch also provided a great service to historians of mining law,

spending years combing through archives and libraries in the Erzgebirge and

publishing editions of key early texts. His exacting analysis and diplomatic

transcriptions of late medieval manuscripts and early printed texts provided a

great service to textual scholarship. His book Das sächsische Bergrecht des

Mittelalters provided invaluable background and textual resources for my

work with the first three texts in Haselberg’s Ursprung—Freiberg ‘B’, Iglau,

and Freiberg ‘A’. In Ermisch’s estimation, the Freiberg codes originating in

the 14th century influenced mining law far beyond the region in and for which

they were composed (Urkundenbuch xv).

Freiberg is clearly the birthplace of silver mining as well as mining

law in Saxony, starting with the discovery of silver in the late 12th century

probably by miners from the Harz Mountains. The earliest written version of

Freiberg ‘A’ contains 23 articles and is dated to the early 14th century; it was

probably composed between 1307 and 1328. However, it records mining

laws based on customs (Berggewohnheitsrecht) that were probably

established by the 13th century—Freiberg ‘A’ is likely the oldest available

documentary evidence of mining practices in Meissen in the Middle Ages

(Urkundenbuch xvi). No direct connections are visible between the first

Freiberg code and either earlier mining practices from the Harz Mountains or

the oldest recorded medieval mining laws—those of Trient from 1185

48

(Europäisches Montanwesen). As noted above, city ordinances (Stadtrechte)

arose in parallel with the mining codes—and the two types of laws inevitably

influenced each other in the Erzgebirge. Because of the successful silver

mining, the principality of Meissen became quite wealthy (Ermisch ix-xx,

xlv-xlviii, lxiii-lxv).

Mining—and mining law—were established in Iglau during the 13th

century. The first mention of the town of Iglau dates from 1174; the town

was probably established by miners from Freiberg and other areas. The

earliest reference to silver mining in Iglau is from 1227. The Iglau mining

laws were written down in both Latin and German versions by the mid-13th

century. An early—but not the earliest—German version of the Iglau mining

code was the basis for the Freiberg ‘B’. It probably dates from between 1310

and 1327 (Ermisch xlviii-xlix, lxvii-lxxi).

The complicated textual evidence underlying the Iglau mining codes

was analyzed and edited by Zycha in his book, Böhmisches Bergrecht des

Mittelalters, from 1900. However, for the German version of interest to us,

Zycha reproduced Ermisch’s definitive edition, though he modified and

added to Ermisch’s critical apparatus (Zycha, vol. 2, xxxvii-xxxviii, 18-34).

In 1980, Piirainen published an edition and graphemic/lexicographical

analysis of a later (16th-century) manuscript of the Iglau mining code that he

discovered in Czechoslovakia.

The Iglau mining code reproduced by Haselberg in Ursprung was an

early version containing 26 articles. Later versions of the Iglau code would

49

contain additional articles (Zycha 33-37). In my apparatus I have transcribed

the three articles (#27, 28, 29) included in Ermisch’s edition that illustrate the

slightly expanded scope of the second German redaction of the Iglau code.

The creator of the Freiberg ‘B’ code probably made use of said second

version, because Iglau article 28—absent in Ursprung—is clearly the model

for Freiberg ‘B’ article 26 (Ermisch 36).

Given the utility of both the Freiberg and Iglau codes, an updated

synthesis (“combinierende Bearbeitung”) was created in the form of a later

Freiberg code designated “Freiberg ‘B’” (Urkundenbuch xvi). In Ermisch’s

judgment, it was composed for general use in the region, not just for Freiberg.

Its creation is dated after 1346 but probably before 1375. Freiberg ‘B’

superseded the older laws and was generally the recognized authority from

then on (lxvii-lxxv).

Ermisch observes that Freiberg ‘B’, while derived in large measure

from Freiberg ‘A’ and Iglau, was no “slavish compilation” of the two earlier

texts (Urkundenbuch xvii; cf. Zycha 100). Rather, its 43 articles brought a

new synthesis and order that superseded them. The following table

summarizes the respective contributions of Iglau (abbreviated Ig) and

Freiberg ‘A’ (or FrA) to Freiberg ‘B’ (or FrB) to convey a sense of the extent

of merger involved between ‘B’ and the earlier two codes:

50

FrB section Freiberg ‘B’ title/subject phrase Ig section FrA section

¶ 1 Bergmeister/Bergrichter = 5, 6, 7 2 Lyher/lyhen ≈ 1 3 Ditto = 11 4 Erbe bereyten cf. 19 5 2 stoln = 2 6 Suchstoln/Wasser ≈ 3 7 Erbstolnn (recht) - - 8 Ditto ≈ 4 9 Ditto = 5 cf. 1, 11

10 Ditto ≈ 7 11 Ditto = 8 12 Ditto cf. 9, 10 cf. 21 13 Ditto ≈ 11 14 Ditto ≈ 12 15 Erben bereitten cf. 18 16 Newfengen/messen ≈ 1, 11 17 Berckmessung ≈ 11, 12, 13 18 Newfinder = 13 19 Marscheid ≈ 15 20 Ditto - - 21 Klagen über teil = 14 22 Ditto ≈ 15 23 Ditto = 15, 16 24 Ditto = 17 25 Teil zuverliesen ≈ 22 26 Ditto ≈ 28 (from Ig 2nd

version)

27 Trenckung cf. 6 cf. 21 28 Ersten fürderung = 21 29 Erben zuverlieren - - 30 Ditto ≈ 15 31 Gemitten teilen = 22 32 Teyln/verleihet = 24 33 Teyln behalten cf. 16, 20 cf. 21 34 Ertz enthawen = 19 35 Ertz zuverbeiten = 21 36 Acker teil recht = 9 37 Bescheidung - - 38 Lehenschafften behalden - - 39 Waltworchten etc. = 23 40 Amptleuthen - - 41 Wider die gericht - - 42 B’meisters buch - - 43 Hutten zinss cf. 25, 26

Table 1.2: Contents of Freiberg ‘B’ (FrB) as derived from Freiberg ‘A’ (FrA) and/or Iglau (Ig) mining codes [Cf. Herrmann & Ermisch 120-21; Abbreviations: = identical or nearly identical to; ≈ based on; cf. similar content in; - no parallel]

51

To summarize, most articles in Iglau are adopted or adapted for Freiberg

‘B’; some articles from Freiberg ‘A’ are as well but on a more selective basis.

For a few articles, Freiberg ‘B’ shows no parallel to either earlier code. Freiberg

‘B’ represents a synthesis and, on a modest level, extension of the earlier works,

and the text served as the primary legal resource for mining in Freiberg and many

surrounding areas through the 15th century (Ermisch cxlvi).

In the next few paragraphs I shall summarize and compare the content

of the three early codes (cf. Ermisch lxxvii-xcvii), outlining my review after

Freiberg ‘B’. The subject matter of the codes may be subdivided into about a

half-dozen categories.

The office and duties of the regional mine manager (Bergmeister) are

described in Freiberg ‘B’, sections 1-3. First and foremost, he bears the

authority to grant claims in the region he serves. An “over-manager”

(“Oberbergmeister”) is named in Freiberg ‘B’ but not in Freiberg ‘A’ or Iglau.

The mine manager appoints the mine judge, but requires the consent of the

mine owners in appointing other officials.

The regulation of drainage/ventilation tunnels or “adits” is provided in

sections 4-15. It is suggestive of the prevalence of deep mining and the

problem of underground flooding that this topic is treated so prominently and

exhaustively, both in Freiberg ‘B’ and Iglau. By contrast, the need for such

depth was not so critical earlier, and this is reflected in Freiberg ‘A’’s more

cursory treatment of the matter. In general, miners are prohibited from

digging close to where an adit is being worked; the tunnel workers, on the

52

other hand, might lay claim to ore veins encountered through their excavation

of the tunnel. If the path of the tunnel intersects an existing mine operation,

the tunnel workers may keep the ore encountered while digging the tunnel,

and the mine operators owe the tunnelers one fourth the costs for digging the

stretch of tunnel located within their mine boundaries. In Freiberg ‘B’ but

not Iglau, the tunnelers are entitled to a share of the proceeds from any mines

benefiting from their drainage and ventilation. Other provisions are also

made for the tunnels, such as conditions for declaring a tunnel abandoned.

Section 36 in Freiberg ‘B’ outlines the “freedom” to prospect for

silver, which generally trumped the property rights of the owner or occupant

of the land, and sections 16-20 describe how to document and secure one’s

claim if a vein is discovered. The important process of measuring boundaries

and assigning the claims is treated in detail. Freiberg ‘B’ occasionally carries

over material from both Freiberg ‘A’ and Iglau in rather unedited form—for

example, the finder’s oath sworn “on the windlass shaft” is recited twice (in

article 17 from Freiberg ‘A’, in article 18 from Iglau). In Freiberg ‘B’ is the

all-important designation of seven measured claims (Lehen) assigned to the

finder of a new main vein. In terms of measuring boundaries, Freiberg ‘B’

includes provisions for how to judge the validity of a new claim that lies

close to an existing one—a situation of “crowding” in the mining areas that

was not yet a common problem and therefore is not touched upon in Freiberg

‘A’. The rights of the lord or land owner where ore is discovered are defined

in Freiberg ‘A’ and scarcely revised in Freiberg ‘B’.

53

Again, material is taken from the older Freiberg ‘A’ and from Iglau

for the articles 21-35 in Freiberg ‘B’, which cover relationships/conditions in

mines and interactions between miners in adjacent mines. The circumstance

underlying the latter was particularly in need of legal clarification: Groups of

miners worked in close proximity to each other, all aggressively pursuing

underground veins of ore, working arduously and with the constant prospect

of sudden fabulous wealth. Cave-ins, unexpected break-throughs, and

boundary disputes between mines were inevitable.

By the time the laws were written down, the costs of mining generally

made it prohibitive for single miners to operate independently. Rather,

groups of miners (Gewerken) had to pool their labor and resources—and

share in the profits. Originally these groups were miners joining together to

perform the work. Increasingly, however, “shares” or “portions” in mines

were held by absent investors, who contributed towards costs and hired

laborers. Not surprisingly, the latter case is more visible in Freiberg ‘B’ than

in Freiberg ‘A’.

Mines were originally split into four “shifts” of six hours each; the

eight-hour shift would come later. A basis of four was used in dividing up

worksites and/or portions of ownership in the mine, i.e., conceiving

ownership in connection to the proportion of labor contributed to the working

of the mine. The most common subdivision was 4 “shifts” (Schichten) × 4 ×

2 = 32 portions. Later 32 × 4 = 128 shares (Kuxen) was a common approach

to subdividing ownership on a more abstract level. This math is cited in the

54

opening dialog in the first edition of Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” (Pieper 69; cf.

Appendix A). To supplement the labor of stakeholders, contractual workers

(Gedinger) were commonly hired, and/or workplaces within a mine could be

rented or leased.

Other topics are touched on in the Freiberg and Iglau codes, including

smelting and woodworking. Overall, there is a logic and pragmatic sense in

the contents of the codes, reflecting the most important issues—and the areas

most liable to dispute:

• Definition of governance through the mining officials, with particular

emphasis on the regional directorship of the mine manager

• Water drainage and underground ventilation, without which mining

could not occur

• The miners’ rights in seeking, claiming, and working the ores

• Working arrangements and boundary issues for one’s own mine site

and the adjacent one(s).

A prominent feature of later mining codes, absent in the Freiberg and

Iglau codes, is inclusion of the oaths that various officials needed to recite in

order to be appointed, which is perhaps why Haselberg selected the most

important oath—that of the mine manager—from the Annaberg Bergordnung

of 1509 to include in Ursprung.

In his work, Ermisch discovered a large number of manuscripts

containing one or more of the mining codes from Ursprung—in a state

“leaving much to be desired” (xcvii-cix, cxiii). The following paragraphs

55

review the major manuscripts of the pertinent mining laws that Ermisch

identified. He believed that there were additional existing manuscripts and

that especially the Freiberg codes were very widespread in manuscript form

(cix). For reference, each item is labeled with the siglum defined by Ermisch:

• (Siglum:) F – “Bergrechtshandschrift des Rathsarchivs zu Freiberg.”

This parchment manuscript contains the oldest identified collection

including Freiberg ‘B’, Iglau, and Freiberg ‘A’ (in this order), written

in hands dated by Ermisch to the mid-14th to early 15th century. This

manuscript served as the base text for Ermisch’s editions. The

volume also contains a later copy of the treaty between the lords of

Waldenburg and margraves of Meissen from 1407.

• C –“Jüngeres Stadtrechtshandschrift des Rathsarchivs zu Freiberg.”

The manuscript includes a copy of Freiberg ‘A’ dated 1433.

• L – MS 1568 of the university library in Leipzig. This manuscript is

dated to the mid- or late-15th century, and its 10 paper leaves

comprise copies of Freiberg ‘B’, Iglau, and Freiberg ‘A’.

• D – Fascicle added to the “Bergurtelbuch des Rathes zu Freiberg.”

This transcription of Freiberg ‘B’, Iglau, and Freiberg ‘A’ occupies

16 paper sheets attributed to Freiberg municipal clerk Johann

Brückmann (served 1486-1500). The manuscript is based on text F,

with conjectural emendations and numbering of paragraphs added by

Brückmann.

56

• MS 242 in the library of the Bergakademie Freiberg. This is a large

collection of 177 paper leaves comprising five parts that were

probably bound together in the mid-1530s.

o The first two items in Part I of the volume are Freiberg ‘B’

and Iglau, to which Ermisch assigns siglum Wb. The

Waldenburg/Meissen treaty of 1407 comprises the fourth item

in Part I. Freiberg ‘A’ is the seventh item found in Part I and

is assigned siglum W.

o Part II comprises two fascicles bearing the date 1482 and

includes copies of Freiberg ‘B’ and Iglau (siglum: Wa); part

III includes a later redaction of Iglau (siglum: Ib).

o Parts IV and V contain texts pertaining to mining law but are

not connected with the contents of Ursprung.

• Wc – Manuscript Zk1 of the “Gräflich Stolbergische Bibliothek” at

Wernigerode. This collection of 44 paper leaves includes Freiberg

‘B’ and Iglau in a late-15th century hand.

• G – Manuscript A213 of the “Herzogliche Bibliothek” at Gotha. This

collection of 155 paper leaves is written in various hands generally

dated by Ermisch to the first half of the 16th century, including a

version of Freiberg ‘B’, Iglau, and Freiberg ‘A’.

• A manuscript of the Iglau Bergrecht in the Iglau city archive. This

manuscript probably dates from the late 13th century—making it the

oldest known surviving manuscript of Iglau (siglum: Ia).

57

The above listing summarizes Ermisch’s much more detailed

description of the manuscripts and suggests a very complicated manuscript

tradition for the legal texts that Haselberg published in Ursprung. Ermisch

surmises that we are lacking the earlier manuscripts that would fully

illuminate the genesis of the written codes (cxix). It is probable that none of

the items listed above comes from the pen of the original redactor of the texts

(cxiv).

Ermisch’s edition is based on manuscript F, the Freiberg

“Bergrechtshandschrift”, with emendations or variants from the other

manuscripts noted in his critical apparatus (cvx). Ermisch supplies modest

editorial insertions such as punctuation and capitalization. He rejoins words

divided between lines. Ermisch modifies orthography very modestly, for

example normalizing word-initial <i> to <j> (<ienre> to <jenre>) or <v> ~

<u> (<vnde> to <unde>). He resolves special characters such as the macron

(<mā> to <man>). On the level of substantives, he provides a useful text for

the purposes of my study.

Ermisch recognized Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht as the first print

edition of the mining laws Freiberg ‘A’, Iglau, and Freiberg ‘B’, citing it as

Edp (editio princeps) in his edition (cix-cxi). However, Ursprung presented

him with something of a dilemma in his textual studies. On the one hand, the

text of Haselberg’s Ursprung is judged to be relatively “close” to text F. An

obvious similarity is the identical ordering of the three codes, which is also

shared with L, D, and G (cxvii). Despite his extensive examination of the

58

manuscript witnesses, Ermisch was unable to identify a single manuscript

source for Ursprung, and Haselberg’s text presented some instructive variants

not found in any of the known manuscript sources (xcvii, cxi-cxii, cxvii).

On the other hand, the texts produced by Haselberg in Ursprung were

obviously different and substantially divergent from any of the other

manuscript versions that Ermisch was able to locate. Ermisch says of

Haselberg,

[H]e often not only emends but also modernizes; replaces antiquated

expressions with others; even changes the sentence structure… Often

the changes made in [Haselberg’s] first edition are most unsuccessful

[and] overall, the producer was thoroughly arbitrary and careless in

working with his source. On every page are corruptions of all kinds,

even omission of entire sentences. (cxvii-cxviii)

Ermisch does not dwell on the textual problems in Ursprung but

provides some examples of the “innumerable errors” (Urkundenbuch xxix) to

illustrate his points—replacement of “Bergmeister” (“mine manager”) with

“Amtleute” (“officials”), changing “lehenhouwer” (“laborer”) to “lehenher”

(“claim-granting official”), etc. Although he doesn’t explicitly say so,

Ermisch assumes that Haselberg worked from an old manuscript and caused

most of the errors in the print edition personally, through a combination of

misreading antiquated script, lack of technical knowledge, and carelessness.

Ermisch could not identify a single manuscript source for Haselberg’s edition,

so it is problematic that he does not reckon with the possibility of one or

59

more later, divergent manuscripts—used by Haselberg but lost to us today—

rather than Haselberg personally as the primary source of the textual

problems in Ursprung.

That being said, my observations from working with Haselberg’s text

on a more detailed level support Ermisch’s supposition. For example, the

early Iglau manuscripts frequently spell the affricate /ts/ as <czcz>, hence MS

<nüczczes> ~ Ursprung <nutzes>, <kraczczen> ~ <kratzen>, etc. (emphasis

added). And in one place we find <sechczen hofestet> rendered in Ursprung

as <setzen hofestet>; it is highly probable that Haselberg was working from

an original that contained <chcz> and misread it for <czcz>. Antiquated

(MHG) forms seem to have been challenging to Haselberg; in one example,

he changes the negative prefix in <engebit> to <entgehet> (also misreading

<b> as <h>!). Given that Haselberg was relatively successful in his rendition

of Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” over against his source—edition B6—I suspect

that Haselberg’s chief difficulty lay in reading and comprehending a

manuscript source for the early Freiberg and Iglau mining laws.

Again, however, it is significant that we cannot discern with certainty

whether the textual problems in Ursprung are exclusively—or nearly

exclusively—Haselberg’s or are caused by errors in one or more manuscripts

that are unknown to us. In the discussions that follow of errors in

Haselberg’s Ursprung, it is important to bear in mind that we do not know

definitively how many of them are Haselberg’s “fault.” The key insight for

our historical understanding of the reception of the mining laws printed in

60

Ursprung is the extent of textual degradation over against the manuscript

tradition, rather than assigning blame for who caused the problems.

In using Ermisch’s edition as a point of comparison against Haselberg

in my edition, it is also important to realize that we are not able to view the

precise document that served as the model for Ursprung. Rather, the

identification and compilation of variants need to be understood as a more

generic assessment of Ursprung against the manuscript tradition. Using the

editorial terminology of Greg, Ermisch’s edition gives us guidance on the

level of “substantives” (words and phrases) and not necessarily “accidentals”

(spelling and punctuation). The collation of manuscripts that went into

Ermisch’s edition of the mining codes Freiberg ‘A’, Iglau, and Freiberg ‘B’

gives us rich and instructive documentation of these texts in their early

state(s).

In the publication history of the early mining codes, we should also

note an 18th-century edition by Klotzsch that reprints Freiberg ‘B’, Iglau, and

Freiberg ‘A’. The title, Ursprung der Bergwerke in Sachsen, is reminiscent

of Haselberg’s title. However, Klotzsch’s text was transcribed directly from

the Bergrechtshandschrift siglum F discussed above, not Haselberg’s

Ursprung. Klotzsch’s edition was the only version to appear in print between

Corpus juris… in 1698 and Ermisch’s editions of the 1880s. Ermisch notes a

high frequency of error in Klotzsch’s work. Perhaps most detrimental to later

understanding, Klotzsch reordered the mining codes to Iglau ~ Freiberg ‘B’ ~

Freiberg ‘A’, labeling the latter two texts, “des alten Freybergischen

61

Bergrechtes erster und anderer Abschnitt” (“First and second parts of the old

Freiberg mining code”) (Urkundenbuch xxvi).

The fourth “legal” text in Ursprung is the first print edition of a treaty

or contract between the Lords Anarg and Heinrich of Waldenburg and the

Margraves of Meissen. We noted above the presence of this text in two of

the manuscripts containing the Freiberg and Iglau codes (siglum F; Freiberg

MS 242). The small text may have assumed a special significance because of

its early regulation of tin mining. There were earlier and later versions of this

agreement; the one published by Haselberg was the version signed in the

town of Grimma in 1407.

Waldenburg today is the city of Wałbrzych located in southwestern

Poland; it was formerly in the Prussian province of Silesia. Mining there

began in the 14th century, and Waldenburg received its town rights in 1400.

In addition to gold and silver, tin was found in the Waldenburgers’ domain

and was mined there from the late 13th century. (Previously, tin had to be

imported from England.) The agreement clarifies royal privilege but leaves

tin mines under the control of the landowners. Other versions of this treaty

were signed in 1377 and 1429 with the Waldenburgers as well (Ermisch

cxxii). The 1377 version appears to predate the discovery of gold in the

region, because the word “silver” in 1377 is updated consistently to the

phrase “gold and silver” in 1407 (Urkundenbuch 71).

Like with the early Freiberg and Iglau laws, the actual source

manuscript for the Waldenburg/Meissen agreement in Ursprung is unknown

62

(Urkundenbuch 70). However, we can collate against two transcriptions of

manuscript sources to assess Haselberg’s version—as with the other codes,

realizing that we are not viewing Haselberg’s source but only hypothesizing

variants between the “manuscript tradition” and the printed version. First,

Ermisch produced a transcription of this text in his vast Urkundenbuch der

Stadt Freiberg in Sachsen (vol. 2, 70-72). His source is a two-page 15th-

century manuscript in the Dresden Hauptstaatsarchiv (catalog number 5414).

Of secondarily value, some interesting variants are noted from a version of

the Waldenburg/Meissen treaty published by Friedrich Wilhelm Köhler in

1781 in his Historische Nachrichten von der chursächsischen alten freyen

Bergstadt Wolkenstein... (260-265), though unfortunately Köhler’s book does

not include a detailed description of his manuscript source.

The texts in Ursprung: 2. The “Bergbüchlein” and “Bergnamen”

The first four texts in Ursprung are legal in nature—the two Freiberg

laws, the Iglau code, and the Waldenburg/Meissen treaty. Next in

Haselberg’s compilation is a more strictly “scientific” work, a version of

Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s “Ein nutzlich bergbuchleyn.” Rülein’s survey of

metals and mining from ca. 1500 is reprinted in Ursprung under the title

“Von erkantnus der Berckwerck” and occupies fols. [23v]-[40r].

It is worth noting at this juncture that, on the one hand, the number of

manuscripts in the area of mining law—mining regulations, charters,

contracts, etc.—is very high. In deciding to compile early mining texts,

63

Haselberg had many law-related documents from which to choose. Given the

historical importance of the Freiberg and Iglau codes, we can say that he

chose well. Technical manuals on the practicalities of mining and metallurgy,

on the other hand, are essentially non-existent before Rülein’s

“Bergbüchlein”—Haselberg’s choice here would have been obvious.

The “Bergbüchlein” is the most studied and celebrated among the

texts included by Haselberg in Ursprung. Quite simply, Koch sees in the

“Bergbüchlein” the beginning of modern mining literature (1). For the

purposes of editing Haselberg’s compilation, here we come to a very

different underlying textual “situation.” For the mining laws, the editing

challenge lay in assessing the first print versions of mining codes that had

only existed previously in manuscript form. The “Bergbüchlein,” by contrast,

is strictly a product of print. It had been through several editions—all of

which are known to us and were reviewed in the preparation of the present

edition.

Eis’s generic definition of the Büchlein (“booklet” or “little book”) as

a prevalent text type in early German technical literature seems fitting for

Rülein’s work, namely “a smaller or medium-sized collection, not enough to

comprise a full book” (Mittelalterliche, 58). The first seven editions of the

“Bergbüchlein” were published in small octavo format; Haselberg’s

Ursprung is the first version in a larger, i.e., quarto, format.

Some Büchlein bear the name of their author; others do not. In fact,

the “Bergbüchlein” was published anonymously, and we only learn of

64

Rülein’s authorship from a reference in Agricola’s De re metallica (Hoover

ed. 73). Examples of Büchlein contemporary with Rülein include the

cookbook “Ein nützlichs buchlin von der speis des menschen,” a “booklet on

wines” (“Weinbüchlein”) by Arnaldus von Villanova, the assaying manual

“Probierbüchlein,” and many others (Eis, “Fachprosa” col. 1656 & 1668).

Some writings predating Rülein touch upon technical and theoretical

aspects of mining and metals, but the “Bergbüchlein” is the first printed work

devoted exclusively to the field. It is generally acknowledged as the first work on

mining based on practical mining experience and empirical observation.

Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe (or Calbus, i.e., Calw in present-day Baden-

Württemberg, Germany) lived and worked in and around Freiberg in Saxony for

most of his life. He served as health officer, city councilor, and mayor of the city

of Freiberg, and was active as a physician, mathematician, mine surveyor, and

city planner (Keil et al. 228-235). He produced a few other small writings that are

known to us including a plague ordinance (cf. Pieper 53-61). Crossgrove has

called Rülein a “universal genius” (169).

The “Bergbüchlein” is an introduction to mining geology, seemingly

aimed not at the practicing master or expert but at the interested novice. Rülein

relates traditional conceptions of matter, drawing from Aristotle, Avicenna,

Albertus Magnus, and medieval alchemy (Pieper 186). He surveys theories of the

origin of the seven metals and compiles what is known about them from local

practical mining experience. He supplies and explains technical terms and

concepts, and orients the reader to successful prospecting and mining. Though

65

indebted to classical/medieval theoretical tradition, the work relies primarily on

direct, “lived” empirical observation in describing the metals and ores and where

to find them. The contents are identified by Rülein as a “discourse” on ores and

associated phenomena (“collation von bergkgeschicken”) (Pieper 66).

The text of the “Bergbüchlein” is presented in a framing dialog between

the experienced Daniel and his mining apprentice Knappius to instruct the latter

on ores and where to prospect for them most productively; Daniel advises that the

book be used in conjunction with practical experience “in the field” (“vbung bey

dem bergkwerck”). The title page and dialog occupy pages 1-6 of the first edition;

Rülein’s original text is transcribed and provided as Appendix A. The framing

dialog then resumes on the final lines of the last page to complete the booklet.

Such dialogs are a known literary device in medieval technical literature, starting

with the encyclopedic Lucidarius from the early 12th century (Crossgrove 49).

Interestingly, Haselberg replaced the opening dialog with an introductory

paragraph (Ursprung [23v]) but forgot to remove the concluding lines of the

dialog, making a rather nonsensical reading at the conclusion of chapter 10

([39v])! Comparing and contrasting Haselberg’s paragraph with Rülein’s original

text, we recognize that Haselberg elected a brief prose summary in lieu of the

earlier dialog. Perhaps Haselberg replaced the dialog with this prose “abstract” in

order to give a more concise and objective tenor to his compilation of technical

texts (Sisco & Smith 52).

The “Bergbüchlein” is divided into 10 chapters. Chapter 1 ([24r]-[25r] in

Ursprung) surveys the traditional/alchemical theory of the generation of ores, i.e.,

66

a combination of sulfur and mercury being subjected to influence by one of the

seven planets to form the seven metals—gold formed by the influence of the sun,

silver by the moon, etc. (cf. Adams 282, 298-301). It was a generally held

viewpoint in medieval astronomy/astrology that the moon and planets influenced

affairs of the world—issues of health, the best times to perform various actions,

etc.—so this extension to the metals is logical (Pahta & Taavitsainen 1). Rülein’s

account is brief and almost dismissive in tone, allowing that any theoretical

account is valid insofar as it accounts for the phenomena observed in the world

([24r]-[25r]).

Turning to the more empirical account, chapter 2 ([25r]-[26v]) describes

the variety of natural settings in which ore deposits occur, through textual

descriptions along with illustrative woodcut images. Haselberg’s artisan

generally did a good job showing the various veins and landscapes from Rülein,

but with misplaced directional captions on some of them—a problem which

plagued all of the editions of the “Bergbüchlein” to varying degrees. The reader

is informed that hills and mountains constitute the best locality for finding ore,

with south-facing slopes providing the richest ore because of their orientation

towards the sun.

Given the importance of the cardinal directions in prospecting for ores,

Rülein provides instructions—coupled with a detailed woodcut image—for

construction of a compass. Ivins observes that hand-done drawings in manuscript

books tended to deteriorate in accuracy with each copying in the absence of a

technical expert (15-16); Eisenstein, while acknowledging on-going technical

67

inadequacies of woodcuts in early printing, would outline the corrective influence

of print on technical illustrations in successive editions (Press 265-69). However,

all reprintings of the “Bergbüchlein” subsequent to Rülein’s editio princeps would

feature substantially degraded woodcut images. This is particularly true of the

depictions of the compass in chapters 2 and 3. Haselberg is of course no

exception—his own “contribution” being the reversal of the digits in “12” to

“21.” I have shown the correct compass images from Rülein’s first edition as

Appendix B; these images rather than Haselberg’s are necessary if one is to

comprehend the accompanying text passages.

Chapter 3 ([26v]-[32v]) suggests Rülein’s strong pedagogical motivation,

as it re-teaches the content of chapter 2, but with slightly expanded scope. He

accounts for the various directions of the compass in which ore veins and

stringers can run and gives a more detailed account of the compass.

Chapters 4 to 10 ([32v]-[39v]) are devoted, one each, to the seven known

metals, coupling theory (mercury + sulfur + planetary influence) with detailed,

empirically-based accounts of each metal and where to find it in nature. It would

be fitting for gold as the “noblest” metal to be presented first, Rülein relates.

However, chapter 4 is devoted to silver, for the overriding practical reason that

silver is the prevalent metal in Saxony ([32v]). The remaining chapters cover

gold, tin, copper, iron, lead, and mercury, respectively. Throughout the accounts,

Rülein shows attention to detail, offering alternate technical terms, names of

various ore types, and other information. For the final chapter, on mercury, we

68

are referred, with obvious irony, to the alchemists for “wisdom” in the form of

squabbling (“zancken”) on this “wondrous” metal ([39v]).

The “Bergbüchlein” ends after the account of the individual metals.

Rülein provides almost no details on logistical, technological, or legal aspects of

mining, leaving these for a future treatise that was apparently never written.

Essentially, the “Bergbüchlein” is about ores and where to find them. Given that

mining was on the rise in the Erzgebirge and there existed no such book(let)

before, I assume that Rülein’s work filled an important gap in a market desire for

knowledge in this area. This is supported by the fact that the “Bergbüchlein”

underwent no fewer than 10 printings between around 1500 and 1540 (cf. my

“Research Bibliography,” section B, for a comprehensive listing of the editions of

the “Bergbüchlein”).

The definitive scholarship on Rülein and his “Bergbüchlein” date

from the 1950s—Pieper’s book Ulrich Rülein, which includes a facsimile

reproduction of the first edition and a modern German translation, and the

critical edition by Mendels. There was a translation into English completed

in 1949, though this was marred by its over-reliance on the third edition of

1518 (Sisco & Smith). For the following discussion and in my critical

apparatus, I make use of the system of abbreviations for the editions of the

“Bergbüchlein” established in my “Research Bibliography”—B1 for the first

edition, B2 for the second, etc., with strictly chronological numbering by year

of publication. With the assumed dating of 1535-1538 for Ursprung,

Haselberg’s version of the “Bergbüchlein” is defined as B8.

69

The first edition, “Ein nutzlich bergbuchleyn” (“A useful booklet on

mining”) (B1) was produced anonymously around 1500 and was probably

prepared under Rülein’s direct supervision. Based on inspection of type fonts,

Darmstaedter identified the probable printer as Martin Landsberg of Leipzig

(112). B1 is a small booklet, 48 pages (24 leaves) in length; the pages are

unnumbered. It contains 13 woodcut images. Only two copies are known to

exist today (Paris; Augsburg). Pieper establishes the date of origin of

Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” between 1497 and 1504 or early 1505—hence the

typical expression “around 1500.” On the one hand, Rülein was not involved

in mining before 1497; on the other hand, the second edition was produced in

May, 1505 (Pieper 140-43).

Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” underwent several editions prior to its

adaptation for Haselberg’s compendium from the 1530s. The version in

Ursprung is four printings removed from the editio princeps. It is highly

doubtful that Rülein was personally involved with the production of any of

the later editions (Pieper 144, 148-150).

The second edition of the “Bergbüchlein,” B2, was produced by

Erhart Ratdolt in Augsburg and is dated May 6, 1505. Pieper calls Ratdolt

the most famous printer in Augsburg (147). B2 is based on B1. The title is

expanded over Rülein’s with words that emphasize the booklet’s well-

organized contents: “Ain wolgeordnetz: vnnd nuczlichs buchlin wie man

bergwerck suchen vnd erfinden sol von allerlay mettal” (“A well-ordered and

useful booklet on how to seek and find all types of metals”). The text

70

occupies 17 unnumbered leaves. As my edition shows, the text is

characterized by substantial errors and omissions over against B1,

presumably due to simple carelessness on the part of the typesetter. Similarly,

the woodcut images—especially the two compass illustrations—are degraded

in terms of technical specificity. With the exception of B4, all subsequent

16th- and 17th-century editions would stem from the highly imperfect version

B2.

Only a single copy of B2 is known to exist today (École nationale

supérieure des Mines, Paris), and this copy was unknown to scholars until

1951. This exemplar features the type of hand-painted coloration of woodcut

images associated with Augsburg printing since the mid-15th century (Pieper

143-47). Presumably wishing to convey this information to future readers,

the creator of the third edition (1518, B3) postpositioned simple textual

instructions for coloring the woodcuts (veins – yellow, water – blue, etc.) at

the conclusion of the “Bergbüchlein” text (see [39v]-[40r] in Ursprung).

The third edition of the “Bergbüchlein,” B3, was produced by Peter

Schöffer in Worms and is dated April 5, 1518. B3 is based on B2. The text

occupies 24 unnumbered leaves; the “expanded” title of B2 is used for this

edition also. This edition is less rare than the first two; Pieper lists eight

known copies (148-50). As my edition shows, the text is characterized by

substantial errors and omissions over against B2. In my view, some of the

errors can be attributed to the difficulty of reading B2, others simply to

carelessness on the part of the typesetter of B3. Similarly, the woodcut

71

images show further degradation in technical accuracy. The instructions for

coloring the woodcuts added to B3 were noted above; these instructions were

keyed to letters inserted into the woodcut images in the booklet—<g> for

“veins” (Gänge), <w> for “water” (Wasser), etc.

A glossary of mining and smelting terms was first published with B3

and was transmitted via B6 to Ursprung/B8. This glossary occupies the last 8

pages of B3 and will be discussed in further detail below. With the exception

of B4, all subsequent 16th- and 17th-century editions would stem from B3,

which in turn was based on B2.

The sixth edition of the “Bergbüchlein,” B6, was produced by

Heinrich Steyner in Augsburg and is derived from edition B3. The title

retains the wording of B3; it is dated October 3, 1534. Steyner was active as

a printer from 1524 to 1545. The text occupies 28 unnumbered leaves, with

the “Bergnamen” occupying the last 5 leaves/10 pages. Only four known

copies are listed by Pieper (156). The type font used by Steyner is relatively

larger and hence more “readable” than any of the earlier source editions. In

my collation I found that B6 reproduced the text of B3 with a high degree of

precision. However, a few additional errors in the execution and placement

of the woodcut images are noted by Pieper. New to B6 is the change of “12”

to “21” on the bottom of the compass; Ursprung would compound this error

by changing the other “12” to “21,” as well (cf. Figures 2.4 & 2.13, 4.4 &

4.13). B6 erroneously reversed the images (i.e., direction of slope) in the

figures corresponding to my Figures 2.7 & 2.8, 4.7 & 4.8; conspicuously, this

72

same error is made in Ursprung/B8. The instructions for coloring the

woodcuts are retained in B6 from B3.

My own textual collation of Ursprung against the earlier editions of

the “Bergbüchlein” is consistent with the stemma given by Pieper (179-180).

To review: B1 was used as the source for two editions: B2 (Augsburg, 1505)

and B4 (Erfurt, 1527—discussed briefly below). B2 would serve as the

source of B3 (Worms, 1518), which in turn was the source of B6 (Augsburg,

1534). Haselberg’s Ursprung/B8 was based on B6.

From my work with the editions of the “Bergbüchlein,” there can be

little doubt that B6 was the model for Ursprung/B8. Pieper (164) observes

that the fifth and sixth woodcut images were transposed in B6, which error

carries over into Ursprung/B8. The additional woodcut errors noted in B8

(“21” for “12;” reversal of directional captions) make the opposite possibility,

of Ursprung being the source for B6, extremely unlikely. Mendels is wrong

in asserting B3 as the direct source for Ursprung/B8 (“Bergbüchlein” xvi).

Four of the 16th century editions of the “Bergbüchlein” fall outside the

line of transmission for Ursprung/B8 and hence do not come under further

consideration for my study:

• B4 (Erfurt: Johan Loersfelt, 1527). Based directly on B1, this edition,

titled “Ein nützlich Bergbüchlin,” would not serve as a source for any

of the later editions. An interesting feature of this edition is the

inclusion of images of the Roman gods associated with each

73

planet/metal (silver – moon – Diana; gold – sun – Apollo, etc.).

Pieper records the existence of three copies of B4 (150-54).

• B5 (Frankfurt: Christian Egenolph, 1533). Based on B3, this edition

omits the “Bergnamen” but co-publishes a portion of the important

early manual on testing and processing of ores, the “Probierbüchlein.”

Four additional short metallurgical texts are included—Egenolph’s

title page indicates: “Gilbertus Cardinal vonn Soluiren vnnd

scheydungen aller Metal. Polirung allerhand Edelgesteyn.

Fürtrefliche Wasser zum Etzen/ Scheyden vnd Soluiren. Verhütung

vnd rath für gifftige dämpffe der Metal.” Of the book’s 39 sheets, 26

are occupied by the “Bergbüchlein.” Pieper lists five copies of B5

(154-55).

• B7 (Frankfurt: Christian Egenolph, 1535) – a reprint of B5. Pieper

lists seven extant copies of B7 (156-58).

• B9 (Augsburg: Heinrich Steyner, 1539) – postdates Ursprung, is

based on B6, and includes the “Bergnamen.” Pieper lists five known

copies (164-66).

After B9 in 1539, there would be no further editions of the

“Bergbüchlein” in the 16th century. As discussed in greater detail below, Der

Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht would be successively reprinted twice in the

17th century, in the compilations Ursprung vnd Ordnungen der Bergwerge

(Leipzig: Gross, 1616) and Corpus juris & Systema rerum Metallicarum,

Oder: Neu-verfaßtes Berg-Buch…. (Frankfurt: Zunner, 1698). The

74

corresponding versions of the “Bergbüchlein” that they contain are

designated in my numbering system as B10 and B11, respectively.

In sum, the succession of textual transmission of the “Bergbüchlein”

pertaining to Ursprung is:

B1 → B2 → B3* → B6 → B8 [Ursprung] → B10 → B11

[*The mining/smelting terms were added to B3 and are

retained in the subsequent versions listed here.]

In reviewing the editions of the “Bergbüchlein,” Pieper observes that

the successive editions became more visually attractive but more degraded in

terms of technical accuracy and value (180). He laments that Haselberg’s

Ursprung—with its lasting influence via Gross/1616 and Zunner/1698—was

not based on the superior first edition, B1 (180).

Immediately following the “Bergbüchlein” in Ursprung is the

glossary of German mining and smelting terms titled the “Bergnamen”

(literally, “mining names”) by Pieper. The glossary was composed and

inserted into B3 and constitutes the “earliest mining dictionary” (Pieper 150),

providing technical terms plus a brief definition of each. The first portion of

the “Bergnamen” covers general mining terms and bears no title or heading—

the listing simply begins at the close of the “Bergbüchlein.” The second

portion does bear a heading, identifying it as a list of smelting terms.

Mendels in her dissertation suggests of the B3 publisher,

Schöffer attempted to raise the value of the “Bergbüchlein”

through addition of a list of technical terms from the language of

75

mining and smelting. In this he creates the first dictionary of mining

and probably the first glossary of the vocabulary for any technical

language. (viii)

For the most part the listing does not define terms that occur in the

“Bergbüchlein.” Rather, it extends and expands upon Rülein’s scope by

defining an extensive (though unsystematic and non-alphabetically arranged)

collection of 93 words or phrases relating to mines, mining equipment, legal

concepts, and work issues. The second listing, devoted to smelting, contains

15 items. The mining and smelting terms in the “Bergnamen” tend to be

nouns (e.g., Fundgrub, Fierung), but adjectives and verbs are included (fest,

angesessen, Einkommen). Some phrases and collective definitions are

offered, as well (“Gezeuge damit man inn der gruben arbeytet,” “Seyl vnd

kübel eingeworffen,” “Zůsatz zům kupferärtz”).

Pieper observes that a copy of the manual on assaying, the

“Probierbüchlein,” housed in the Wolfenbüttel State Library also contains the

“Bergnamen.” He assumes that the “Bergnamen” were composed for the

“Bergbüchlein” by Schöffer in Worms in 1518 (B3) and added to the

“Probierbüchlein” subsequently (150). This suggestion is especially logical

given the promise in the concluding dialog of the “Bergbüchlein” that a

description of smelting would be forthcoming: “morgen wöllen wir auß der

Kaw/ in die hüten gehen” (“tomorrow we will go from the pit head to the

smelting hut”) (Pieper 112). Rülein apparently never composed such a text,

76

but Schöffer or one of his collaborators apparently tried to fill the gap by

compiling the “Bergnamen.”

In terms of a technical glossary on mining, the “Bergnamen” would

soon be emulated, after a fashion, in conjunction with Georg Agricola’s first

book, Bermannus, in 1530 (Ed. Wilsdorf et al. 167-72). In preparation for

publication of the work by Froben in Basel, Agricola’s friend Petrus

Plateanus, rector of the local Latin school, composed a Latin-German

glossary of 76 mining terms in alphabetical order to be appended to the book.

The two lists are comparable in length, but examining them side by side

suggests that Plateanus did not refer substantively—if at all—to the

“Bergnamen” associated with the “Bergbüchlein.” I find only 19 technical

terms in common between the two lists (and again—the “Bergnamen” were

German terms with German definitions, whereas Plateanus’ text was a Latin-

German glossary).

Agricola himself seems to have been satisfied with the concept of a

“Vocabula metallica,” if not precisely Plateanus’ execution of it. For the

1546 edition of Bermannus, Agricola significantly revised the earlier list and

expanded it to 127 items. He created an even lengthier German-Latin

glossary in a well-studied letter to his friend Wolfgang Meurer, professor of

philology and Greek at the University of Leipzig (Epistula 3). Well over

50% of the terms in Plateanus’/Agricola’s glossaries are names of metals,

ores, and minerals (including 10 forms of silver!), whereas such compositions

of matter are uncommon in the “Bergnamen” in Haselberg’s compilation.

77

The “Bergnamen” provide many more adjectives and short phrases

describing the equipment and daily activities of mining. Moreover, smelting

terminology is covered only in the “Bergnamen.”

In the late 17th century, Zunner’s Corpus juris… would include a 38-

page lexicon of “Redens-Arten bey Berg: Und Schmeltz-Wercken”

comprising hundreds of words in alphabetical order, split into sections on

mining and smelting. The “Redens-Arten” do not seem to derive directly

from the 16th-century “Bergnamen,” but I have determined that around two-

thirds of the terms in the “Bergnamen” are covered in the later resource. In

terms of a text type, the technical glossary from B3, that Haselberg provided

in Ursprung, was the first in a sequence of early reference guides to the

special lexicon of mining and metallurgy.

The texts in Ursprung: 3. Overviews of Bohemian mines, mining officials,

and oaths

The “Inventory of the mines subject to the Crown of Bohemia”

(“Verzeychnung der Bergkwerck der Cronen zů Beham vnderworffen”)

occupies a scanty 1½ pages ([43r]-[43v]) in Ursprung and begins with a fairly

mundane recitation of mining areas known to have been productive in

Bohemia. The oldest/most important is Iglau; then Schneeberg, St. Annaberg,

St. Joachimsthal, etc. To date I have been unable to identify the source for

this brief passage. The first two paragraphs seem innocuous enough, but we

78

are surprised in the third and final paragraph by a graphic account of the

Hussite rebellions and their impact on mining.

The Emperor Sigismund (1411-37) approved the execution by burning of religious

reformer Jan Hus at Constance in 1415. This sparked the Hussite rebellions, which

did not end until the Iglau treaty of 1436 (Agricola, De veteribus 129). In general,

the German miners were resistant to the Hussites’ point of view and supportive of

Sigismund, with violent confrontations noted especially at Kuttenberg (Schwarz 103-

106). Haselberg’s sentiments are against the rebels, implying that God had

suppressed or diminished mining in Bohemia as punishment. In the end, Haselberg

seems to create a sort of advertisement—there are rich mines to be (re)worked in

Bohemia if a ruler or wealthy patron is willing to invest in them.

The historical details on the origins of mining in Bohemia—on the

Czech “side” of the Erzgebirge—are somewhat uncertain. When did silver

mining begin? To what degree were Germans involved in its development, to

what degree Slavs? The issues are concisely reviewed by Schwarz (100-101).

In any case, by the 16th century the mining enterprise was well established in

Bohemia, as we can infer from the brief characterization in Haselberg’s

“Verzeychnung.”

Agricola may have been acquainted with the listing of mines in

Bohemia from Haselberg’s Ursprung. In his De veteribus et novis metallis

from the mid-1540s, Agricola echoes Haselberg’s comment that productive

mines had been standing idle since the Bohemians and Czechs were involved

in their protracted, destructive religious war. He reviews the events and

discusses by name most of the mines named by Haselberg (94, 97).

79

Ursprung constitutes essentially a (re)printing of existing texts, but

there are a few segments of the work that were authored by Haselberg—his

introductory letter and the paragraph titled “Von erkantnus der Berckwerck”

that introduces the “Bergbüchlein,” to name two. Because I have been

unable to identify a source for the “Verzeychnung” of mines in Bohemia, it is

possible that the passage could have been composed by Haselberg. This was

assumed by Zycha in his reading of Ursprung (vol. 2, xxix). However, given

the detailed content and polemical style—which Haselberg tended to avoid

(Roth 16)—this seems unlikely to me. A more likely source, as yet

unidentified, would be a chronicle or contemporary pamphlet—bodies of

writing that would certainly have been accessible and familiar to Haselberg

as a traveling book producer.

Haselberg is probably the writer of the next short passage in Ursprung,

a listing of required mining officials, “Wie vil amtleuth ein berckwerck zů

haben noturfftig ist” ([43v]-[44r]). I do not find an exact textual source for

the paragraph that lists the mining officials. From my review of the early

sources on mining law, however, I surmise that Haselberg composed the

paragraph by paraphrasing Article 2 of the Annaberg Bergordnung of 1509

(cf. Ermisch 164); the mine master’s oath that follows is nearly identical to

that of Annaberg.

Once again we call upon on Ermisch’s work, this time for his

transcription of the first print edition (1509) of the Annaberg Bergordnung

(fully titled “Herzog Georgs Bergordnung für Sanct Annaberg”), included in

80

his book Sächsisches Bergrecht (163-209). As documented in my critical

apparatus, we find that Annaberg article 2 lists the same mining officials as

Haselberg, in the same numbers (8 jurors, etc.), and in the same order,

excepting “Schmeltzer” and “Berckhawer” which are listed explicitly in

Ursprung but not Annaberg.

The mine manager’s oath (“Des berckmeisters eyd”, [44r]), we are

told, comprises a template applicable to all the officials named in the

previous paragraph. The source of this oath, the Annaberg code, included a

separate text for each official’s oath—Bergmeister, Schichtmeister,

Zehendner, etc. However, Haselberg elected to present only the oath for the

mine manager (Bergmeister). The language of the various oaths is

sufficiently similar and formulaic that Haselberg is able to declare that the

one oath is applicable by logical modification and extension to all of the

designated officials.

The concluding words of Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht reiterate

Haselberg’s name but unfortunately withhold the name of the printer, city

and the date of printing: “Durch Johan Haselberger auß der Reichenaw/ in

druck verordnet” ([44r]).

The texts in Ursprung: Summary

81

Looking back at the texts collected under the title Ursprung

gemeynner Berckrecht, we are struck by their considerable diversity of style

and content. In this compact volume we have:

• Several legal codes from the Middle Ages transferred from

manuscript to the medium of print for the first time

• The “state of the art” (ca. 1500) treatise on metals, metal ores and

where to find them—a version of Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein”

• The first dictionary of terms relating to mining and smelting—the

“Bergnamen”

• A historical census and status report on mines in Bohemia

• A listing of the various officials typically appointed for mining and a

template for the oath of allegiance that they are to swear.

These texts, presented in this sequence in Ursprung, might at first

glance seem rather incongruous; their assembly rather haphazard. However,

I would argue also that we can discern an overarching, comprehensive unity,

albeit perhaps only by regarding the content of the texts in a logical sequence

other than the sequence that Haselberg used. Consider the series of questions

that might occur to a novice miner, a merchant or nobleman interested in

investing in mining, or a simply a “Renaissance man” curious about the

wonders of nature—and then consider the instruction afforded in Ursprung:

• “What are the characteristics of metals, and what types of metals

exist?” For the answer, see “Bergbüchlein,” chapters 1, 4-10.

82

• “Where can the different metal ores be found, and what are the best

locations for finding them?” See “Bergbüchlein,” chapters 2-3, with

additional details on individual metals in chapters 4-10.

• “What types of equipment are used in mining, and what are the

different parts of the mine called?” These are included in the first

section of the “Bergnamen” ([40r]-[42v]).

• “What are the legal rights, responsibilities, and practices related to

prospecting for ore and then laying claim if I find it?” Four outlines

are provided via the early mining codes.

• “What officials are involved in the mining process, and what are their

roles?” Information is found in several places—in the Freiberg and

Iglau codes, the “Bergnamen,” and the final passages on mining

officials and their oaths.

• “What are some prime mining locations, including some that might

warrant further exploration?” The inventory of specific mining

localities in Bohemia gives instruction, and Freiberg, Iglau, and the

Meissen region of the Erzgebirge are named in Ursprung.

• “What are some of the solvents and techniques involved in smelting

the ores to obtain the precious metals?” The second part of the

“Bergnamen” is devoted to the processes and materials of smelting.

Just as we would not typically pick up a dictionary or field guide and

read it straight through from beginning to end, Haselberg’s compendium can

be viewed as a reference work, available to serve the various needs on an

83

occasional and “non-linear” basis. The title page lists the contents in the

order they occur in the book, and Haselberg provides adequate headings to

allow easy reference to any portion of interest to the reader. For someone

interested in taking up mining as a profession or in investing in mining

activities, this book had it all.

Mining historian Hans Prescher poses the question of why Georgius

Agricola didn’t deal extensively in his writings with issues of mining law. In

Prescher’s judgment, it is because in Haselberg’s Ursprung the most

important writings for mining law were easily accessible; Agricola could

assume their familiarity, though it is a little puzzling that he did not mention

Haselberg’s book explicitly (Georgius Agricola 15).

Mendels (“Nachfolger” 86) relates a few interesting observations that

illuminate the popularity and influence of Haselberg’s compilation in the

later 16th century. Peter Albinus published a Meißnische Land und Bergk

Chronica in 1590 that includes a discussion of Johann Mathesius, who had

published a series of sermons based on mining themes in 1562. Albinus

identifies the source of a passage in Mathesius as the “Bergbüchlein von

Johan Haselberger gedruckt,” even though Mathesius did not cite his source.

As further evidence of the sustained popularity of Haselberg’s Ursprung

gemeynner Berckrecht, it is reported that upon the death of Leipzig book

dealer Peter Schürer in 1549, thirteen copies of the book were found in his

possession.

84

Such anecdotes tempt us to wonder about the print run of Haselberg’s

Ursprung—how many copies might have been created? We do not know

specifically, but some basic facts and estimates are available for early printed

books generally, from which an educated guess is possible. As predominant

economic factors, the labor costs for setting up the type and operating the press

were low, but paper was very expensive and one wanted to be able to sell all the

copies that were printed. In the early decades after the invention of book printing,

print runs tended to be in the hundreds; by the close of the 15th century some of

the biggest publishers reached 1500 copies. After that, edition sizes generally

stayed around that level, even through the 18th century. Gaskell and Febvre &

Martin report many specific figures on print runs, which in sum suggest average

editions of 1,000 to 1,500 copies in the early 16th century, with occasional figures

above or below that (Febvre & Martin 216-220; Gaskell 160-162).

Haselberg and/or his printer were probably aware of the success of mining

in Erzgebirge at that time, and they may have been cognizant of the popularity of

Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein,” which had been through several printings in just a few

decades. These considerations might have motivated a print run of Ursprung

toward the upper end of the estimate—1500? (By contrast, given the royal

sponsorship and targeted purpose for the Bergkordnung Norwegen, I suspect a

lower total number of copies produced and a de facto narrower readership for this

text.)

85

The seventeenth-century editions of Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht

Haselberg’s Ursprung was reprinted in two successively larger

mining/metallurgical compendia assembled in the 17th century, which

suggests a long-lived utility and perception of value in Ursprung.

Some 80 years after Haselberg’s original publication, his work was

reprinted in a collection of mining laws produced by the press of Henning

Gross in Leipzig. The title of Gross’s collection from 1616, Ursprung vnd

Ordnungen der Bergwerge (“Origin and regulations of mines”) (Koch #461),

appears to be modeled in part on Haselberg’s title, but expands on it vastly by

collecting no fewer than eight additional 16th-century mining codes from

across the German-speaking lands. A diplomatic transcription of the title

page and table of contents is provided as Appendix E, but it is instructive to

survey the contents in summary fashion here:

I. “VRsprung allgemeiner Bergkrecht” (= reprint of Haselberg’s

Ursprung, occupying pages 1-71 in Gross; Haselberg’s name

and prefatory letter are removed.)

II. Mining regulations of St. Joachimsthal, based on the version

published in Zwickau by Meyerpeck in 1548 (cf. Koch #35)

III. Regulations for the tin mines of Schlackenwald, Schönfeld,

and Lauterbach from 1548 (cf. Siems)

IV. Imperial regulations for several tin mines in the Erzgebirge—

Hengst, etc.—from 1548

86

V. Comprehensive Saxon mining laws originally compiled in

1573

VI. Tin mining regulations for Eibenstock originating in 1534

VII. Mining regulations for lower Austria from 1553

VIII. Mining regulations for the Harz mountains (Braunschweig and

Lüneburg) from 1593

IX. New mining regulations for the earldom Hohenstein from

1576

The dates of the above are the earliest cited publication dates provided

in Gross. The origins of many of the mining codes are complicated and

difficult to trace, and in some cases there will have been earlier printed

editions not known or indicated by Gross; for example, item II from

Joachimsthal in 1548 (Koch #35) was based on a printing in Mainz from

1542, which itself revised (“auffs newe gebessert”) an earlier version (cf.

Koch #34).

Henning Gross (or Grosz or Grosse) (1553-1621) has been called the

most important book dealer in Leipzig in the late 16th century (Lexikon,

“Grosse”). He became an apprentice with the printer Conrad König in 1566

and upon König’s death married his widow and took over the business.

Gross was active as a printer in the years 1575-1621, producing 938 books;

he produced the catalog for the first Leipzig book fair in 1595. After his

death in 1621 his son Gottfried (1591-1637) took over the business (Brauer).

87

Gross’s Ursprung vnd Ordnungen is in large folio format, with the

print occupying approximately 12 cm × 22 cm on the page. Haselberg’s

woodcut images are rendered in copper etchings. In my critical apparatus,

the version of Haselberg’s Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht contained in

Gross is abbreviated to UgB(1616).

Moving ahead another 80 years, the compendium Corpus juris et

systema rerum metallicarum oder neuverfaßtes Bergbuch from 1698 is the

largest and most diverse collection of texts relating to metals, mining, and

mining law of the pre-modern era (Paisey C1146; Holzmann & Bohatta

#10200b; Koch #101). The collection was produced in Frankfurt by the press

of Johann David Zunner. Pieper is somewhat dismissive of the contents as

“somewhat randomly gathered mining literature from the 16th and 17th

centuries” (168). In anthologies, one can always question why some texts

were included and others not. Zunner chose to assemble a technical tract on

metals, a large number of mining laws, and a glossary of mining and smelting

terms. The constituent texts will be discussed in detail below, but in general

terms we can say that Zunner replicated—in grander style—the tripartite

subject matter of Haselberg’s Ursprung. The Corpus juris… contained many

of the most important 16th- and 17th-century titles and nothing that is useless

or irrelevant to the fields of mining and metallurgy.

Zunner was a leading book dealer and printer active in Frankfurt in

the second quarter of the 17th century. He died in 1653, but his workshop

88

continued producing books under his name into the 18th century—including

our Corpus juris… (Lexikon, “Zunner”).

The book is in large folio format, with the print occupying

approximately 15 cm × 29 cm on the page. The compilation includes the

third and final printed editions of both Ursprung and Bergkordnung

Norwegen. In my critical apparatus, the version of Haselberg’s compilation

contained in Corpus juris… is abbreviated UgB(1698). (The version of

Bergkordnung Norwegen in Corpus juris… is analogously abbreviated

BN(1698).) A diplomatic transcription of the title page and table of contents

of Corpus juris… is provided as Appendix H.

Summarizing the contents briefly will serve to document the scope of

the Corpus juris… and to contextualize our two books in it. A brief prefatory

letter ascribed to “J. D. Z.” personifies the collection as a “silent teacher”—

“ein stummer Lehrmeister.” Some section headings and brief passages in

Corpus juris… are in Latin, but otherwise the compilation is all German; it

appears that Zunner wished to exude an impression of learned Latinity

through selected prominent use of captions, which are always also given in

German. The work contains five major sections:

1. De re metallica by Christoph Entzelt (or Encelius)—this work was

originally published in Latin in 1551 (Koch #128) and is not to be confused

with Agricola’s De re metallica published in 1556. Entzelt was a physician

in Thuringia, student of Luther, and friend of Agricola. His large lapidary

synthesizes the traditional conceptions and classifications of matter (Adams

89

161). The work is here translated into German for the first (and only) time.

It occupies 96 numbered pages.

2. An anonymous collection titled Institutiones metallicae, Das ist/

Wahr- und klarer Unterricht vom Edlen Bergwerck/ durch einen/ desselben

Liebhaber (“Mining instructions: That is, true and clear guidance on noble

mining by one of its enthusiasts”) originating in Wittenberg in 1687 (Koch

#226)—the seven chapters of this interesting text provide an orientation to

mining through an extended series of leading questions—starting with “Was

ist Bergwerck?” (“What is mining?”)—and answers to them. There is a

strong Christian element throughout, with success in mining tied to God’s

grace (e.g., question 8 on page 101). This text occupies pages numbered 97-

124 after Entzelt’s De re metallica.

3. Johann Deucer(us)’s Metallicorum corpus juris, Oder Bergk-Recht,

a compilation of mining laws and other texts printed in 1624 (Koch #116).

Deucer, a protestant minister in Schlackenwald, also published a series of

sermons organized around mining themes (Bergpredigten) in 1612 (Koch 45-

47). His Metallicorum corpus juris is a lengthy and detailed summa that

provides a biblical and historical summary of mining and explains mining

offices, jobs, laws and courts. A listing of Bohemian mines on the page

“numbered” as )(3 [sic] seems to expand on the listing of Bohemian mines

in Ursprung. Deucer’s work occupies 24 unnumbered and 72 numbered

pages for 96 total.

90

4. Ursprung und Ordnungen der Bergwercke—this is a complete

reprint of Gross’s compilation of mining laws from 1616 (including

reproductions of his copper etchings for the illustrations), though no

acknowledgment is made of Gross as the source. In terms of volume of text,

this is the largest section of Corpus juris…, encompassing 40 unnumbered

pages plus 312 numbered pages for the codes themselves—for a total of 352

pages. The unnumbered pages include a title page, detailed tables of contents,

and an alphabetical index at the end. The index here is comprehensive for all

of Corpus juris… thus far (i.e., starting with Entzelt). There is evidence that

some copies of Zunner’s compilation stopped here and were sold as such (for

example, one copy offered for sale by Antiquariat Rainer F. Meyer, Berlin

[www.meyerbuch.com] in 2002). Most copies, however, contain the

additional materials noted as item 5 below.

This 4th section of Corpus juris… republishes both Ursprung

gemeynner Berckrecht and the Bergkordnung Norwegen. In the description

above we saw that Gross’ compilation contained nine parts (I. through IX.)—

Haselberg’s Ursprung plus eight mining codes from different mining areas in

the German-speaking lands. The version of Ursprung vnd Ordnungen der

Bergwercke in Zunner’s Corpus juris…, however, adds a ninth mining

code—Christian III’s Norwegian mining code in its revised edition of 1647!

The table of contents for this portion of Zunner/1698 reproduces Gross/1616

essentially word-for-word but adds the Norwegian text as the tenth item:

91

X. Königl. Dänische Berg-Ordnung und Freyheit über das Bergwerck

auffm Golmsberg/ im Reich Norwegen.

Zunner does not acknowledge Gross as his source; nor does he

indicate that the Bergkordnung Norwegen is his own ad hoc addition to the

earlier compilation. Zunner’s unacknowledged source for the Norwegian text

is the 2nd edition from Copenhagen in 1647—hence postdating Gross’s

compilation by some 30 years. The editions of the Bergkordnung Norwegen

will be discussed in further detail below.

Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht—titled “Ursprung allgemeiner Berg-

Rechte” by Gross—occupies pages 1-29 in Zunner; the Bergkordnung

Norwegen, pages 294-312.

Coincidentally, the source of section 3 in Corpus juris…—Johann

Deucer’s Metallicorum corpus juris—was produced by Gross’s heirs in 1624.

Similarly, Zunner did not acknowledge the publisher by name.

5. Abraham von Schönberg’s mining lexicon Außführliche Berg-

Information (Koch #420)—The author of the fifth and final section of

Corpus juris… Schönberg was a late 17th-century mining prefect in the

Erzgebirge region, and his work had been published in both Leipzig and

Zwickau in 1693—just a few years before Zunner’s collection (Koch 73).

The Außführliche Berg-Information, Zur dienlichen Nachricht vor Alle/ Die

Bey dem Berg- und Schmeltzwesen zu schaffen (“Comprehensive mining

information, for the useful edification of all who are involved in mining and

smelting”) consists of two parts. The first part is a 73-page alphabetical

92

description of the various professions and officials associated with mining—

detailed definitions of many of the positions listed in Ursprung and

Bergkordnung Norwegen such as Bergmeister, Gegenschreiber,

Geschworene, etc. The second part is a 38-page glossary of “Redens-Arten

Bey Berg: Und Schmeltz-Wercken.” Although the “Bergnamen” from

Ursprung are not the direct source for the definitions offered here, the

similarity of text-type is obvious. Like the “Bergnamen,” separate listings of

words and their definitions are generated for mining versus smelting.

We surmise that Zunner’s Corpus juris… was a relatively successful

book, because just a few years later—in 1703—it was reprinted in Vienna

under the title Continuatio corporis juris et systematis rerum metallicarum

(Koch #100), having been supplemented with an additional “Hungarian

mining law” (“der Cron Ungarn, als auch Schemnitz, Königsberg und

andere”) (Koch 73). Lastly we note that Christoph Herttwig’s Neues

Bergbuch printed in 1710 and reprinted in 1734 (Koch #208) made use of and

quoted Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht in several places (Mendels,

“Nachfolger” 93-94).

In sum, the textual material collected by Haselberg has its origins as

early as the 12th and 13th centuries, and his compendium held its value as a

reference and resource for metals, mining, and mining law well into the 18th

century.

93

1.5 The “Norwegian” Bergkordnung of 1540

The other text under study is titled Bergkordnung des Löblichen

newen Bergkwergs/ auff dem Golmsbergk/ im Königreich Norwegen

(“Mining Regulation for the praiseworthy new mine at Gullnes in the

Kingdom of Norway”), published by Wolfgang Meyerpeck in Zwickau in

1540. Koch’s bibliography lists this text as item #32 (albeit with a

misspelling, “Holmsberg” instead of “Golmsberg”). The book, sponsored by

the Danish-Norwegian King Christian III, constitutes the first mining

regulation commissioned in Germany for use in another country (Koch 28).

However, it is modeled on and clearly summarizes contemporary prevailing

German legal practices and customs. A second edition was produced in 1647

in Copenhagen by King Christian IV.

The German influence on mining in Norway and the creation of the

Bergkordnung Norwegen

We noted above that German expertise in mining was influential and

desired in a number of European countries in the later Middle Ages. German

influence in Norwegian mining and mining law has been discussed in the

literature several times in the last 65 years (chronologically: Boldt, Matthes,

Bärtling, Thuesen & Lindtveit, Schellhas, Nagel, and Berg). In his book and

article, Boldt stresses the “close legal connections that have existed for

centuries between German mining law and Norwegian mining law, which in

its origin goes back to German legal tradition” (Norwegische, “Vorwort”).

94

I approached Boldt’s work with a sense of misgiving, since his involvement

with Norwegian mining was connected to the Nazi occupation of Norway.

However, he appears to provide reliable historical information on early

mining there.

The underlying historical narrative pertinent to the Bergordnung

Norwegen is relatively straightforward. Christian II and Frederik I, kings of

Denmark and Norway from 1513-1523 and 1524-1536 respectively, promoted

copper and silver mining in Norway (Thuesen & Lindtveit 48; Boldt,

Norwegische 11). Gullnes (rendered “Golmsberg” in German) southwest of

Oslo was the first organized mine in Norway, established in 1524. The next

king, Christian III (1536-1559), invited German mining experts and miners to

work the new Norwegian silver mines in 1537 (Norwegische 11; Matthes 8).

In 1538, he asked his uncle, the Saxon Elector Johann Friedrich, to produce a

set of mining regulations to support the development of mining activities at

Gullnes.

The text resulting from Christian III’s request for German assistance

was the Bergkordnung des Löblichen newen Bergkwergs/ auff dem

Golmsberg/ im Königreich Norwegen. Though there were references to metal

mining in some early medieval Norwegian laws, Bergkordnung Norwegen

became the first comprehensive regulation of mining law for use in Norway

(Boldt, Norwegische 23). Though specifically authorized for Gullnes, this

text became in effect the authority mining law for all of Norway (Nagel 145,

147). One might question, however, how much influence the German-

95

language text had on the conduct of the Norwegian populace (Boldt,

Norwegische 23, 25).

In drawing a contrast to the development of mining law in Sweden,

Bärtling calls the earliest Norwegian regulations simply an import commodity

(“Importware”) from Germany and purely a German creation (9-10; see also

Boldt, Norwegische 23). Of mining in Norway generally, Schellhas states

ambitiously that, “all Norwegian mining was set up with the help of German

mineralogical expertise” (87). The situation with German miners in Norway

was at times uneasy. Mining was basically an “alien activity” there (Nagel

137), imposed by the state/King as an “uninvited guest” among the Norwegian

people (Berg, “Bergarbeit” 202). Agricola recounts an incident from 1540 in

which Danish troops were required to protect the German miners from the

Norwegian residents of Gullnes; the miners prevailed (De veteribus 117).

In this context, it seems likely that the primary audience for the

Norwegian Bergkordnung was the German miners working in Norway—in

particular, the literate mine managers and other officials in Norway who

needed instructions and a legal framework in which to operate. The mining

laws upon which the Norwegian text was based were in German. Undertaking

a translation into Danish, Norwegian, or Latin would have meant substantial

extra work and not served the needs of its users as well. Although the

Bergkordnung Norwegen stands out as the first mining code from Germany

written for use in another country, its application in that country was in fact

carried out primarily by Germans.

96

Norwegian metal mining was not very successful in the long run.

Within 10 years the work around Gullnes slowed; the underground silver

deposits diminished (Nagel 138). In his De veteribus et novis metallis of the

mid-1540s, Agricola makes only occasional reference to mining in Norway

(87, 97, 100, 102). In the early 17th century, there was some success with

silver mining in southern Norway, which led to the establishment of

Kongsberg by Christian IV (ruled 1588-1648). German miners were again

brought to Norway (Thuesen & Lindtveit 482), and Christian IV reissued the

Norwegian Bergkordnung of 1540 in an edition that will be discussed in

detail below. Elsewhere in Norway, silver mining only attained marginal

success (Boldt, Norwegische 11-12). The name Gullnes is not mentioned at

all in an anonymous report on Norwegian mining from 1648 (Kurtze/ doch

warhafftige Beschreibung…).

The Bergkordnung Norwegen was composed in 1539-1540 and

completed by the spring of 1540. Christian III’s statement of “freedoms” is

dated June 9, 1539 (“Odensehe, am Montage nach Corporis Christi/ Anno M.

D. XXXjX.”). Nagel relates that, after the king signed off on the law,

Bergmeister Hans Glaser was sent back to Saxony to get the law printed,

which occurred by mid-1540 (145). The concluding passage, “Beschluss

dieser Ordnung” ([46v]-[47r]) is dated May, 1540, and the colophon a few

pages later ([47v]) gives the date April, 1540. We are told in a brief,

concluding “charge to the reader” (“Ordnung zum Leser”) in verse,

Anthoni Beutther stellet mich

97

Wolff Meyrpeck hat gedrucket mich.

(“Anthon Beuther prepared me; Wolf Meyerpeck printed me.”) ([47v])

Mich is here a personification of the book itself. Based on this passage,

Anthon Beuther is credited as the author of the Bergkordnung. A few facts on

his life are provided in Wilsdorf et al.’s commentary on Agricola’s

Bermannus (271): Beuther was born around 1485 in Römhild bei

Meiningen—he is referred to in Latin by Agricola as “Romhildus.” He

studied in Leipzig in the first decade of the 1500s. Beuther held paralegal

positions in Joachimsthal (Stadtschreiber, Syndikus) and later in Zwickau. In

1539 he revised the Zwickau city ordinances and is credited with the

Norwegian Bergkordnung in 1540. Beuther died in Zwickau in 1547.

The Bergkordnung Norwegen was produced by the Zwickau printer

Wolfgang Meyerpeck. Meyerpeck was active as a printer in Zwickau from

1530 to 1550 (Benzing, Buchdruckerlexikon 195). He worked with the

“Schwabacher” type stock that he obtained when his master Kantz died and he

married the widow Kantz in 1529 (Claus 17).

Meyerpeck produced several other mining texts in the later 1540s, but

our Norwegian title is his earliest known publication in this subject area. The

nature and extent of influence of Bergkordnung Norwegen on Meyerpeck’s

later published mining codes would be an interesting topic for future research.

We know, for example, that the woodcut image of miners from the 1540

Norwegian mining code ([1v]) was reused in two mining codes that

Meyerpeck printed in 1548 (Claus 54, 120-21). From 1550 until his death in

98

1578, Meyerpeck was located in Freiberg and printed a number of additional

mining regulations there (Lexikon, “Meyerpeck”).

The Bergkordnung Norwegen begins with two texts sponsored by

King Christian III. The first ([2r]-[2v]) is a general account of why the

Bergkordnung was composed—to further mining in the kingdom—and

identifies the reliance on Saxon legal models and traditions (“nach recht/

ordnung vnd geprauch der Bergkwerge im Chur: vnd Fürstenthumb zu

Sachssen gelegen”). Secondly ([3r]-[4r]), the king defines the rights and

privileges or Freiheiten granted in association with mining in Norway. Page

[4v] offers a table of contents for the Bergkordnung.

The body of the text is subdivided into four parts:

(a) On the roles and responsibilities of mine workers and officials (13

Artickel on the topic of “Amptleute vnd diener”) ([5r]-[14r])

(b) On the administration and operation of mines (62 articles on

“Bergkwergk/ vnd desselben anhangenden vnd zugehörenden hendeln

vnd sachen”) ([14v]-[36r])

(c) On adits (11 articles on Stollen, the horizontal tunnels or adits

below the elevation of the mines for ventilation and drainage of water)

([36v]-[40r])

(d) On metallurgical processing (20 articles on Hütten) ([40v]-[46v]).

The text would be republished twice in the 17th century—in 1647 and

in 1698. These editions will be discussed below. Although the Bergkordnung

Norwegen was composed and printed in German and was never translated into

99

Norwegian, this code from 1540 formed the legal basis for mining in Norway

until 1812 (Boldt, Norwegische 24-25). Its content is informed by the

Annaberg Bergordnung of 1509, which code in turn had been influenced by

the earlier Freiberg and Iglau codes contained in Ursprung; the Annaberg law

would influence the majority of subsequent 16th-century German legal codes

(Ermisch vii).

As a result, the Norwegian text is instructive not only for mining in

Norway but also as an embodiment of the state-of-the-art in German legal

principles and practices. The clarity and comprehensiveness of Bergkordnung

Norwegen were recognized by Boldt, who praised its clear presentation and

comprehensive discussion of “all possible questions about mining at that

time” (Norwegische 24).

The Bergkordnung Norwegen: Physical description and inventory of known

exemplars

The first edition of the Bergkordnung Norwegen is a small book in

quarto format. Like Ursprung, the book contains no page numbers. The text

occupies 47 leaves (with [48r] containing a woodcut illustration and [48v] left

blank). From my inspection of the copy catalogued XIV 146 in the

Bergakademie library in Freiberg I found the page size to be approximately

14.5 cm wide by 19.5 cm high, with the printed text occupying approximately

9.8 cm × 15.3 cm (including catchword) of each page. The book includes 12

100

signatures, A-H and J-M, labeled as follows: [2r] A ij ~ [3r] A iij ~ [5r] B ~

[6r] Bij ~ [7r] B iij, etc., through [47r] M iij.

There are three font sizes used in the book. The largest is a frequently

used title font of up to 1.3 cm tall. The next smaller size (0.6 cm) is used for

article headings or section subheadings. The body of the text is in a readable

type font of approx. 0.4 cm which fits 32 lines (including catchword) on a

page. A sample page, [36v], is reproduced as Appendix D.

Even though Bergkordnung Norwegen occupies slightly more pages

than Ursprung, because of the large font sizes and generally more “open”,

outline-style presentation, the text itself of Bergkordnung Norwegen is

significantly shorter. By estimated word count, the length of Bergkordnung

Norwegen is probably only some 60% that of Ursprung.

The first edition of the Bergkordnung Norwegen is an extremely rare

item. Despite extensive research into library holdings in Europe and North

America, to date I have documented the existence of only nine copies, some

of these exclusively via Claus’s bibliography (94); one exclusively via the on-

line Hand Press Book (HPB) database. A facsimile reproduction of 1000

copies was issued by a technical college in Trondheim, Norway, in 1963.

A second edition of the Bergkordnung Norwegen was printed in

Copenhagen “Ex officina Martzaniana” in 1647 in quarto format. The

background of this edition is discussed in detail below, but because this text

appears to be virtually unknown in the scholarly literature I include it in my

bibliographic account here. Unlike the first edition, the edition of 1647

101

contains page numbers—Arabic numerals centered on the top of the page—

from pages 2 through 68; an unnumbered “69th” page contains a brief listing

of errata.

The text of the second edition occupies 36 leaves. The page size is

approximately 14.5 cm wide by 19.0 cm high, with the printed text occupying

approximately 10.2 cm × 16.6 cm (including catchword) of each page. The

book includes 9 signatures, A-H and J, labeled as follows: Page 1 = A ij; page

3 = A iij; page 7 = B, etc., through page 67 = J iij. Four font sizes are

prevalent, used generally to reproduce the clear, hierarchical presentation of

the 1st edition.

The 1647 edition of Bergkordnung Norwegen appears to be even rarer

than the 1540 edition. The copies of the first two editions of the

Bergkordnung Norwegen that I have been able to locate are tabulated below:

102

Known copies and editions of the Bergkordnung Norwegen, 1st edition (Zwickau, 1540)

Location Cat. no., web link

Comments

Copen-hagen (1)

Royal Library (Det Kongelige Bibliotek)

http://rex.kb.dk/; Cat. no. 002125724

Cited by Claus

Copen-hagen (2)

University Library - Cited by Claus

Freiberg (1)

Bergakademie TU- Freiberg, Georgius-Agricola-Bibliothek

Cat. no. XIV 39.4o

Cited by Claus

Freiberg (2)

Bergakademie Freiberg

Cat. no. XIV 146 Basis of present edition; missing Signature A; bound together with XIV 145 (Ursprung); ex libris Werner

Jena Thüringer Universitäts- und Staatsbibliothek

Cat. no. 4 Bud. Var. 558; http://jenopc4.thulb.uni-jena.de

Cited by Claus and in HPB; “Golmsberg” misspelled “Holfnisbergk” in library catalog

Leipzig Universitäts-bibliothek Leipzig

Cat. no. 3443774; Dt.Pr.R. 320 x; http://www.bsz-bw.de

Cited in HPB and by Claus (with notation “Bl. M4 fehlt”)

Munich Bayerische Staatsbibliothek

4o Metall. 7 m; http://www.cerl.org/HPB

Located only via HPB database

Nürn-berg

Stadtbibliothek Nürnberg

http://www.stadtbibliothek.nuernberg.de/; Solg. 2117.4o

Cited by Claus; cat. no. “6. Beiband” in Solg.2117.4o verified by letter 9/27/05

Oslo National Library – Oslo

http://wgate.bibsys.no/search/

-

Facsimilia scientia et technical Norvergica vol. 13. Trondheim: NTH-Trykk, 1963. Ed. Knut Thalberg. (Facsimile edition)

- Facsimile reproduction in 1000 copies; checked against Freiberg (2) copy in my preparation of present edition

Table 1.3 Copies and editions of Bergkordnung Norwegen, 1st and 2nd editions

103

Table 1.3 Copies and editions of Bergkordnung Norwegen (continued)

Known copies and editions of the Bergkordnung Norwegen, 2nd edition (Copenhagen, 1647)

Location Cat. no., web

link Comments

Copen-hagen

Det Kongelige Bibliotek

Cat. no.: Nge. 4514 4o; http://www.kb.dk/kb/

-

Oslo National Library - Oslo

http://wgate.bibsys.no/search/

-

Trond-heim

Universitets-biblioteket i Trondheim

LibR Oct. 5295; http://wgate.bibsys.no/search/

-

British Library, London. (Microfilm version)

Cat. no. Mic.A.9185; http://blpc.bl.uk/

Made from the copy in Royal Library, Copenhagen; used for present edition

104

The Bergkordnung Norwegen: Summary of contents

The Bergkordnung Norwegen of 1540 begins with a dedicatory letter

from King Christian III. The mining regulations, he explains, shall bring

order and justice to the pursuit of mining in his realm. He has sought the

advice of mining experts and brought the document to press. Any legal issue

not covered in these regulations is deferred to the old, established mining

laws and customs of Saxony. The king assures his protection to those mining

in Norway. He outlines certain “freedoms” to miners in a second letter—

again with reference to Saxon precedents and practices—after asserting that

rich ores have been found in the realm. Hans Glaser is appointed royal

manager of mines (Bergmeister).

Glaser was born around 1480 and from 1515 is documented as a

mining official in and around Schneeberg, an important mining center in the

Erzgebirge. He was called to Norway in 1538 and was named to the post of

mine master on October 17 following an exploratory trip sponsored by the

King. Among gifts that he had presented to the King was allegedly a written

draft of a mining code. Glaser returned to Schneeberg to hire miners,

offering attractive incentives given the distance and foreignness of the

Norwegian work location. He also arranged for the creation of a mine court

and the legal code for Norway. Life and work for Glaser and the German

miners he attracted to Norway were hard; his achievement has been called an

“act of pioneering of the highest order” (“Pioniertat ersten Ranges”). After

105

several years in Norway, Glaser was summoned back to Germany, but due to

ill health he had to refuse; he died in late 1545 in Norway (Matthes 8-10).

The text of the Bergkordnung Norwegen is divided into four parts.

The first part describes the duties of the various mining officials. The listing

is hierarchical in reverse, beginning with the highest-ranking officials and

working down to the common laborers. Part two is by far the lengthiest

section, surveying the logistics and affairs of the mines proper—prospecting,

claiming, and working them. Part three covers drainage and ventilation

tunnels, without which deep underground mines could not be developed and

worked successfully. The fourth part, finally, describes the legal aspects of

smelting the ores to obtain the precious metals contained in them. The clear

and logical presentation of the subject matter is novel in the history of mining

codes as far as I can discern. Earlier mining regulations—including our own

Freiberg ‘A’, Iglau, Freiberg ‘B’, and the important Annaberg code of

1509—generally contained subject headings, but these tended to be vague

and often inaccurate. The overarching four-part structure in Bergkordnung

Norwegen is especially helpful to guide the reader in the text.

Although a German readership was anticipated, to a certain degree

Beuther seems to have anticipated an audience unfamiliar with mining. This

could have included Norwegian natives or inexperienced Saxons recruited for

the Norwegian operations. In many passages in the text, Beuther expends

effort to instruct in great detail—on a level that might have struck some

readers as pedantic. Consider, for example, the job description of the mine

106

foreman (Schichtmeister) in [BN I,11]. Instructions on purchasing mine

supplies include a list of all those supplies: “tallow, iron spikes, rope, ore

cradles, buckets, wood posts, boards, nails…” Persons familiar with mining

even peripherally probably would not have required this exacting treatment.

A similar example is noted in [BN II,61], where the mine manager’s

jurisdiction for punishing wrong-doers is enumerated at length: “at the mines,

underground in the mine, on paths and walkways…, the smelting huts,” etc.

These explicit details are also instructive for us, separated as we are by

several centuries from the subjects being described.

The seventeenth-century editions of the Norwegian Bergkordnung

The 2nd edition of Bergkordnung Norwegen was sponsored by King

Christian IV (1588-1648) in 1647, shortly before his death. In 1630, Christian

IV had asked the Electoral Prince of Saxony to send him some mining

specialists from Freiberg—which by now had a mining academy—to the

newly-discovered silver deposits at Kongsberg, Norway, hence in effect

replicating Christian III’s attempt to develop mining with German help a

century before. Christian IV had high hopes for silver mining in Norway and

was heavily involved in managing the affairs of state, so his sponsoring of a

reprint of his grandfather’s mining code in 1647 does not surprise us.

Boldt asserts that Christian IV’s version of Christian III’s mining code

was reprinted in “slightly revised form” (Norwegische 26). This is an

understatement. Although represented on the title page as a reprint of the

107

1540 code, the 1647 text in fact represents a substantial revision; this will be

discussed in detail below. Further, Christian IV caused some legal

ambiguities by separately issuing a number of ordinances that were sometimes

contradictory to the code, so that upon his death in 1648 one could say that

there was no unified mining law in Norway (Norwegische 26-27).

The final edition of the Norwegian mining code was produced in 1698.

As discussed above in connection with Haselberg, Zunner’s compilation

Corpus juris… contained versions not only of Haselberg’s Ursprung but also

the Norwegian Bergkordnung. Zunner tacitly appended the 1647 edition of

the Norwegian text to Gross’s 1616 compilation, Ursprung und Ordnungen

der Bergwerge. Zunner omits the publication details from the title page—

Copenhagen: Martzaniana, 1647—and the errata from 1647 (without

correcting said errors!). Otherwise, the 1647 text is reproduced almost exactly.

It is worthy noting, finally, that there was also a translation of the

1647 version into Latin in 1776, prepared in conjunction with a biography of

King Christian III (Krags & Stephanius, vol. 1).

Review of Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht and Bergkordnung Norwegen in

their historical context

To review the above discussion in brief, I conclude this section by

providing a graphical representation of the two books under study in their

textual-historical context. All items are labeled with letters in square

brackets, e.g., [a], which are keyed to a text summary that follows. In the

108

figure, specific texts are indicated in rectangles; areas of knowledge or

general oral/textual traditions, in ovals:

109

Figure 1.1: Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht and the Bergkordnung Norwegen in the context of early German mining literature

Freiberg code ‘A’ (13th-14th c.) [c]

Iglau code (13th-14th c.) [d]

Freiberg ‘B’ (14th c.) [e]

Annaberg code (1509) [g]

Development of medieval German legal practices, “Gewohnheitsrecht”, “Berggebräuche” [b]

Classical/ medieval metallurgical traditions, e.g., Albertus Magnus [l]

Experience & observation as basis for met- al mining [a]

Other 15th–16th c. German mining legal texts [f]

Rülein’s “Berg- büchlein” B1 (ca. 1500) [m]

“Bergbüchlein” editions: B2 - 1505 B3 - 1518 B6 - 1534 [n]

“Bergnamen” (glossary) added to “Bergbüchlein” B3 – 1518 [o]

Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht (ed. Haselberg, 1535-58) [i]

Waldenburg/Meissen treaty (1407) [h]

Bergkordnung Norwegen, 1540 [k]

German presence/ influence on mining in Norway [j]

2nd edition, Copen-hagen 1647 [r]

Ursprung und Ordnungen der Bergwerge (ed. Gross, 1616) I. (Haselberg’s) Ursprung [q]

Corpus Juris & Systema rerum metallicarum (ed. Zunner, 1698) [Bergkordnung Norwegen appended as item X. to Ursprung und Ordnungen] [s]

Legal codes added to Gross: II. Joachimsthal (1548) III. Schlackenwald etc. (1548) IV. Hengst etc. (1548) V. Sächsische Bergordnung (1573) VI. Eibenstock (1534) VII. Niederösterreich (1553) VIII. Braunschweig-Lüneburg (1593) IX. Hohenstein (1576) [p]

C. Entzelt, De re metallica (1551) [t]

1st German translation of Entzelt’s De re metallica [u]

Other texts added to Zunner: - “Institutiones metallicae” - M. Deucerus - A. Schönberg’s “Berginformationen” - “Redens-Arten bey Berg- und Schmeltz-Wercken” [v]

Continuatio, 1703 [w]

110

The texts illustrated on the chart fall into two major subject areas:

Mining laws and technical treatises on metals and mining. The two subjects

would be merged in Haselberg’s Ursprung and the 17th-century compendia. I

shall summarize the development of the laws first, then consider the technical

treatises.

Metal mining developed in Germany during the Middle Ages, first in

the Harz mountains, its techniques based on inherited practice and empirical

observation [a]. The importance of mining and the value of metals prompted

the establishment of formalized mining customs and practices that would be

initially transmitted orally but reduced to writing in the later Middle Ages [b].

The earliest known mining code preserved in manuscript form in Saxony was

the first Freiberg code (or “Freiberg ‘A’”) [c], which in turn would influence

the composition of the Iglau code [d]. The later Freiberg code (‘B’)

comprised a synthesis of Freiberg ‘A’ and Iglau [e]. Paralleling the rise of

mining and the spread of printing, additional mining laws were composed for

other mining localities in the Saxon and Bohemian Erzgebirge [f],

culminating in the important Annaberg code of 1509 [g]. Some texts took the

form of treaties or contracts such as the Waldenburg/Meissen text of 1407 [h].

Working in the 1530s, Haselberg gathered a number of early mining

legal texts for publication in his Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht [i],

including items [c], [d], [e], and [h] in their entirety and a passage pertaining

to mining officials and oaths from [g].

111

German miners were active in Norway around this same time [j], and

the mining code for Norway, Bergkordnung Norwegen [k], was largely

derived from the content of the Annaberg code [g].

Classical/alchemical theories and accounts of metals (via Pliny,

Albertus Magnus) [l] held sway during the 15th and 16th centuries, and were

combined with lived mining experience and wisdom by Ulrich Rülein von

Kalbe around 1500 in his “Bergbüchlein” [m]. The “Bergbüchlein” went

through several editions in the following four decades [n], including addition

of a glossary of mining/smelting terminology added to the 3rd edition of 1518

[o]. A reprint of the “Bergbüchlein” (with the glossary) was included by

Haselberg in his Ursprung [i], along with the mining laws mentioned above.

Agricola’s works in Latin from the 1530s-1550s surveyed the entire

field of contemporary metal mining. His works, however, mostly postdate

Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen and do not figure explicitly into them

or into the 17th-century compilations.

In 1616, Gross’ publishing house in Leipzig collected and published a

large number of 16th-century German mining codes [p], positioning a reprint

of Ursprung first in the compilation. The Gross collection was titled

Ursprung vnd Ordnungen der Bergwerge [q], expanding on the name that

Haselberg had used for his collection.

The Bergkordnung Norwegen of 1540 went through a 2nd,

significantly revised edition in 1647 [r].

112

The largest collection of mining texts from the pre-modern age was

produced by Zunner in Frankfurt in 1698. Zunner’s Corpus juris et systema

rerum metallicarum [s] reproduced Gross in its entirety—without attributing

its source, and adding our Bergkordnung Norwegen (1647 edition) as the

tenth (X.) item to the nine original selections from Gross. Corpus juris…

contained the first and only German translation of the 16th century lapidary

De re metallica by Entzelt [t]-[u], and a host of other texts on mining,

metallurgy, and mining law [v]. Zunner’s compilation was reprinted in a

slightly expanded form with a Continuatio a few years later [w].

In the preceding sections I have presented two books from the early

German literature on metal mining in their historical context. I turn now to

an exploration of two interpretive themes relating to the form, content, and

impact of Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen. The first of these themes

is discussed under the title, “compilation of technical information,” and

explores the various anthologizing strategies associated with the two books in

their historical context. Second, under the heading, “change and continuity,”

I compare and contrast the different versions or historical stages of the texts.

The texts as printed in Ursprung will be found to embody substantially

flawed or corrupted versions of the texts collected, when compared and

contrasted against their earlier versions. The Bergkordnung Norwegen from

1540, on the other hand, underwent a very different transformation in its

second edition in 1647, being substantially revised and expanded in

phraseology. If the analysis of compilation practices generates a positive

113

valuation for the books in the history of technical communication, the second

point of analysis is likely to have the opposite impact.

1.6 Compilation of Technical Information: Accumulation of knowledge and

the formation of a text type in Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen

Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht is the first printed compendium of

texts on mining and mining law. Bergkordnung Norwegen is the first mining

law commissioned in Germany for use in another country (Koch 28). My

analysis in this section will review the compilation of technical (legal,

“scientific”) information within and among the various versions of Ursprung

and Bergkordnung Norwegen in their histories-in-print. I shall explore the

varieties of compilatory or “anthologizing” steps that are evident in the

histories of these texts. By doing so, I hope to outline some distinctive

characteristics and identify some developmental stages of the pre-modern

technical compilation or compendium as a distinct and meaningful text type

or genre, as witnessed in/with the texts under study here. The word “genre”

might be more familiar than the phrase “text type” but carries the risk of

association with poetic/literary works, which are not the subject of the

present study.

By “compilation” I mean here the gathering of texts (or portions

excerpted from larger texts) not written by the compiler and assembling them

into a novel collection or compendium of texts, the novel form assuming a

distinctive identity as a cohesive whole in its own right (Connolly, “Ulrich

114

Rülein’s” 350-57; cf. Pahta & Taavitsainen 2). The collections published by

Haselberg, Gross, and Zunner have been discussed at length above; the

following analysis builds on that discussion and attempts to delineate a

framework by which to better understand the nature of these works in their

historical contexts.

Crossgrove observes that textual studies are generally carried out on

the level of the “single text” (77). He points out, however, that in doing so

we risk superimposing modern unifying assumptions and definitions on the

texts that we study—and that most medieval writers were not “authors” so

much as compilers. In the pre-print era, it is uncommon for a single “work”

to comprise the only text bound up in a volume. Manuscript books were

copied—often compiled from various source texts—with the needs and

wishes of the intended recipient in mind (77). Crossgrove pinpoints the 15th

century as a time of dramatically increased production of textual

compilations (“Sammel- und Kompilationseifer”) in manuscript form based

on a growing desire for knowledge and reading material (115).

A recent collection of papers on the medieval miscellany edited by

Nichols & Wenzel offers studies of possible collective meanings and modes

of coherence underlying multiple texts gathered in single codices. The

approach—labeled “materialist philology”—considers the constituent texts in

manuscripts in their co-textual configurations to seek an overarching unity of

content or utility if not form. A given manuscript may “present its text(s)

according to its own agenda, as worked out by the person who planned and

115

supervised the production of the manuscript” (2). Though specific to a

certain type of medieval manuscript, this line of inquiry is suggestive for the

print medium as well.

Moving into the 16th and 17th centuries, we encounter similar

motivations and complexities associated with the collection, publication,

dissemination, and republication of the printed texts Ursprung and

Bergkordnung Norwegen. These issues belie a simple definition of our two

books as single, unchanging scientific “works” of the pre-modern age.

Starting on the most elemental level, insofar as “texts” are understood

as verbal as well as written discourses, there is a process of collection or

compilation underlying most of the contents of Ursprung and Bergkordnung

Norwegen. Certainly the early mining codes collect and summarize in

written form the extensive sets of miners’ customs and patterns of royal

involvement in mines that had developed over centuries—and had existed as

oral tradition or “pre-textual” practices in the field. Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein”

collects the empirical observations gained through generations of successful

mining in Saxony and couples them with classical wisdom on the nature of

metals. The glossary called the “Bergnamen” constitutes a rich and

pragmatic gathering of terminology useful in mining. The Bergkordnung

Norwegen imposes novel order and structure onto earlier written/printed laws.

In sum, most of the texts featured in this study themselves represent

syntheses or reconfigurations of information for reference and edification;

there is virtually no component of creatively generated, novel “content.” The

116

“artistic” or cultural accomplishment of Haselberg, Beuther/Meyerpeck,

Gross, and Zunner lies in their works’ utility as databases, in their success at

choosing and uniting in print texts of high informational value to their

readership.

As noted in section 1.4, there are a couple of compilatory steps

underlying some of the texts in Ursprung. First, we saw that the first mining

code in Ursprung, Freiberg ‘B’, is largely an amalgam of Iglau and Freiberg

‘A’. As traced by Ermisch in his archival studies of the 1880s, these three

codes were repeatedly concatenated in this sequence in the manuscript

tradition. The “Bergnamen” were published starting with the 3rd edition of

the “Bergbüchlein” of 1518 by an unknown author (most certainly not

Rülein). The successive editions of the “Bergbüchlein” do not retain any

publication information from earlier editions, and Ursprung is actually based

on the 6th edition from 1534. These details were most probably unknown or

unnoticed by Haselberg but are interesting bits of information for us in

tracing how different types of technical information are gathered and

propagated in print.

We turn now to Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht to reflect in more

detail on its status and nature as a compilation. It was observed above that

Haselberg’s title page is filled with a very lengthy title, about a dozen lines

on the printed page ([1r]). The short form, “Ursprung gemeynner

Berckrecht,” has long served as a convenient truncation. Unfortunately,

however, use of the short form distorts the true scope of the compilation. The

117

“origin of common mining laws” that Haselberg is presenting resides in the

first four selections in the anthology—the two Freiberg codes, the Iglau code,

and the treaty of Meissen/Waldenburg. Careful parsing of the full title (page)

shows, however, that Haselberg presents a grammatical balance between the

old mining codes that start off the collection and the second major portion:

“Auch ein anzeygung der clüfft vnd geng des Metallischen ärtz…” (“Also a

guide to stringers and veins of metallic ore…”). Obviously, the latter portion

of the title page corresponds to Haselberg’s version of the “Bergbüchlein.”

In a separate caption that follows, the title page indicates the census of mines

in Bohemia and information on mining officials.

We probably can never know why Haselberg selected exactly the

texts that he selected for Ursprung or where he found them. He might have

had an overarching purpose or plan in mind (a “contribution to knowledge”?)

with the compendium, but given Haselberg’s career and the lack of technical

writings in his printed oeuvre, this seems unlikely. Rather, he had probably

witnessed the success and wealth associated with mining in the Erzgebirge at

that time and antipicated a lucrative “market” for textual products on mining.

Haselberg obviously had access to a wide range of texts. His work

with the texts shows a relative lack of technical knowledge, and yet he chose

some of the most relevant earlier mining and legal texts that exist. Haselberg

perhaps had a friend or assistant who did have the knowledge and

recommended the texts that ended up in Ursprung.

118

The “Bergbüchlein” (with “Bergnamen”) would have been an obvious

choice, having been through no fewer than seven printings between 1500 and

1534. For the four early legal texts I postulate that Haselberg transcribed the

texts from a manuscript in an archive or library in Upper Saxony and later

used that transcription in order to create the printed versions in Ursprung.

We do not know for certain, but it seems unlikely that the requisite

manuscript collection for the texts in Ursprung would have been available to

Haselberg outside the Upper Saxon region (e.g., in Strasbourg or Nürnberg)

or that he would have been allowed to take archival texts to the printers’ shop.

It is possible that Haselberg had one or more assistants who performed some

of the steps in acquiring texts and producing Ursprung. As noted above,

however, Haselberg may have been impoverished at this late stage in his life,

so he probably lacked the means to hire assistants for his work.

A key to assessing the compilation Ursprung is its essentially

pragmatic and interdisciplinary nature. On the one hand, since classical times

we find encyclopedic works such as Konrad von Megenberg’s Buch der

Natur, Isidore’s Etymologies, or Pliny’s Natural History—these attempt

comprehensive and systematic presentations of what is known in the natural

order. On the other hand, especially with the advent of print we find various

treatises or Büchlein on specific subject matter (“Bergbüchlein” for metals,

“Probierbüchlein” for smelting/assaying ores, etc.). Haselberg, on the other

hand, has broadened his field of vision to encompass the “Bergbüchlein” as

well as the legal dimensions of mining (the codes; the passages on mining

119

officials and their oaths). The idea of bringing together such disparate texts

strikes me as innovative on Haselberg’s part. It is true that the selections in

Ursprung all pertain to metal mining, but they address very different aspect of

mining. Moreover, the coverage of the various areas is not systematic—

rather, it is pragmatic. Haselberg has identified the key technical knowledge,

activities, and legal issues that a learning miner or prospective investor

should need to know for success in mining, and he has assembled texts to

instruct his readers in these areas.

In his dedicatory letter to the imperial aide Johan Lucas ([1v]),

Haselberg overtly identifies his intended readership. First, the book is

intended for Lucas himself (“E. G. zů ehrn vnnd gefallen”) and probably by

logical extension for a noble/courtly audience generally. But in particular the

book is aimed at miners who might find it useful (“in sonderheyt

Berckleuten”). The word Bergleute should be understood as “miners” in the

broad sense of the word—all persons employed in the mining enterprise, as

laborers, master miners, supervisors, owners, etc. They would find the book

useful for understanding the origins of mining law and how it has “improved”

up to the current day (“von tag zů tag gebessert”), and they would benefit

from the systematic presentation of metals (in the “Bergbüchlein” portion).

Haselberg’s name and illuminating letter to Johan Lucas would not be

retained when Ursprung was reprinted in 1616 (or, by extension, in 1698).

Considering the possible readership of Ursprung is an important if

elusive issue. Of course, in contrast to today we cannot assume predominant

120

literacy among the people. The level of reading for our texts is probably well

articulated in the formula offered by Pahta & Taavitsainen for pre-modern

literacy, “below the classroom but above the street” (10); they posit a

“heterogeneity” of readership for technical texts (in their study, medical texts)

(17). This is probably a fitting assumption for Ursprung— as Haselberg

himself suggests. Estimates of literacy for the 15th to 17th centuries vary.

Some data points collected by Pahta & Taavitsainen include the following

(15): “Fairly advanced” literacy was probably widespread among both male

and female members of the aristocracy. Given the growth of urban society

and the middle class, practical literacy was spreading outside the upper

classes. In one assessment, an estimated 30% of the population in the 15th

century could read and write, and perhaps a higher percentage in the large

urban centers. For the 16th century, Cipolla concludes that illiteracy rates

among adults in Western Europe was “below 50 percent in the towns of the

relatively more advanced areas and above 50 percent in all rural areas as well

as in the towns of the backward areas” (60).

Assessing how or why certain texts or pieces of information were

assembled for publication in the 16th or 17th century is certainly challenging

for us modern readers, biased as we are towards modern textbooks, technical

manuals, or anthologies that tend to present their material in a logical, linear

order, well explained and well documented. By contrast, Ursprung appears

somewhat haphazard and non-linear in structure, with little in the way of

explicit annotation or commentary to impart transparency and cohesion to the

121

collection of texts. The broad scope of the work is outlined in its full title

presented on the title page, but the reader is left to pick and choose, to read

through and locate the pertinent passages, in order to impart order and

meaning to the work as he or she needs it.

The next step in our consideration of “anthologizing practices”

associated with the texts under study is perhaps an unconventional one,

because it goes beyond the role of the compiler/publisher in creating books to

document an active role for the reader and/or bookbinder in the process of

compiling technical texts as well.

The rare books collection in the library at the Technical University

(“Bergakademie”) Freiberg contains a copy of Ursprung from the library of

famed Freiberg geologist Abraham Gottlob Werner (1749-1817). In June,

1999 I found that this copy of Ursprung was bound together with one of the

few known copies of the Bergkordnung Norwegen. The binding cannot be

dated with precision, but the two volumes appear to have been bound together

at an early stage to form a single volume. Was the binding together of these

two booklets purely coincidental? Or might the technical and legal

“background” information compiled in Ursprung have been brought together

intentionally by a pre-modern reader with the “newer” information

synthesized in the Norwegian mining code?

Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen each have intrinsic value and

interest in their own right for the history of early mining literature. However,

my study of the two texts in tandem also mirrors the curious physical

122

circumstance of the copies found bound together in Freiberg. And through

my research I have learned that at least two other copies of Ursprung were

combined with other mining codes in similar fashion (though not the

Norwegian Bergkordnung). One is reported in the literature as coming from

Prague; the other is located in Dresden.

The Freiberg exemplar represents an enigmatic witness to the history

of the Bergkordnung Norwegen. This copy of the Norwegian text is missing

the first gathering (“A”) of four leaves, i.e., fols. [1r]-[4v]—the title page,

Danish royal letter of dedication, and statement of mining “freedoms.” For

the sake of completeness I have supplied the passages from [1r] to [4v] in my

edition and translation from a complete copy of the text.

In lieu of the ‘A’ gathering, the final single sheet from signature M,

fol. 48, is moved to the front in the bound Freiberg copy. This page contains

no text but only the woodcut print of the Danish-Norwegian coat-of-arms,

repeated from the title page of the Bergkordnung Norwegen. The Freiberg

object represents an imperfect exemplar of the textual product. It might

reflect a penultimate stage in the preparation of the final version, or it is

perhaps an incomplete copy assembled from “left-overs” from the printing

process lacking the first gathering. Because the Norway-specific prefatory

materials are absent, it is possible that the creator of this exemplar had no

interest or involvement in Norwegian mining per se, but rather was only

interested in the general instruction in prevalent Saxon practices and

regulations gathered there.

123

In the 1880s, the distinguished miner and geologist Heinrich von

Dechen (1800-1889) produced the first critical edition of Rülein’s

“Bergbüchlein,” using the 1539 edition B9 as his base text (Pieper 173-174).

His study of the “Bergbüchlein” includes the first modern scholarly and

bibliographic account of Haselberg’s Ursprung. Dechen recounts that two

colleagues from Prague (G. C. Laube and Peter Ritter von Bibus) lent him a

copy of a work bearing the title “Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht” (47).

He proceeds to describe the contents of Ursprung insofar as they were

understood at that time (47-48). After quoting the attribution to Haselberg on

[44r] that marks the end of Ursprung, “Durch Johan Haselberger auß der

Reichenaw/ in durck verordnet,” Dechen proceeds to describe two texts that

follow in the bound collection.

Dechen names a mining code from 1532 “obviously related in

content” to the preceding text—in Dechen’s transcription, “Ordenung des

freyen vnd löblichen bergkwercks in Sant Joachimsthal.” The numbering of

signatures starts over with ‘A’, and the colophon for the St. Joachimsthal

mining code reads “Gedruckt tzů Nürmberg durch Friderich Peypuß. Jm Jar

M. D. xxxij.” (48). Dechen notes that the title page contains a woodcut of the

coat-of-arms for the Saxon Count Stefan von Schlick. This is in fact one

printing in a known sequence of editions of the mining laws for the town of

St. Joachimsthal first published in 1518 (Koch 27). Koch’s bibliography

documents a succession of four editions, printed in 1518, 1532, 1542, and

1548, respectively:

124

• “Ordnung des freyen und löbl. Bergwerks in St. Joachimsthal, erlaßen

von Stephan Schlick 1518. Nürnberg 1532.” (Koch #357; emphasis

added—this is the text noted by Dechen.)

• “Bergkordnung des freyen löblichen Bergkwerks Sanct Joachimsthal

auffs newe gebessert anno Domini MDXLI. Mainz 1542.” (#34) [The

text was completed in 1541 and published in 1542 (Koch 27).]

• “Bergkordnung des freyen Königlichen Bergkwercks Sanct

Joachimsthal. Auffs newe gebessert. Zwickau 1548.” (#35) [This

version would serve as the source of one of the texts gathered in

Gross’ compilation of 1616 and thence Zunner/1698. It was printed by

Meyerpeck, who also produced our Bergkordnung Norwegen.]

In addition, Dechen reports a third text bound into the Prague

exemplar of Ursprung, a contract between Count von Schlick and local miners,

“Aufgerichte handlung zu notdurft vnd forderung des Bergkwerges bneben

zuuor angenomner vnd außgegangner Ordnung/ Jn S. Joachims Thale.” This

text was also printed by Peypus in Nürnberg in 1532: “Gedruckt zů

Nürmberg durch Friderich Peypus. M. D. XXXij.”

Despite extensive library catalog searches and inquiries, to date I have

not been able to locate the volume Dechen described. Mendels in researching

her dissertation in the 1950s similarly had no success in locating it

(“Bergbüchlein” x).

Hence we find in Dechen’s detailed study a second documented

instance of Ursprung bound together with legal mining texts of more current,

125

localized relevance. In Ermisch’s discussion of Dechen, then, I was alerted to

a third case involving the copy of Ursprung in Dresden.

Ermisch challenges Dechen’s dating of Ursprung to 1532, which

Dechen had asserted by analogy to the two co-bound texts discussed above.

To emphasize this point, Ermisch observes that the Dresden exemplar of

Ursprung has, in similar fashion, other texts bound together with it (cx-cxi),

most notably the Annaberg Bergordnung of 1509 in its 1520 reprint (cf. Koch

#30). Given the central importance of the Annaberg regulations for

subsequent German mining law, it is perhaps surprising that this text was not

one of the texts taken up in Gross/1616 or Zunner/1698.

Ermisch notes additionally the presence of some other texts bound to

the Dresden volume containing Ursprung. A letter from the state/university

library in Dresden (dated Sept. 6, 2005) confirms a total of six additional

printed documents contemporary with Haselberg bound into this exemplar, in

the following order after Ursprung. I list these below; the exact titles are not

so important as the more general observation that we have once again a

gathering of early legal texts on mining—including several on mintage of

coins—in a constellation where the Ursprung was “canonically” placed first to

set the stage for the other texts:

• “Disz ist Bergkrecht in unser herrn der Margkgrauen zu Meissen landt/

unnd was darzu gehörig ist.” (“Meissen mining law,” no date or printer

listed, ca. 55 pages.)

126

• The Annaberg Bergordnung referenced above, under the title,

“Bergkordenung mit etzlichen vil newen artickeln, welche die aldenn

tzum teyle auffheben ond tzum teyle deuten ond erkleren.” (The

colophon reads: “Tzum Leyptzik gedruckt Melchior Lotter”; the copy

is undated but “1519” has been inserted in pencil; ca. 90 pages.)

• “Des Churfursten und Herzog Georgen zu Sachsen etc. Muntz

Ordnung.” (Mintage law printed in Dresden in 1534, but the printer is

not named; 18 pages.)

• “Gemeine stimmen von der Muntz/ und ob es dem Hawsze und

Furstenthum zu Sachssen Ehrlicher und zutreglicher sey die alte guthe

Müntz zubehalten/ oder geringere anzunehmen.” (A discussion of

mintage issues, with the colophon: “Gedrugkt zu Dreszden durch

Wolffgang Stöckel. M D XXX.”; 14 pages.)

• “Die Müntz Belangende Antwort und bericht: der furnemesten punct

und Artikel/ auff das Büchlein/ do der Müntzhalben/ in der Chur und

Fursten zu Sachssen/ Landen/ mit dem Titel/ Der Gemeinen stymmen/

jdoch sunder namen/ kürtzlich im druck ausgangen ist/ von denen so

dagegen die wolfart der Lande/ aus unterthenickeit auch wol meinen.

Anno Domini. M. D. XXX.” (A “response” to the previous text, with

the colophon: “Gedruckt zu Wittemberg durch Georgen Eham.” 58

pages.)

• “Die New gegebene Bergkfreyheit ober die Vichtelbergischen

Ertzgebirge.” (Mining “freedoms” declaration for the Fichtel

127

mountains; colophon: “Gedruckt zu Zwickaw durch Wolffgang

Meyerpeck. Im Jare/ M. D. L.” 14 pages.)

Hence we have a third case of Ursprung placed first in a bound

collection of texts relating to mining. Finding one example of such a

binding/compilation would seem a curious anomaly (Freiberg); a second

example (Prague), a coincidence. But a third example seems suggestive of a

larger trend. We start to discern a pattern of usage among recipients/readers

of Haselberg’s Ursprung, of ad hoc creation of textual constellations

instigated by users’ needs and priorities.

Of course, a problem in the above analysis is our inability to date the

bindings precisely. If we postulate, however, that the collections of texts date

from the 16th or even the 17th century, the three cases documented above

would seem to indicate a more than coincidental perception of utility in

combining Ursprung with other mining laws to complement or contextualize

them. Given the importance of the Freiberg and Iglau mining laws and of the

“Bergbüchlein” in the early mining literature, the desirability of combining

these with other, more regionally specific texts is easy to imagine. Knowing

(from section 1.4 above) that Ursprung would be republished in 1616 and

again in 1698 as the first text in a sequence of mining codes makes the three

cases described above all the more intriguing.

The three documented bindings of Ursprung with other mining

codes—Ursprung + Bergkordnung Norwegen (1540), Ursprung + St.

Joachimsthal etc., and Ursprung + Annaberg etc.—seem to represent

128

“experiments in compilation” or “transition states” that anticipate the

substantial collections of Ursprung plus other texts that would be published in

the 17th century. There seems to have been a perceived conceptual and

pragmatic affinity between (a) the historical context and technical

information provided in Ursprung and (b) the contemporary regional

embodiments of laws and practices in the adjoined text(s).

The act of compilation being documented here is not “authorial” or

even “editorial” (in the sense of an editor working with a publisher to create

the printed work). Rather, the instances of textual compilation delineated

above enter the sphere of individual readers or patrons of books and the book

binders who prepare the volumes of interest to their customers. There is

nothing new or surprising about bookbinders creating volumes as directed by

their clientele. But there is something distinctive in the reception and

perception of Ursprung that made it appealing in a specific compilatory co-

textual relationship with other mining texts, and in this occurring among

multiple customers. The opportunity to view direct premodern evidence of

the bookbinder’s customer engaged in the act of organizing the information

of interest to him (her?), in a replicated pattern of juxtaposition, seems

elusive, but we have perhaps been able to do so here. A few case studies

have moved us beyond the theoretical realm of reader reception to witness

actual text recipients’ behaviors with their books.

Again, the individual cases of Ursprung bound together with other

texts rehearse the editorial decision 80 years after Haselberg’s work, in the

129

Leipzig workshop of Gross, to preposition the compilation before a sequence

of eight mining codes documenting 16th century legal practice across the

German-speaking lands. In addition to documents focused on silver mining,

these would include tin mining regulations as well.

The title of Gross’s collection from 1616, Ursprung vnd Ordnungen

der Bergwerge, is a succinct and accurate depiction of the contents. First is

the text Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht as section I, then sections II-IX

comprise the individual Ordnungen. Koch, quoting Pieper, calls Gross’

volume a “repetition and continuation” of Haselberg’s Ursprung (Koch 72,

Pieper 166). This characterization is understated, however, as Ursprung und

Ordnungen represents a huge increase over the volume of information in

Haselberg’s work from the previous century. Gross’ Ursprung und

Ordnungen is around 300 pages in length, in a large folio format, compared

to the approximately 90 pages, in smaller 4o, of Haselberg. The Gross

compilation from 1616 is the largest anthology of mining laws that had been

published to that date—and it would remain so until the appearance of

Zunner’s compilation at the end of the 17th century. The content and

dimensions of Haselberg’s collection suggest a field guide for active use and

quick reference. By contrast, Gross’ collection seems intended as an

encyclopedic work for study and scholarship.

One of the important factors in the history of book production is the

provision of textual mechanisms to facilitate the reader’s “navigation” within

the text—chapter and section headings, tables of content, alphabetical index,

130

etc. Parkes has described these developments in the manuscript books of the

later Middle Ages, tracing a gradual trend towards clarity of organization (or

ordinatio) of the materials. Significant advances in Gross over Haselberg

include the addition of a detailed table of contents at the beginning and a

comprehensive alphabetical index at the end of Ursprung vnd Ordnungen.

The table of contents occupies two unnumbered pages ([2r]-[2v]) and is

transcribed as Appendix E. The index is 16 pages long.

Moving ahead to the end of the 17th century, we find the final edition

of Ursprung, a reprint in Corpus juris et systema rerum metallicarum,

produced by the press of Johann David Zunner in Frankfurt in 1698. Gross’

collection of 1616 had represented an approximately four-fold increase over

the volume of Haselberg’s work. The Zunner anthology Corpus juris…, in

turn, represents approximately a doubling of the volume of Gross.

Gross’ anthology had been devoted almost exclusively to mining laws.

Zunner not only expands on the volume of Gross but also on the subject

matter and scope of the earlier anthology, adding more general treatises on

metals and mining, large glossaries, etc.

As a text type, corpus (Latin for “body”) refers generally to a

compilation or collection—especially with reference to laws (juris), starting

with the 6th century collection of Roman civil law Corpus juris civilis. There

were numerous corpora juris compiled and used in Europe from the 13th

through 19th centuries (Lexikon, “Corpus”). The majority of the Zunner

corpus is indeed legal texts, but a large number of strictly technical or

131

“scientific” texts is included also, hence the innovative addition, systema

rerum metallicarum, forming the second half of Zunner’s title. The pattern

established by Haselberg of combining legal and scientific mining texts was

replicated on a truly grand scale in Zunner’s Corpus juris….

We recall the surprising discovery, discussed above, of the copy of

Haselberg’s Ursprung bound together with the Bergkordnung Norwegen in

the university library at Freiberg. I went on to postulate a pattern of

perceived affinity among Haselberg’s readers between Ursprung and other

mining texts. This affinity would be replicated in the anthology Ursprung

und Ordnung published in 1616. It is an interesting coincidence, then, to

discover the Bergkordnung Norwegen published in Zunner’s Corpus juris…,

supplementing the reprint of Gross as the “tenth” (“X.”) item in the collection

of mining laws.

It is important to note that Zunner used a copy of the second edition

of the Bergkordnung Norwegen from Copenhagen in 1647 rather than the

first edition from 1540. The presentation of the Norwegian text in Zunner

illustrates how elusive it can be to attempt dating or tracing the history of a

text between or among early editions. First, it takes a careful eye and

substantial library resources even to discover that Zunner tacitly and

seamlessly added the Bergkordnung Norwegen to Gross’ collection, as if it

had belonged there in the earlier collection as well.

Corpus juris... does present most of the title page from the second

edition of Bergkordnung Norwegen, which identifies the edition as a revision

132

of the original authorized by King Christian IV (“wiederumb… etwas

deutlicher gegeben und auffgelegt”; cf. Appendix F). However, the location

and date of publication (Copenhagen, 1647) are omitted. Corpus juris…

includes the materials from Christian III, bearing the dates 1539-40.

However, these texts had been rewritten almost beyond recognition from the

1st edition. As noted above, the attribution in the 1540 edition to Beuther and

Meyerpeck had disappeared in the 1647 edition.

To review, I have used two texts from the late 1530s, Haselberg’s

Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht and the Bergkordnung Norwegen printed by

Meyerpeck, to document some of the ways and means by which technical

(scientific, legal) information was collected, disseminated, re-collected, and

re-disseminated in the 16th and 17th centuries. We have, to quote McKenzie,

witnessed “illustration[s] of the transmission of texts as the creation of the

new versions which form, in turn, the new books” (21). The books by

Haselberg and Beuther/Meyerpeck can themselves be interpreted as products

of information gathering and synthesis. Isolated exemplars of Haselberg’s

Ursprung bound together with one or more other mining laws—such as the

Bergkordnung Norwegen—seem to indicate a perceived relevance of the

older, broader information in Ursprung to complement texts of more

localized or regional focus. And the perception of value in these texts seems

to have extended through the 17th century, as witnessed in the successive

reprints of Gross/1616 and Zunner/1698.

133

In all steps of textual transmission examined here, it always appears

to be the case a later edition is based solely on its immediate predecessor and

never with reference to or use of two or more earlier versions. In other words,

Ursprung in Zunner/1698 is based only on Gross/1616; Gross/1616 is based

only on Haselberg’s Ursprung; the “Bergbüchlein” in Ursprung was based

only on the 6th edition (B6) from 1534, and so on—with no additional earlier

texts available with which to compare and contrast. The compilation and

expansion of mining knowledge here occurred in a linear sequence of one

text serving as the sole source for the next.

An observation linked to the above is that later versions of texts do

not credit or give full publication information on their earlier (source)

versions. Haselberg(er)’s name disappears from Ursprung in the 1616 and

therefore also in the 1698 reprinting. The author and publisher names from

1540, Beuther and Meyerpeck, disappear from the Bergkordnung Norwegen

in its 2nd edition of 1647 and therefore also in the 1698 version, although

documentation of the original sponsorship by Christian III in 1539-1540 was

retained, albeit in distorted form. In other words, each printed text is partially

or completely “orphaned” from its antecedent in terms of credited authorship

or previous publication information. For these situations, we might

nowadays be tempted to use the terms “piracy” or “plagiarism.” However,

this would reflect modern prejudices regarding the status of authorship and

copyright. Not crediting one’s source is more the norm than the exception in

the early centuries of book printing under study here (cf. Johns, Nature xx).

134

In his book Fachsprachen, Fluck calls on researchers to better

distinguish and characterize the pre-modern technical texts and development

of text types (222). He is especially interested in how pre-modern forms of

technical communication influenced the formation of today’s technical

languages and texts (190). The intertwined histories of Ursprung and the

Bergkordnung Norwegen present a range of “anthologizing practices” or

tendencies that span several centuries and inform our understanding of the

gradual development of technical discourse in its modern embodiments.

To a certain degree, the compilation patterns and practices observed

with Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen fit the definition offered by

Kästner et al. (“‘Dem gmainen Mann’”) of technical compendia

(Fachkompendia), a text type in print that spread rapidly starting in the late

15th century by such authors as Agricola, Paracelsus, Sebastian Münster, and

others. The Fachkompendium is presented as a “special text type” of ENHG

technical prose collected in handbook form, designed to gather and

disseminate specialized knowledge among a wider readership in the

vernacular for the first time (206-07). This was accomplished, according to

Kästner et al., through a number of textual features (rhetorical figures,

inclusion of glossaries, woodcut images, etc.) used to make the information

more readily accessible “to the common man” (“dem gmainen mann”) (209-

16).

The argument seems forced, however, if Agricola is to be the prime

representative for the mining field—he wrote in Latin (as Kästner et al.

135

acknowledge); his huge tomes can hardly be considered handbooks for

reference by the common man; and he was not the first to write about mining.

Though Haselberg’s inelegant collection can hardly be compared to

Agricola’s masterpiece De re metallica in quality and scope, the

accomplishment of presenting a Fachkompendium of mining to an interested

public would seem more appropriately attributed to Haselberg than to

Agricola. Perhaps one of the things we learn through this discussion is the

conceptual challenge associated with objectifying books with such labels as

“text type” and “technical compendia.”

In exploring the authority of written sources in MHG court epics,

Lofmark makes twin observations that (a) medieval civilization “valued its

books as sources of truth” (11) and (b) “a new book [could not] be more

authoritative than its source” (16). He uses these points to emphasize the

importance of fidelity to one’s source text. Lofmark’s latter point about

“conservation of authority” might offer a point to ponder as we approach the

topic of anthologizing of technical texts here. Perhaps a mindset operational

in the milieu of 16th- and 17th-century technical publishing was, on the one

hand, to preserve the authority of one’s source by reprinting it, but to improve

upon it—advance the cause of knowledge?—by adding texts to it, but in an

uncritical, agglutinative fashion.

The 16th and 17th centuries have been characterized as an “era of

expansion and transformation of text types” in the German language (Hahn

29). In this section we have explored some of the ways in which segments of

136

early textual matter on mining were appropriated and brought together in

successively expanding constellations that we can refer to, on varying levels

and in different ways, as compendia. In doing so we have hopefully gained a

more grounded appreciation for some of the methods and conditions in which

knowledge was “made”—both figuratively and literally—and utilized in the

Early Modern period.

1.7 Transmission of Technical Information: Aspects of change and continuity

in the histories-in-print of Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen

In the above analysis, I have explored how the histories-in-print of the

books Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen afford new insights into

compilation practices and “strategies” for the growth of technical knowledge in

the early period of book printing. Among the texts we found a variety of

“experiments in anthologizing” that were facilitated by the print medium.

Perhaps ironically, in this section I shall explore the “other side of the coin,” so to

speak—loss, degradation, or other textual changes in that same knowledge

through the same set of transmission steps.

A point made in the previous section is important in this context, too: In

all steps of transmission among the texts under study, it appears always to be the

case that a later text is based only on the single immediate predecessor; never with

reference to or use of multiple earlier versions. Any error introduced into a given

version of a text was almost always certain to be propagated through all

subsequent versions.

137

In Haselberg’s Ursprung we found a novel concentration of legal and

scientific information, a database of knowledge reaching back to the medieval

origins of mining law in the Erzgebirge and conveying the state-of-the-art in

knowledge of metals by reprinting Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein.” In the well written

Bergkordnung Norwegen we found the first mining code summarizing German

practices for use in another country. As modern readers we generally expect

printed texts to be stable or “fixed” from one edition to the next. This is one of

the chief virtues that Elizabeth Eisenstein famously associated with the invention

of the printing press—the fixity of printed text over against the corruption and

instability inevitable as medieval manuscripts were transcribed by hand to another

copy, and another, and so on.

In this section I shall consider the relative stability—or lack thereof—

discerned between and among the precursors and the later reprints of Ursprung

and Bergkordnung Norwegen. The analysis will be subdivided into three major

parts, based on the distinctive histories and issues associated with the texts

involved. I will draw upon textual evidence from my editions (Chapters 2 and 3),

and for ease of reference I will utilize the abbreviations from them:

• The mining codes from Ursprung: (newer) Freiberg ‘B’, Iglau, (older)

Freiberg ‘A’ and the Waldenburg/Meissen treaty—abbreviated FrB, Ig,

FrA, and W/M respectively

• Haselberg’s version of the “Bergbüchlein,” produced under the title, “Von

erkantnus der Berckwerck”

• The Bergkordnung Norwegen—abbreviated BN.

138

Ursprung contains the first print edition of the mining codes Freiberg ‘B’,

Iglau, and Freiberg ‘A’. Haselberg himself emphasizes their obscurity (“lange

zeit verdunckelt gewesen” [1v]), and he implies—though without saying so

explicitly—that they have not been made available in print before now. This

would mean that Haselberg—and/or a copyist or typesetter hired by him—worked

from a manuscript version to create the texts in his compilation. As discussed

above, Ermisch documented the existence of many surviving manuscript versions

of these early texts.

In collating the legal texts in Ursprung with Ermisch’s edition, I quickly

discovered a high frequency of errors and omissions in Haselberg’s text. Ermisch

had also noted the relatively high incidence of error in Ursprung but did not

analyze it in detail (Urkundenbuch xxix). There are innumerable orthographic

variants among versions/editions—as noted above, Haselberg updated MHG/East

Central German spellings to ENHG spellings typical of book printing, that was

expanding rapidly in the decades of Martin Luther. The errors to be accounted for

in the present discussion, however, are actual wrong words or phrases over

against the original ones, the results of which errors are degraded technical

information and likely impoverished comprehension of the text.

For example, in one place Ursprung contains the word “here” <hier>

([23r]), which makes no sense in the context; comparison with the manuscript-

based edition by Ermisch shows “beer” <bier>, which is obviously what the

passage is referring to. In another case, Ursprung contains <selbin> (“same,

self”) where the manuscript shows <sieben> (“seven”)—a logical meaning in the

139

context. We can wonder whether—or to what extent—Haselberg’s readers were

capable of inferring and supplying the right word in these places. These types of

“recovered readings” were pervasive in my analysis of the four legal texts that

begin Haselberg’s Ursprung. (By contrast, we will find below that the types and

number of typographical errors are fewer in the portion of Ursprung that reprints

the “Bergbüchlein.”)

This problem was sufficiently persistent in the Freiberg, Iglau, and

Waldenburg/Meissen documents that I have inserted two special symbols, ■ and

□, into the critical apparatus for these texts. The first symbol, ■ , indicates that

the particular word or phrase is sufficiently corrupted in Ursprung that it impedes

or distorts the original meaning. Some of Haselberg’s misreadings—the word

“here” for “beer”, “same” for “seven”—are so grave that his readers probably

found the passages incomprehensible. (Coupled with most instances of ■ is a

designation in the apparatus of the form [* n] where n is a digit keyed to a

corresponding emendation in the English translation.) The symbol □ identifies

cases in which the later versions of Ursprung—those of Gross/1616 and/or

Zunner/1698—contain errors that significantly degrade or distort the meaning

over against Haselberg’s text.

In the 18 pages of Ursprung containing Freiberg ‘B’ ([2r]-[10v]), I find no

fewer than 108 instances of textual degradation noted with ■ in my apparatus.

The reprints of Ursprung by Gross in 1616 and Zunner in 1698, by contrast, are

relatively faithful to Haselberg’s text but also contain some typographical errors

as noted by the symbol □. In Freiberg ‘B’, we find 18 such cases, i.e., a small

140

number compared to the transition from manuscript to print in Haselberg’s

compilation. The assignment of symbols ■ and □ is of course subjective to some

degree; the level of textual alteration that “impedes or distorts the original

meaning” will vary from editor to editor—and from reader to reader. However, I

feel that I have been diligent and consistent in my designations throughout

Haselberg’s four legal tracts.

In effect, my edition with its critical apparatus facilitates the reader’s

direct observation of the textual degradation. The distressed text, annotated with

symbols ■ and □, speaks for itself. However, for the present discussion I present

a large, random selection of these cases of manuscript-to-print shifts or

corruptions in the table below for Freiberg ‘B’. In the table, I provide:

• The section number from which the example is taken

• The phrase containing the problem word(s) from Ursprung, with italics

added to emphasize corrupted forms (Note: all examples correspond to

labels ■ in my edition.)

• The manuscript version given by Ermisch

• A brief comment in English to explain the passage.

The corresponding phrases in the later versions of Ursprung (i.e., Gross/1616 and

Zunner/1698) are identical, excepting updated orthography in some cases, so I

have not included them in the table.

141

Table 1.4: Examples of textual change, Freiberg ‘B’ [Emphasis added in italics]

Section ‘Ursprung’ (UgB) MS (Ermisch edition; abbrev. Erm)

Comment

1 FrB 2 Von dem lehen/ vnnd wie man die leihen soll.

Von dem lyher, wy der lyhen sal

UgB replaces agent (granter of claims) with action (granting)

2 FrB 4 Von erb zů bereyten/ vnnd wie man die bereytten soll.

Von erbe czu beryten und wy man dy buwen sal

UgB repeats verb “bereyten” (incorrect)

3 FrB 6 wer seine wasser siech annimpt

wo er syne wassirseyge annympt

UgB “who” | Erm “where he”

4 FrB 8 strengen auch die gewercken den stoln

Brengen ouch dy gewerkyn den stollen

UgB “strengen” nonsensical here

5 FrB 15 allen denen entscheiden

dy sollen denne daz entscheiden

UgB words are nonsensical

6 FrB 15 welcher dann aber ertz findet

Welycher denne er ercz fyndet

UgB “however” | Erm “first”

7 FrB 17 das heissen rudelffter lehen

daz heysen endelste lehen

UgB word is invented, doesn’t exist in mining; see discussion below of 1616/1698 versions

8 FrB 19 von den gengen der selben lehen

von den gengen der sybyn lehen

UgB “same” | Erm “seven”

9 FrB 20 vnder teuffe yn der tueffe UgB “under” | Erm “in the”

10 FrB 22 Von klag vnd teil. Von clage um teyl. UgB “and” | Erm “about” 11 FrB 22 zů bůße/ vnnd zů

hoffe zcu husse unde zu hofe UgB “fine, fee” | Erm

“home” 12 FrB 23 kleger/ oder

beklagten stufensleger UgB words are wrong in

the context 13 FrB 27 zů schanden

kommen zcu schaden komen UgB “shame” | Erm

“damages” 14 FrB 28 qwemen knie herte quemen an eyne herte UgB words are

nonsensical; see discussion below of 1616/1698

15 FrB 32 nit ein gebiet nycht engybt See discussion below 16 FrB 36 Gehet aber das Ertz

übersich Get abir das ercz vor sych

UgB “up, above” | Erm “ahead”

17 FrB 39 die weil sie waltworchten folgen

dy wyle sy waltwerg phlegen

Wrong word “waltworcht” (“woodcutter”) repeated from line above; wrong verb

18 FrB 43 Sie wolden den lassen

sy wolden den yz lazen See discussion below

142

The above table is just a small sample of the types of textual problems

created when the Freiberg law was transcribed to print for the first time. We can

speculate on a number of factors that might have contributed to the problems. It

seems likely that Haselberg (and/or those under his employ) did not have

knowledge in the field of mining or mining law. In many cases, the letters

making up “wrong” words in Ursprung are approximately the same size and shape

of those probably found in a manuscript original but are blatantly different in

meaning; e.g., <strengen> ~ <Brengen>, <weit> ~ <wert>, <bůße> ~ <husse>. In

some cases, ambiguous word division issues seem to have caused

misreadings/guesses on Haselberg’s part, e.g., <vnder> ~ <yn der>.

The orthography of the manuscript source reflected the East Central

German/Upper Saxon dialectal origin of the texts, and this might have sometimes

challenged Haselberg in terms of vocalism or consonantism. The most

conspicuous example is the variation between dialectal short /a/ ~ “standard”

short /o/, hence Ermisch transcribes forms < ab sall ader ydach > for “ob,

soll, oder, jedoch” (cf. Ebert et al.38). Another is the variant treatment of the

affricate /ts/, e.g., < kraczczen nuczcze > for “Kratzen, Nutze” (cf. Philipp 29).

The manuscripts frequently show <i> for unstressed “schwa,” e.g., < abir

irczeügen allirerst sullin > for “aber, erzeugen, allererst, sollen” (cf. Ebert et

al. 78-79).

In some cases Haselberg appears to have had trouble with the antiquated

MHG phraseology. An example of this is shown in item #15, in which the

143

negative is intensified with the prefix /en-/ as is common in MHG but not in

ENHG: <nycht engybt> (“does not give”). Haselberg transcribed this as <nit ein

gebiet> (“not a region”); it is possible that he meant to produce “nit eingiebet”

(“does not present”), which reading is closer to the sense of the passage. Another

example is Haselberg’s misreading of the manuscript adverb <den> (MSG denn)

in example #18, making it the object of the verb “lassen” while taking away the

original object pronoun <yz> (MSG es). This example also gives a rare instance

of Gross/1616 correcting the original sense based on the logic of the passage, with

the form <sie wolten es denn lassen>.

Item #7 is an example of Haselberg inventing a term, presumably based on

unfamiliar or unclear words in his manuscript source: <rudelffter> for

<endelste>. Haselberg’s coinage gives a word not existing in German mining

terminology. The typesetters working for Gross in 1616 and Zunner in 1698

faithfully passed on the form: <rudelffter>. They probably would not have had

the time, interest, or knowledge to question the strange adjective.

Item #14 on the table, UgB <qwemen knie herte> ~ Erm <quemen>, gives

a good example of the occasional further textual degradation in the reprints of

Ursprung in Gross/1616 and Zunner/1698. Gross’ typesetter seems to have found

Haselberg’s words “quemen knie herte” (“come knee hard”?) so disorienting that

he emended the verb and word division to <nemen knieherte>. In Zunner’s

workshop nearly a century after Gross, the typesetters undertook orthographic

modernization over against the 1616 version and decided that the second word

was probably a noun requiring capitalization, hence: <nehmen Knieherte>. In

144

sum, examples such as #7 and #14 document a phenomenon of neologism through

simple steps of successive misreading/unknowing in the history-in-print of our

texts. Even an experienced miner in 16th-century Saxony would have been

confused by Haselberg in such passages—printers with no mining knowledge in

17th century Frankfurt, even more so!

Similar patterns of error are noted for the three other legal tracts in

Ursprung. In my critical apparatus I have annotated errors in these texts similarly

to Freiberg ‘B’ with the symbols ■ and □. I have compiled a table below

enumerating selected typographical errors from Iglau, Freiberg ‘A’, and the

Waldenburg/Meissen document.

145

Table 1.5: Examples of textual change, Iglau, Freiberg ‘A’, Waldenburg/Meissen treaty

Section ‘Ursprung’ (UgB) MS (Ermisch edition; abbrev. Erm)

Comment

1 Ig 1 mit recht/ der burger mit rate der burger UgB “by law” | Erm “with advice from”

2 Ig 1 des Künigs mitte/ vnd des Künigs gebirge fürderung

des koniges nucz unde des gebirges fürderung

Substantial misreading in Ursprung

3 Ig 3 ein wasserseiges feldt eyn wasserigis felt UgB “water ditch” | Erm “wet”

4 Ig 3 wo er der teuffe nicht reihet

wo er der tüffe nicht enhat

Misreading of prefixing negative particular, cf. example #15 for FrB

5 Ig 4 Alle die selben lehen Alle dy sebin lehen Same error as in example #8 for FrB

6 Ig 5 an der lehen Andir lehen Error in word division comparable to example #9 for FrB

7 Ig 10 in jare vnd .xij. tagen yn jare unde yn tage See discussion below 8 Ig 13 hat er mer schlechte Hat er mer schechte Specialized mining term

“shafts” misread as the common adjective “bad” (“schlecht”)

9 Ig 14 mit dreien schichten mit dreyen schechten Cf. previous entry #8: This time, “shafts” confused with another technical term, but from mining law: “shifts” (“schichten”)

10 Ig 14 vnd grůben vuntgruben See discussion below 11 Ig 15 Hawet jmandt Büwet eyn man See discussion below 12 Ig 19 einer nach nach dem

andern eyner mag dem andern Strange oversight/word

repetition in Ursprung 13 Ig 24 seiner eigenschafft

nicht entgehet syner eygenschaft nicht engebit

Likely misreading of <b> for <h>

14 FrA 1 Der behelt sieben lehen/ vnd vierthalb lachter in sein ligends

der beheldet syben lehen unde vierdehalb lachter yn syn hangendis unde vierdehalb lachter yn syn lygendis

Example of loss of whole phrase important to the meaning, probably due to highly repetitive wording in the passage

15 FrA 1 von den selben massen

von dem sal man messen

Inadvertent change of subordinate clause to nonsensical prepositional phrase

16 FrA 10 so ist eyn buder vorleget

So ist ein bu, der vorlygt

Word division issue; becomes <Buder verleget> in Zunner/1698

146

Table 1.5: Examples of textual change, Iglau, Freiberg ‘A’, Waldenburg/Meissen treaty (continued)

Section ‘Ursprung’ (UgB) MS (Ermisch edition; abbrev. Erm)

Comment

17 FrA 12 Bawet er sie nicht als recht ist

buwet her sy, alz recht is. Incorrect negation of clause

18 FrA 15 Der můß clagen die erbente tag

der mus clagen dry erbeitende tage

UgB “the” | Erm “three”

19 FrA 19 ob er jn wolt behalten die zeche

ab her yn welle lyen dy czeche

UgB “keep” | Erm “grant”

20 FrA 19 jr alder vnd jr arbeit ir silber und ire erbeit Non-word <alder> retained in Gross/1616, capitalized as noun in Zunner/1698: <Alder>

21 FrA 21 ob es nach geschiet ab is not geschit UgB “afterwards, still” | Erm “need”

22 FrA 23 allen rechten alle waltworchten UgB “rights” | Erm “woodworkers”

23 M/W vier lehen auff dz hangengt

vierdehalb lehen uff daz hengende

UgB “four” | Erm “3½”

24 M/W neme sie nicht meer eynen hauffen

nemen sie mer denne einen hauffen

Incorrect negation of clause

25 M/W soll man ob das gold vnd silber

sal man alle daz gold und silber

UgB “if, whether” | Erm “all”

26 M/W entwer den entwerten Becomes <entweder> in Zunner/1698

27 M/W sunder hier ob das jemandt schencken woldte

Sundern bier, ab daz ymand da schengken wolde

UgB “here” | Erm “beer”; corrected to <Bier> in Zunner/1698

28 M/W so sollen die zingeng stiller ligen

so sulden die zcehengenge stille legen

Haselberg incorrectly gives comparative form; restored to “stille” in Gross/1616 and Zunner/1698

147

From the examples in this table, some additional observations can be made

about the challenges that Haselberg faced in transcribing his manuscript source.

Example #2 involves likely minim confusion between <nucze> and <mitte>, i.e.,

with word-initial <ıııı> in the manuscript. Similarly, in example #7 Haselberg

distorted the standard legal formula “in one year and a day” to “one year and 12

days” by misreading the second <yn> as <xıı> and printing the number <.xij.>;

logically, he changed the following word “day” to plural “days” (<tagen>).

Example #11 shows the ease with which capital <H> and <B> can be confused,

especially in a case like this where either verb, “bauen” vs. “hauen,” is a possible

reading; we find that Gross in 1616 restored the <B>: <BAuet>.

Ermisch’s critical apparatus tracks variants among the other major

manuscripts, and on occasion errors in Haselberg’s text are documented in one or

more of the manuscripts, too. One such case is example #10 from Iglau above—

the conflation of “vuntgruben” versus “und gruben” occurs among several of the

manuscripts. In this context, “und gruben” is actually the stronger reading.

However, the overwhelming majority of problems I have identified appear to be

unique to—i.e., introduced by—Haselberg.

To summarize the incidence of error in the four legal texts as printed in

Ursprung:

• Haselberg’s Freiberg ‘B’ contained 108 examples of degraded

readability/intelligibility in the 18 pages of printed text in Ursprung

(about 6 per page).

148

• The Iglau mining code contained 53 errors in 10 pages of text (5 per

page).

• Freiberg ‘A’ contained 57 errors in 12 pages (5 per page).

• The Waldenburg/Meissen treaty contained 14 errors in 3 pages (about

5 per page).

• For all texts, relatively few instances of corruption were introduced in

the Gross/1616 and Zunner/1698 reprints (noted with symbol □ in the

critical apparatus).

The history-in-print of the legal tracts in Haselberg’s Ursprung in manuscript and

print form may be formulated in the following sequence:

MS → Ursprung → Gross/1616 → Zunner/1698

(The underlining is intended to highlight the step in transmission at which

the most substantive textual changes occurred.)

I posit a manuscript source for the legal tracts in Haselberg’s Ursprung. I

have documented a high frequency of substantial errors—wrong words and

incomprehensible phrases in Ursprung—that were almost certainly caused by

misreading or misunderstanding of an early manuscript. By contrast, the later

steps in transmission in print, to Gross’ Ursprung vnd Ordnungen in 1616, thence

to Zunner’s Corpus juris… in 1698, were highly conservative in nature,

preserving quite precisely the 1530s text of Ursprung, aside from modestly

modernized spelling and grammar.

Haselberg’s reprint of Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s “Bergbüchlein” presents

a different textual “situation” and history compared to the legal texts in Ursprung.

149

For the “Bergbüchlein” we are dealing strictly with a product of the print age, and

all earlier printed editions are known and available to us. Generally Haselberg

was more successful in reprinting the text from its print source than he was in

transcribing the early legal manuscript to the print medium.

As outlined above, Haselberg’s version of the “Bergbüchlein” is

chronologically the 8th edition (B8 in my notation system). Its immediate source

is the edition by Steiner (Augsburg, 1534 – B6), which in turn derives from the

edition by Schöfer (Worms, 1518 – B3). The Schöfer edition is based on the 2nd

edition by Ratdolt (Augsburg, 1505 – B2). The 1st edition (B1) is supposed to

have been overseen by Rülein himself and is justifiably recognized as the best

version.

Through my critical apparatus and analysis I have attempted to trace the

textual shifts that occurred through the successive editions of the “Bergbüchlein.”

As with the legal texts above, I have collected representative sample passages in

the form of a table, working “backwards” with columns going from B8 > B6 > B3

> B2 > B1. The examples are keyed to the numbered chapters of the

“Bergbüchlein.” Again, the text in the 17th-century compendia by Gross and

Zunner was found to be highly conservative in nature, conveying Haselberg’s

version quite precisely in most cases.

As a general observation, the number and severity of errors encountered in

the history-in-print of the “Bergbüchlein” are modest. For the most part the

critical apparatus tracks relatively subtle differences in orthography or wording,

as opposed to the many gross distortions we saw above in the legal tracts.

150

Accordingly, I have not found it productive to attempt to insert symbols into the

critical apparatus to track particular error types (cf. ■ and □ above).

151

Table 1.6: Examples of textual change in editions of Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein”

Chap- ter

‘Ursprung’ B6 B3 B2 B1

1 1 Das erst Capitel

Das erst Capitel

Das erst capitel

Das erst Capitel oder der erst tail

das erste capitel ader der erste teil

2 1 wachsung [correct]

wachsung wachsung waschung [incorrect]

waschung

3 1 nach der maynung

nach der maynung

nach der meynung

nach der maynung vnd von

nach der meynug vnd won

4 1 verayniget hat

verayniget vereyniget werden verayniget

werden voreynyget

5 2 ein flachs abgesengts teyl

ein flachs abgesengts thail

eyn flachs abgesengts teyl

ain flaches abgesengtes tal

ein flaches abgesengtes tal

6 3 gesteyn des bürgs

gestayn des bürgs

gesteyn deß pirgs

gestain des gepürgs

gestein deß gepirgß

7 3 das feld gebew

das feldgebew das veldgebew das feld gepeüd

dz feld gepeud

8 3 - [see critical apparatus for [30v]]

- - - [phrase omitted from B2]

vnd dise hangends vnd ligends der geng mogen

9 3 des eisenen gäbelins

des eysenen gäbelins

deß eisernen gebbelins

des eysereins gebeleins

des eyserens gebelein

10 3 Biß vor viere

biß vor viere biß vor viere hünczt biß vor vier

vntzt byß vor vier

11 3 - [see critical apparatus for [31v]]

- - - [phrase omitted from B2]

ytzund nach achte byß nach viere

12 3 deut alle zeit deüt alle zeyt deutt allzeit bedeüt albegen bedeut alwegen

13 3 zwerch klüfft

zwerch klüfft zwerchklüfft querklufft quer klufft

14 4 durch bequemme ordnung

durch bequemme ordnung

durch beqweme ordnung

ein bequeme ordnung

nach eyner bequeme ordenung

15 4 von vrsprung der gebärung

von vrsprung vnd geberung

von vrsprung vnd geberung

von vrsprung vnd geberung

von vrsprung vnd geberung

16 4 die wirckung des Silberärtzs dester volkomner

die wyrckung des Silberärtzs dester volkommner

die wirckung deß Silberertzs desto volkomner

die daungk des silber ärcz also volkumer

die daungk des silberertz also volkummener

152

Table 1.6: Examples of textual change in editions of Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” (continued)

Chap- ter

‘Ursprung’ B6 B3 B2 B1

17 4 auß fürsichtig-keyt

auß fürsichtigkeyt

auß vorsichtickeyt

aus vorsichtikait vnd [sic]

auß vorsichtigkeyt vnd kunst

18 5 verzeret vnd verbrennet

verzeret vnd verbrennet

verzert vnnd verbrant

verbrandt vnd verzert

vorbrandt vnd vortzert

19 5 ein lauterer schwefel

ein lauterer schwefel

eyn lautrer schwefel

sein lauter schweffel

sein lauter schweffel

20 5 zů geeygent zůgeaygendt zůgeeygent zů geaigentlichem

tzugeeygentlichen

21 5 in mancherley stätten

inn mancherlay stetten

in mancherley stätten

durch mancherlay steten

durch mancherley weyß vn an mancherley steten

22 5 wirdigkeyt wildigkeyt wildickeyt wildigkait wildigkeit 23 6 würt auß

Jupiters eynfluß gewirckt

wirt auß Juppiters eynfluß gewirckt

wirt auß Jupiters einfluß gewirckt

wirt gewürckt aus in fluß des planeten Jupiter

wirt gewirckt auß influs des planeten iupiter

24 7 von der veradlung

von der veradelung

von der veradelung

von dem vnd veradelung

von dem streichen vnd voradelung

25 9 Schwebel Schwebel schwefel schweffel schweffel

153

The examples tabulated above show some of the most substantial

differences among the early editions of the “Bergbüchlein.” Overall, the most

significant textual degradations in the “Bergbüchlein” are found to occur in the

first two transmission “steps”—from B1 to B2 and from B2 to B3. The types of

errors and omissions that occurred are reflected in the table.

A few aspects of the different versions merit attention. Orthographically,

B2 differs greatly from B1 with its notable Upper German characteristics. Some

dialectal differences are in evidence among the different printings, such as the

<quer> ~ <zwerch> alternation in example #13. We note the loss of

regional/archaic <untzt>/<hünczt> (cf. MHG <unze>) subsequent to B2. B2

changes or omits important words—sometimes whole phrases—in several places.

This is exemplified in the examples #3 and #11, which show important phrases

from B1 dropped in B2, probably due to eye-skip by the compositor; once lost,

they were of course never recovered in later editions. Example #17 aptly

demonstrates the carelessness adherent to B2: B1 contains two nouns, “caution

and skill”; B2 inadvertently drops the second noun (“caution and [?]”); B3 and the

later editions eliminate the dangling “and.” In example #21, a phrase in B1 is

shortened in B2, and shortened further in B3 and later editions (<durch> to <in>).

Similar loss of words from B1 > B2 and then B2 > B3 is documented in example

#24.

The compiler of B3, working from B2, may have found himself

disoriented by it, because we find that the most extensive changes in wording

occur between B2 and B3. The text of B2 is quite unattractive and difficult to

154

read. Most of the text—including chapter headings—is printed in a single font

size, with words and lines of text very cluttered on the page. Punctuation is

almost non-existent, and the woodcuts are significantly degraded in technical

accuracy and quality of image. We thus identify the majority of substantive

textual changes in the “Bergbüchlein” as occurring in the transmission steps of B1

> B2 and B2 > B3. The integrity of the text is relatively well sustained in the

subsequent editions.

Only a small number of errors were introduced by Haselberg, such as

example #15. A case of modernizing syntax is seen in example #23, with

movement of the past participle (“gewirckt”) to final position in the clause.

In conclusion, the history-in-print of the “Bergbüchlein” as it relates to

Ursprung may be summarized as follows—with the first two reprintings causing

the greatest disruptions in the quality of the text:

B1 → B2 → B3 → B6 → B8 [Ursprung] → Gross/1616 → Zunner/1698

The glossary of mining terms known as the “Bergnamen” were not

added to the “Bergbüchlein” until B3. These are relatively faithfully

reproduced in B6 and then in Ursprung/B8. As discussed above, I have been

unable to locate the original document for the census of mines in Bohemia

(“Verzeychnung der Bergkwerck…”) in Ursprung; therefore, we are not in a

position to view Haselberg’s level of fidelity against his source. The final

passages in the compilation Ursprung relate to mining officials and their

oaths; Haselberg’s text is found to derive from the Annaberg mining code

printed in 1509. The oath is taken virtually word-for-word.

155

The third and final major step in assessing “change and continuity” of

technical information in my texts involves the Bergkordnung Norwegen.

Haselberg’s compendium was formed by assembling a variety of smaller,

pre-existing texts relating to mining and mining law. Rülein’s

“Bergbüchlein”—one of Haselberg’s texts—had been reprinted half a dozen

times in preceding decades. The mining codes from Freiberg and Iglau had

existed in myriad manuscript embodiments for a couple of centuries. By

contrast, the Bergkordnung Norwegen is essentially a new text, composed in

1539-1540 for a new purpose—royal support of the developing mining

enterprise in Norway. It is true that the content of the Norwegian text is

substantially modeled on the content of the Annaberg mining code of 1509,

but it is no reprint. Indeed, holding the two texts side-by-side, we easily see

that Bergkordnung Norwegen represents a major step forward in terms of

organization and clarity of presentation.

Accordingly, the history of transmission of the Bergkordnung

Norwegen is substantially simpler than that of Ursprung. First published by

Meyerpeck in 1540, the Bergkordnung Norwegen would not be reprinted for

over 100 years—in Copenhagen in 1647. The third and final edition was

Zunner’s reprint of the 1647 edition in Corpus juris… in 1698. The situation

with the Bergkordnung Norwegen presents a very interesting counterpoint to

Haselberg’s Ursprung in terms of “change and continuity” of technical

information.

156

With Ursprung we generally tracked a flawed attempts to preserve the

source matter. In the 1647 edition of Bergkordnung Norwegen, by contrast,

there was no such attempt at exact fidelity to the earlier text. The 1647 title

page, transcribed as Appendix F, states that some revision has occurred—

“somewhat more clearly rendered” (“in etwas deutlicher gegeben”)—but the

true extent of revision is surprising and substantial.

In effect, the clear Renaissance presentation of mining regulations in

1540 was recast in 1647 in a more Baroque style. In some passages the

revision was so extensive as to render the source scarcely recognizable. In

my apparatus I have conveyed the frequent and sometimes substantial points

of divergence diligently.

King Christian III’s prefatory materials (dedication letter, listing of

“freedoms”) were essentially rewritten, and because of this these two items

have been transcribed in their 1647 version as Appendix G. Interestingly,

Christian IV’s revision in 1647 seems to have been undertaken with no

concern for fidelity to the earlier king’s words. Meyerpeck’s colophon and

the small verse “charge to the reader” are removed from the end of the 1647

edition of the Bergkordnung Norwegen. Hence, the 2nd edition retains the

date of the 1st edition (1539-1540); it names King Christian III as the

originator of the text, but it grossly distorts his words. It eliminates the

references to Anton Beuther and Wolf Meyerpeck as the creators of the

original text. In effect, the 2nd edition strips the book of much of the textual

evidence of its genesis. In this way, it joins the tradition of successive

157

uncredited reprints of the “Bergbüchlein” and the Ursprung gemeynner

Berckrecht.

As with the Haselberg texts above, I have collected a small but

instructive set of textual passages from Bergkordnung Norwegen in table

form. Recall that the text comprises four parts, each containing a number of

short “articles;” the source of quotations is so labeled. For the edition of

1647, italics reflect use of a Roman type font rather than the traditional

German Fraktur.

158

Table 1.7: Examples of textual change, Bergkordnung Norwegen (BN)

Part, article

1st edition (Zwickau, 1540) 2nd edition (Copenhagen, 1647)

1 BN I,1 DAmit gemeinem Bergkwerck DAmit nun dem gemeinen Bergwercke 2 BN I,3 sollen mit Eydes pflichten

angenommen werden sollen in gebührliche Eydespflicht genommen werden

3 BN I,4 inn allen zimlichen sachen in allen ziemblichen Dingen vnd Sachen 4 BN I,8 seine Auspeut zuuerrichten schuldig

sein seine Außbeute nochmahls zuentrichten vnd gutzuthun schuldig seyn

5 BN I,9 sol einen vorstandt machen sol Caution vnnd Vorstandt leisten 6 BN I,10 alle gmutte/ Alte vnd newe Zechen alle gemuhtete alte vnd newe Zechen 7 BN I,11 auffs beste zubestellen haben jhrem besten gutachten nach/ zu

determiniren vnd zu ernennen wissen/ vnd macht haben

8 BN I,12 nach grösse ihrer mühe vnd arbeyt/ auch nach ihrem verstande vnd geschicklichkeit

nach Proportion jhrer Mühe vnnd Arbeit/ auch jhren Qvalitäten vnd Verstande

9 BN II,5 Auch ins Lehenbuch/ in massen oben verordent ist/ verleyben lassen sol.

vnd dem Lehenbuch/ immassen oben bereits gemeldet ist/ so forth einverleiben lassen soll.

10 BN II,11 mit nachlassung vnsers Bergkmeisters

auff consens vnd vergünstigung Vnsers Bergmeisters

11 BN II,14 als dann auff ernanten tagk vermessen

vnd alßdann auff den ernändten Tag mit dem vermessen verfahren

12 BN II,14 einen leiplichen Eydt schweren einen leiblichen äydt zu GOTt schweren 13 BN II,17 wie dieselb angelegt sol werden wie dieselbe sol angelegt werden 14 BN II,17 die sol zu notturfft der Gewercken

vnd gepeude/ angewendet werden. welche hernach zur Notturfft solcher Gewercken vnd Gebäwden anzuwenden.

15 BN II,21 Die selben Retardat teyl Sothane Retardat theile 16 BN II,22 vnd zur Quartal rechnung fürlegen. vnd bey der Quartal-Rechnung

wiederumb zu produciren vnd vorzubringen.

17 BN II,26 vnuorsetzliche irrungen vnversehene vnnd nicht vohrsetzliche Jrrungen

18 BN II,26 nach gebrauch gestrafft werden nach dem gebrauch/ vnnd wie es anderßwo herkommen/ gestraffet vnd angesehen werden

19 BN II,29 ein ieder an gepürliche stelle seiner erbeyt/ sich finden

ein jedweder an gebührlichen Orthe bey seiner angewiesenen Arbeit finden

20 BN II,31 außlendische Bergkleuthe/ als die auff vnserm Bergkwerge zu Norwegen nicht wohnen

außländische Bergleute/ so auff Vnserm Bergwercke oder im Reich Norwegen nicht wohnen

21 BN II,33 Es wehre dann in diesem vnd nehistem Artickel oben

Es were dann Sache/ daß die Parten selbst in diesem vnnd negst vorhergehendem Articul

22 BN II,46 dasselb Ertzt/ sol der Gewergkschafft/ die es gehawen hat/ als das yhre/ bleyben

so soll deroselben/ so es gehawen hat/ solch Ertz/ als das jhrige/ verbleiben

159

Table 1.7: Examples of textual change, Bergkordnung Norwegen (BN) (continued)

Part, article

1st edition (Zwickau, 1540) 2nd edition (Copenhagen, 1647)

23 BN II,61 freffeler/ vnnd vbelthetter antastenn/ vnnd in fengknus einziehen

die Freffveler vnd Vbelthäter alsoforth greiffen vnd antasten/ auch zum Gefängknus ziehen

24 BN III,1 auff diesen vnd zugehörenden Bergkwergen

auff diesem vnd anderen Vns zugehörigen Bergwercken

25 BN III,10 des orts/ do er wetther brenget/ vnd wasser benimmet

des Ortes/ da er weiterbringet vnd Wasser beniehmet

26 BN IV,3 One laub Ohne absonderliche erlaubnus 27 BN IV,11 Von den Hüttenmeistern/ vnd wes

sie sich halten söllen. Von den Hüttenmeistern/ vnd wessen sie sich zuverhalten.

28 BN IV,14 Niemandes in Hütten zu zwingen/ noch mit liebnus/ darein zu müssigen.

Niemandt mit Gewalt in Hütten zuzwingen/ noch mit Worten oder Verheissungen darein zumüssigen vnnd zulocken.

29 BN IV,20 der sol allemahl vor dem anlassen/ des gleichen bey dem auslassen/ persönlich entkegen sein

sol derselbe allemahl vor vnd bey dem an- vnd außlassen persöhnlich zugegen sein

30 Beschluß so wir vns vorbehalten haben die Wir Vns dann billich so forth im Anfang vorbehalten

31 Beschluß von mennigklich/ vnübergangen gehalten

von männiglich vnverbrüch- vnnd festiglich gehalten

160

The extracted phrases placed in this table illustrate a number of points

of comparison and contrast between the 1st edition of the Bergkordnung

Norwegen from 1540 and the 2nd edition produced over a century later in

1647. First, the 2nd edition tends to be much wordier than the 1st; most of the

31 examples presented above are lengthier in the 1647 version. Interestingly,

however, in most cases the elaborated wording in 1647 does not constitute a

significant alteration in the meaning of the text—the increase in textual

“volume” is primarily stylistic and rhetorical rather than substantive.

The orthography from 1647, including capitalization of most nouns, is

decidedly closer to that of MSG. French linguistic influence, especially in

the royal/courtly milieu, increased in Germany in the 17th century, and this

influence is visible in the printed language—literally visible in our text from

1647, by the frequent usage of Roman type font rather than traditional

German type for words of obvious foreign (read: French) origin (see

examples #5, #7, #8, #10, #15, #16, #21 in the table). This phenomenon is

not uncommon during this time (Philipp 20-21); note, for example, the Tarot

and Bender editions of Grimmelshausen’s works, which date from the 1660s.

In many cases, the 1647 edition adds a synonym to the word in the

1540 version. This practice of terminological duplication might have served

to facilitate the reader’s understanding of the text, especially for technical

legal or mining terms (Connolly, “Ulrich Rülein” 357-58). In example #3,

the noun <sachen> from the 1st edition is expanded to the two nouns <Dingen

vnd Sachen> in the 2nd edition; sometimes the added word is a French

161

loanword, as in example #5: <vorstandt> ~ <Caution vnnd Vorstandt>. In

example #8, <verstande vnd geschicklichkeit> becomes <Qvalitäten vnd

Verstande>.

More typically, one or two new words are substituted in the 2nd

edition for a single term in the 1st, e.g., <zuentrichten vnd gutzuthun> for

<zuuerrichten> in example #4. In example #8, <grösse> in the 1st edition is

replaced by the French <Proportion> in the 2nd. In example #10,

<nachlassung> is updated to <consens vnd vergünstigung>. Similar

examples include #16, #17, #23, #28, #31.

Sometimes the 2nd edition restores syllables elided in the 1st; in

example #6, <gmutte> from 1540 is expanded to the more recognizable

<gemuhtete> (emphasis added) in 1647. Similarly we note the adjective

ending supplied in example #13: <dieselb> ~ <dieselbe>. Subtle variations

in syntax are not uncommon, as seen in the verb placement in example #13.

A stylistic tendency in 17th century prose is omission of the auxiliary

verb in subordinate clauses, and this is observed in the 2nd edition of the

Bergkordnung Norwegen. In example #30, the form in the 1st edition,

<vorbehalten haben>, is truncated to <vorbehalten>. Similar constructions

are found in examples #14 and #27.

In some cases, the 2nd edition uses prefixes and suffixes in unnatural-

sounding combinatorial constructions. The words <anlassen> and

<auslassen> from the 1st edition in example #29 are merged to <an- vnd

außlassen> in the 2nd edition. Similarly, the ending /-lich/ is made divalent in

162

the construction <vnverbrüch- vnnd festiglich> (i.e., /unverbrüchlich und

festiglich/) in example #31.

Contrary to the larger tendency, in some cases the 2nd edition

compresses the wording from the 1st, as seen in example #29. Example #20

shows an example of the occasional expansion in meaning introduced in the

2nd edition—the expression “at our mine in Norway” from the 1st edition is

subtly broadened in the 2nd edition to “at our mine or in Norway.” Only

occasionally are errors introduced in the 2nd edition, but one such case

involving a technical term is example #25: When a tunnel provides

ventilation, this is characterized as bringing “weather” (<wetther brenget>);

this unusual phrase was erroneously rendered as bringing “further”

(<weiterbringet>) in the 2nd edition. (This form was, however, restored in

Zunner/1698 to <Wetter bringet>.)

A slightly more religious outlook in the 2nd edition might be

evidenced in example #12, which adds words to clarify that the oath is an

oath “to God” (<zu GOTt>). In general, a more regimented and legalistic

tone is noted among the editorial insertions of 1647. Many of the additions to

the 2nd edition add precision or emphasis on legal steps, actions, or oversight.

Note the addition of the adjective “appropriate” (<gebührliche>) in example

#2; the qualification “immediately” (<so forth>) in example #9; the

elaboration on punishment and imprisonment in examples #18 and #23.

One important observation on the “Baroque” version of

Bergkordnung Norwegen is not viewable in the tabulated examples. Namely,

163

the extent of revision over the 1540 edition varies from part to part and article

to article. A scan of the two editions side by side shows that, for example,

the following are relatively unchanged in the 1647 version: [BN I,6], [II,8],

[II,16], [II,59], [III,3], [IV,10]. On the other hand, the following are

relatively heavily altered and/or augmented in the 1647 edition: [BN I,1],

[I,9], [I,11], [II,1], [II,2], [II,15], [II,23], [II,27], [II,31], [II,47], [II,48], [IV,6],

[IV,14].

I have not been able to discern a clear pattern of more extensive

versus less extensive revisions among the different articles, except that issues

of legal oversight, enforcement of rules, and punishments seem on the whole

more embellished and detailed in the 1647 edition. Again, despite the many

textual changes between the 1st and 2nd editions, there is an overall

conservation of objective meaning of the laws and practices delineated in

them.

Both the 1st and 2nd editions of the Bergkordnung Norwegen contain

lists of errata at the end of the text. As reflected in my critical apparatus, the

errata appended to the 1st edition of 1540 were diligently accounted for and

incorporated into the body of the text in the 2nd edition in 1647. The 2nd

edition, in turn, had its own set of errata, but none of these items were

corrected in the 3rd edition, i.e., in Zunner/1698.

In summary, the history of the Bergkordnung Norwegen may be

characterized as follows:

BN [1540] → BN(1647) → Zunner/1698

164

As explored in detail in the discussion above, the first step in the

history-in-print of the Norwegian mining code represents a radical disruption

in the text itself. Unlike the situation in Haselberg’s compilation Ursprung

gemeynner Berckrecht, the alterations in the Bergkordnung Norwegen can

hardly be labeled degradation or corruption. Rather, a process of willful

restyling based on new stylistic (aesthetic?) criteria for governmental

discourse is indicated.

The histories-in-print of the three major subdivisions of text share two

broad characteristics. The first is the significant distortion—errors in

wording, omission of words or lines, tacit revision—witnessed in the initial

publication step(s). For the legal texts in Haselberg’s Ursprung gemeynner

Berckrecht, many errors appear to have been introduced in the crucial step of

committing manuscript text to the print medium. For the first printed book

on mining, Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein,” we noted a pattern of accrued

degradation of technical content, with the most serious discontinuities

between the 1st and 2nd editions and between the 2nd and 3rd editions. The

textual distortion in the Bergkordnung Norwegen, on the other hand,

involved the extensive revision—in wording and style if not legal content—

in its second edition.

The second characteristic held in common among the three major

parts is the relative stability or continuity of text in the later edition(s).

Neither corruption nor correction are noted to any significant level. The legal

codes as transcribed by Haselberg were reprinted—errors and all—with

165

almost slavish precision in the 17th-century compilations by Gross and

Zunner. We noted only modest textual changes in moving among reprints of

the “Bergbüchlein” subsequent to the 3rd edition. The substantial damage had

been done, so to speak, by then. The Zunner reprint of Bergkordnung

Norwegen was found to accurately reproduce the 2nd edition from 1647.

Again, later printers/publishers seem in all instances to have been

working from a single antecedent text, rather than collating multiple previous

editions. Once errors entered into a printed text, they were almost never

corrected. In general, the earliest versions of the texts were authored by (or

in association with) experts in the mining field. We know this to be the case

with the “Bergbüchlein” and Bergkordnung Norwegen; and we suspect it in

the written manuscript tradition of the early mining codes, understanding that

the earliest manuscript witnesses probably do not survive today.

In his discussion of editing Middle English scientific and practical

writings, Keiser raises the question of “how much weight to give to a later,

derivative version of a text” (119). In this section, we have seen that just

such a focus can provide surprising insights about unintentional corruptions

or intentional revisions that can insinuate themselves into the histories of

texts in print.

In section 1.6 I enumerated various anthologizing practices operating

in the growth and expansion of technical knowledge through the books

Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen. The growth and expansion were

literal as much as conceptual, and scale of vision large—books added to

166

books to form even larger books. By contrast, the focus in this section has

been quite microscopic. Through collation and discovery on the level of the

phrase and the individual word, I have shown in a very real sense the

corruptions and distortions adherent to the histories of these books.

1.8 The Text Editions and English Translations

Editions, critical apparatuses, and translations—Rationale and methodology

In this section I review first the overall rationale and methodology

used in creating the German text editions and translations into English. I then

survey the linguistic issues and characteristics for the German language as it

is encountered in Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen. I provide more

specific and comprehensive documentation of my editorial practices and

assumptions. Finally, I point out some of the issues involved in creating the

English translations of my texts. The German edition of Ursprung is Chapter

2 of this dissertation; Bergkordnung Norwegen, Chapter 3. The translations

of these texts are chapters 4 and 5, respectively.

Tanselle provides a useful hierarchy of issues and decisions in

scholarly editing (10 ff.), which will serve to contextualize my work here.

Defining editing as “the considered act of reproducing or altering texts” (10),

the first consideration is whether the intent is non-historical or historical. By

historical, Tanselle understands “receiv[ing] communications from the past”

167

with the “goal of historical understanding” (9-10)—this is most certainly the

case with Ursprung and the Bergkordnung Norwegen.

A second decision involves fidelity to the original in producing the

edition: Does the edition reproduce documentary texts without alteration (in

facsimile or literal/diplomatic transcription), or does it introduce alterations

based on editorial judgment? If the latter, are the critical editorial

interventions minimized? For the base text of my editions, I have maintained

a diplomatic approach to the greatest extent possible. Greetham’s

characterization of the diplomatic edition is descriptive of my methodology;

namely, I have “dispense[d] with… scrupulous fidelity to appearance and

concentrate[d] on the textual context, reproducing the exact spelling,

punctuation, and capitalization but not necessarily observing the lineation…

or the type sizes of the original” (“Textual” 114). Full details will be

elaborated below, but my aim has been strict replication of the texts as

produced and presented in the 1530s-1540s. Editorial alterations have been

kept to a minimum. Any insertions such as section or page numbers are

clearly set off in square brackets ([ ]).

Tanselle’s next editorial criterion relates to the relative emphasis

placed on the authorship or “producer” of the text: Is the work viewed as the

“product of an individual” (e.g., poet, novelist) or as a social or

“collaborative” product? My texts are recognized to a certain degree as

products of individuals whose names are known to us—Haselberg, Rülein,

Beuther. The most distinctive authorial role in our texts is Rülein’s as the

168

writer of the “Bergbüchlein”—though his text was published anonymously.

However, the historical function and impact of Ursprung and Bergkordnung

Norwegen are what primarily motivate my interest in them. Ursprung was

essentially a compilation of texts appropriated by Haselberg from a number

of uncredited sources; the Bergkordnung Norwegen came to exist solely

through governmental action and royal sponsorship. In this light, these works

are best viewed as “collaborative,” in the sense that the words they comprise

and the information they gather is primarily aimed “outward” at a reading

public rather than “inward” as reflective of ideas or aesthetic motivations of

the writers/compilers. Assion characterizes Fachliteratur as essentially

“social literature” (“gesellschaftliche Literatur”) (18).

One might ask why we should have an edition and study of

Haselberg’s Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht. After all, we have seen in the

analysis above that the text is highly imperfect. For most of the constituent

texts in the compendium we looked back to known sources of demonstrably

superior quality. However, we have also seen that Haselberg’s compilation

was received and viewed as important in its historical context. On a

practical and pragmatic level, the publication/reception history of the various

texts in Ursprung is tied to the history of Haselberg’s book itself, for all its

many faults.

Most pre-modern German mining law was ultimately derived from

the early texts from Freiberg and Iglau; and the reading public of the

Renaissance and Baroque eras had no source for these texts other than

169

Haselberg’s compilation. Ursprung (and its expanded 17th-century

embodiments by Gross and Zunner) provided the only edition of the

important early mining codes in German until Klotzsch’s in the 1760s.

Haselberg’s adaptation of the “Bergbüchlein” and “Bergnamen” present

some interesting points of contrast to the earlier editions. We have seen

above that, as a collection of disparate mining-related texts, Ursprung was

perceived to be appropriate for reference alongside—i.e., bound to or

anthologized with—other specific mining texts of the 16th century. There is

no other text in the early mining literature for which this observation can be

made.

Among the various early printed mining regulations, one might

similarly question the value of editing and studying the Bergkordnung

Norwegen. Here again, the creation of the text was motivated by practical

issues in a historical context. As a textual witness to history, the Norwegian

code was not only a source of information on German mining practice; it

defined and embodied mining practice in Norway with the force of law.

The first focus of my editions of Ursprung and Bergkordnung

Norwegen, accordingly, has been fidelity to the textual product that was

created for and disseminated among a readership in the late 1530s and 1540s.

With the benefit of hindsight, we recognize that these texts would be viewed

as important in the reading “marketplace” for information on mining

throughout the later 16th and 17th centuries.

170

My second focus has been to present the modern reader with a view

of the earlier and later historical stages of the texts, and I created my textual

apparatuses with this goal in mind. Considering that each version has some

claim to be edited and understood in its own right, I have aimed to present the

“total texts,” comprising all their historically relevant states, in a diachronous

structure that correlates different synchronous versions (cf. Gabler,

“Synchrony;” McKenzie 2). We have seen above that rich and diverse

textual histories underlie Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen. Indeed,

the works are intricately connected to the development of mining and mining

literature throughout the medieval and early modern periods.

The apparatuses are designed to reflect the texts’ “genealogy of

witnesses” (Greetham 116) and provide the reader a convenient mechanism

for restoration of substantive earlier or later variants in the texts’ histories-in-

print. It is important to note that my apparatuses do not record every

orthographic difference encountered among earlier and later versions of the

texts. Rather, I have taken a critical approach to the recension, including

those variant forms that show differences in morphology, grammatical

category (“part of speech”), lexicon, phraseology—in short, I have attempted

to discern the variant meaning-bearing elements among the versions. My

criteria are delineated in greater detail below.

My apparatus is designed to facilitate the reader’s view of the

different stages in the texts’ development and dissemination. As described in

detail below, I have used a footnoting style of annotation recommended by

171

the “Arbeitsgemeinschaft außeruniversitärer historischer

Forschungseinrichtungen” (“Association of independent historical research

institutions”) to key the variants directly and unambiguously to the

corresponding word or words in the base text. This allows the reader to

quickly and unambiguously track or review the evolutionary stages in the

texts. This facility of view is especially helpful in the case of Ursprung, since

the versions of its constituent texts span several centuries—the oldest texts in

Ursprung date to the early 14th century; the collection’s last reprint is from

the end of the 17th century.

From the analysis in the preceding sections, we saw that the textual

histories of the two texts under study are rich and diverse. Preparing the

editions that follow presented many challenges, both practical and conceptual

in nature, involving both synchronic and diachronic aspects of the texts in

question. Sorting out the meaning-bearing variants from the innumerable

orthographic variants and inconsistencies required constant, exacting

attention to detail.

Moreover, in the case of Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht, the

transcription involved a poor quality, sometimes scarcely legible original text.

As discussed above, Ursprung was marred by typographical errors, especially

in those portions where a manuscript source document is assumed.

By contrast, the Norwegian Bergkordnung from 1540 was relatively

straightforward to transcribe, but the 2nd edition (1647) was found to be a

significantly revised version. New words and phrases were added; whole

172

passages were essentially rewritten. As studied above, a frequent wording

change involved “terminological duplication”—addition of a synonymous

word or phrase, often a French loanword, to clarify the meaning of the first

(Connolly, “Ulrich Rülein” 357-58). In effect, the 1st edition was a

Renaissance book; the 2nd edition was a Baroque book.

By way of summary, I note that my editions conform quite precisely

to Gabler’s characterization of the typical German critical edition (historisch-

kritische Ausgabe):

An edition provides as its edited text… a segment or slice

from the text’s history. In practical terms, an edition commonly

prints, or reprints, an historically defined version of the work as edited

text. Around and toward it, the edition organizes the entire textual

history in apparatus form. License to modify the edited text is

restricted to an absolute minimum, emendation functioning

exclusively to remove the textual error. (“Introduction” 3)

And further:

[T]he German scholarly edition… bases its claim to being a scholarly

edition on how well it encodes the text in the history of its material

writing and transmission by an appropriate and adequate apparatus

format. (“Introduction” 7)

173

The German language in Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen

In order to properly contextualize my text editions, an overall linguistic

characterization of the German vernacular in the works is needed. As noted

elsewhere, the books Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen belong to the

linguistic period referred to as Early New High German (ENHG). ENHG is used

to describe the High German spoken dialects and written varieties of the central

and southern German-speaking lands (as opposed to “Low German” from the

northern part of Germany). ENHG is generally dated from 1350 to

1650. However, linguistic issues associated with ENHG, including the

assignment of dates to the period, are complex (see especially Philipp 4-8 and

Ebert et al. 5).

The history of the German language in the 16th century is generally

discussed in connection with a small number of key historical developments—all

of which coincide in time, location, and impact with Ursprung and Bergkordnung

Norwegen:

• Developments in written legal chancery language, e.g., 15th-century

Prague and Upper Saxony

• The spread of book printing and development of “printers’ languages”

(Druckersprachen)

• Luther and influence of his Bible translation and other religious

writings starting in the 1520s

• Partial establishment of transregional standards, notably based on East

Central German varieties

174

These phenomena are generally cited—though not unproblematically—as

factors in the process of developing a standard form of written German

(Schriftsprache), though this standard would ultimately remain elusive into the

19th century. Philipp correctly ascribes to ENHG texts a “scarcely imaginable

abundance of linguistic variants” (xi) that is “lacking identifiable general rules

and norms” (3).

Reflecting on the above in the case of Ursprung and Bergkordnung

Norwegen, we find texts quite typical of the printed High German, with some

East Central German traits, of the 16th century. Overall, Philipp’s strident tone is

overstated for the level of linguistic variation encountered in the two books.

While variant orthographic and morphological forms are common, on the whole

these tend to be fairly typical ones and do not significantly impede the

intelligibility or impart a highly localized or dialectal character to the texts. The

characterization by Ebert et al. of ENHG linguistic “heterogeneity”

(Heterogenität) (5) is fitting.

Turning to the medium of print in particular, there are arguments both for

and against it as a normalizing factor. Wells observes that printers tended to

move around and often did not originate from the towns in which they worked;

hence they did not necessarily adopt local written traditions. Printing centers and

individual shops might have tended towards standarization, but “the evidence for

any conscious striving for supra-regional norms is purely circumstantial;” mostly

the early printers of vernacular texts show a “tolerant attitude” to variable

spellings (Wells 184).

175

In this context, I find dubious value in attempting to read too much into

the orthographic characteristics in order to attempt to identify the dialectal point

of origin of printed texts. This is especially true for Ursprung and Bergkordnung

Norwegen given their essentially collaborative and trans-regional histories-in-

print. The “Bergbüchlein” had passed through many presses and regions of

Germany before ending up a part of Haselberg's project. The ENHG language in

Ursprung appears modernized over against the known medieval manuscript

originals. Finally, the orthography of Meyerpeck’s Bergkordnung Norwegen is

observed to be relatively consistent and routine for printed ENHG texts of this

period.

The language of Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen conforms to the

ENHG characteristics outlined by Philipp (26-32). In both books we note

consistent operation of the High German sound shift. The most distinctive

phonological and/or graphemic features for the reader of Modern Standard

German will include the following:

• Frequent devoicing of /b/ to /p/, typical in Upper German but also

widespread in East Central German through the ENHG period (Ebert et al.

84-90; Philipp 45-46), especially word-initially, e.g., < pahr geldt pald

poten >; and at syllable boundaries, e.g., < Auspeut gepawet gepessert

gepürlichen liepnis >

• Occasional alternation of /g/ ~ /k/: E.g., < Berck kegenwart> but note

also: < Bergkwerg >

176

• Short /a/ for standard short /o/: E.g., < ab > (for MSG ob), < nach >

(“noch”), < domit > (“damit”)

• Conflation of <s> and <ß>: < auß biß daß [definite article] deß > ~

< das [subordinating conjunction] heist mas >

• Interchangeable <i> and <y>, especially in diphthongs: < Bergkmeyster

bey erzeygung eyn sonderheyt stayn yetz ymer > ~

< Bergmeister beweisen meinem treibet >

• <i> corresponding to long /i:/ in MSG: < dise ligends siben Souil >

but note: < hielt Sielber tieff wiewol >

• Schwa apocope, e.g. < Berckleut creutzweiß erd fundtgrub

zyngeng >

• Occasional /u/ alongside diphthong /au/: < vff > but < auff >

In sum, the language of Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen is

obviously archaic to the modern reader. However, for the most part the

orthography found in both conforms to the typical ENHG patterns of vocalism

and consonantism. And the trend toward modernization and standardization

would continue in the 17th-century versions of the texts.

Notes on the Transcriptions:

For the present editions I have been guided by the recommendations

of the Modern Language Association’s Committee on Scholarly Editions

(CSE), the Society for Textual Scholarship (STS), and the

Arbeitsgemeinschaft außeruniversitärer historischer Forschungseinrichtungen

177

(AHF). I have implemented the AHF’s recommendations for the editing of

Early Modern texts with regard to establishment of the base text. However,

in a few cases (as noted below) I have retained a slightly stricter diplomatic

approach in transcription.

My renditions of the base texts for Ursprung and Bergkordnung

Norwegen are diplomatic transcriptions to the greatest practical extent. I

have transcribed the basic text from the first editions of each, then checked

these transcriptions against a second exemplar of each text, which process not

only verified the transcription but also indicated the lack of any differences in

the printed text between the copies, e.g., “stop-press” corrections. All

transcriptions in the critical apparatuses adhere to the same level of fidelity to

the original texts; it is important to remember that, for the early legal codes in

Ursprung, my variants are taken from the critical editions of Ermisch and not

directly from a manuscript.

Given my aim of presenting the texts as historical objects, i.e., as

created and disseminated in print, I have taken a highly conservative

approach to the transcription. Emendations to the base text are reserved for

cases in which the copy-text is manifestly wrong—and these cases are

identified as such. Notably, in a few places I have corrected very obvious

typographical errors, but the corrected letters are shown in italics in the base

text and the changes noted in the apparatus.

The letters < u v i j U V I J > have been strictly retained as set in

the original type font, e.g., <vnd> for Modern German “und”, <Zůuoran>

178

equivalent to <zuvoran>. I have preserved <u> with superposed small <o>

where shown in the text: <ů>.

Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen show the typical ENHG

positional distribution of the two forms of “s”— <s> and <ſ>. The “long

form” <ſ> appears word-initially and word-internally, the other form in word-

final position; e.g., <das ſie wiſſen>. In conformation with common editorial

practice for ENHG texts, the distinction between the forms <s> and <ſ> is not

retained in my transcription—all are rendered <s> (Philipp 31). Doubled

consonants <ss> or < ſ ſ> are shown as <ss> in the transcriptions.

The digraph <ß> occurs in modern recognizable form in both books

and is transcribed faithfully. Occasionally, its origin as <ſ> + <z> (“es-tset”)

is visible in forms resembling <ſs> or <ſz> in some of the early editions of

the “Bergbüchlein;” where these are transcribed in the apparatus I have used

the digraph <ß> as well.

Umlauted vowels are usually represented in the originals with

superposed small <e>, but sometimes with the modern (“double-dot”) umlaut.

In all cases these have been transcribed with umlaut: < ä ö ü ẅ Ä Ö Ü >.

Use of the macron, a horizontal bar superposed over a letter, is

frequent throughout the texts. The macron is placed over a vowel to indicate

a following nasal consonant /m/ or /n/. In these cases the requisite /m/ or /n/

has been supplied in the transcription but is shown in italics to signal the

occurrence of the macron in the printed text. For example, the printed form

<gezogē> is transcribed to <gezogen>. The choice between assigning <m>

179

or <n> was found to be unambiguous in almost all cases. For example, from

the mining terminology in the “Bergbüchlein” we know that <bradē> is

properly <bradem> not <braden*>; <exallaciōs> is <exallacions> not

<exallacioms*>.

Other, less frequent uses of the macron are noted in the texts. The

macrons are sometimes printed over a nasal consonant to designate doubling

of said consonant or over <n> to indicate addition of the /d/ in <vnd>. These

cases have similarly been handled by supplying said consonant in italics, as

in <kummen> or <vnd>.

A few other special characters or symbols occur in the first edition of

the “Bergbüchlein” and hence can be reflected in the apparatus for Ursprung.

The “looping” brevigraph attached to the end of a word stands for addition of

/er/ or /us/ to a word, and these cases have been resolved in italics in the

transcription, e.g., <oder>. A variant of /m/ is found that resembles the

number “3”; these have been resolved to <m>.

In all cases I have transcribed Arabic and Roman numerals exactly as

shown; these are often demarcated in the original printed texts by following

and/or preceding periods, e.g., < 12 12. .12. xij xij. >.

In the 1647 edition of the Norwegian Bergkordnung, it is important to

remember that the printer used Roman type, rather than the Fraktur, for many

words or portions of words of obvious French or Latin origin. This is a

known practice in seventeenth-century German-language printing, perhaps

showing a sensitivity to the “foreignness” of certain courtly or learned

180

vocabulary (Philipp 20-21). These words or parts of words are shown in

italics in the transcription as needed. In summary, the occurrence of

italicized letters in the transcription or apparatus should alert the reader to (a)

resolved special characters, (b) special type face in the original print, or (c)

incorrect orthography (always accompanied by a footnote). No cases of

possible interference or overlap among these three uses of italics occur in the

edition.

I have preserved the original punctuation from Ursprung and

Bergkordnung Norwegen. As is typical for early printed books, this involves

almost universal use of the virgule or “forward slash” < / > to demarcate

phrases, with the period < . > to terminate paragraphs in the text. Within a

paragraph, the virgule designates clause boundaries, analogous to the modern

comma, semicolon, or period. In addition, more abundant virgules are

supplied to impart emphasis or rhetorical effect, for example in lists of

important nouns. For the sake of consistency and readability of the

transcriptions, I have placed the virgule immediately after the preceding word

and inserted a single space after, as in <Bergkwergs/ auff> or

<Golmsbergk/ im> (emphasis added), regardless of the exact spacing that

might or might not be shown in the original printed edition.

Parentheses are occasionally used in the modern fashion to set off

words or phrases. There are no occurrences of commas < , >, semicolons

< ; >, question marks < ? > or exclamation marks < ! > in either book. There

are no occurrences of the colon <:> except for occasional use in abbreviations

181

or headings in Bergkordnung Norwegen, e.g., <Chur: vnd Fürstenthumb>

(Cf. Ebert et al. 28-31; Philipp 33-34.)

Word division between lines is extremely common in the two books

under study and is generally marked with a hyphen < - > or “double-hyphen”

< = >. Word divisions in Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen almost

always occur at syllable boundaries. In my transcriptions, any words divided

in the originals have been rejoined with no indication provided of the

interlinear break, with two exceptions: First, in cases where a word is

divided between two pages, the word division has been preserved with the

pagination I have supplied, as in < ge=[9r]nanten >, where the word is

divided between fols. [8v] and [9r]. Second, centered chapter or section

headings preserve word division in order to remain true to the lineation of the

original. An example can be seen in the interlinear <ei= | nem> in the section

title shown in Appendix C.

Catchwords are used almost universally in Ursprung and

Bergkordnung Norwegen, but I have not attempted to preserve these in the

editions.

The transcribed text has been right- and left-justified, in conformation

with the Satzspiegel or type area of the printed page. In the original texts, the

title pages, colophons, section and chapter headings are typically centered,

and have been centered in my transcriptions as well. Larger type fonts were

typically used by the printers for such headings—indeed, in some texts a

three- or four-way hierarchy of font sizes—but these font-size distinctions

182

have not been retained in the present editions. Rather, a 12-point font size

has been used throughout the transcriptions, a 10-point font size in the critical

apparatuses and footnotes. Attempting to emulate the differences in font size

in my editions would have resulted in a cumbersome and potentially

expansive layout on the page—of marginal interpretive value, in my view.

I have preserved the paragraph divisions of Ursprung and

Bergkordnung Norwegen, both in the editions and in my translations. Mostly

the originals are divided into paragraphs in a logical and intuitive fashion.

Some overly long paragraphs are encountered, but in the interest of fidelity to

the original I have resisted the temptation to introduce new paragraph

divisions.

The title page of Ursprung ([1r]) contains a woodcut illustration of

miners at work, including the earliest known depiction of miners pushing an

ore cart on tracks. The same woodcut is reused at the beginning of chapter 1

of the “Bergbüchlein” ([24r]). A total of 12 additional woodcut images are

used as illustrations in “Bergbüchlein” chapters 2 ([25v], [26v]), 3 ([27r],

[27v], [28r], [28v], [29r], [29v], [30r], [30v], [31v]), and 5 ([36r]).

Bergkordnung Norwegen features three woodcut images: The

Danish/Norwegian royal coat-of-arms on the title page ([1r]) and the last

page ([48r]), and a small, well-executed image of miners at work ([1v]). In

all cases the original images have been scanned and inserted into the editions

and translations in the proper locations and at their original sizes. The

woodcut images are labeled as Figures. For the English translations I have

183

inserted footnotes to explain the images and provide translations of the

captions, as needed.

An editorial insertion on my part was the use of a table grid to frame

the mining glossary or “Bergnamen” (Ursprung, [40r]-[43r]). The left

column presents the word or phrase; the right column contains the definition

of it. There is no such grid in the original. In the original printing, the

glossary is challenging to read, because the word or phrase to be defined lies

in the outer margin (right margin for recto sides; left margin for verso), in

tiny type font, in some cases slightly misaligned with its definition!

Aside from the footnoted references to the apparatus (described

below), any editorial insertions in the transcriptions are placed in square

brackets: [ ]. (No square brackets occur anywhere in the original texts of

Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen.) As noted elsewhere, page numbers

are absent in the originals, so I have numbered the leaves, with r (recto) and v

(verso), and placed these numbers in the transcriptions in square brackets,

e.g., [1r], [1v], etc. In addition, for the mining codes in Ursprung and the

Norwegen text, I have defined and inserted section numbers to facilitate

reference to the texts; the formats are exemplified as follows:

[FrA 4] = article 4 of the mining regulations Freiberg ‘A’

[Ig 10] = article 10 of Iglau

[FrB 28] = article 28 of Freiberg ‘B’

[IV,9] or [BN IV,9] = article 9 of part IV of the Bergkordnung

Norwegen (The text contains four parts, which I have labeled I-IV.)

184

In order to assist the reader, in the German base text I have sometimes

inserted modern punctuation, always in square brackets ([ ]), where it seemed

that the readability of the text was impeded otherwise. For example, the

following clause contains a period in the original, but in context it is clearly a

question, so I have supplied the question mark in brackets immediately after

the period: < wann er es mit clag gewunnen hat.[?] >.

Transcriptions in the various appendices adhere to the transcription

practices and rules described above.

It has been noted above that critical editions of the “Bergbüchlein”

were created in 1885 by Dechen and in 1953 by Mendels. I have referred to

each on occasion but have not made use of any text data from them.

Notes on the critical apparatuses

As with the transcription of the copy-text, I have been guided most

closely by the AHF recommendations for the textual or critical apparatuses of

my two books. For each case I have designed the textual apparatus to fulfill

“the all-important purpose of making the edited text more easily accessible

and comprehensible” (Keiser 122). I decided upon the optimal form for the

apparatus after having established an intimate familiarity with the frequency

and types of textual variation and change found in the histories-in-print of the

Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht and Norwegian Bergkordnung. In some

cases the apparatus needed to convey relatively minor differences among

printed editions, e.g., the editions of Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein.” Elsewhere,

185

substantial additions to or deletions from the text were recorded, e.g., in the

2nd (1647) edition of the Norwegian text of 1540. Indeed, a few passages of

this edition were found to be revised so extensively that I have chosen instead

to present separate transcriptions; see appendices F and G.

In the apparatus, textual evidence is adduced from no fewer than four

centuries—ranging from the medieval manuscript origins of Saxon mining

laws to the encyclopedic Corpus juris… from the late Baroque period. Given

the technical and more or less “anonymous” nature of the texts involved, the

apparatus is aimed at documenting historical stages or versions of the text(s)

as printed and received by an audience interested in technical and regulatory

aspects of metal mining.

It is a common practice with scholarly editions to create a code of

arbitrary logograms as sigla (Edition A, B, C etc.) for labeling the sources of

variants in the apparatus. Given my wish for transparency and the number of

texts involved in my historical collation, I have adopted a relatively intuitive

citation system for the historically relevant witnesses to the two books under

study. The following abbreviations will facilitate the reader’s view of the

genesis and history-in-print of the various versions of texts under study.

For the Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht, I have adopted the

following abbreviations, which are always shown in italics in the apparatus.

Full bibliographic details are provided in the bibliography:

UgB = Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht. Ed. Johann Haselberg,

1535-1538.

186

Erm = (1) For the Freiberg and Iglau mining codes ([2r]-[22r]) and

listing of mining officials’ duties/oath ([43v]-[44r]): Ermisch, Hubert. Das

sächsische Bergrecht des Mittelalters. Leipzig, 1887. (2) For the

Waldenburg/Meissen treaty ([22r]-[23r]): Urkundenbuch der Stadt Freiberg

in Sachsen. Vol. 2. Bergbau, Bergrecht, Münze. Ed. Hubert Ermisch.

Leipzig, 1886.

UgB(1616) = Version of Haselberg’s Ursprung as reprinted in: Ursprung

vnd Ordnungen der Bergwerge. Leipzig, 1616.

UgB(1698) = Version of Haselberg’s Ursprung as reprinted in: Corpus

juris & Systema rerum Metallicarum, Oder: Neu-verfaßtes Berg-Buch ….

Frankfurt, 1698.

Kö = Köhler, Friedrich Wilhelm. Historische Nachrichten von der

chursächsischen alten freyen Bergstadt Wolkenstein im meissnisch

Obererzgebürge... Schneeberg: Fulde, 1781. (Pages 260-265 contain a

transcription of the Waldenburg/Meissen treaty – Ursprung, [22r]-[23r].)

B1 = Editio princeps of Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s “Bergbüchlein”, from

ca. 1500, reproduced in facsimile in: Pieper, Wilhelm. Ulrich Rülein von Calw

Berlin, 1955.

B2 = “Bergbüchlein”, 2nd edition. Augsburg: Ratdolt, 1505.

B3 = “Bergbüchlein”, 3rd edition. Worms: Schöfer, 1518.

B6 = “Bergbüchlein”, 6th edition. Augsburg: Steyner, 1534.

For the Bergkordnung Norwegen, the overwhelming majority of textual

variants derive from the second edition of the text, printed in Copenhagen in 1647.

187

Because of this, in the apparatus I have adopted a style of leaving off the label

BN(1647) in most cases. The third edition, BN(1698), occurs in the compilation

Corpus juris… (Frankfurt, 1698). Because the 1698 edition is a nearly verbatim

reprint of the 1647 edition, rather than the 1540, the apparatus wordings for

BN(1647) are implicitly indicative of BN(1698) unless noted otherwise. To give a

simple example, in one place in [BN II,25], I note the insertion of adjectives with

different case endings between 1647 and 1698: <verordnetem> BN(1647) versus

<verordneten> BN(1698). In many cases the 1698 version shows slightly

different, “modernized” spellings, but these are not noted in my apparatus. In

other words, the variants lacking an explicit label in the apparatus for BN derive

from the 1647 edition and also reflect the wording, if not precise orthography, of

the 1698 edition.

For citations in the textual apparatus, the AHF guidelines call for use of

either line numbers or exponents (paragraph 3.2) with footnotes. “There can be

no ‘formula’ for the ideal edition” (Anne Hudson, qtd. in Keiser 115), but I have

chosen the latter as being more suited to the texts at hand. The AHF

recommendation is for use of letters for citing the text-critical annotations and

digits for more general textual commentary. For the present project, I have

supplied the latter commentary in the English translations rather than the German

edition. Variants among the relevant texts are very numerous, and more so in

some portions of the text than others. Again motivated by clarity and ease of

reference for the reader, letter exponents re-start at “a” on each page, rather than a

188

longer-running sequence that would quickly involve multiple levels of citation

(“aa,” “aaa”, etc.).

Importantly, the “footnoting” approach that I have used also lays the

groundwork for a possible technological extension of my work with these texts in

the future. By the operation of Microsoft Word software, every footnote is

hyperlinked to its text, so that in an electronic version of my editions, the reader’s

movement of the cursor over the letter exponent in the base text would invoke a

text window to display the footnoted variant instantly. In effect, an electronic

edition of my texts would not require “footnotes” at all, but rather give the reader

a seamless view of the pertinent variants as she or he moves through the text.

My selection of variants for inclusion in the apparatus conforms exactly to

the AHF guideline:

Variants in the textual transmission history should be included in the text-

critical apparatus only in those cases where doing so documents changes

in meaning (lexical or syntactic variants: word choice, word formation,

sequence of words, case, number, tense). (Paragraph 3.3.3).

To illustrate the categories enumerated above, I present selected

examples below of the types of variants that I have included in the critical

apparatus. First, in the area of syntax:

• Base text of Bergkordnung Norwegen [BN II,17] contains:

<angelegt sol werden> ~ The apparatus records the variant from

the 2nd (1647) edition: <sol angelegt werden>

• [BN II,44] <sol werden> ~ <werden soll>

189

• [“Bergbüchlein,” chapter 5, in Ursprung] <eyn Schwebender gang

genant> ~ <genandt eyn schwebender ganng> B1

Differences in wording are of course always noted:

• [FrA 3] <her ynent werten> ~ <heryn antworten> Erm ~ <herein

antworten> UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

• [BN II,15] <dem fürgenommen> ~ <solchem vorhabenden> in

the 1647 edition

Examples of variance in individual word choice for the critical

apparatus include the following:

• [FrB 32] <herschafft> ~ <lehenschaft> Erm

• [Ig 11] <erb> ~ <urbarer> Erm

• [Ig 12] <geschiessen> ~ <schiessen> UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

• [BN II,10] <finden> ~ <vorfinden> BN(1647)

Differences in declension or conjugation (i.e., in case, number, tense,

etc.) among the texts are always noted in the apparatus:

• [FrB 33] <jhn> ~ <ym> Erm

• [BN II,10] <würden> ~ <werden> BN(1647)

• [FrB 12] <heist reitten> ~ <ryten> Erm

Cases of probable difference in consonantism and vocalism are

generally noted in the apparatus, e.g.:

• <orten> ~ <örtern>

• <welt> ~ <werlt> ~ <werld>

• <biethen> ~ <bitten>

190

• <bawen> ~ <pawen>

Common orthographic variants in morphology, including older versus newer

forms, or orthographic variants for very frequently occurring words, however,

such as <zů> ~ <zu> or <seyn> ~ <seind>, are not recorded in the critical

apparatus. Some other variants have been added on a more occasional basis;

for example, highly unusual spellings, such as <woh> for MSG wo (“where”)

or variant presentations of technical terms such as <Berg-Recht> for

Bergrecht.

I turn briefly to the opposite situation—minor textual variants that are

omitted because, in my judgment, they do not represent historically

meaningful changes in the text. Reviewing just the single sample pages

reproduced as appendices C and D, we note the following orthographic

inconsistencies within the text:

• “And” – occurs as both <vnd> and <vnnd>

• “Mountainous area” – <gebirg> and <gebirge>

• “Place, location” – <statt> and <stadt>

Of course, between my base texts and the earlier/later versions of them, the

frequency and extent of variation proliferate further. These innumerable

superficial differences between and among the relevant texts are not taken up

in the apparatus, e.g., in:

• orthography (<vnd> versus <vnnd> versus <und>; <sol> ~

<soll>),

• capitalization practices (<recht> ~ <Recht>), and

191

• variant punctuation (generally, addition or deletion of virgules).

Entries in the apparatus are created according to the following simple

formats, to clearly designate deviations from the base texts of the Ursprung

gemeynner Berckrecht and the Norwegian Bergkordnung:

• For an alternate word in one or more of the texts, said variant is

supplied, with identification of the edition(s) in question. For

example, the text might contain the following designation:

“Mona”, for which the corresponding equivalents are cited in the

apparatus, e.g., a Mond B2, der Mond B3

• In variants involving substitution of a different word, so that

clarity of reference might be challenged, the equivalent word from

the base text is shown, with “=” to show the variant wording, e.g.,

or a noch = wol Erm. (The transcribed form from the base text is on

the left, here <noch>; the variant is listed on the right, here <wol>

taken from Ermisch.)

• In all cases where multiple words from the base text are cited in

the apparatus, the format with “=” is used, e.g., a vom Jupiter = von

ioue B1, B2 . This approach is very important for clarity in

depicting significantly revised wording, e.g., a das sol er nicht

weigern = sol er solches nicht verweigern.

• Addition of a word or words into the base text is designated with

the word insert in italics, as in: a insert vnd won B1, insert vnd von B2.

(Note repetition of insert.) This means that the word(s) are to be

192

added or “read into” the base text at the point where the footnote

is defined in the base text.

• Omission of a word or words is designated by the word absent, as

in: a DEr gemein vrsprung der ertz/ absent B1, B2, B3 (The phrase

occurs in the base text but is absent in the designated editions of

the “Bergbüchlein.”)

• In cases where variants from multiple sources are recorded, these

proceed from oldest to newest, e.g., a gepirgß B1, gepürgs B2, pirgs

B3, bürgs B6, Birgs UgB(1616), Bergs UgB(1698) (B1 is the earliest

text, UgB(1698) the latest). If multiple sources contain the same

variant, the common variant is referenced as shown in this

example: a streckung B1, B2, B3, B6.

• Any English-language editorial commentary inserted into the

critical apparatus notes is set off in square brackets, e.g.,

a Ampleute [corrected to <Ambtleute> in BN(1647) Errata].

• As noted above, for the four early mining codes in Ursprung I

have inserted the special symbol ■ to designate cases where the

meaning in Ermisch’s edition varies substantially from the printed

text of Ursprung; with some of these reflected in the English

translation, keyed to the German version by a system of notation

[* n] where n = number.

193

• Also for the early mining codes in Ursprung I have used the

special symbol □ to indicate differences in meaning found in

UgB(1616) and/or UgB (1698).

Transcription of variants in the critical apparatus and the various

appendices adheres to the transcription practices and rules described above

for the copy-text.

Notes on the Translations

So far as I am aware, the translations offered here of the legal texts in

Ursprung and of the Norwegian code are the first Modern English versions of

any early German mining codes. In addition, I hope to have improved

substantially on the English translation by Sisco & Smith from 1949 of the

“Bergbüchlein.” My translation is of course of the version produced in

Ursprung, but refering to Rülein’s B1 where necessary to provide a reliable

rendition. I have compared my translation to Sisco & Smith’s and made

occasional modest changes to mine based on this review. However, their

translation was marred by its overreliance on the 3rd (1518) edition of the

“Bergbüchlein,” without reference to B1 and hence leaving some cruxes

unresolved. Strangely, the mining glossary or “Bergnamen” printed with the

1518 edition was not translated by Sisco & Smith, so my translation here is a

novel contribution.

I have attempted a clear and readable rendition, though this is a

challenge given the specialized vocabulary required from the two technical

194

areas involved—metal mining on the one hand, law on the other. In cases

where it seemed illustrative, the English translation of specialized (legal,

scientific) words or phrases is followed in the text by the original German

word(s) in square brackets, […], for clarity and ease of reference.

I have translated Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen as literally

and accurately as possible. Often this has yielded somewhat awkward style

and unwieldy sentences, but this seemed preferable to a “smoother” but freer

translation. In some cases I have broken up very lengthy run-on sentences

into two or more shorter sentences, replacing pronouns with their antecedents

to disambiguate and clarify the meaning.

I used numbered footnotes to clarify or explain technical, historical,

or linguistic features of the text. Given the level of background details and

information provided in my Introduction, however, I have not found it

necessary to annotate the English translations heavily. In general, my textual

notes are limited to occasional explanations of technical terms, historical

terms, or unusual phraseology.

Part of my analysis of Ursprung above involved corruption and

degradation of text, whereas in my analysis of Bergkordnung Norwegen, I

document the stylistic revision and “expansion” of the text. The history of

these books is in a very real sense “a history of misreadings” (McKenzie 25).

However, I have not annotated the English versions to delineate all of these

textual changes for the English-speaking audience. The prospect of

195

attempting to translate not only the base text but also the range of errors and

modifications to the texts seemed unwieldy and ultimately unproductive.

I do, however, offer an intermediate gesture between complete

translation of errors and none at all: The mining codes from Freiberg and

Iglau and the Waldenburg/Meissen treaty contained many substantive

typographical errors and omissions. In places where literal translation of the

words in these texts would have yielded an incomprehensible text, I have

emended the translation by reference to the alternate versions (in almost all

cases, Ermisch’s version of the manuscript sources). At these points in the

translation, I have included an asterisk in square brackets, plus a numerical

designation, i.e., [* n], where the number n provides a key between the

emended translation and the corresponding problematic variant in the

German textual apparatus, e.g., [*15]. (A total of 152 such cases occurred in

the Freiberg, Iglau, and Waldenburg/Meissen texts.) In most but not all cases,

the instances of ■ in the apparatus of the German edition will correlate to

placement of the tag [* n]. In cases of some especially striking errors, I have

also added a footnote to explain the error to the English reader.

1.9 Concluding Synthesis

The early sections of this Introduction presented a relatively

straightforward description of two German texts on mining and mining law—the

compendium Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht compiled by Johan Haselberg(er)

in the late 1530s, and the first mining code written in Germany for use in another

196

country, the Bergkordnung des Löblichen newen Bergkwergs/ auff dem

Golmsbergk/ im Königreich Norwegen composed by Anton Beuther and

published by Wolfgang Meyerpeck in Zwickau in 1540. The main strands of

metal mining in history, the development of writings on mining (“mining

literature”), and scholarship in these areas were rehearsed in sections 1.1, 1.2, and

1.3, respectively, to situate the two books in their historical context and to justify

my project in its scholarly context.

Detailed accounts of Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen in sections

1.4 and 1.5 enumerated the textual “circumstances” underlying the two books.

The varied and problematic origins of the constituent texts in Haselberg’s

Ursprung were surveyed. The 17th-century reprints of both Ursprung and

Bergkordnung Norwegen gave further food for thought. Given the complexities

of the histories-in-print of the two books, my primary goal in these sections was

simply to present a clear and intelligible overview.

The first half of this introductory chapter comprised the fairly

conventional, requisite bio-bibliographical commentary expected with a critical

edition and translation of a text. Pre-modern texts from specialized fields or

activities such as mining are especially in need of such explication. I was initially

attracted to these two books because of their significance in the history of German

mining literature. Both represent “firsts”—Ursprung, the earliest compendium of

texts on mining, metallurgy, and mining law; Bergkordnung Norwegen, the first

instance of a German mining law “manufactured for export.”

197

Early in my acquaintance with the early mining literature I spent much

effort on Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s “Bergbüchlein,” and I was intrigued by the

Haselberg’s novel juxtaposition of the work in his anthology Ursprung. And on

the subject of juxtaposition—my first encounter with the Norwegian code was in

the co-bound exemplar with Ursprung in the mining academy library in Freiberg.

Why would these two books have been bound together in this fashion?

With further exploration, the subject matter of section 1.6 took shape. In

pursuing my interests in the histories of science, of technical communication, and

of book printing, it became apparent that Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen

demonstrate a variety of co-textual patterns and compilatory practices for

collections of technical (scientific, legal) information in print. The various

formative experiments in the text type of the compendium that I have discussed

above perhaps prove ultimately unsatisfying to us modern readers, because they

comprise primarily quantitative expansions and reprints, rather than qualitative

advances in knowledge or critical amplifications of the previous textual products.

Moreover, in section 1.7 we found that the (re)prints involved in my two

books’ histories were frequently less than “slavish.” Rather, a distinctly tripartite

typology of textual degradation and distortion was exposed. First were the

misreadings and loss in the transcription into print in the case of the early mining

codes in Ursprung. Then, textual degradations among the first three editions of

the “Bergbüchlein” were inherited in Haselberg’s version. And finally, massive

stylistic revision in the 17th-century edition of the Norwegian mining code was

found. The state of technical knowledge was not advanced in these textual

198

transmission steps; the question simply became one of whether it was preserved

intact in the successive editions.

In a sense, sections 1.6 and 1.7, are not just “about” mining. My findings

there have a relevance and applicability beyond the historical circumstances of

mining in Germany or Norway. The books’ histories-in-print are instructive for

the development of technical literature generally. My analysis adds to the

originally French field of scholarly discourse generally referred to as the “history

of the book.” As an interpretive endeavor, this field emphasizes the book’s

historical and material circumstances, those of its origin and reception, over

against the traditional emphasis on “texts” per se.

In terms of the scholarship, the history of the book is perhaps most readily

bracketed by Febvre & Martin’s formative book, L’Apparition du livre, in 1958

(translated as The Coming of the Book in 1976) and the Book History Reader

from 2002, an anthology edited by Finkelstein & McCleery. Febvre & Martin

trace the emergence of the book from manuscript to print, viewing it both as a

“material object implicated in particular social relations” and a “cultural object

engaged in the growth of vernacular culture, individualism and humanism”

(Foreword).

As we have seen in my analysis above, the significance of Ursprung and

Bergkordnung Norwegen—and their earlier and later embodiments—lies not only

in the texts they contain or in their technical content. Rather, their meaning can

also be construed in a broader context—that they were created in their particular

forms, at particular times, for particular purposes.

199

More specifically pertinent to my study is the work of historian Elizabeth

Eisenstein, who produced a huge and hugely influential two-volume study in 1979,

The Printing Press as an Agent of Change. A revised and abridged version was

published in 1983 under the title The Printing Revolution in Early Modern Europe.

While Ong examined how “writing restructure[d] consciousness” over against

orality in human history (Orality, chapter 4), Eisenstein’s focus is the “shift of one

kind of literate culture to another”—namely, that of the printed text as a 15th-

century innovation over the hand-written (or -copied) texts of prior centuries

(Revolution xii). Her wide-ranging analysis explores the “cumulative and

irreversible” effects of print on such Early Modern phenomena as the Italian

Renaissance, Luther and Protestantism, capitalism, exploration and navigation,

and the rise of the modern natural sciences.

One of the “features of print culture” that Eisenstein outlines is the “fixity”

of the printed text (Revolution, chapter 3). Among other effects, the mechanically

duplicated and widely distributed texts in print contributed to standardization of

the European vernacular languages. Associated with fixity was a novel,

cumulative process of data collection in print. Rather than allowing the

corruptions—inaccuracies, omissions, revisions—adherent to successive copies of

manuscripts, print enabled a format for consistent presentation and the

improvement of technical information in successive editions. Viewing a given

print edition as a baseline, a “feedback” effect allowed the errors to be identified

and corrected in later editions; this dynamic is inconceivable in the transmission

200

of hand-written texts. “[T]he immemorial drift of scribal culture had been not

merely arrested but actually reversed” (Revolution 73).

Eisenstein connects the print paradigm to the growth of learning generally,

and to particular areas of inquiry and specialized activity—including those that

would turn into the modern “natural sciences.” The cumulative and shared nature

of knowledge in print form allowed this to happen: “Once a finding could be

permanently secured by being registered in print, the way was paved for an

unending series of discoveries and for the systematic development of

investigatory techniques” (Revolution 127).

Again, in a cumulating process of feedback, correction, and new data,

print allowed—in a literal and pragmatic level—the growth of knowledge of

nature and the progress of science through successive improved editions. The

entire life’s work of a scientist would be permanently preserved in print and used

as a starting point for another scientist—rather than the latter needing to “start

from scratch” in collecting observations de novo. The cumulative “literature

search” in conducting scientific research became a dependable and efficient

component of scientific inquiry (Revolution 200).

Eisenstein is essentially correct in many of her appraisals of the impact of

printing. In her one title she wisely uses the words, “the printing press as an agent

of change” (emphasis added)—recognizing that it is not the only agent of change

in premodern Europe. However, the words in her other title, “the printing

revolution” (emphasis added) are certainly not overstated. There is much from

Eisenstein that is illuminating in our consideration of Ursprung gemeynner

201

Berckrecht and the Norwegian Bergkordnung. These two printed books would

play an important role in the synthesis and dissemination of technical information

and legal guidance on mining in areas where these were lacking—or at least, were

not previously available to as wide a readership.

The customs and “laws” governing medieval mining have their origins in

orality and practice but were eventually committed to writing in various

manuscripts, some of which survive but most of which probably do not. These

texts in manuscript form, however, will not have been available to or referenced

by most practitioners in the field on a regular basis. But once the essential texts

were offered in print in Haselberg’s Ursprung we can no longer say this.

Moreover, if one spoke of customs and practices from “time immemorial,” there

was now a standard reference text against which such claims could be checked

(Press 119). Similarly, most learned practices and sets of observations about

metals and mining existed only orally—“pre-textually”—before Rülein’s

“Bergbüchlein,” a version of which would also be offered by Haselberg in novel

juxtaposition with the earliest mining laws.

Eisenstein emphasizes the novel strategies in rationalizing information and

the improved organization of it that were enabled by print: “Editorial decisions…

with regard to layout and presentation probably helped to reorganize the thinking

of readers” (Revolution 64). One of the considerable virtues of the Bergkordnung

Norwegen was precisely its logical organization and clarity of presentation over

against the earlier mining codes that we have. In a sense, Ursprung—by itself and

in the various co-textual constellations described above—embodies the

202

“cumulative change” envisaged by Eisenstein as part of the power of print

(Revolution 78).

In several important ways, however, my account of the textual issues in

Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen—of compilation, change and continuity

in their histories-in-print—seems an imperfect fit with some of Eisenstein’s main

theses. In the discussion of the early Freiberg, Iglau, and Waldenburg/Meissen

legal tracts, the text of Haselberg’s editio princeps was shown to be substantially

flawed over against the manuscript tradition. The errors were in dozens of cases

so substantial as to render Ursprung inaccurate—in some passages even

incomprehensible. The text seems to have been used heavily in the later 16th

century; it was reprinted twice in the 17th century, but without any corrective

feedback causing Haselberg’s errors to be rectified. Among the readership there

were likely persons experienced in mining, and these readers might have been

able to recognize and discern many of the errors. However—and here lies a

pragmatic circumstance not identified by Eisenstein—there is no indication that

expert miners were involved in revising the text or typesetting of later reprints.

Eisenstein’s view of advancing knowledge through print seems to require an

almost modern peer review or editorial review mechanism which is certainly at

odds with the reality of most book printing in the 16th and 17th centuries.

Further, Eisenstein posits an economic incentive by competing printers to

improve upon earlier editions (Revolution 73), but this is not in evidence with my

two books. Rather, in most cases the best a printer could do is reproduce exactly

the earlier edition, in as efficient and cost-effective a manner as possible. With

203

Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen, the “growth” in technical information

was essentially quantitative rather than qualitative in nature. Haselberg collected

a number of existing texts without improving on them—in fact corrupting several

of them in the process. The 1616 collection by Gross added a large number of

texts related by subject matter text to Haselberg—namely, additional mining laws.

The 1698 collection by Zunner took all of Gross and added even more texts in

aggregative fashion. In the case of the Norwegian Bergkordnung, the second

edition from 1647 was expanded by stylistic elaboration but not significantly

changed in terms of legal content.

In sum, the histories-in-print of my two books show several transmission

steps in which substantial loss, error, or other “distortions” occurred:

• Manuscript to print versions of the early mining codes in Haselberg’s

Ursprung

• “Bergbüchlein” 1st to 2nd edition (B1 to B2) and 2nd to 3rd edition (B2 to B3)

• Bergkordnung Norwegen 1st edition to its revised “Baroque” 2nd edition

The other, later stages in the histories of the texts were found to be relatively

conservative and stable in terms of textual content and quality. And we find no

cases of later editions or versions of texts significantly improving upon the

technical content or textual quality of the earlier ones. Eisenstein makes some

assumptions—about the status and credibility of printed books, about the

processes and realities of book printing—that appear flawed, or at least are not as

universal as she would have us think.

204

Eisenstein’s view of print enabling the advancement of knowledge

through successive improved editions probably did happen in many cases (e.g.,

her Copernicus and Brahe), but her model is problematic when considered against

the early German mining texts that I have examined. A more nuanced approach

to the history of printing—and its role in the history of science—is epitomized in

the work of Adrian Johns.

Johns articulates a very different, more cautious account of print. In his

Nature of the Book: Print and Knowledge in the Making, he pointedly calls into

question some of the characteristics of early printing that Eisenstein seems to

assume without question—characteristics such as faith, credibility, and “status”

supposedly ascribed to them by their readers. To Johns, it is an essentially

modern “habit of reading” to presuppose the intrinsic reliability and legitimacy of

printed texts—especially those of technical or non-fiction subject matter—

whereas in Johns’ view said “self-evidence” of credibility cannot be assumed for

books in the formative decades of printing. He replaces Eisenstein’s concept of

“fixity” with an accounting of how early books probably only gradually gained

legitimacy or “credit” (28-40). In Johns’ account, the credit or credibility

ascribed to printed books developed in different ways, to different extents, at

different rates among various text types and readerships during the premodern

centuries.

Eisenstein presupposes that the appearance and rapid spread of “printing”

coincided with immediate authority and uncontested legitimacy of the printed

objects. To her, “printing itself stands outside history. The press is something

205

‘sui generis,’… lying beyond the reach of conventional historical analysis”

(Nature 19). Johns, in explicit contrast to Eisenstein, seeks “to excavate the

complex issues involved in the historical shaping of print [in order to] portray

print culture in the making” (3). Elements of the creation and dissemination of

books, of their use and distribution need to be traced and teased out rather than

monolithically assumed (Nature 3). And these elements are elusive for the early

print period, distant from us as it is in time and in social, cultural, and linguistic

milieu. Johns feels that issues of readership and reception have been previously

disregarded in the study of the histoire du livre (29). He seeks to “forget[] that we

ourselves ‘know’ what printing is” to explore what printing “was” in all its facets

(5).

The Nature of the Book focuses particularly on the development of the

natural sciences. It “proposes a new account of how early modern Europeans put

printing to use to create and maintain knowledge about the natural world” (6). In

fact, Johns revisits the life and work of Eisenstein’s emblematic “incarnation of

textual, social, and epistemic order”—Danish nobleman and astronomer Tycho

Brahe—to expose issues of textual stability and questions of credit even in the

case of this supposed highly stable purveyor of and contributor to natural

knowledge (6-28).

Johns’ central theses are reiterated and extended in the context of science

in his essay, “Science and the Book in Modern Cultural Historiography.” Most

strikingly, he observes that historical accounts of science have tended to build

206

upon (Eisenstein’s) textual fixity; if that fixity is problematized, so too might be

some of our assumptions about the history and historiography of science (188-94).

Johns asks, “Could a printed book be trusted to be what it claimed?” By

his account, doubts and apprehensions were widespread with early printed books.

The prospect of pirated editions, unauthorized translations, abridgment, and other

issues of propriety and credit were always part of the mental appraisal that pre-

modern readers carried out with their books. Fixity—a stable, reliable text—was

in the “eye of the beholder” (Nature 36). “It was regarded as extremely unusual

for a book professing knowledge—from lowly almanacs to costly folios—to be

published in the relatively unproblematic manner we now assume” (Nature 30).

In surveying the histories-in-print of Ursprung and Bergkordnung

Norwegen, I have demonstrated that 16th- and 17th-century readers—of mining

literature, at least—did have cause to question the reliability and accuracy of their

printed books. Johns’ questions of legitimacy and status are easily mapped onto

my two books. My analysis in the preceding sections has exposed many potential

“crises of credibility” hidden in the books’ histories-in-print. My editorial

work—the collation and creation of critical apparatuses—served to document

substantial textual discontinuities between and among the various versions and

editions of the texts in question. Reviewing Ursprung and Bergkordnung

Norwegen for a final time—could these printed books be trusted to be what they

claimed?

• The creator of Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht identifies himself by name,

and builds credit by referencing his connection to Emperor Maximilian

207

I—but where was this book published, and where do its “old texts”

originate?

• Haselberg(er) claims to present the earliest mining codes for reference and

edification. This he does, but his transcription is so flawed as to distort the

texts’ meaning, often beyond intelligibility.

• Haselberg’s errors would persist as the only versions of the early mining

codes available in print for over 200 years.

• Ursprung contains a section titled,“Von erkantnus der berckwerck.” It

turns out, however, to be a thinly veiled reproduction of a certain

“Bergbüchlein,” versions of which had been distributed for several

decades before.

• This version of the “Bergbüchlein” has some garbled wording, and some

of the woodcuts do not mesh with the surrounding text.

• The brief texts that conclude Ursprung seem useful, but where did they

come from? The compiler does not tell us.

• The compilation by Gross from 1616 preserves the contents of Ursprung

quite precisely—but erases all traces of its 16th-century creator, Haselberg!

• The Bergkordnung Norwegen appears to be legitimate, with images of the

Danish royal seal on the first and last pages—literally surrounding the text

with the seal of royal authority.

• The 2nd edition of the Norwegian code is correctly identified as Christian

IV’s reprint of Christian III’s text. However, the introductory letter and

“freedoms” statement attributed to Christian III are tacitly rewritten, and

208

the end matter identifying the creative contribution of Beuther and

Meyerpeck is gone. The 17th century reader has no way of “recovering”

these historical details; he/she might think that this is the text as produced

in 1539-1540.

• The perceptive reader might have noticed that the style and wording of the

1647 version of Bergkordnung Norwegen read more like a book written in

1647 than one written in 1540.

• The compilation by Zunner from 1698 assembles an even larger array of

mining texts. The center section, titled “Ursprung und Ordnungen der

Bergwercke…,” seems to be a reprint of a large collection of 16th century

mining laws—but the source, including Gross’s name and the data 1616,

is not identified.

• The Zunner/1698 collection of laws outlines ten (“X.”) texts, the last of

which is the regulation for Norway dated 1539-1540. It is, however,

impossible to tell that this text was added by Gross and had not been a part

of the earlier collection of 16th-century mining laws. In effect, the table of

contents represents a falsification of its source.

• Of course, the names Haselberger, Beuther, and Meyerpeck are nowhere

to be found in the Zunner/1698 collection.

We can probably never recover the actual reception “scenarios” or reader

responses that might have occurred with the texts under study. However, the

sequence of hypothetical issues above is intended to demonstrate that a range of

209

credibility issues—questions of Sein versus Schein—attach to the texts in and

among their various 16th and 17th century embodiments.

My initial assessment of the historical significance of the two books

Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen caused me to undertake the project of

studying and editing them and translating them into English. Ironically, however,

these activities exposed varied but pervasive types of textual instability in their

histories-in-print. I intended from the outset to present the two books as

published, disseminated, and read in their 16th-century embodiments. I had not

anticipated the extent to which error, loss, and other forms of textual change

would characterize the texts as presented.

Difficulties in reading and transcribing manuscripts for the print medium;

carelessness in creating new editions of earlier works; uncredited revisions;

printers unconcerned with consulting authors or experts in the matters they are

printing—these characteristics are probably the rule rather than the exception

during the formative decades and centuries of the “printing revolution.”

210

CHAPTER 2:

DER URSPRUNG GEMEYNNER BERCKRECHT –

GERMAN EDITION AND CRITICAL APPARATUS

211

[1r]

Dera Vrsprung gemeynner

Berckrechtb/ wie die lange zeit von den alten er=

halten worden/ darauß die Künigklichen vnd fürstlichen bergks ord

nungen vber alle Bergrecht geflossen/ welcher sich eyn jetz=

licher in zůfelligen Berckhandlungen/ vor dem öbristenc

Berckmeister vnd anderen Berckrichtern/ zů recht

wol gebrauchen mag/ Auch ein anzeygung der

clüfft vnd geng des Metallischen ärtz/ wie

die in berg vnnd thal streichentd/ vnd

jhr geschick haben/ Mit art=

lichen Figurene ver=

zeichnet.

Sampt eyner anzeygung vil höflicher vnd fündiger

Berckwerck der löblichen Cron zů Behamf.

a Der absent UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b Berg-Rechte UgB(1698) c Obersten UgB(1698) d streichen UgB(1698) e Mit artlichen Figuren = Mit Kupffer figuren artlichen UgB(1616), mit Kupffer-Figuren artlich UgB(1698) [note the advance in technology, with copper etchings in 1616, 1698 replacing the woodcuts used in the first edition of UgB] f Cron Böhem UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

212

[Figure 2.1: Scene of miners at work]

[1v] DEm Ernuesten vnd Hochachtbarn herrn Johan Lucas .R.K.M. Rath vnd diener/

meinem gnedigen vnd gebietenden herrn. Ernuester vnd Hochachtbarer gnediger

vnd gebietender herr .E.G. seien mein alzeit schuldig vnd gůtgewilt dienst mit

höchstem fleiß Zůuoran bereyt/ Gnediger herr/ Dieweil ich .E.G. als eyn liebhaber

der geschrifften Berckwercks vnd aller nutzbarer künsten erkenne/ Die mir auch bei

weilant Key. Maximilians zeiten/ Hochloblicher gedächtnus als deren pfenigmeyster

Raht vnd diener Priuilegia über etliche biecher zůtrucken erlangt/ Vnd sunst vil

gůtthaten bewisen/ Bin ich der halben zů erzeygung meins danckbarn gemüts nit ring

verursacht .E.G. zů ehrn vnnd gefallen dis büchlin (das lange zeit verdunckelt

gewesen) vnd vilen auch in sonderheyt Berckleuten zů erschießlicher nutzbarkeyt

reychen würdt ans leicht zů bringen/ vnd .E.G. zů zůschreiben/ Darinnen sich .E.G.

vnnd andere zů ersehen haben/ des vrsprungs aller Berckrechten/ vnd sunderlich wie

es die alten im anfang gehalten. Wiewol es sich auch von tag zů tag gebessert/ vnd

die kunstlichen bergs ordnungen darauß geflossen/ wie auch alle artickel in eyns

yeglichen Fürsten land vnd Oberkeyt sunderlich gehalten worden/ damit sich eyn

213

yeder in zůfelliger bercks handlung darauß zůrichten vnd in recht zů gebrauchen

habe. Daneben wie auch alle gäng/ klüfft vnd fletzen/ in Berg vnd thale jr geschick

vnd streichens haben/ Mit anhangenden namen der alten verlegnen Berckwerck/ der

loblichen Kronen zů Beham (Welcher .E.G. auch Rath vnd diener ist) vnd sich mit

vilen edeln Metallen nutzlich bewisen. Das wölle E.G (bit ich dienstlich) zů

danckbarer erzeygung meins gemiets/ in gnaden günstiglich annemen/ mich auch in

gnedigem beuelch haben/ Binn vmb die selbig ich in alle weg zů verdienen schuldig/

willig vnd bereyt.

E. G. gůtwilliger diener.

Johan Haselberger von

Reichenaw bůchfierer.a

a [Prefatory letter from Haselberg(er) absent from UgB(1616), UgB(1698)]

214

[2r]a

[FrB 1]b

Vorrede.c

WElcher eyn Obrister auff einem Bergkwerck/ als ein Bergkmeister ist/ in einem

Fürstenthum/ Alles was vor jm gehandelt/d das gezeuget er wol mit recht/ auff allen

gebirgen desselbigene Fürstenthumbsf / Alle ander Amptleutg/ die setzt der obriste

Berckmeister/ vnnd bestetiget sie/ alsh weit/ als das Fürstenthumb ist. Was auch für

dem selbigen Berckmeister geteidingti/ die mögen mit Recht vorj keynem statrichter

gezeugen. Es mag auch keyn Berckrichter auff eynem andern gebierg zeugenk/ da er

nicht richter ist/ sundern was er in seinem gericht höret oder siehet/ das mag er woll

bezeügenl/ vnnd sunst niemandt merm in seinem gericht[.] Jst aber/ dzn vor dem

obristen Bergkrichtero jrgent wasp geteidingtq das getzeuget er wol/ alles was

eynemr wissentlich ist vor dem stadt richter.

a [[2r]-[10v] = Freiberg Bergrecht ‘B’, herein abbreviated FrB; cf. Ermisch 38-64.] b [Paragraph numbers in square brackets correspond to numbering of paragraphs defined by Ermisch.] c [Caption <Vorrede.> in UgB (including UgB(1616), UgB(1698)) takes the place of the following title and heading in MS versions of Freiberg B:]

Das synt gemeyne bergrecht in desym furstymtum, der eyn yczlych bergman czu rechte wol gebruchyn mag.

[1.] Czu dem erstyn. Von dem obersten bergmeister und andern bergrichtern. d WElcher eyn Obrister auff einem Bergkwerck/ als ein Bergkmeister ist/ in einem Fürstenthum/ Alles was vor jm gehandelt/ = Welch man obirste bergmeister ist yn eynem furstyntum, was vor deme geteidingit wyrt Erm e desselben UgB(1616), UgB(1698) f desselbigen Fürstenthumbs = yn demselbin furstintum Erm g bergrichter Erm h so UgB(1616), UgB(1698) i für dem selbigen Berckmeister geteidingt/ = vor denselben bergrichtern geteidingit wirt Erm j für UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k geczugen Erm l geczogen Erm m sunst niemandt mer = anders nyrgen me denne Erm ■ [*1] [Notations of [* n] (where n = number) correspond to emendations in the English translations of the early mining laws in chapter 4. Not all cases of ■ have been emended in the translation.] n das UgB(1616), daß UgB(1698) o bergmeister Erm p jrgent was = icht Erm q insert wirt Erm r alles was eynem = waz ym Erm

215

[FrB 2]

Von dem lehena/ vnnd wie

man die leihen sollb.

Eyn jtzlicher Bergkmeysterc oder lehen herrd/ hatt die gewalt vone recht/ das er

itzliche genge/ eynem jtzlichen Bergkmann leihen mag/ vmb der selben fürsten

recht/ also bestendiglichf/ das er die genge heysse bawen wieg recht ist/ Das der

herrschafft nutz vnnd frumeh daran erkandt weri.

[FrB 3]

Von dem Leherrnj/

vnnd leihungek.

Eyn jtzlicher lehenherr sol den mercken dem er leihet/ das er jn geweren müge/[.]

wannl er eynen gang leihet/ der behelt auff dem gang fürsichm vierthalb lehen/ vnd

hinder sich vierdhalb lehen/ vnnd auff sein hangends vierdhalb lachter/ vnd auff [2v]

sein ligends vierdhalb lachter.

[FrB 4]

Von erb zů bereyten/ vnnd wie man

die bereyttenn soll.

a lyher Erm ■ b unnd wie man die leihen soll = wy der lyhen sal Erm c ober bergmeister Erm d obirster lyher Erm e vom UgB(1698) f bescheidenlich Erm ■ g alz Erm, was UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h frome Erm, frommen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) i werde Erm, UgB(1698) j lyher Erm, Lehnherrn UgB(1616), Lehn-Herrn UgB(1698) k insert sequitur Erm l weme Erm m vor sich Erm n buwen Erm ■

216

So sich eyn zech vorleitha[,] das gemessene berg vnd wasser gengb seind wasser

halben das manc vor wasser nicht gebawend kane one stollen/ so dann leuth kummenf

vnnd můthen beig dem Bergkmeyster/ ob er jn wellh leihen die zech/ oder den brochi/

vnd woll jn feldt darzů vererben zů eynem stoln vmb der herschafft recht/ der

Berckmeysterj mag jn dask wol leihen/[.] Bringen dann die leuth denl stoln an die

statt/ vnd zů den brüchenm/ das sie hoffen/ das sie ertz finden/ vnd mittenn an den

burgern vnd an dem Bergkmeyster/ das man jno eyn Erb bereytp zů dem stoln/ so sol

der Bergkmeysterq darzů reiten/ esr besehen/ als liebs jm ere vnd trew istt/ vnd sollen

zů dem stollen/ vnd zů der zech denu gebenv vnd bedeutenw/ als viel feldes/ als es

dem stoln eben kumet/ vnd es der herschafft vnnd dem stoln nutz sei/ Vndx woh das

feld verbrochen ist/ Wo abery vnuerbrochen raßenz were/ also das nicht brochaa

weren/ da soll man keyn Erbe zů dem stoln bereitten/ Es würde dann daran erkant

der herrschafft nutz vndbb dencc burgern vnd Bergkmeyster/[.] vnd würtdd das erb

a So sich eyn zech vorleith = Ist daz sich eyne zcechen vorlyt Erm b wasser geng = genge Erm c insert yn Erm d getun Erm, bawen UgB(1616), bauen UgB(1698) e mag Erm f so dann leuth kummen = komen denne lute Erm g bei = dez czu Erm h wolle Erm, wil UgB(1616), will UgB(1698) i Bruch UgB(1616), UgB(1698) j Bermeister UgB(1616), Berg-Meister UgB(1698) k jn das = ys yn Erm l yren Erm m brochen Erm n muten Erm, muteten UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o jhm UgB(1616), ihm UgB(1698) p berite Erm, bereite UgB(1698) q sol der Bergkmeyster = sollen dy burger und der bergmeister Erm r es = unde sollen daz Erm s lied UgB(1616) □ , lieb UgB(1698) t als lieb jm ere vnd trew ist = alz yn yre ere unde truwe lyp ist Erm u denne Erm v geben = gehen w beriten Erm ■ x unde ouch Erm y ader Erm z rase Erm, Rasen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) aa broche Erm bb vnd = von Erm ■ [*2] cc der UgB(1698) dd würd UgB(1616), würde UgB(1698)

217

bereyta/ so gehn ab alle gemessene lehen/ vnd wannb das erb bereytc würt/ vnd dem

stoln sein recht gegeben würtd/ so sollen die gewercken/ welchene das erb bereitf

würt/ den burgern geben vmb jre arbeyt/ zwů marck/ das seind acht schilling

groschen g vnd sollen dem Berckmeyster eyne geben h / das seind vier schilling

groscheni.

[FrB 5]

Es seind zweyerley stoln beschriben

damit man alle bergkwerck bauwet/ &c.j

Der eyn heyßt eyn sůch stollenk/ Der Anderl eyn Erblicher stoln.m

[3r]

[FrB 6]

Vomn sůch stoln recht/ wo wässerige

berckwerck ligen/ den man wassers halbeno

nicht gethůn mag.

a beryten Erm b wenne Erm c beryten Erm d sein recht gegeben würt = wirt syn recht gegebyn Erm e den Erm f beriten Erm g grossyn Erm h eyne geben = geben eyne marg Erm i grossyn Erm j &c. = unde nycht me. Erm ■ , etc. UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k suchstolle Erm l insert heyset Erm m Erblicher stoln = erbehafftyger stolle Erm n Von Erm o wassers halben = vor wassyrsnot Erm

218

So die leüth zů dem lehen herrna kumen/ vnd eyn sůchstoln mutten/b vnd wellen denc

stoln treiben zů den gängen/ vnd wellen das Bergwerck/ vertreugend/ Wanne der

sůchstolnf also gelegeng würt von dem lehernh/ der beheldt das recht/ weri seine

wasser siechj annimpt/ das vor jm noch hinder jm niemand soll ansitzenk/ in vierthalb

lehen/ Feret erl al som fern/ das er jn bringet/ an die statt/ das der stolnn siben lachter

triegeto/ aberp eyns lehens tieff/ das er beweisen mag/ Alles das er dann vorfarnq hatt/

in seiner wasser seich/ dahienr solle/ noch darff niemandts einsitzens mit recht wider

seinen willen/[.] woh er die teuffet nicht jnnen hatu/ als vor bestimptv ist erleubet

eynem itzlichen/ jn vierthalb lehen zů pawen.w

[FrB 7]

Von erbstolnn/ was

die vor rechtx habenn.

a lehen herrn = Lehnherrn UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b So die leüth zů dem lehen herrn kumen/ vnd eyn sůchstoln mutten = komen den lute zcu dem lyer unde muten eyns suchstollen darczu Erm c den den UgB(1698) d vortrugen Erm e weme Erm f insert denne Erm g geliehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □ h lyer Erm, Lehnherrn UgB(1616), UgB(1698) i wer = wo er Erm ■ [*3] j wasser siech = wassirseyge Erm, Wasser seug UgB(1616), Wasser-Seug UgB(1698) k ynsitzen Erm l insert yn aber Erm m al so = alzo Erm n stolle Erm o treuget Erm p ader Erm ■ [*4] q vorhat UgB(1698) □ r daryn Erm ■ [*5] s darff niemandts einsitzen = entar nymant ynsiczen Erm t die teuffe = der tuffe Erm u jnnen hat = enhat Erm v vor bestimpt = davor benümet ist, da Erm w buwen Erm, bawen UgB(1616), bauen UgB(1698) x vor recht = rechtys Erm

219

Wanna ein erbhafftiger stolnnb von desc obristten lehernd gelihene ist/ der vonn recht

einen lochtstein setzen sollf / an die stadt/ vnd an sein ziel/ dahin jm sein erbe

bereiteng ist zů einem gedechtnüs/ das dauon hernach nicht krieg wurdenh/ ob man

andern leutheni/ auch ein erb darnach solte geben. Aber einemj gemessen bergk solte

messen.

[FrB 8]

Von erbstolnn recht.

Der erbstolnk hat auch das recht/ das niemant darffl in seinem ziele einschlahenm/ es

sei verbrochen feld/ oder vnuerbrochen roßen n / von seinem ziele o / biß an den

lochstein mit rechte wider der gewercken willen[.] strengenp auch die gewercken den

stoln/ das er treuget/ anderhalbes lehenq tieff/ oder [3v] zůmr minsten zehen lachter/

so heisset er zů recht ein erbstoln[.] vnd alle gemessne lehen/ dies in der marscheid

ligen/ vnd was brüche seint/ die in seiner marscheid ligen/ wer darinnet arbeitu/ obenv

dem wasser/ der mus das thůn mit willen der gewerckenw/ an dem erbstoln/[.] Die

a Weme Erm ■ [*6] b stolle Erm c dem Erm d lyher Erm e gelegen Erm f der vonn recht einen lochstein setzen soll = der zal von rechte eyn lochsteyn seczen Erm g beriten Erm, bereitet UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h nicht krieg wurden = ycht krige werde Erm, nit Krieg wurde UgB(1616), nicht krieg würde UgB(1698) i ob man andern leuthen = ap man andern luten Erm, wann man andern Leuten UgB(1616), UgB(1698) j ader eynen Erm ■ [*7], Oder einen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k erbstolle Erm [and hereafter generally, <stoll(e)n> UgB = <stole> Erm] l tar Erm m ynslan Erm n rase Erm, Rasen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o zcele Erm p Brengen Erm ■ q lehens Erm r zcu dem Erm, absent UgB(1616), UgB(1698) s dy da Erm t darinnen UgB(1698) u arbeitet UgB(1616), UgB(1698) v uber UgB(1616), über UgB(1698) w [Typographical error in original: <gemercken>, corrected to <Gewercken> in UgB(1616)]

220

weil der stoln aber also tieff nicht treuget/ alsa vor bemumetb ist/ die weil erbetc ein

itzlich man wol also/ das er die berge vnd brüche/ nichtd zů reissee die den stoln

bereitenf sindt.

[FrB 9]

Von erbstoln recht.

Kumpt ein erbstoln mit seiner wasser seigg an die genge die jm bereitteth sein/ findet

er ertz allein/ das doch in einem freien sei/ man misset keinen berck/[.] findet er aber

ertz an gengen/ die vnuerschroteni sein/j vnuerhauen/ man misset jm einen berck/

also das eink alle gemessne lehenl dinen vnnd sie behaltem/ in dem rechten/ vnd er

seinen stoln hat/[.] Vnnd ein jtzlich stoln/ behelt das recht dz ein gemessenn berck/

hat[,] auff sein hangends vierthalb lehen/ vndo sein ligends vierthalb lehen.

[FrB 10]

Von erbstoln recht.

Kumet der erbstoln in gemessen lehen/ die bauhafft sein/ vnnd nicht gearbeitp/ zů

dem stoln/ die lehen mögen dem stoln nicht geweren/[;] er fare darein q / vnnd

a alzo Erm b benumet Erm, beniemit UgB(1616), benahmet UgB(1698) c erbeyt Erm, arbeit UgB(1616), arbeitet UgB(1698) d ycht Erm ■ e zů reisse = czurysse Erm, zuriesse UgB(1698) f beriten Erm, bereitet UgB(1698) g wasser seig = wassyrseyge Erm, Wasserseug UgB(1616), Wasser-Seug UgB(1698) h beryten Erm i unvorschroten Erm j insert und Erm ■ k ym Erm ■ , einem UgB(1698) l len Erm m beheldet Erm n gemessner UgB(1698) o insert uff Erm p geerbet syn Erm q doryn Erm

221

dardurch also bescheidenlicha/ wann er kumpt an die lehen/ als der stolle/ dar ist

kumen/ auff der soleb magc wol hawen vnder sich vnd oberd sich/ alsoe hoch als er

mit einer kratzen gereichen mag/ Also/ daß er der kratzen helm nicht lenger mache/

vnnd soll auch nicht mehr nutzes oder gewins daran haben/ oder nemenf/ dieweil er

in demg lehen ist/ vnd sollen auchh die lehen dem stoln das virtheli zů kost geben/[.]

vnnd wiehr j darnach der erbstoln hinkumpt/ so soll man von recht/ den selben

gewercken/ ein Neunteil geben/ das ist dauon/ das er wint brenget/ vnnd [4r] wasser

benimpt/[.] vnd der erbstoln soll ein Neuntheil haben durch vnd durch vnd nicht

mehr k / vnd das soll man geben den gewercken/ die den stolln erst haben

angenummenl/ diem sollen auch den stoln mit jrem gelden ymer fursicho treiben/ wů

sie das Neuntheil haben wollen/[.] wů sie aber desp Neundenteils emperenq wollen/

da mögen sie wenden/[.] vnnd wer dann den selben stolnn fürbasr treibet/ der soll

von dem zol oder zinßs von rechte fürbast frey sein.

[FrB 11]

Von erbstolnu.

a beseidenlich UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b sale Erm c mag er Erm d ower Erm, über UgB(1698) e alz Erm, so UgB(1616), UgB(1698) f soll auch nicht mehr nutzes oder gewins daran haben/ oder nemen = nycht mer nuczes zal er da haben. Unde Erm g den Erm h vnd sollen auch = dy wyle sollen Erm ■ i vyrde teyl Erm, Vierde UgB(1616), UgB(1698) j wo Erm ■ [*8], wir UgB(1616), wo UgB(1698) k me Erm l erst haben angenummen = von erst angenomen habyn Erm m die = und dy Erm n Felde UgB(1698) □ o ymer fursich = ymmer me vor sych Erm p das UgB(1698) q enpern Erm r vorbas Erm s zol oder zinß = zcele Erm [i.e., plural of Zoll] t vorbas Erm u insert rechte Erm

222

Wo man einema erbstoln zů einen gebirg füret/ vnnd mer stolln getriebenb/ welcher

der aller tieffste ist/ der behelt von recht die eigenschafft vnd sein recht/[.] vnd alsoc

viel/ als einemd gemessen berg/ leite an eines stolnn Marscheid/ der erbhafftig ist/ als

manch stund sechtzehen/ hofestedt beheldet der stolnn.

[FrB 12]

Vonf erbstoln recht.

Wer da erbhafftige stolnn bauet[,] der sollg sein wasser seigh vnd liechtloch fertigeni/

auff vnd nider an seinem stoln vnd zůbernj recht vnd redlich/ vnd soll den stoln

stetiglich treibenk mit dreien hewerl. Beschichtm dz nicht/ vnd wirt der stoll mit

dreyen hewernn nicht getrieben/ vnd der stol verleit sicho acht tag nach einander als

wüst/ das jn niemantsp treibet/ dz mansq beweisen mag/ mit einem erhafftigen mann/

den r der ober bergkmeister/ s denn selbest t auff die zech heist reittenu / vnd soll

anheben an dem stoln/ auff diev wasserseig/ vnd soll besehen die liechtlocher/ biß da

a einen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b Wo man einem erbstoln zů einen gebirg füret/ vnnd mer stolln getrieben = Wo man me erbestollen vert wenne eynen zcu eynem gebyrge Erm ■ [*9] c alz Erm d eyn Erm e leit = lyt Erm, leit er UgB(1698) f Vom UgB(1698) g insert halden Erm h wasser seig = wassyrseyge Erm i liechtloch fertigen = zal fertygen syne lychtlocher Erm j Zübern UgB(1616), UgB(1698) [= räumen] k stetiglich treiben = tryben stetelych Erm l heuwern Erm, Hewern UgB(1616), Häwern UgB(1698) m Geschyt Erm, Geschicht UgB(1698) n houwern Erm o der stol verleit sich = vorlyt sych der stolle Erm p nymant Erm, niemand UgB(1698) q man Erm r denn UgB(1616) s insert myt dem eyde darzcu bestetigyt hat, zo sal der obyrbergmeyster Erm ■ t selbis Erm u heist reitten = ryten Erm, heit reiten UgB(1698) v der Erm

223

desa stoln haupt wendet[.]/ findtb er es denn/ alsoc/ solld er den potene beyf dem eid

ermaneng/ ob er dem stollnh nach gefolget hab als recht sei/ vnd den abebaw funden

habi/ als jmj auff sein eid gegeben ist[.]/ bekennet er das/ so sol der bergkmeister den

boten fragen/ eines vrteils/ wes der erbstolln jm seyk [4v]l/ [.] so soll man den teilenm

in der herschafft gewalt/[.] wer jn dann mutet/ mitn der herschafft recht/ dem soll jn

der bergkmeister leihen.

[FrB 13]

Vono erbstoln recht.

Kein bergkmeisterp/ noch obrister lehenherrq/ noch kein amathmanr/ hat die gewalt/

das sie auff keinens erb stoln/ oder auff keinent gemessen bergen/ mögen setzen/

keinenu steiger nach hutmanv nachw keinen Amathmanx/ wider der gewercken willen.

a daz Erm b find UgB(1616), UgB(1698) c abebuwe Erm ■ [*10] d soll = zo zal Erm e Bothen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) f bey = hey UgB(1698) [typographical error] g bey dem eid ermanen = manen by dem eyde Erm h dem stolln = den stollen Erm, dem Stolle UgB(1616), UgB(1698) i hab absent UgB(1698) j jhn UgB(1616) k wes der erbstollen jm sey = wez der erbestolle nu sy Erm ■ [probable minim confusion between <nu> and <jm> in UgB], wes der Erbstolln sey UgB(1616), UgB(1698) l [Duplicate <sei> in original: <…sey [4v] sei/ so sol…>; catchword on 4r is correct: <so sol>.] m teilen = stollen teylen Erm, theilen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) n wer jn dann mutet/ mit = Wer syn denne mutet von allererst umme Erm ■ o Vom UgB(1698) p obirbergmeyster Erm q lyher Erm r ammechman Erm, Amptmann UgB(1616), UgB(1698) s einen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) t einen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) u einen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) v steiger nach hutman = styger, hutman adyr smyt Erm w [both occurrences of <nach> = MSG noch] x ammechman Erm, Amptmann UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

224

[FrB 14]

Von erbstoln recht.

Erbstoln haben dannocha auch das recht/ alsb fernenc als ein man geschissend kane/

mit einem bogen/ als fernf beheldt ein erbstoln/ oder ein gemessen berg feldes/ daruff

die bergkleuth/ jr vieh treiben vnd weydeng.

[FrB 15]

Von bereitten erben.

Wann der bergkmeister/ mit denh burgern ein erb bereitteti/ das soll von recht crafft

haben/ vnnd bleiben/ vnnd kumet dauon das man ettliche erbhafftige stoln/ bei

manchen jaren nicht zů gewinnenj bringen mag/[.] were auch das der bergkmeister

vnd auch die burger stürben/ ehe der erbhafftige stolnk gewinhafft werdel/ vnd wolt

jemand das erb/ oder den stoln hindern/ vnd jn jr erb oder stoln/ ansitzenm vnd

bauen/ es wer fündig oder vnfündign/ so sol der Newe bergkmeister/ vnd newen

burger/ allen denen o entscheiden/ nach kuntschafft/ erbarer p leuth/ die das

gedencken/ vnd die den lochstein wissen. Möchte man aber jemantsq gehabenr/ dem

a dannoch absent Erm, darnach UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b alzo Erm c verre Erm [In this text generally, UgB <fern(e)> = Erm <verr(e)>; later instances are not noted in the apparatus.] d schiessen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) e mag Erm f als fern = alzo verre Erm g werden UgB(1616) □ , weyden UgB(1698) h dem UgB(1698) □ i Wann der bergkmeister/ mit den burgern ein erb bereittet = Weme der obyrste bergmeister adyr obyrlyher, der gewaldyg dez yst, myt den burgern eyn erbe berytet Erm ■ [*11] j gewynne Erm k stolle adir erbe Erm l wurde Erm m ynsiczyn Erm n fündig oder vnfündig = gewynhaft adir ungewynhaft Erm, findig oder unfindig UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o allen denen = dy sollen denne daz Erm ■ , alle die UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □ p erbarer = der bederben Erm q nymandis Erm ■ [*12] r haben UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

225

darumb wissenthlich wer/ so ist es einem jtzlichen frey zůbawen/ welcher dann abera

ertz findet/ deß dieb maß wert ist/ dem sollc darnach als der bergk gemessen wirt/

kein erbe berürend/ das die gemessen berge hindernf mag/ dieweil sie bauhafftig sein.

[5r]

[FrB 16]

Von den Newfengen/ vnd wie

mang messen soll.

Wer ein Newen gangh findet/ dem sol man siben lachteri messen/ vnd istj darnach

einem andern mann/ auch auff dem selben gang/ jrrk gelegen/ wie nahe erl bey dem

ersten zolm,n sey/ findet dero Ertz/ man sol jm ehr messen/ zů recht/[.] von welchem

schacht er dasp behalden/ das das seine rechte fundtgrůb sey/ von dem selben schacht

soll manq messen/[.] vnd ist das man jmr messen sol den selben gang/ oder einen

andern/ so sol der zehenders darzů faren oder senden. Jst es dann der mas wert/ so

soll er den Berckmeister heissen messen.

[FrB 17] a dann aber = denne er Erm ■ [*13] [er = MSG eher] b deß die = daz der Erm c insert man Erm [Ermisch speculates that the cryptic wording here should be emended to: <dem sal man e messen zu rechte. Man sal danach…>] d beryten Erm ■ e berge Erm, Berge UgB(1616), UgB(1698) f gehyndern Erm g insert den Erm h Wer ein Newen gang = Wer zo eynen nufang Erm i lehen Erm ■ [*14] j insert daz k wirt Erm ■ l yz Erm m dem ersten zol = dez ersten zcele Erm ■ [*15] n [UgB introduces a marginal caption intended to define the term <zol>: <(Zol) Dz ist/ zins oder ein stewr oder köst/ die man den stoln gibt/ das er dest statlicher gebawt.> The caption is reproduced in UgB(1616) and UgB(1698). Ermisch (47) points out that, for this context, the explanatory definition is inaccurate.] o insert e Erm ■ p tar Erm ■ q insert ym Erm r jm absent Erm s zcendener Erm, Zehendner UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

226

Von Berckmeßung.

Dera Bergkmeister sol von recht den gang messen/ vnd der finder sol jm seinen

meßpfenningb darumb geben/ das seind vier schilling/[.] vnd der Berckmeister sol

kommenc auff den gang/ vnd soll fragen den finder/ welchs sein gang vnd fundtgrub

sey/[.] welche jm dann der finder weisetd/ die er behalten darffe mit seinem eyde/ die

seine rechte fundtgrub sei/ dauon sol man jm messen. So sol der finder tretten auff

seine hengbanckf/ vnd soll zwen finger legen auff sein haubt/ vndg also sprechen/ das

[“]das meine rechte fundtgrůb sey/ also gebrauche ich meines haubts/ vnd meiner

vordern handt/ Alsoh mir Gott helff/ vnd alle Gottes heiligeni/[”] so sol man denj

messen. So sol der Berckmeister die schnůr nemenk/ vnd sol sie legen mitten vff den

ruenbauml/ vnd soll messen ein halb lehen/ denn ein gantzes lehenm soll er geben in

einem stoln/ das heissen rudelfftern lehen. Die vierthalb lehen soll der Neugengero,p

bawen/ mit einem schacht/ ob er sie bawet als recht ist/[.] Dannq sol err messen [5v]

in den andern stoln/ auch vierthalb lehen/ ob sie sich ergehen mögen/[.] wo aber nits/

a insert obyrste Erm b masphennynge Erm c [Typographical error in original: /kommem/] d welchs sein gang vnd fundtgrub sey/ welche jm dann der finder weiset = welchiz syn gang unde syne funtgruwe sy. Welche gruwe ym der fynder denne wyset Erm e tar Erm f hengebang Erm g insert zal Erm h als UgB(1616), UgB(1698) i vnd alle Gottes heiligen = unde alle heylygen Erm, absent UgB(1616), UgB(1698) j den = ym denne Erm k So sol der Berckmeister die schnůr nemen = Unde zo zal der obirbergmeister nemen dy snur Erm l roneboim Erm, rauen Baum UgB(1698) m insert zcu der funtgruben unde zal denne messyn abir eyn ganczys lehen unde abir eyn ganczys lehen, die Erm ■ [*16] n endelste Erm ■ [*17], rudelffter UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o Neugenger = nufenger Erm p [UgB introduces a marginal caption intended to define the term <Neugenger>: <Newgenger Jst der můter [5v] oder lehentreger/ der den ganng entblößt/ vnnd außgangen hat.>. The caption is reproduced in UgB(1616) and UgB(1698). Notes for the caption: Newgenger = Neugäuger UgB(1698); můter = Müter UgB(1616), UgB(1698); lehentreger = Lentröger UgB(1616), Lehenträger UgB(1698); außgangen = gangen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □ .] q Darnach Erm r insert denne Erm s wo aber nit = Ist abir daz, daz sy sych nycht ergehen mogen Erm

227

so sol man dema Neugengerb siben lehen messen/ fürsichc/ vff dem gang. Verlegend

sich die lehen dreier verschichte nach einander/ so mag sie der bergkmeisterf leihen/

vmb der herschafft recht wer sie bawen wil/[.] wenn dem berg vnd Newgengerg

seine mas vnd recht gegeben wirt/ soh ist es dann fürbas in einem freien/ vnd alßi

dann kommen/ die da můten wöllenj/ so solk der bergmeister aber leihen/ welche

darnach zům erstenl gemůt haben/ vnd fürbas immer mer also für sich vmb der

herrschafft recht/[.] kommet es dann also fern/ das man Ertz findet auff den stoln

gengenm/ da bey auff dem felde/ den sol man messen gleicher weiß als man zůuorn

gemessen hat/ den vorgenanten bergk/ es sey dann/ dz die meßrůth o / zů dem

vorgenanten bergk/ oder vor eynenp Erbstoln der von den burgern vnd Amptleutenq

beritten ist/ dasr můß der maß gebrechen. Jst das zwen bergk vff zweien gengen

gemessen werden/ bei einander/ der von erst gemessen wirts/ der verlegtt sich/ der

ander bleibtu bauhafftigv/ vnd es komme also fern/ dz erw wider verlegtx wirt/ so sol

es demy/ der bawhafftig bliben ist/ nit schaden an seinem recht. Vnd findet er Ertz/

a den UgB(1698) b nufenger Erm c vor sych Erm d Vorlygen Erm e tageschycht Erm ■ [*18] f obirbergmeister Erm g Newgenger = dem nufenger denne Erm ■ h so = unde Erm i vnd alß = vnd so als UgB(1616), UgB(1698) j vnd alß dann kommen/ die da můten wöllen = unde komen abir lute zcu dem obirbergmeister unde muten yn dem fryen ynzcuslane Erm ■ k insert jn Erm l zům ersten = daz erst Erm m den stoln gengen = demselben gange adir uff andirn gengen Erm n vor Erm o es sey dann/ dz die meßrůth = yz ensy denne, daz dy mase trete Erm ■ p einem UgB(1698) q ammechtluten Erm r da Erm ■ , dass UgB(1616), das UgB(1698) s ist Erm t vorlyge Erm u blywe Erm v [Typographical error in original: <bauhafftiff>] w es UgB(1698) x vorlegyn Erm y so sol es dem = yz zal deme Erm

228

man sol ein a Marscheide wol geben/ dem der bawhafftig bliben ist.

Wennb welche lehen/ diec erste lehungd behalten haben auff dem gang/ die selben

behalten jr recht/ mit besserme recht/ dann die sich verlegenf haben.

[FrB 18]

Von der Newfinderg rechth.

Newfenger/ das seind lehentregeri/ sollen jr lehen von niemandt anderst empfahen/

dann von dem Bergkmeisterj/[.] Auch sol man den finder heissen raumen ein lehen/

an yeglicher seiten seiner pewdenk[.] der darnach ist/ es sey der ander/l dritt/ oderm

vierd/ hat das selbn recht[,] nach dem/ dero seinen gang empfangen hat. Findet der

erste Ertz[,] da esp der maß zůgehörtq/ so sollen die burger seinen gang hebenr [6r]

lassen/ zům wenigstens zween/ die darbei seind/[.] das Ertz sol zům minstent eines

lachters lang sein/ zů fůß auff der solen/[.] vnd gibet das Ertz zům minsten .iij.

marcku/ vnd einen vierdingv silbers/ das die burger begreiffen bey einemw eyd/ alsx

a ym Erm b Denne Erm, Denn UgB(1616), UgB(1698) c yre Erm d Löhung UgB(1616), UgB(1698) e bessern UgB(1698) f vorlegen Erm g nufenger Erm h insert waz dy rechtys habyn, sequitur. Erm i das seind lehentreger absent Erm j niemandt anderst empfahen/ dann von dem Bergkmeister = nymande anders enphan denne von dem obirsten bergmeister adir von dem obirsten lyher Erm k gruben Erm ■ [*19], Pewden UgB(1616), Peuden UgB(1698) l insert der Erm m insert der Erm n das selb = daselb UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o der = alz er Erm p er Erm ■ q zcu gert Erm r hauwen Erm s zům wenigsten = zcu dem mynsten Erm t zům minsten = zcu dem mynsten Erm u zum minsten .iij. marck = zcu dem mynsten dry marg Erm v vyrdung Erm w bey einem = myt yrem Erm x wann UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

229

sie darumb gefragt werden/ von dem zehendner/ oder von dema die an jr statt seind/[,]

so ist es maß wert/[.] der selbige Neufinderb hat dz recht oberc der mas/ dz er seind

stoln odere lehen/ richtenf mag als langkg sein lehen ist/[.] vnd hat er mer schecht in

seinen lehen/ esh sein zwen oder drei.[,] Finden die burgeri in einem nicht/ sie

mögen in den andern faren/ oder auchj in den dritten/[.] in welchem sie finden solch

Ertz/ als dauor gesprochen ist/ damit behelt der Newfinderk sein recht/[.] der ander

nach jhm der leihetl/ der hat dasselbm recht/ vnd also der drit odern vierd. Hat aber

der erst nicht Ertz in seiner grůben/ oder in seiner sole/ das maß weito ist oder in

seinemp lehen/ vnnd ist er auß seinemq lehen gefarn/ in ein freies/ vnd daselbstr Ertz

funden/ das mas weit ists/ vnd das zů einemt offen schacht bracht/ damit behelt er

aber sein recht/ wannu er der erst ist/ Auch der ander/ dritt/ vnd vierde mit dem

rechte/ das da versprochen istv. Wirt aber ein gewerr/ oder einw krieg vnder jn/ vnd

man nit waißtx/ auß welcher grůben er den gangk empfangen habe/ vnd will man jhn

a den Erm ■ , denen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b der selbige Neufinder = Derselbe nufenger Erm c e Erm ■ , vber UgB(1616), über UgB(1698) d synen Erm e insert syn Erm f gerecken Erm ■ g als langk = alzo lang, alz Erm h yr Erm i [UgB introduces a marginal caption intended to define the term <burger>: <(Burger.) Seind geschworne männer.>. The caption is reproduced in UgB(1616) and UgB(1698).] j auch absent Erm k nufenger Erm l der leihet = dem der lyher gestet Erm m dasselbe UgB(1616), dasselbige UgB(1698) n insert der Erm o wert Erm ■ [*20] , werth UgB(1616), UgB(1698) p synen Erm q synen Erm ■ r daselbst = hat da Erm s das mas weit ist = daz maze wert yst Erm ■ [*21] t das zů einem = dazcu eynen Erm u wen Erm v Auch der ander/ dritt/ vnd vierde mit dem rechte/ das da versprochen ist = unde alzo beheldet ouch der ander, der drytte adir der vyrde myt dem rechte, alz davor gesprochyn yst Erm ■ [*22] w oder ein = unde Erm x man nit waißt = enweys man nycht Erm

230

das nit erlassen/ so můß era schweren mitten auff denb růembaumc/ dasd der selb

gangk sey/ auß der selben grůben/ den er empfangen hate/[.] alsf das recht/ denn also

ergehet vndg vor gesprochenh ist/ so soll man aller ersti messen/[.] Den Messern gibt

man siben schilling der kurtzen/[.] vnnd misset auch wider halb lehen j / der

fundtgrůben vierthalb lehen/[.] vnnd mag sich diek maß nit ergebenl/ von der er

messem/ eines andern berges/ So müste man die lehen alle nach einander/ nach einer

seitenn messen/ vnd was also zwischen den Newfinderno übrigp ist/ das heyßt man

eyn überscharq. [6v] Dem Neufenger sol man geben an sein gestelle ein horn das

einsr halben lachters lang ists/ das zwen mann neben ein ander stehent mögen/ Vnd

die gewergken/ nemen einu steiger wiev sie wöllen/ der ein namhafftigerw man ist/

den soll der bergkmeister/ mit dem eyde bestetigenx.

[FrB 19]y

a so můß er = er mus Erm b dem Erm c roneboim Erm, Ruenbaum UgB(1616), Rauenbaum UgB(1698) d insert yz Erm e habe Erm f wann UgB(1616), UgB(1698) g und = alz da Erm h geschryben Erm i aller erst = alrest Erm j auch wider halb lehen = ykwedirhalp ■ [*23] [i.e., “on both sides,” cf. Ermisch] k der UgB(1616), UgB(1698) l ergen Erm m von der er messe = vor der emase Erm ■ [/von/ emended to /vor/ by Ermisch based on corresponding passage in Iglau Bergrecht.] n alle nach einander/ nach einer seiten = alle an eyner syten nach eynander Erm o nufengen Erm ■ p obyrig Erm q obyrschar Erm, Vberschar UgB(1616), Uberschar UgB(1698) r eyn Erm s sy Erm t gesten Erm u eynen Erm v wen Erm w erhaftyger Erm x den soll der bergkmeister/ mit dem eyde bestetigen = den zal der obyrbergmeyster adyr der obirste lyher bestetygen myt dem eyde Erm y [The manuscript tradition inserts a section break and title here that are lacking in UgB: <Von marscheyden recht.> (Ermisch 53).]

231

Bawet yemand auff dem hangenden/ oder auff dem ligenden/ also das man nicht

waißa/ ob es zů dem erbe gehörb/ oder zůmc gemessen berg/ oder in einem freien sei/

das sol man zweien mannen/ die sich an jren ehren nit verrucktd haben/ auff jren eyd

gebene/ Also auch/ dasf keyner teyl hab an dem gebirg/[.] die soll der bergkmeisterg

darzů bestetigen/[.] die sollen oben auff dem raßen die schnůrh ziehen/ von dem

höchsten der geng/ vnnd mögen sie es also gescheiden/ es sol krafft haben/[.] wo

aber niti/ so sol man von den gengen der selbenj lehen/ einen durchschlag fürenk/ auff

die Newen geng/[.] wenn l es das recht gibt mit der schnůr/ vnd mit dem m

winckelmeßn/ das isto dann mit recht/[.] vnd man soll das ertz/ das man die weil

hawet verbieten/ vnd das soll verbürget werden/ also das es weder ein halb noch

anderthalbp gefalle/ biß das es das recht entscheideq.

[FrB 20]

Von der Marscheid recht.r

Sos man Marscheiden sol vndert teuffe auff den gengen/ das můß man thůn mit

offenen durchschlegen/[.] darzů sol man getrew u leut kiesen/ das sie einem v

a nicht waiß = nycht enweys Erm b gehort Erm c zcu dem Erm d vorruckt Erm e auff jren eyd geben = geben uff yren eyt Erm f Also auch/ das = alzo daz yr g obirbergmeister Erm h Schnür UgB(1616), UgB(1698) i wo aber nit = Mogen sy ys abir nycht gescheyden Erm j sybyn Erm ■ [*24] k varen Erm l Weme Erm m der Erm n wynkelmase Erm, Winckelmaß UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o insert is Erm ■ [i.e., MSG es] p andyrhalp Erm q entscheydet Erm r Von der Marscheid recht. = Von marscheyde. Erm s Ist daz Erm t vnder = yn der Erm ■ u insert gerechte Erm v einen UgB(1698)

232

yeglichen weisen in das seina mit gerechtigkeitb/[.] das lehen hat siben lachter zů

recht/[.] Ein ort das hat drei vierteil eins lachters/[.] der quartz schlegel c hat

anderthalb lachter.

[FrB 21]

Von klagen über teil/ vnd wie

man klagen můß.

Jst das eine Klag bawetd/ der ein bawer ist/ vnnd gibt [7r] einem andern teile/ das er

sie mit jm bawe/ dieweil er jm keinf kost gibt/ so darffg er nit klagen über die teil/[;]

Er gibt jm auch die selben teyl/ ob er will oder nicht mit recht. Jst aber sachh/ das er

jm eins oder meri kost gibt/ so mag er jm mit recht/ diej teyl nicht geleucknenk/ er

můß darüber klagen/ vnnd můß jm diel mit recht angewinnen. Wer auch das der selb

seine kost gegeben hette/ wissentlich seinen gewercken/ vnd auch bei den gedingen

geweßt m were/ vnd wolte jm dann leucknenn / er hette auch Ertz oder nit/ vnd

bekenten jm das seine gewercken/ das er recht vnd redlich gebawet hett/ das möchte

er baß gezeugen/ mit seinen gewercken/ wann einer vorn alleyne o / dauor

geschwerenp möcht.

a seine UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b das sie einem yeglichen weisen in das sein mit gerechtigkeit = daz sy eynen ytczlychen wysen myt gerechtykeyt yn daz syne Erm c insert der Erm [Ermisch (54n) reproduces a helpful gloss from one of the early manuscripts on this phrase, <Eyn quartzslegel daz ist eyn qwerslag, den die zcwu gruben gein enander durchslahn mussen.>] d Jst das eine Klag bawet = Ist daz eyn man buwet Erm, JSt Sach das ein Mann buwet UgB(1616), JSt Sach/ daß ein Mann bauet UgB(1698) e gibt [7r] einem andern teil = gypt teyl eynem andern manne Erm f keyne Erm g endarf Erm h Jst aber sach = Ist abyr Erm i eins oder mer = eins mehr UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □ j der Erm k geloyken Erm, geleugnen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) l jm die = die ihm UgB(1616), UgB(1698) m geweyst Erm n leucknen = jener loyken Erm ■ , leugnen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o wann einer vorn alleyne = wen ym yener alleyne Erm ■ p schweren UgB(1698)

233

[FrB 22]

Von klag vnd teil.a

Sob ein man klagen můß über teyl auff gemessen gengen/ das můß er klagen/ drei

erbende c tag nach einander dem d Bergkmeister/ oder Bergkrichter zů

bůßee/ vnnd zů hoffe/ oder auff dem marckef/ oder auff der zeche/ oder wo esg ist/

oder seinem gesinde/ wo er nicht daheim wer/[.] wie er die klag dar bringt/ als oben

geschriben steht/ so hat es kraffth.

[FrB 23]

Von klag über teile.i

Wann ein man zwirj über teil geklagetk/ zůml dritten mal muß er seinen kleger/ oder

beklagtenm mit sichn bringen/[.] hat jn dann der bergkmeistero bestetiget/ so mag er

jn manen/ als er jhm befolhen hat/ ob die pfenning verdienet seind/[.] bekennet das

der stuffen schlegerp/ so sol er jhm die teil eigen auff die er geklagt hat/[;] so můß er

dann dem bergkmeister q / seine r schöne geben/ das seind von .xxxij. teilen .ij.

a Von klag vnd teil. = Von clage um teyl. Erm ■ [*25] b Ist daz Erm c drei erbende = dry arbeytende Erm, dery arbeitende UgB(1616), drey arbeitende UgB(1698) d insert obyrsten Erm e husse Erm ■ [*26] f markte Erm ■ [*27] g daz Erm h insert von rechte Erm i Von klag über teile. = Von clage umme teyl. Erm j zcwer Erm, zwier UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k geclayt Erm l zcu dem Erm m kleger/ oder beklagten = stufensleger Erm ■ [*28] n ym Erm o der bergkmeister = der obirbergmeistir adir bergrichter Erm p stuffen schleger = stuphensleher Erm q dem bergkmeister = dem obirbergmeister adir bergrichter Erm r yne Erm

234

guldena. Wann jm dann die teile geeigent seindb/ so sol jm der bergkmeisterc/ einen

gewercken zů bottend geben/ der [7v] mit jm gehe/ zů hause/ odere zů hofe/ vnd die

teyl auff biete/[,] Obf es ein gesessen man ist/ des die teyl geweßtg seind. Jst er aber

vngesessen/ so můß man sie auff bieten auff dem marckh/ oder auff dem bergke[.]

Jst auch das ein man über teyl klageti/ auff seinenj gengen/ die vngemessen seind/ der

sol auch dreier fürschichtk darüber klagen.

[FrB 24]

Von clagen über teile.l

Jst das ein man clagen můß über erbhafftige teyl/ die jre kost noch gebenm/[,] Den

teylen můß er mit clagen nach volgen acht tag von recht. Wann er dann die acht tag

den teyln gefolget hatn/ als recht ist/ so můß er seinemo stuffenschleger mit jm

bringen/[.] den der bergkmeister bestetiget hatp/ vnd der soll den stuffenschlaherq

manen/ ob das gelt verdienet seyr/[.] bekennet das der stuffenschleger/ so soll er dem

cleger die teil eigen/ vnd sol nemen seine schönes. Were aber das die gewercken

a .xxxij. teilen .ij. gulden = eyme zcweyundedrysygteyl zcwene grossyn Erm b Wann jm dann die teile geeigent seind = Wenne ym dy teyl denne geeygent werden Erm c der bergkmeister = der obirbergmeister adir bergrichter Erm d Bothen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) e unde Erm ■ [*29] f Wann UgB(1616), UgB(1698) g geweyst Erm, gewest UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h markte Erm i über teyl klaget = claget obir teyl Erm j frihen Erm ■ [*30] [i.e., MSG freien] k tageschicht Erm ■ [*31] [emended by Ermisch based on Freiberger Bergrecht ‘A’], früschicht UgB(1616), Früschicht UgB(1698) l Von clagen über teile. = Von clage umme teyl. Erm m noch geben = nycht engebyn Erm ■ [*32] n gefolget hat = hat gevolget Erm o synen Erm p den der bergkmeister bestetiget hat = Den zal der obirbergmeister adir bergrichter habyn bestetygit Erm q stufensleger Erm, Stuffenschlaher UgB(1616), Stuffenschlager UgB(1698) r ist Erm s schonde Erm

235

wilckorn von dem bergkmeistera/ das man klage nicht merb dann drei tag schichtc/

das hat alsod krafft/ als hette man eine wochen geclagete.

[FrB 25]

Von teyl zůuerliesenf/ vnd wie

man die verlieren můßg.

Wer teyl an bergen hath/ an stoln/ an lehen/ oder lehenschafften/ die mag jm niemand

von verseumnus der kost verlieseni/ also[,] das man jm die kostj wolte anheischenk/

vnd wolt jhm das zů schaden verschweigenl. Heissetm man jm aber die kost an/ oder

seinem vorsteher/ vnd gibt er dann dern kost nicht/ so můß dero bergkmeisterp/ über

die teyl clagen/[.] So sol dann der bergkmeisterq einen botten/ vnd einen gewercken

jm senden/ das er seine kost gebe zů rechter zeit. Beschichetr dz nit/ so sol der

berckmeisters/ dem die teyl eigent/ der darüber claget.

[8r]

[FrB 26]

Von teilen verlierenu.

a wilckorn von dem bergkmeister = willekorn vor dem obirbergmeister adir bergrichter Erm b me Erm c tag schicht = tageschycht Erm d insert grose Erm e hette man eine wochen geclaget = man eyne woche clayte Erm f zcu vorlyzen Erm, zuverlieren UgB(1616), zu verlieren UgB(1698) g verlieren můß = vorlyzen mag Erm h an bergen hat = hat an bergen Erm i verlieren UgB(1698) j die kost = der koste nycht Erm ■ k anheysen Erm l vorswygen Erm m Heyschet Erm, Heischet UgB(1616), UgB(1698) n die UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o můß der = mus man dem Erm ■ p insert adir bergrichter Erm q insert adir bergrichter Erm r Geschyt Erm, Beschicht UgB(1698) s insert adyr bergrichter Erm t dem die teyl eigen = dy teyl eygen yeme Erm u verlieren = zcu vorlysen Erm

236

So yemandt in eyner grůben teyl hata/ der im land ist oder ausserhalben des landsb/

verseumet sein besteller/ oder sein verlegerc ind seine teyl/ das er drei wochen nach

einander sein kost nicht gibet/ oder nit zůgeben hat/ der verleurt seine teyl mit allem

recht.

[FrB 27]

Von Trenckung/ Erbe/ oder lehenf.

Trencket ein Erb das ander/ oder trencken lehen eyn erbe/ oder trencken lehen andere

lehen/ oder gemessen bergk/ da offen durchschlagg seind.[,] Můteth dann die erbe

oder lehen/ oder gemessen berg/[,] die getrenckt werden[,] einer marscheide/[,] ob

sie die vornichti haben/ so soll man marscheiden/ so manj aller schierst gethonk mag.

Můten dann die erbe/ lehen/ oder gemessen berg/ die getrenckt werden/ bätten der zů

eigen dem bergmeisterl/ die sol der berckmeister von recht/ die sie kiesenm/ darzů

bestetigen mit dem eyde/[.] das sollen sein zwen mann/ die sich an jren eren nitn

verruckt haben/[.] die sollen darzů faren/ vnnd sehen das erbe oder lehen/ oder

gemessen bergk getrenckt werdeo/ über einemp tham eines gemündes hoch/ neben

der strassenq/ oder ein lachter/ oder zwo lachter/ hie dissetr der stuffen im irne zele

a So yemandt in eyner grůben teyl hat = Ist das ymant teyl hat an eyner gruben Erm b insert ist Erm c vorphleger Erm ■ [*33] d ym Erm, ihm UgB(1698) e der verleurt sein = yener vorluzet syne Erm f insert sequitur Erm g durchslege Erm, Durchschläg UgB(1698) h muten Erm i vor nycht Erm, vor nicht UgB(1698) j insert daz Erm k thun UgB(1616), UgB(1698) l bätten der zů eigen dem bergmeister = boten daz zcu besehen kegyn dem obirn bergmeister Erm ■ [*34] [Note: <besehen> suggested by Ermisch based on the Iglau Bergrecht.] m kriesen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □ n gycht Erm o wyrt Erm p eynen Erm q stufe Erm ■ r disseit UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

237

Obera gantze strasse/ vnnd das es jhrb frembd wasser sey/[.] Bekennen das die botten

bey dem eyde/ oder mit dem eyde/ den sie darzů geschworen haben/ das das erbe

oder lehen/ oder gemessen bergk/c das soll man eygen von recht/ zů dem erbe/ oder

lehen/ oder gemessen bergk/ die also getrenckt werden/ vnnd soll jhn dann den frid

darüber würcken vnnd gebieten/[.] vnd wann der frid darüber gewircktd vnd gebotten

ist/ so kan den gewercken/ [8v] den der frid darüber gebotten ist/ keynerlei vrteil/ das

die teyding anrürtee/ darnach zů schandenf kommen.

[FrB 28]

Von der Ersten fürderung der gewerck

en/ wo sie Erbe bawen/ oder stoln treiben.

Sog die gewerckenh einen stoln treiben in jrem Erbe/ vnd lyhen hinder jn/ oder neben

jn mit jrem lyher/ so solli sie vonj recht außnemen/ das die gewercken zůmk ersten

sollen gefürdert sein/[.] So sie es aberl vergessen/ vnd die gewercken triben jr stoln

haubt vor sich/ vnd qwemen knie hertem/ das sie brendn müsten setzen/ vnnd die

lehen hewer wolten sie daran hindern/ das mag nit geseino mit recht.[,] Es werp den

lehenhern q nemlich vorgelobet r / so hielte s man jn billich/[.] wo das nicht

geschichta/ so sollen die gewerccken in jrem Erbe oder gewercken[,] die lehen haben/ a im irne zele Ober = yn yrme zcyle obir Erm b y Erm c insert alzo getrenkyt wyrt, welch erbe denne daz andir erbe alzo trenkyt adir lehen eyn erbe adir lehen ander lehen adir gemessen berg Erm ■ [*35] d geworcht Erm e anruret Erm f schaden Erm ■ [*36], Schaden UgB(1616), UgB(1698) g Ist daz Erm h [Typographical error in original: <gemercken>, corrected to <Gewercken> in UgB(1616)] i zullen Erm j vom UgB(1698) k zcu dem Erm l So sie es aber = Were abir, ap sy des Erm m qwemen knie herte = quemen an eyne herte Erm ■ [*37], nemen knieherte UgB(1616) □ , nehmen Knieherte UgB(1698) □ n brende Erm o seyn UgB(1616), UgB(1698) p Es wer = yz were denne Erm q lehenhouwern Erm ■ [*38] r vorglobet Erm s hilde Erm

238

so sollen die gewerccken in jrem Erbe oder gewercken[,] die lehen haben/ oder

gemessen bergk[,] alleb zů dem Ersten gefürdert seinc/[.] darnach sollen sie fürdern

die lehen herrend/ wo sie die gefürdern mögen.

[FrB 29]

Von Erben zůuerlierene.

So yemand teil zů gesaget an einem gemessen gang/ bergkf/ oder an stollen oder

lehen/ oder lehenschaffteng/ die einem andern gelegenh seind/ arbeit er da alle woch/

zwoi oder mehr j / vnnd der bergkmeister bekennet/ oder leihet den teylek einem

andern/ jhener verleurtel sein erbteilm mit recht.

[FrB 30]

Von teyln zůuerlierenn.

Niemand mag des andern teyl verleihen wider seinen willen/ wenn aber die

gewercken verleihen wöllen/ auff eim gebirg/ oder in o einem stoln/ so sol der

bergkmeister p den selben gewercken lassen zůsammen gebieten auff einen

ge=[9r]nanten tag/ vnd was dann da verlegetq wirt/ das sol von recht krafft haben.

Jst aber das die drei schicht darzů kommen/ vnd die vierd schicht nit kommet/ die

a geschyt Erm b allezcyt Erm ■ [*39] c insert von rechte Erm d lehen herren = lehenhouwer Erm ■ [*40] e Von Erben zůuerlieren = Von erbeyt zcu vorlysen Erm ■ [*41] f So yemand teil zů gesaget an einem gemessen gang/ bergk = Ist daz ymant teyl zcusaget an eynem gemessyn berge Erm g lenschefftyn Erm h gelygyn Erm ■ , geliehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) i alle woch/ zwo = eyne woche adyr zcwu Erm ■ [*42] j me Erm k der bergkmeister bekennet/ oder leihet den teyle = bekennyt der obirbergmeister adir lyher der teyl Erm l vorluzet Erm, verleuret UgB(1616), UgB(1698) m arbeyt Erm ■ [*43] n zcu vorlyhen Erm ■ [*44] o an Erm p der bergkmeister = der obirbergmeister adir lyher Erm q vorlygen Erm ■ [*45], verliehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

239

vierd schicht noch drei achteyl a mügen die leihung nit gehindernb / die andernc

verleihen wem sie wöllend.

[FrB 31]

Von gemittene teilen.

Hat ein man teyl gemittetf/ da man ertz hauet/ der mag hawer legen vnd senden tag

vnd nacht/ wieuilg er will/ vnd mag bauwen auffs aller nützlichst er kanh/ biß zů seim

tage/ vnd deri sol jm/ derj jm die teyl vermittet hat/ von recht nit weren.

[FrB 32]

Von teylnk die man verleihet.

Jtem so yemand seine teyl einem andern verleihetl/ es sei an bergen/ stollen oder

lehen/ vmb ein eigenschafft/ sie sey groß oder kleyn.[,] Jst dz eynerm/ der sie zů

lehenschafftn empfangen hat/ ano seiner eygenschafft/ nit ein gebietp/ sie sey groß

oder kleyn/ wenigk oder viel/ er verleusetq sie mit recht/ vnd die lehenschafft damit.

Jst aber das er dz nicht gehabenr mag/ dem die eigenschafft gebüret/ so sol er sie

a drei achteyl = drey acht Theil UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □ b hindern UgB(1616), UgB(1698) c die ander UgB(1616), die andere UgB(1698) d insert myt rechte Erm e gemyten Erm, gemiteten UgB(1698) f gemyt Erm g wy fyl Erm h auffs aller nützlichst er kan = zo er aller nuczlychste kan Erm i dez Erm, das UgB(1698) j der, der Erm k teyl Erm l Jtem so yemand seine teyl einem andern verleihet = Ist daz ymant syner teyl ycht vorlyhet eynem andern Erm m Jst dz eyner = yst daz yener Erm ■ [*46], Jsts das einer UgB(1698) n lehenschefftyn Erm o ym Erm ■ p ein gebiet = engybt Erm ■ [*47] q verleuret UgB(1698) r haben UgB(1698)

240

außteylen/ mit wissen eines gewercken/ vnd sol sie eim befelhen/[.] damit behelt er

sein recht/ vnd seine eigenschafft vnd herschaffta.

[FrB 33]

Von teyln zů behalten die ein

man verbauetb.

Derc so auch teyl erbawet an berg stolnd/ lehen oder lehenschafften/ von weme jhne

die ankommen seint/ das er die in gewalt hat/ vnd mit den seinen gewercken Ertz

alda erbawetf/ vnd das Ertz auffhebet zwir nach dem ersten an rechtg vnd sprecheh/

vnd seine kost darzů gibet recht vnd redlich/ die teyl mag jm niemandt darnach

angewinnen mit keynemi recht/[.] So auchj ein man außstendigk deß landes were/ vnd

het seine teyl also bestaltl/ das einem kostn ge=[9v]fiele/ vnnd darumb sich niemandso

dieweil seines Ertzesp/ das künde jm zů seinem recht nit geschadenq.

[FrB 34]

Von Ertzr zů enthawen.

a lehenschaft Erm ■ [*48] b yrbuwet Erm c Wer Erm d an berg stoln = an bergyn, an stollen Erm ■ [*49], an Berg-Stollen UgB(1698) e ym Erm f vnd mit den seinen gewercken Ertz alda erbawet = unde ercz da yrbuwet myt synen gewerkyn Erm g an recht = ane rechte Erm ■ , Anrecht UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □ h vnd spreche = ansprache Erm ■ [*50] i keynerley Erm j So auch = Were ouch, ap Erm k uzwendyg Erm l bestellt UgB(1698) m syne Erm ■ [*51], seine UgB(1698) n koste Erm o vnnd darumb sich niemands = underwunde sych ymandyz Erm ■ [*52], vnd dennoch sich niemand UgB(1616), UgB(1698) p anmaste UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □ q schaden UgB(1616), UgB(1698) r ercze Erm

241

Jst dz bergkleut neben einander bawen/ es sey an bergen/ stoln/ lehen/ oder

lehenschafften/ einer mag dem andern enthawen/ vnd angewinnen seins bergs vnd

seins ertzs/ so er am meistena mag/ biß das sie gegeneinander durchschlagen/[.] So

das geschietb/ so sollen sie beide den durchschlag reumen/ jtlicher ein vierteyl eines

lachters/ biß dasc geschworne darzů kummen/ vnd entscheiden/ vnd einend jetzlichen

weisene/ wo er mit recht in dem seinenf müge gearbeiteng

[FrB 35]

Von Ertzh zůuerbieten.

Es mag kein man dem i andern Ertz auff dem bergk mit recht verbiten noch

versprechen/ vmb keynerlei j schuld oder gelt/ sunder alleyn vmb sampkostk der

gewercken.

[FrB 36]

Von acker teil rechtl.

Wo man Ertz sůchen will/ das mag man wol thůn/ vnd das sol von recht niemant

weren/[.] komet jener[,] des das Erb oder das feldt ist/ vnd fordert sein ackerm/ dz istn

a am meisten = meyste Erm b geschicht UgB(1616), UgB(1698) c insert die Erm d einem UgB(1698) e gewysen Erm f seinem UgB(1698) g erbeyten Erm, arbeiten UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h ercze Erm i dez Erm ■ [*53] j einerley UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k dy sammekost Erm, samtkost UgB(1616), Kost UgB(1698) l rechte Erm m akkyrteyl Erm ■ [*54], Theil Acker UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □ n ist absent UgB(1698)

242

.xxxij. teyla/ vnd beutet seine kost wissentlichb zweien fromenc mannen/ erd man

korben/ oder zeile einwürffetf/ der hat es mit recht/[.] Der dorff herr hat nichts darang.

Gehet aber das Ertz übersichh/ so ist der zinß von badstubeni vnnd fleischbenckenj/

des dorffs herrnk mit recht. Aber das gericht vnd alle ober amachtl zůsetzen/ vnd

zehendernm vnd nützen ist/ den Fürsten vndo Fürstenthum das gelegenp ist/ vnd das

sielber gehöret inq jre müntz von recht.

[FrB 37]

Von bescheidung leuten auff ein

endthafftigen tag.

[10r] Wannr ein bergkmeisters leuthent bescheidet auff einen endthafftigenu tag/ zů

gewin vnd zů verlust/ vnd sie kumen beider seits hinv/ wann dann der richter oder

bergkmeister will einemw zůlegenx/ vnd dem andern nicht/ vnd wil gewaltigklich

auffstehen von dem gerichte/ one willen der schöppen y / vnnd one

a .xxxij. teyl = eyn zcweyundedrysygteyl Erm, ein .xxxij. theil UgB(1616), ein 32. Theil UgB(1698) b wyssenlychen Erm c erhafftygen Erm d e Erm e er man korben/ oder zeil = e man kerbyn adyr seyl Erm, ehe man Korb vnd Seil UgB(1616), ehe man Korb und Seil UgB(1698) f ynwerfet Erm g nichts daran = daran nycht Erm h vor sych Erm ■ [*55], vber sich UgB(1616) i badestuben Erm j fleysbencken Erm k dorffs herrn = dorfherren Erm l ober amacht = obyramacht Erm, Ober Ampt UgB(1616), Ober-Ampt UgB(1698) m zcenden Erm ■ [*56] n nucze Erm ■ [*57][assumed Müntze (“mint”) in translation], Müntze UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □ o den Fürsten vnd = der furstyn, yn der Erm ■ [*58] p geliehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □ q ny Erm r Wo Erm s insert ader bergrychter Erm t Leute UgB(1698) u endehafften Erm v beiderseits hin = beydersyt dahyn Erm w einen UgB(1698) x wann dann der richter oder bergkmeister will einem zůlegen = wyl denne der richter eyme zculegen Erm y one willen der schöppen = ane der schepphyn wylle Erm

243

erhafftea not/ es mag dem/ den er hindern will/ von recht nicht geschadenb. Besetzen

sie es mit den schöppenc/ das der Richter mit gewalt ist auffgestanden/ sie mögen jr

recht wol erstehen.

[FrB 38]

Von lehenschafften zů behalden.

Wů ein bergk/ oder stoln/ oder lehen einander gebawend/ mit dem rechten/ vnd haben

lehen hauwer/ lehenschafft e darinn f / die selben lehenschafft g werden alle damit

gewunnen mit recht.

[FrB 39]

Von waltworchten[,] zehendner/

vnd ganghawerh.

Welch man walt worchti/ vnd hat teyl an einer grůben/ da Ertz ist/ der sol von recht

in die grůbenj nicht faren/[.] vnd alle waltworchten sollen in keine grůben faren da

Ertz ink ist/ die weil sie waltworchten folgenl/ vnnd gangkhewer nachm zehendner/

sollen von recht keyn waltwerck haben.

[FrB 40]

Von den grůben Ampt=

a ehaffte Erm b schaden UgB(1616), UgB(1698) c schepphen Erm, Schöffen UgB(1698) d gewynnen Erm ■ [*59] e lenscheffte Erm f da ynne Erm g lenscheffte Erm h ganghawer = ouch ganghouwer recht Erm ■ [*60] i walt worcht = waltwerg hat Erm, Waltworcht UgB(1616), UgB(1698) j gruwe Erm, Grube UgB(1698) k in absent Erm l waltworchten folgen = waltwerg phlegen Erm ■ [*61] m noch UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

244

leuthena recht.

So ein man geschworen hat zů dem recht der eyd sey steiger/ geben/ zimmerman/

hutmanb oder was amachtc er hat/ strafft man jhn durch die gerechtigkeyt/ seines

amechtsd/ vnd thut jemant mit bößen worten in der kawen/ oder auff der teilstate/ vnd

wirt er sein überwunden mit zweien frumen mannen/ vnd mit einem gewercken/

[10v] er ist verfallen .ix. marckenf / die er zů bußg geben solh /[.] des i sol dem

bergkmeister drei marck gefallen/ den gewercken drei/ vnd demj sachwalden drei.

[FrB 41]

Was den geschichtk/ die sich wider

die gerichtl setzen.

Wůhm ein Bergkmeister mit den Schöppen des nachts gehet/ vnd frieden zů stewrno/

Setzet sich dann jmandt widerp gericht/ wirt der wundt oder zů todt geschlagen/ so

soll der bergkmeisterq mit den schöppen/ darnach ein gericht darüber sitzen/ vnd sol

denne der sache mit clag folgen/ als recht ist/[.] Wann der Richter das gethan hat/ so

mag er jn wol die helfftr angewinnen/ sie sein lebendicks oder todt/[.] was auch ander

a grůben Amptleuthen = grubenammachluten Erm b So ein man geschworen hat zů dem recht der eyd sey steiger/ geben/ zimmerman/ hutman = Ist daz ymant eynen man, der gesworn hat zcu dem rechten, er sy styger, grubenzcymmerman adir hutman Erm ■ [*62] c ammecht Erm, Ampt UgB(1616), UgB(1698) d ammechtes Erm, Ampts UgB(1616), UgB(1698) e Theil staff UgB(1616), Theilstatt UgB(1698) f verfallen .ix. marcken = vorvallen myt nuen marken Erm, verfallene .9. Marck UgB(1698) g zů buß = zur Buß UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h geben sol = zol gebyn Erm i Der Erm j den UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k geschyet Erm l insert frefelych Erm ■ [*63] m Wo Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698) n vnd friede = unfryde Erm o sturen Erm ■ p insert daz Erm q bergrychter Erm ■ r helse Erm ■ s lebendyng Erm

245

leuth da a gewest sein/ die man nicht begreiffen kan/ vnd wegk b kumen

seinc/ begreiffet man sie darnach/ dend soll dasselbige geschehen von recht.

[FrB 42]

Von des Bergkmeisters bůchf.

Eines Bergkmeisters taffel oderg bůch/ mag auff niemant getzeugknis gebenh/[,]

Sunder allein das da geschrieben wirt in den vier penckeni/ jngehegtenj dingen/ mit

wissen der/ die das dingk helffen setzenk/ das sol von recht krafft habenl.

[FrB 43]

Von Hutten zinß.

Som jmandt hütten bawet auff eines herrn gůt/ ern sey Erb oder eigeno/ geistlich oder

weltlichp da das bergkwerck auff leitq/ so soll der hütten zinß/ von recht des Fürsten

in der herrschafft seinr/ das gelegen ist/[.] Vnnd was holtzes vff der zech stehet/ das

a daby Erm b enweg Erm c vnd wegk kumen sein = oder weg kommen sein UgB(1616) □ , oder weg kommen seyn UgB(1698) □ d denn UgB(1616), UgB(1698) e dazselbe Erm, dasselbe UgB(1616), UgB(1698) f insert adyr thafel Erm ■ [*64] g noch Erm h getzeugknis geben = gezcukenysse thun Erm i benken Erm, Bencken UgB(1616), UgB(1698) j yn gehegeten Erm ■ , in gehegten UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k syczen Erm l [Typographical error in original: <hahen>] m Ist daz Erm n yz Erm ■ [*65] o eigeen UgB(1616) p werltlych Erm q auff leit = uff lyt Erm, auffliegt UgB(1698) r so soll der hütten zinß/ von recht des Fürsten in der herrschafft sein da gelegen ist = zo zol der huttezcyns syn von rechte der furstyn, yn der herschafft daz gelegen yst Erm s insert es UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

246

in das Erbe oder zů dem gemessen bergk gehöreta/ das mögen die gewercken/ mit

recht wol hawen/ Sie wolden den lassenb von willen durch bescheidenheit/ Amenc.

a horet Erm b Sie wolden den lassen = sy wolden den yz lazen Erm ■ , sie wolten es denn lassen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) c Amen absent Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

247

[11r]a

Diß seind die Bergkrecht die von aller

Erst sein von Bergkwerck fundenb/ in Behamenc vnd in

Merhernd/ von den Burgern von der Jglae/ vnd von den

Eldisten Bergkleuten bestetiget vnd beschriben seind

vnd versigelt/ vnderf burger jngesigelg/ ei=

nem jetzlichen Bergkman zůuer=

liesenh vnnd gewinne.

[Ig 1]i

DAs Erste ist/ wann j des Künigs gewaltiger leiher mit recht k / der burger vnd

geschwornenl von der Jgla/ icht verleihet vnd bestetiget vnder sein eigensm vnd vnder

dem eigens von der statt Jgla n beschreibet/ das/ das krafft sol haben o / also

bescheidenlichen/ das an jrem geschefft des Künigs mitte/ vnd des Künigs gebirgep

fürderung offenbar erscheinen magq.

[Ig 2]

Von zweierlei stolnr.

a [[11r]-[15v] = Iglau Bergrecht, herein abbreviated Ig; cf. Ermisch 20-37.] b sein von Bergkwerck funden = do bergwerck funden wart Erm c Behemen Erm, Böhmen UgB(1698) d Mehren UgB(1698) e Ygla Erm f versigelt/ vnder = vorsigilt mit der stad unde der Erm ■ [*66] g Jnsiegel UgB(1698) h zůuerliesen = czu vorluste Erm, Zuverlust UgB(1616), zu Verlust UgB(1698) i [Paragraph numbers in square brackets correspond to numbering supplied by Ermisch.] j DAs Erste ist/ wann = Das erste ist das. Weme Erm k rate Erm ■ [*67] l der gesworen Erm m sein eigens = synem ingesegil Erm n eigens von der statt Jgla = ingesegil der stad von der Ygla Erm o das/ das krafft sol haben = das sal craft haben Erm p mitte/ vnd des Künigs gebirge = nucz unde des gebirges Erm ■ [*68] q möge Erm r insert domit man berg buet Erm

248

Jn einem jtzlichen gebirg mit namen nicht mer stoln beschriben sein/ wann a

zweierhandtb/[.] dasc eine heisset ein sůch stolnd/ Dase ander ein Erbhafftigerf stoln.

[Ig 3]

Vom sůchstoln.g

Der sůchstolnh hat das recht/[.] Wanni sein gewaltiger leiher mit den Schöppen von

der statt/ jr sein zween oder mehr/ wo siej sehen/ das ein wasserseigesk feldt leitl/

dem not ist/ das man einen sůchstoln darzů fürem/ wannn man den leihet/ der hat das

recht/ wo er seine wasserseige an nimeto/ dz vor jm/ noch hinder jm/ niemandt bey

vierthalbp lehen ein sitzetq. Füretr er aber seinen stoln also ferns/ das er jn brenget an

die stadt/ das er beweisen mag/ das er siben lachtert treuget/ oderu eines lehenv tieff/

Alles das er dann [11v] verfarenw hat in seiner wasserseig/ darinn soll noch magx

a wenne Erm, dann UgB(1616), dann UgB(1698) b czweier hande Erm, zweyerley UgB(1698) c Der Erm d sůch stoln = suchstolle Erm [In this text generally, UgB <stol(l)(e)n> = Erm <stolle>; later instances are not noted in the apparatus.] e der Erm f erbehaftig Erm g Vom sůchstoln. = Von des suchstollen recht. Erm h suchstolle Erm i Wann = Wenne der urbarer adir Erm j dy Erm k wasserigis Erm ■ [*69] l liegt UgB(1616), ligt UgB(1698) m fare Erm n weme Erm o an nimet = annymmet Erm, annimmet UgB(1698) p virdehalben Erm q ein sitzet = ynsicczet Erm r Fert Erm s verre Erm [In this text generally, UgB <fern(e)> = Erm <verr(e)>; later instances are not noted in the apparatus.] t insert truckent ader Erm u oder absent Erm v lehens Erm w verfaren = vorfaren Erm x darinn soll noch mag = da ensal noch enmag Erm

249

niemandt/ on seinen willen einsitzena/[.] wo er der teuffe nicht reihetb/ alsc vor

gesprochen ist/ da ist erleublichd auß vierdthalbe lehen/ einem itzlichenf zůbawen.

[Ig 4]

Dasg Erbstoln recht.

Wer da sprechh das jm ein Erbhafftiger stolni gelegen seij/ der solk esl beweisen mit

seiner handt/ festenm/ was jm darzů bereitetn oder gegeben isto/[.] wůh er dann seinen

stolnp hat angenummen/ da hat er das recht/ das niemandt/ wo der Raßq vngebrochenr

ist[,] zwischen seim stoln/ vnd der marscheid einsitzens mag/ oder darfft mit recht anu

seinen willen. Brengt erv aber denw stoln an die stadt/ das er treuget anderthalbesx

lehen y tieff/ oder zům wenigsten z zehen lachter/ So heisset es von recht/ ein

Erbhafftiger stolnaa. Alle die selbenbb lehen/ die dann in der Marscheid ligencc/ Es

a on seinen willen einsitzen = ynsiczen an synen willen Erm b enhat Erm ■ [*70] c also Erm d irleüblich Erm e virdehalben Erm f insert manne Erm g Des Erm h spricht UgB(1698) i stolle Erm j insert ap ys syn not were Erm k sei/ der sol = sey der/ der soll UgB(1616), sey/ der soll UgB(1698) l es absent Erm m handt/ festen = hantfesten Erm, Handtfesten UgB(1616), Handfesten UgB(1698) n berethen Erm o sy Erm p Scolln UgB(1616) q rase Erm, Rase UgB(1616) r unczubrochen Erm s ynsicczen Erm, entsitzen UgB(1698) □ t thar Erm u ohne UgB(1698) v er absent UgB(1698) □ w synen Erm x anderhalbes Erm y lehens Erm z zům wenigsten = czu dem mynsten Erm aa Erbhafftiger stoln = erbehaftig stolle Erm bb sebin Erm ■ [*71] cc legin Erm

250

seya viergemeßneb bergk/ oder minderc[,] die namhafftig sein/[,] Ader bruch/ was

bruchs istd/ dere in seiner marscheid leihetf/ wer darinn erbetg hobenh dem wasser/

der můß das thůn mit willen des stolns vnnd seineri gewercken/ Die weilj aber der

stoln nicht treuget alsk vor gesprochen ist/ dieweil arbeit ein itzlich man/ Alsol das er

die berge/ oderm bruche/ ichtn riesse/ die dem stoln beschrieben seinto.

[Ig 5]

Das Ander Erbstoln

rechtp.

Das ist auch Erbstoln recht/[.] kumpt er mit seiner wasserseig an die geng/ der berge/

dieq vorbenantr seindt/ Findet ers Ertz allein/ das doch in einem freien sei/ man

mis=[12r]set keyne berget. Findtu er aber Ertz an gengen die vor vnuerschroten vnnd

vnuerhawen sein/ man mißt jm einen berg.[,] Also das er die sieben lehen beheldetv

in dem rechten/ vnnd er seinen stoln hat/[.] an derw lehen/ sie seintx königsch/ oder

a syn Erm b vir gemessene Erm, vier gemessene UgB(1698) c oder minder = mer ader mynner Erm ■ [*72] d Ader bruch/ was bruchs ist = adir was bruch ist Erm e das Erm f lyt Erm ■ [*73], liegt UgB(1616), UgB(1698) g erbeitet Erm, arbeit UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h boben Erm [other MSS show <obir, uber, odder, oben, obe>!], vber UgB(1616), über UgB(1698) i seirer UgB(1698) j dieweil UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k also Erm l Also = wol also Erm m oder = unde dy Erm n recht UgB(1698) □ o syn Erm p Erbstoln recht = recht des erbestollen Erm q die = dy do Erm r vor benant UgB(1698) s er absent UgB(1698) t keyne berge = keynen berg Erm u Find UgB(1616), UgB(1698) v behalte UgB(1616), UgB(1698) w an der = Andir Erm ■ [*74] x seyd UgB(1698)

251

ander a herrn b / oder der burger[,] gefallen/ dem[,] der recht darzů hat/ also

bescheidenlich/[:] den Erbarn königen hern/ lehen c [,] den herrn d / jr lehen/ den

burgern/ jr lehen/[.] vnd ein jtzlicher stoln behelt das recht/ das ein gemessen bergk

hat/ auff sein hangendt vnd ligendts vierthalb lehen/ vnnd sein ligendts einse.

[Ig 6]

Von den Rechten der bur=

ger vndf Erbstoln.

Burger lehen rechtg/ die in disen bergen ligen/[,] die vor benandt sein/ haben das

recht/ wo der raße/ zůuorbrochenh ist/ dai sie sich nicht vorlegenj möchtk. Jst es aber/

das die schöppen vnuersprochlichenl jre lehen vor hant festenm/ zů dem stoln/ so

beheldetn sie der stoln. Jst aber das jmant der berge/ die benant sein/ dao keinen

bestellen will/ so sollen die burger jhr lehen/ dabei bestellen/ ob p sie es nicht

vorlehenq haben/ Also das sie wasser halden/ neben einemr/[.] kommet da eines klag

über/[,] das sie nechsten t lehen trencken/ mit jhrem wasser/[,] Da sol man hin

sendenu geschworne leuht die das besehen/[.] welchev lehen die besagen/ das sie die

a oder ander = odern anderer UgB(1698) b sie seint königsch/ oder ander herrn = sy syn des koniges adir der herren Erm c den Erbarn königen hern/ lehen = den urbarern koniges lehen Erm d herren Erm e auff sein hangendt vnd ligendts vierthalb lehen/ vnnd sein ligendts eins = uff syn hangendes und uff syn legendes, uff syn hangendes virdehalp lehen unde uf syn legindes eyns Erm ■ [*75] f burger vnd = burgerlehen in Erm ■ [*76] g Burger lehen recht = Burgerlehen Erm ■ [*77] h czubrochen Erm, zuvor gebrochen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) i da = das Erm ■ j verlegen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k mögen Erm l unvorsprochenlich Erm m vor hant festen = vorhantfesten Erm, vor Hand festen UgB(1616), vor Handfesten UgB(1698) n behelt UgB(1616), behält UgB(1698) o da absent Erm p wann UgB(1616), UgB(1698) q vorlihen Erm, verliehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) r jenen Erm ■ s keine Erm ■ t dy nehsten Erm u hin senden = hensenden Erm v Welich Erm

252

andern trencken/ diea sol man zů denb andern eigen zůc dreien tagen/ das heissend

drei lange schicht. Also gewinnet ein gemessen bergk/ den andern[,] im langen

lehen/ ein burger lehen/ ein horn lehene/ vnd das selb widerumb.

[12v]

[Ig 7]

Das Dritte rechtf.

Erbstoln haben das recht/[.] kumpt der selb an ein burger lehen/ das dag bauhafftig

ist/ vnd nicht geerbeth zů dem stoln/ das burger lehen mag jni nicht gewerenj/ er fertk

darein/ vnd dadurch/ sol bescheidenlich/ wann er kompt in das burger lehen/ als der

stolnm der komen istn/ Auff der soleo mag er wol hauwen/ obersich vnd vndersich/

alsop hoch/ als er mit einer kratzen gereichenq mag/[.] nicht mer nutzes nimpt er

da/[.] vnd weilr er in dem lehen ist/ Dieweil soll das lehen dem stoln/ das viertheils

der kost geben/[.] das kompt dauon/ das er jm wasser benimpt vnd windt brenget.

[Ig 8]

a das sie die andern trencken/ die = das ys das ander trencke, das Erm b dem Erm c zů = yn Erm d heißet Erm e im langen lehen/ ein burger lehen/ ein horn lehen = eyn koniges lehen eyn burgerlehen, eyn burgerlehen eyn herrenlehen Erm ■ [*78] f insert eyns erbestollen Erm g da absent Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h gearbeitet UgB(1616), UgB(1698) i ym Erm j wehren UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k fare Erm l also Erm m stolle Erm n der komen ist = dar ist kommen Erm, darkommen ist UgB(1698) o sale Erm p so UgB(1616), UgB(1698) q reichen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) r dy wyle Erm s virde teil Erm

253

Das vierd erbstoln recht.a

Erbstoln haben das recht/[.] fert man mehr stoln dann einen/ zů einem gebirg/

welcher der aller tieffeste ist/ der behelt sein recht/ vnd die eigenschafft/[.] vnd also

vil gemessener berge/ ligen b in eines Erbstoln marscheid/ als c manch setzen

hofestetd.

[Ig 9]

Das fünfft Recht.

Dere Erbstoln oder gemessene berg gewinnen will/ der soll sie gebieten zůbestellen/

drey viertzehen tag/ zů kirchen vnd zů strassen. Zů außgehn derf sechs wochen/ sol

der leiherrg nemen zwen Schoppenh/ vnd sol auff den stoln reiteni/ oder auff den

bergk. Findet er jn nicht bauhafftig das er beweisen mag/ er besetzet es mit den

Schöppen/ vnd sol esj teidingen in des künigs gewalt/ vnd mag esk leihen vnd geben

weme er will/ &cl.

[Ig 10]

Das sechste Recht.

a Das vierd erbstoln recht. = Das virde recht eyns erbstollen. Erm b leyt Erm c also Erm d sechczen hofestete Erm ■ [*79] [Ermisch suggests reading of <sechczen hofestete beheldet der stolle>.] e Der = Wer Erm f außgehn der = usgeenden Erm g der leiherr = der urbarer adir der lyher Erm, der Leiher UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h schepphin Erm i auff den stoln reiten = ryten uf den stollen j yn Erm k yn Erm l &c absent Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

254

Dasa ist auch Erbstollen recht/[.] hebet er seine wasserseige auff/ oder fertiget seine

liechtlöcher/ vnndb hat inc jare [13r] vnd .xij. tagend/ ein lachter an dem haubte des

stoln gefaren/ dz er beweisen mag/ Niemant kan jmf mit recht ichtg angewinnen.

[Ig 11]

Das sibendth Recht.

Keyn erbi/ oderj leiherr hat die gewalt/ das er auff keynemk Erbhafftigeml stoln/ oder

auff keynemm stehnn lehen gesetzeno magp/ einen Bergkmeister/ oder eynenq schmid/

oderr steiger/ one der gewercken willen.

[Ig 12]

Das acht Recht.

Das ist auch erbstoln recht/[.] also fern alss ein man mit einem bogen geschiessent

mag/ also fern beheldetu seinv bergk feldes/ darauff die bergkleut jr viehew speisen.

a Dis Erm b adir Erm ■ [*80] c im UgB(1698) d yn tage Erm ■ [*81] [i.e., original “a year and a day” becomes “a year and 12 days” in Ursprung.] e heüpte Erm, Haupt UgB(1616), UgB(1698) f insert yn Erm g icht absent Erm, ichts UgB(1616), nichts UgB(1698) h sebinde Erm i erb = urbarer Erm ■ [*82] j insert keyn Erm k einem UgB(1616), UgB(1698) l erbehaftigen Erm, erbhafftigen UgB(1698) m keynen Erm, einem UgB(1616), UgB(1698) n sebin Erm o setzen UgB(1616) p möge Erm q einem UgB(1698) r insert eynen Erm s also Erm t schiessen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) u behelt UgB(1616), behält UgB(1698) v eyn Erm w fyhe Erm

255

[Ig 13]

Volgen recht von dem

Newfenger.a

Newe geng haben das Recht/ das man sie empfahen sol/ von niemant dannb allein

vomc leiher/[.] von recht gibet erd nicht mehr dann ein .xxxij. teile/[.] vnd denf soll

man heissen růmeng ein lehen[.] der darnach ist/ Es sey der ander/h drit/ oderi vierd/j

hat dasselb recht/[.] findet er Ertz/ da er der maß zůgehörtk.[,] Die schöppen sollen

seinen gang behawen l / zům m minsten zween/[.] das Ertz sol zům minsten eins

lachters langk sein zů fůß/ das in seiner sole gehet/ das ein vierdungn silbers über alle

seine hutten kost gebeo/ vnd das die schöppen begrieffenp mit jrem Eyde ob sieq

gefraget werden von dem verleiherr/ So ist es der maß wert/[.] Der selbe Neufenger

hat das recht ans der maße/ das er seine sollt recken mag/ alsou langk als sein lehen

ist/[.] hat er mer schlechtev/ in seinemw lehen/ erx sein zween/ oder drei/ finden die

a Volgen recht von dem Newfenger. = Das synt dy recht, dy den nüfengern beschreben synt. Erm b wenne Erm c von dem Erm d insert ym Erm ■ [*83] e .xxxij. teil = czweyundrysigteil Erm f dem Erm ■ [i.e., dem Finder] g rühmen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □ h insert adir der Erm i insert der Erm j [Ermisch observes that the following wording from Freiberg ‘B’, inserted here, helps to clarify the passage: <nach deme alz er synen gang emphangen hat,>.] k czu gert Erm l hauwen Erm m czu Erm n das in seiner sole gehet/ das ein vierdung = uff der sale. Gibet das eynen firdung Erm o gebe absent Erm p begryfen Erm q ob sie = wann sie UgB(1616), wann sie UgB(1698) r dem verleiher = den urbarern Erm s an = e Erm ■ t sale Erm, Sohl UgB(1616), UgB(1698) u so UgB(1616), UgB(1698) v schechte Erm ■ [*84], Schechte UgB(1616), Schächte UgB(1698) w synen Erm x yr Erm ■ , ihr UgB(1698)

256

schöppen in einem nicht/ so mögen siea faren in den andern/ oder in den dritten/[.] in

welchemb sie finden solch [13v] Ertz alsc vorgesprochen ist/ damitd beheldt der

Newfenger sein recht/[.] finden sie abere nicht in der andern/ noch in der dritten/

noch inf dem der leherr gestehet/ der hat dz selb recht/[.] hat aber der erst nit Ertzg in

seiner soleh/ das maß wert sey/ oder in seinen lehnen/ vnd ist auß seinen lehenen/

gefaren in ein freies/ vnd hati Ertz funden/ das daj mas wert ist/ vnnd hat das zů

einemk offen schacht bracht/ damitl behelt er aber sein recht/ wann er der erst ist/m

der ander/n dritt/ odero vierd/ hat das selb recht/ alsp vor gesprochen ist. Wirt aber

ein werrq vnder jn/ das man nicht weißr auß welchers grůben er den gangk empfangen

hab/ will man es jn nicht erlassen/ er můß schweren mitten auff demt růmbaumu/ das

er seinen gangk/ auß der selben grůben empfangen habe[.] alsv das rechtw eigetx/

vndy vorgesprochen ist/ so soll man aller erst messen/[.] den messern giebet man

sieben schilling/ der kurtzen/[.] vnd misset außwendig der haldenz,aa/ der fundtgrůben

vierthalb lehen/ darnach an itzlicher seiten ein köngisch lehenbb/ vnd darnach ein

a so mögen sie = sy mögen Erm b welchen UgB(1698) c also Erm d domete Erm e aber absent Erm f noch in = der ander noch ym Erm g erczes Erm h sale Erm i insert do Erm j do absent Erm k das zů einem = dorczu eynen Erm ■ l domete Erm m insert also beheldet Erm n insert der Erm o insert der Erm p hat das selb recht/ als = mit dem recht, also Erm q gewerre UgB(1616), Gewerre UgB(1698) r enweys Erm s wecher UgB(1698) t den UgB(1698) u rönebaẅme Erm v wann UgB(1616), UgB(1698) w insert also Erm x eiget = irgeht Erm ■ [*85], ergeht UgB(1616), ergehet UgB(1698) y vnd = alz do Erm ■ z außwendig der halden = ykwederhalben Erm ■ [*86] aa halden = halten UgB(1616), UgB(1698) bb köngisch lehen = konigeslehen Erm

257

burger lehen/ vnd ein herrn lehen/[.] mag sich dise maßa nicht ergehen/ vor andernb

berg masse/ so missetc man dise lehen alle an einer seiten nach einander/[.] vnd was

zwischen dem Newfangd vnde bergen ist überich/ das heisset man ein überschar/[.]

Dem Newfenger sol man geben/ an sein gestelle ein horn/ das eins halben lachters

langk sey/ da zween man neben einanderf gestehng mögen/[.] daranh die gewercken

nemen einen Bergkmeister wen sie wöllen/ also das der selbe teyl mit jm habe zům

minsten .xxxij. teyli/ vnd wer an deß Erbarersj stadt ist/ der soll ank den eydt gehenl.

[Ig 14]

Das acht Recht von

schmiden.m

[14r] Das da schmidt amachtn heisseno/ da beheldet der erbarer eine schicht/ an[,] die

gewerckenp drei teyl. Bawet der Newfenger die sieben teyl lehenq/ mit dreien

schichtenr/ vnd grůbens/ vnd zwey endelste lehen/ der erbarert mag jn nit höher

gedringenu/ Ein lehen mit dreien orttern/ eine lehenschafft mit eim orth.

a Mase UgB(1698) b andir Erm, ander UgB(1698) c misste UgB(1698) d dem Newfang = den nüfengen Erm e insert den Erm f insert an Erm g stehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h daran absent Erm i .xxxij. teyl = eyn czweyundrysigteil Erm j urbarers Erm ■ k ym Erm l geben Erm ■ [*87] m Das acht Recht von schmiden. = Das synt dy recht von dem smydeammecht. Erm n schmidt amacht = smydammecht Erm, Schmidt-Ampt UgB(1698) o heisset Erm p insert dy Erm q teyl lehen = lehen Erm r schechten Erm ■ [*88] s vnd grůben = vuntgruben Erm ■ [*89] t urbarer Erm u dringen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

258

[Ig 15]

Von winckelmaß recht.a

Hawetb jmandtc auff dem hangenden/ oderd ligenden/ also das man nicht weise/ ob es

zůmf berg gehörtg oder frey isth/ das sol man dreien gemeinen menneri geben/ auff

jremj Eidt/ denk vierden von des Erbarersl wegen/ also das jhr keyner dam teyl habe/

an dem gebirg/[.] die sollen oben auff dem rasen die schnůr ziehen auffn von dem

höchsten der geng/[.] mögen sie es gescheideno/ es soll krafft haben/ Wo aber nichtp/

so soll man von den gengen/ der sieben lehen/ einen durchschlag fürenq/ an die

Nawenr geng/ Wenns er dannt recht giebt mit der schnůer/ vnd mit demu winckelmaß/

des ist das Ertz/ Jedochv soll das Ertz/ das man dieweil hawetw verborgetx werden/

Also das es weder eyn halbe noch anderthalbey gefalle/ biß es das entscheydez/[.]

a Von winckelmaß recht. = Von den rechten des winckelmaßes. Erm b Büwet Erm, BAuet UgB(1698) ■ c eyn man Erm d insert uff dem Erm e enweys Erm f czu dem Erm g gehöre Erm h frey ist = eyn fryhes sye Erm i mannen Erm, Männern UgB(1698) j yren Erm, ihren UgB(1698) k dem Erm l urbarers Erm m da absent Erm n auff absent Erm o scheiden UgB(1616), UgB(1698) p Wo aber nicht = Mögin sy is nicht gescheiden Erm q faren Erm r nüwen Erm s weme UgB(1616), UgB(1698) t Wenn er dann = Wëme is denne das Erm u der Erm v Ydach Erm w heüwet Erm x vörbürget Erm y anderhalb Erm z biß es das entscheyde = bis das is das recht entscheidet Erm

259

keyn erbarer a hat das recht/ einen Richter zůsetzen auff dem b berge/ one der

gewercken willen. Niemandt mag auch des andern teyl verleihen/ widerc seinen

willen. Jst aber das man will auff einem berg vorleihend/ oder auff einene stoln/ So

soll der Bergmeister den gewercken/ an einem Suntag/ oder an eim andern tag/

welcher jm gefelt/ auff das gebirg zůsammen gebieten/ vnnd was da verlegenf wirt

vnnd beschickeng/ das hat krafft. So aberh die drey schicht dari kummen/ vnnd die

vierd nicht[,] kummenj/ haltetk fünff achteyl/ vnnd die dreie nicht.[,] [14v] Die

vierde schicht/ noch die drei achteyl/ mögen nicht gehiendernl/ die andern lehenm

wennn sie wöllen.

[Ig 16]

Gemeine recht in verleihung.o

Jst das jemandt spricht[,] das er teil habe/ an einem gemessen berg/ an stolln/ an

lehen/ oder an lehenschafften/ vnd der selb berck oder stoll/ oder des andern icht mit

recht einp andern vorlegenq werdr vnnd verhandtfestet/ vnnd er griffs es an mit baw/

a urbarer Erm b dem = eynem Erm c wedir Erm, wieder UgB(1698) d will auff einem berg vorleihen = wil vorlyhen uff eynem berge Erm e eynem Erm f vorlegin Erm, verliehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) g beschreben Erm ■ [*90], beschicket UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h So aber = Ist abir, das Erm i darzu UgB(1616), UgB(1698) j kömmet UgB(1698) k halt Erm l hindern UgB(1616), UgB(1698) m vorlyhen Erm n weme Erm ■ [*91] o Gemeine recht in verleihung. = Das synt gemeyne recht von der vorlyhunge. Erm p eym Erm q verliehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) r würde Erm, wäre UgB(1698) s griffe Erm

260

vnd arbeitet da sechs wochen/ vnd het a den b in den sechs wochen nicht

angesprochen/[,] er mag jrc vmb ein har nochd nicht angewinnen.

[Ig 17]

Von den Leherne,f.

Auch ist das recht das niemant soll noch magg leherrh sein/ wenni ein geschwornerj

man in des künigs stadt/ zů nechst bey den Bergkwerckenk gesessen/[.]l das kompt

dauon/ das ein Erbarer oder anders jmantm/ seiner teyl möge abertzeugenn mit jmo

selber/ sunder alleyn/p das der leiher/ mit seinem eyde begreiffet.

[Ig 18]

Das Ander recht.q

Auch ist das Recht/[.] wann der Erbarr mit rath der geschwornen auß der stadt zů

nechst dem Bergkwerck ists verlegent/ es sey an bergen/ an stoln/ an lehen/ oder

lehenschafftu/ vnd dasa vnder jrem eygenb/ vnd vnder dem eigensc der burger von der

a het = jener hat Erm, hette UgB(1616), hätte UgB(1698) b den absent UgB(1698) c ihm UgB(1698) d vmb ein har noch = ym hynnoch Erm ■ [*92], vmb ein Haar UgB(1616), umb ein Haar UgB(1698) e Von den Lehern. = Das recht von dem lyher das erste. Erm f Lehern = Lehenherrn UgB(1616), UgB(1698) g enmag Erm h Lehenherr UgB(1698) i denn UgB(1698) j gesworen Erm k den Bergkwercken = dem bergwercke Erm l insert Unde Erm m ein Erbarer oder anders jmant = keyn urbarer noch keyn andir ymand Erm n möge abertzeugen = icht abe moge irczügen Erm ■ [*93], mögen aber zeugen UgB(1698) o yn Erm p insert noch dem Erm q Das Ander recht = Eyn andir recht Erm r wann der Erbar = Weme dy urbarer Erm ■ [*94] s icht Erm ■ [*95] t vorlyhen Erm, verliehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) u an lehenscheften Erm

261

der stadt/ zů rechtem Erbe/ dz soll krafft haben/[.] das kumpt dauon/ das man

etzliche berge/ vnnd stolled/ in manchem jar zů nutz nite erbauen mag vnd das were

wider gott/ sindt sich die erbarenf offt verkeren/ ob ein man sein erbetg vnd sein gůt

legete auff ein gebirg/ es sei berg/ stolln/ oderh lehen/ oder lehenschafft vier jar/

sechs oder mehr[,] das ein anderi erbarerj jm das nichtk mit gewalt empfrembdenl

solte.

[15r]

[Ig 19]

Ein ander recht.

Jst das bergkleut neben einander erbeten/ es sei an bergen/ anm stolln/ ann,o lehen/

oder lehenschafften[,] einer nach nach p dem andern/ enthauen vnd angenumen q

seines berges vnnd seines ertzes so meiste er mag/ bis daß sie kegen einander durch

schlagen/[.] so das geschietr/ so sollen sie denns/ den durchschlagk reumen/ bis das

die geschwornen dartzů kummen/ vnd einent itzlichen bescheiden/ wo er in dem

seinen mit recht erbeten mag one hindernus.

a insert vorhantfesten Erm b eygen = ingesegil Erm c eigens = ingesegil Erm d stollen Erm, Stollen UgB(1698) e zů nutz nit = nicht czu nuczcze Erm f urbarer Erm g Arbeit UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h oder absent Erm i ein ander = einander UgB(1616), UgB(1698) j urbarer Erm k nicht absent Erm [but present in some MSS – Ermisch 33n]; absent UgB(1616), UgB(1698) l gewalt empfrembden = Gewald entfremten UgB(1698) □ m an absent UgB(1698) n an absent UgB(1698) o an stolln/ an absent Erm p nach nach = mag Erm ■ [*96] q angewynnen Erm ■ r geschicht UgB(1616), UgB(1698) s denne beide Erm, beyde UgB(1616), UgB(1698) t eynem Erm

262

[Ig 20]

Jtema

Auch ist das recht[,] das kein besteller von sein selbsb versumnusc/ es sei and koste

oder an andern dingen[,] niemandtf seiner teil nichtg verwircken oder verliesenh mag.

[Ig 21]

Von ertz vorbieteni.

Es entmag j auch kein man deß k andern orts l auff dem berg verbiten oder

vorsprechenm/ vmb keinen schuld[,] wanno allein vmb die samptkostp der gewercken.

[Ig 22]

Von teil zůuerlisenq

a Jtem = Ein andir recht. Erm b sein selbs = syns selbis Erm c vörsümeniße Erm, Versäumnüß UgB(1698) d an absent UgB(1616), UgB(1698) e köste Erm f jemandt UgB(1616), jemand UgB(1698) g icht Erm, ichts UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h verlieren UgB(1616), UgB(1698) i verbieten UgB(1616), UgB(1698) j mag UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k dem UgB(1616), UgB(1698) l ercz Erm ■ [*97], Ertz UgB(1616), UgB(1698) m versprechen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) n eine UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o wenne Erm, dann UgB(1616), UgB(1698) p sammeköste Erm q vorlysen Erm, zuverlieren UgB(1616), zu verlieren UgB(1698)

263

Wer teyl hat an bergen/ stoln/ lehen/ oder lehenschafften/ die magea jm niemandtb

verseumnusse der kost c angewinnen/ er entscheid dann d die kost mit dem

bergkmeister/ oder mit seinem herrne/ vnd mit zweienf gewercken.

[Ig 23]

Von teyl zůuerliesng.

Derh teyl hat an bergen/ stoln/ lehen/ oder lehenschafften/ ob der selb ichti verleihen

mag j / die selben teyl mag keyn k bergmeister eym andern verleihen/ Er

sitzet l darauff mit den gewercken/ vnd mit den gewercken m / vnd mit den

geschwornen/ vndn sie jm mit recht an.

[15v]

[Ig 24]

Von teil zůuerlieseno.

Jst das ein manp seiner teil ichtq verleiheta eim andern mann/ es sey an bergen/ stoln/

lehen/ oder an lehenschafften/b vnd ist das jener/ der sie zů lehenschafft empfangen

a möge UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b insert von Erm ■ [*98], UgB(1698) c köste Erm d entscheid dann = enheische denne Erm ■ [*99] e boten Erm f zweien = eynem Erm g vorlysen Erm, zuverlieren UgB(1616), zu verlieren UgB(1698) h Wer Erm i ob der selb icht = wann derselbe ichts UgB(1698) □ j ob der selb icht verleihen mag = adir wem derselben icht vorlyhen ist Erm ■ [*100] k insert urbarer adir Erm ■ [*101] l ensicze denne Erm m vnd mit den gewercken absent Erm ■ [*102] n insert gewynne Erm ■ [*103] o vorlysen Erm, zu verlieren UgB(1698) p ein man = ymant Erm q ichts UgB(1698)

264

hat/ seiner eigenschafft nicht entgehetc/ esd sei vil oder wenig/ er verleßete mit recht

seine lehenschafft. Jst aber[,] das erf nicht gehabeng mag/ dem die eygenschafft

gebüret/ so soll er sie außteilen mit wissen eines gewercken/ vnd soll sie etwanh

befelen/[.] damit beheldt er sein recht vnnd sein lehenschafft.

[Ig 25]

Von Freiheit.

Jst das mani hutten bawet auff eines herren eigen/j er sei geistlich oder weltlichk/ dz

ist bergkwercks freiheyt/ dz er keinen zinß dauon geben solll.

[Ig 26]

Von Freiheit.m

Vnd auff welches herrn eigen bergkwerck funden wirt vnd gemessen/ er nimpt dauon

den dritten teyl der erbarn/[.] was das selbeo bergkwerck holtzes bedarff in den

grůben/ das soll jnp der herr nicht werenq/ esr sey geistlich oder weltlich/ &c.s

Hie endet sich das Erste bůch.a,b a vorlyhet Erm b [Ermisch recommends insertion of the following based on one of the MSS: <um eyne eygenschaft, sy sye gros adir kleyne,>] c engebit Erm ■ [*104] d yr Erm e vorlüst Erm ■ , verleuret UgB(1616), UgB(1698) f insert des Erm g haben UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h etweme Erm ■ [*105] i ymant Erm j [Ermisch recommends insertion of the following based on one of the MSS: <da daz bergwerck uff lyt>] k werltlich Erm l dauon geben soll = sulle dovon gebin Erm m Von Freiheit. = Von bergwerckes fryheit. Erm n den dritten teyl der erbar = eyn dritteil der urbar Erm ■ [*106] o das selbe = dasselbige Erm p ym Erm q wehren UgB(1698) r es = er Erm s &c. absent Erm

265

a Hie endet sich das Erste bůch. = [27.] Uber alle dy recht, dy hy geschriben syn, so syn dy burger von der Ygla begnadet von czweyen konigen unde mit der konige hantfesten, was sy czu rechte finden dem konige czu nucz unde dem bergwerck zu fürderunge, das sal craft haben. Erm, Ende des Ersten Buchs. UgB(1616), Ende deß ersten Buchs. UgB(1698). b [Two additional sections are included in a 2nd redaction, reproduced here from Ermisch (36-37):] [28.] Ist das ymant teil hat an eyme gebirge unde außerhalb landes ist, vorsümet syn besteller adir syn pfleger drey gedinge, daz er syner kost darczu nicht gibet, er vorlüst syne teil mit rechte. [29.] Ist das ymant eynen man, der gesworen hat zu dem rechten, er sye hutman, styger ader czymmerman, durch dy gerechtykeyt synes ammechtes strafet adir angreift myt bosen worten yn der kawen adir uff der teilstad, wirt er syn obirwunden myt czweyen fromen mannen unde myt eyme gewerken, er ist bestanden myt neun marken. Der gevallen den urbarern dry, den gewercken dry, dem sachwalden dry.

266

[16r]a

Diß ist Bergkrecht in vnser herrnb der

Margkgrauenc zů Meissen landtd/ vnnd

was darzů gehörig iste.

[FrA 1]f

JSt das einem mann gelieheng wirt ein gang/ recht vnd redlich/[,] der behelt sieben

lehen/h vnd vierthalb lachter in sein ligends/[.] was da geng eini gehen/ die seint

sein/[.] Jst das der leiherj in dem selbigen zielek/ ein lehen/ oder zwey auff einen

tagk/ der findt Ertz/ das maß werdtl sey/ So misset man zů recht/ dem der gangk

geliehenm ist/ oder seinen gewercken/ vnd jhener beheldet seinen tagk an dem Ertz/

alson fern also jm gelegenp ist.

Soq einem mann gelihenr wirts/ der da hat sieben lehen/ Jst das einemt mann/ auch

auff dem selbigen gang/ dar nachu/ wie nahev es seinew ziele istx/ findet der ehry Ertz/

a [[16r]-[22r] = Freiberg Bergrecht ‘A’, herein abbreviated FrA; cf. Ermisch 1-19.] b Herren UgB(1698) c Maggrafen UgB(1616), Marggrafen UgB(1698) d vnser herrn der Margkgrauen zů Meissen landt = unsers hern lande des margrefen czu Mißem Erm e gehörig ist = gehort Erm f [Paragraph numbers in square brackets correspond to numbering supplied by Ermisch.] g gelygen Erm h insert unde vierdehalb lachter yn syn hangendis Erm ■ [*107] i ynne Erm j insert lyhet Erm ■ [*108] k czele Erm l maß werdt = mazwirt Erm m gelygen Erm n so UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o fern als = verre, also Erm p geliehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) q So = Ist das Erm r gelygen Erm s insert alzo Erm t insert andern Erm ■ u insert gelygen wirt Erm ■ v na Erm w syme Erm x sy Erm y ee Erm, eher UgB(1698)

267

man sol jma messen zů recht/[.] von welchem schacht er dasb behalden/ dasc seine

fundtgrůb sei/ von den selben massend.

[FrA 2]

Von der Burger recht.

Die burger von Freibergk/ haben auch das recht/ beide arm vnd reich/ auff alleme

gebirg in meines hern land/ das sie da mag niemandtf auffgehalteng/ noch jr gůt

versprechenh.

[FrA 3]

Von des Brieffesi.

Vnnd soj leuth kumen an den brieff/ auff dem gebirg/ vndk vnfůg/ oder warumb das

sey/ die selbigen leuth mitl der schrifft sol man her ynent wertenm disen burgern/ das

sie die an disenn brieff setzen.

[FrA 4]

Von geschworneno leuth Rechtp.

a insert e Erm b er das = her tar Erm ■ [*109] c insert is Erm ■ d von den selben massen = von deme sal man messen Erm ■ e allen UgB(1698) f mag niemandt = nymand mag Erm g auffhalten UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h vorsprechen Erm i insert rechte uf gebirge Erm j Vnnd so = Ist ouch das Erm k umme Erm ■ [*110], umb UgB(1698) l mid Erm m her ynent werten = heryn antwerten Erm ■ [*111], herein antworten UgB(1616), UgB(1698) n yren Erm o gesworner Erm p insert uf gebirge Erm

268

[16v] Zůa gebirg ist auch recht/ dz die geschornenb auff gebirg keine leuth mügenc

außziehen/ oder vnschuldigd machen[,] den man schuldt gibt/ vmb wunden/[,] also

das die geschwornen zů Freiburge nochf mögen thůn mit recht.

[FrA 5]

Von des Richters rechtg.

Welcherh man Richter ist zů Freiburgki/ was vor dem geteidingt wirt/ das gestetj er

wolk zů recht/ auff allem gebirg im land/ wennl es zů recht in meinerm herrn müntz

gehört.

[FrA 6]

Von Bergkrichters recht.n

Alle Bergrichtero/ die der Bergkmeister setzet/ vnd bestetiget alsp weit als land istq/

was vor demr geteydingt wirt/ die mögen nit hirinn gezeugen noch gestehn/ von der

stadt gericht mit keym recht.

a auff UgB(1616), ZU UgB(1698) b geswornen Erm c machen UgB(1616), mögen UgB(1698) d unschudig UgB(1698) e Friberg Erm, Feyburg UgB(1616), Freyburg UgB(1698) f noch = wol Erm g insert czu Friberg Erm h Welch Erm i Friberg Erm j gestehet UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k insert unde Erm l den Erm, denn UgB(1616), UgB(1698) m myns Erm n Von Bergkrichters recht. = Von der bergrichtere rechte. Erm o Alle Bergrichter = Aber alle bergrichtere Erm p so UgB(1698) q als weit als land ist = also wyed, also is land ist Erm r den Erm

269

Es entmaga auch keyn Bergkrichter auff einemb andern berg gezeugenc/ da er nicht

richter ist/[.] was er in seinem gericht siehetd/ oder höret/ des mag er wol gestehen/

vnd anderste nirgenf dann in seinem gericht.

[FrA 7]

Von des Bergkmeisters recht.

Jst das auchg vor dem Bergmeister ichth geteydingt wirt/ oder was jm wissentlichi ist/

dasj gestehet er wol vor dem stadtrichterk.

[FrA 8]

Was kauffmanschatz gezeugen sol.l

Zů Bergen ist das auchm recht/ das man keynemn kauffschatz mero gezeugenp mag/

wannq dreierley/ das ist gewandt vnd blei/ vnd pferd vnd roßsr.

[FrA 9]

Vom Acker teil.s

a enmag Erm, mag UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b eynen Erm c zeugen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) d syed Erm e andirs Erm f nirgent UgB(1616), nirgend UgB(1698) g Jst das auch = Ist ouch das Erm h ich Erm, ichts UgB(1698) i wissenlich Erm j des Erm k dem stadtrichter = der stat richtere Erm l Was kauffmanschatz gezeugen sol. = Was koufschaczes man uf gebirge geczugen moge. Erm m das auch = auch das UgB(1698) n keynen Erm, keinen UgB(1616), keinen UgB(1698) o me Erm p zeugen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) q wenne Erm, denn UgB(1616), denn UgB(1698) r vnd roßs = ader ros Erm s Vom Acker teil. = Von bergwerke und wy mans mit dem ackerteile halden sulle. Erm

270

Wůh ein man Ertz sůchen will/ das mag er thůn mit [17r] recht/[.] kompt jener des

das erb ist/ vnd fordert sein ackerteyl/ das ist eyn .xxxij/&c.a vnd bedeutb seine kost/

wissentlich zweyerc ehrhafften mannen/ ehe man korbd vnd seil ein würffte/ der hat

es mit recht/[.] Der dorffherr hat daran nichten f . Gehet das ertz vor sich/ was

fleyschbenck/ vnd badstubeng werden/ der zinß ist des dorffherrn zů recht/[.] Das

gericht vnd müntz lehen rechth/ ist meines hern vndi gehört in die müntz khenj

Freibergk.

[FrA 10]

Vmb Zweihung der gericht.k

So man sich irretl vmbm dz berg gericht/ wie ferrn es gehto oder wo es wendtp/ das ist

also entscheyden/ das man soll nemen eyne kerbe/ vnd soll darein legen eynq keilhaw

vnd eyne kratz/ vnd eynen schlegel/ vnd zwölff eißen/ vnd sol sier hengen an eynen

rombaums/ vnd soll die lassen lauffen/ von jrt selber/[;] also fernu man das gehören

mag/ also fernv ist das gericht meins herren/[.] daß gestellw mag der Berckmeister

a .xxxij/&c. = czweyunddristeil Erm b butet Erm ■ [*112] c czweyn Erm d kerben Erm e ein würfft = ynwirft Erm, einwirfft UgB(1616), UgB(1698) f nicht Erm, nichts UgB(1616), UgB(1698) g badestoben Erm h müntz lehen recht = lyammecht Erm i insert das silber Erm j czu Erm, gen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k Vmb Zweihung der gericht. = Von czweyunge umb das gerichte. Erm l So man sich irret = Ist das man sich wirret Erm ■ [*113] m und UgB(1698) □ n fern UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o gehe Erm p wende Erm q eyne Erm r dy Erm s röneboum Erm t yn Erm u verre, alz Erm v verre Erm w daß gestell = Das gestelle Erm

271

setzen/ auffwelcha grůb er will auff dem bergkwerck/[.] vnnd welcheb man eynen

schůrbc ledig findt/ der setzetd woll das eynee mit recht/[.] Bauet er den schurbff/ sog

lang biß er eynen gang findet/ den soll er empfahen/ vonn seinem lehernh/[.] so ist

eyn buder vorlegeti sich in eyner tageschicht/[.] dem leiherj darff er nicht teyl geben/

er wol es dannk gar gern thůn.

[FrA 11]

Von dem Neüfenger.l

Eyn itzlicherm soll den mercken[,] dem er leihet/ das er jnn geweren mago/[.] eynes

vernünfftigen leihers darff man woll/[.] wannp er eynen gang leihet/ der behelt auff

dem gang für sich vierdthalb lehen/ Vnnd hinder sich auch vierdthalb lehen/ vnd

auffq hangends vierdhalb lachterr/[.] die ersts leihung hatt krafft vnnd beheltet/ inn

den selben lehen sollet er bauwen mit eym schacht/ oderu zwen/ oder mit dreien/

aberv wie es jn [17v] aller ehestw kumet/[.] kumet es also fernx/ dz der selbige

a auffwelch = uff welche Erm, auff welche UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b welch Erm c schorp Erm d siczt Erm, sitzet UgB(1698) e das eyne = daryn Erm f schurp Erm, Schürb UgB(1698) g also Erm h lyere Erm, Lenhern UgB(1616), Lehnherrn UgB(1698) i buder vorleget = bu, der vorlygt Erm ■ [*114], Buder verleget UgB(1616), UgB(1698) j lyer Erm k denne Erm l Von dem Neüfenger. = Ad primum capitulum von den nüwevengern. Erm m insert lyer Erm ■ [*115] n ihm UgB(1698) o moge Erm p Weme Erm q insert syn Erm r insert und uf syn lygendes vierdehalp lachter Erm ■ [*116] s erste Erm t inn den selben lehen solle er = yn den syben lehenen. Dy syben lehen sal her Erm ■ [*117] u insert mit Erm v aber = adir Erm, oder UgB(1616), oder UgB(1698) w es jn aller ehest = is ym allir ebynst Erm, ihn allerbest UgB(1698) x verre Erm

272

bawherra ertz findet/ das mag er wol hauen/ eynen korbb one farc/ vnnd soll gehen zů

dem zehenerd/ vnd soll sprechen/ [“]Herr[,] ich bin eyn teyl Ertz gewar worden/ dase

hab ich gehawen/[;] da sendet zů[,] das meinef herrn/ vnd den gewerckeng gleich

gescheh vnd rechth , i .[”] Do soll der zehender j zůfaren oder senden/ das damit

gehandeltk werd/ das meinenl herren vnnd den gewercken gleichgeschehem vnnd nutz

sei.

Geht das Ertz für sich/ so sol der zehendern vnd die gewercken/ gangk hewero setzen/

die sich woll gehaldenp haben/ die sol der Berckmeyster bestätigen.

Die gewergken mögen hut leuthq setzen/ vnnd sollen fürr itzlichen huttmann eyn

xxxij. teyl s / setzen/ auff das t sie geboren u wie recht ist/ vnnd die soll der

bergkmeyster bestätigen/ mit dem eyde.

Hilfft Gott dem finder/ das sein Ertz für sich geht/ so soll der zehenderv meins herrn

fronteyl auff heben/ dz ist die drittw schicht/[.] so das geschiehet/ so soll mein herr

a buwer Erm b eynen korb = eyne kerbe Erm c var Erm, Fahr UgB(1698) d czendenere Erm, Zehendner UgB(1616), UgB(1698) e des Erm f myme Erm, meinen UgB(1698) g Geweraken UgB(1616) h gescheh vnd recht = und recht geschee Erm i Recht UgB(1698) j czendener Erm k gebort Erm l myme Erm m gleichgeschehe = recht gesche Erm n czendener Erm o gangk hewer = ganghäuwere Erm, Ganghäwer UgB(1616), Ganghäuer UgB(1698) p behalden Erm q hut leuth = hutluthe Erm, Hutleute UgB(1698) r vor Erm s xxxij. teyl = czweyundrysteil Erm t auff das = durch das, das Erm u gebohren UgB(1698) v czendener Erm w dritte Erm

273

diea kost darzů geben/ alsb eyn ander gewerck/[.] Dürffen dannc die gewergken eyns

Richtschachts/ oder eyner huttend/[,] da sol mein herr seine kost zůgeben.

Woh es also ferr kumet/ das man meines herrn fronteyl auffhebet/ da sol man dem

finder den gang messen zů recht/[;] das soll der Bergkmeister thůn zů recht. Der

finder solle jm geben seine meß pfennig e / dz seind vier schillingen/[.] der

bergkmeyster sol kumen auff den gang/ vnd sol sprechen/ [“]her finder[,] welchs ist

ewer fundtgrůb/[?”] welche grůb jn dann der finder weisetf/ die er mit seinem eyd

behalden darffg/ das sieh seini fundtgrůb sei[,] da [18r] soll man jm vonn messen/[.]

so soll der finder/ auff sein henckbanckj trettenk/ vnnd soll zweenl fingerm auff sein

haubt legenn/ vnd soll schweren/ das dißo seine rechte fundtgrůbenp sei/ [“]Also

gebrauch ich meines haubts vnnd meiner forderenq handt/ das mir Gott so helffe.[”]

[FrA 12]

Von gemessem Berg.r

a syne Erm b also Erm c dann absent Erm d hutten = bůten Erm ■ [*118] [<bute> refers to a special type of vertical shaft, cf. Veith, “Pütte.”] e seine meß pfennig = syne mazpfennige Erm, seinen Meß-Pfenning UgB(1698) f jn dann der finder weiset = ym der vinder denne wiset Erm g die er mit seinem eyd behalden darff = dy her behalden tar myt syme eyde Erm h sie = dy Erm i syne Erm j Hengbanck UgB(1616), Hengbang UgB(1698) k auff sein henckbanck tretten = treten uf syne hengebang Erm l 2. UgB(1698) m vingere Erm n auff sein haubt legen = legen uf syn houpt Erm o daz Erm p funtgrube Erm, Fundgrub UgB(1698) q fördern UgB(1698) r Von gemessem Berg. = Dys ist das capitulum von den gemessinen bergen und wy man messen sulle. Capitulum secundum. Erm

274

Nůn sol man messen/[.] so sol der Bergkmeister die schnůr/ nemena vnd sol sie legen

mittenb an die grůbenc/ vnd sol messen/ eyn halb lehen/ vnndd jm[;] deme eyn

gantzsf[,] die gehören zů der fundgrůben/[;] vnd sol dann messen eyn lehen/ vnd oder

eynsg/ das heysen endelste lehen/[;] die sol man bawen mit eynem schacht/ die sindt

auch noch deß finders/[,] Bawet er sie[,] nichth als recht ist/[.] denni soll man messen

vnserm j herrn/ dem Margkgraffen k eyn lehen/ darnach vnser frawen der

Marckgräffinl eyn lehen/ darnach dem kamererm eyn lehen/ dann dem bergkmeyster

eyn lehenn. Nůn sol man ander seito anheben/ mittenp an der fundtgrůben/ vnd sol

aber messen allen wieq also vil lehen auff dem selbigen gang/ als r man zůuors

gemessent/[.] so jmu der gang also gemessen würt/ den sol man bawen als recht ist.

Die fundtgrůb mit jren dreien lehen v / sol man bauen mit eynem schacht/[.] w

verlegenx sich die lehen/ dreiy tag schichtz/ in dreien Erbetenaa tagen nach eynanderbb

a die schnůr/ nemen = nemen dy snüyr Erm b mittene Erm c grube Erm d vnnd absent Erm e denn UgB(1698) f eyn halb lehen/ vnnd jm dem eyn gantzs = eyn halb lehin ym; denne eyn ganczes Erm ■ [*119] g vnd oder eyns = und aber eyns Erm, vnd aber eins UgB(1616), und aber eins UgB(1698) h nicht absent Erm ■ [*120] i Darnach Erm j unsern UgB(1698) k margrefen Erm, Maggraffen UgB(1698) l margrefynnen Erm m kemmerere Erm, Kämmerer UgB(1698) n darnach dem kamerer eyn lehen/ dann dem bergkmeyster eyn lehen = darnach deme marschalke eyn lehen, darnach deme trugsessen eyn lehen, darnach deme kemmerere eyn lehen, darnach deme bergmeistere eyn lehen Erm ■ o andersyt Erm p mittene Erm q allen wie = alliu wis Erm ■ [*121] r also Erm s vor Erm t insert hat Erm u so jm = Ist denne das Erm v lehenen Erm w insert Dy endilsten lehen iczwedirsyt sal man buwen czwei mit eyme schachte. Erm ■ x Vorligen Erm y dryer Erm z tag schicht = tageschicht Erm aa erbeytenden Erm, arbeitenden UgB(1616), UgB(1698) bb insert so mag sy der bergmeister lihen umme myns herren recht, wer buwen wil Erm ■ [*122]

275

/a am Sonnabentb mag man nicht verleihen/[.] darnach meins herren lehen/ vnnd

meiner frawen lehen/ die haben beßer recht/ die mögen sich nicht verlegenc/[.] sie

thard auch niemant leihen/[,] wanne mein herr selber/ Aberf weme er die gewalt

giebet/[.] sie haben auch das recht/ das jn niemandt enthawen soll/[;] sie solleng auch

niemant enthauen[.] derh der herren leheni sollen sie bauenj/[;] Thůn sie das nicht/ so

solle sie der Bergkmeyster leihen/ so er bestek mag/ Erl zů dem minsten vnndm

halb/[.] das selbige recht haben beyde burgern/ vnnd Bergkmeyster leheno/[.] Vnnd

wille p sie dann q nie=[18v]mandt bawen/ so sol der bergkmeyster den hewern r

entbieten[,] das sie ires lehen bestellen vnnd bawen als recht ist/[.] Thůn sie es dannt

nicht/ so soll er sie leihen/ vmb meins herrn recht/ Der Bergkmeyster oder sein

leiher[.] kennetu es dann also fern/ das man Ertzv findet/ auff dem selbigenw gang/

oder auff andern gängenx da bei auff dem feld/ den soll man messen/ gleicherweiß

alsy man diesen vorgenanten bergz/[;] da můß der maßaa gebrechen.

a insert Und Erm b sunabinde Erm [Typographical error in original: <Sonnabet>] c vorligen Erm, verliegen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) d entar Erm, darff UgB(1616), UgB(1698) e wenne Erm f adir Erm ■ [*123] g ensollen Erm h der = Darnach Erm ■ i insert dy Erm j insert adir vorlyen Erm ■ k höste Erm l Er = oc Erm ■ m umme Erm ■ n burgerlehen Erm o Bergkmeyster lehen = bergmeisterlehen Erm p will UgB(1698) q denne Erm r hern Erm ■ [*124] s ere Erm t denne Erm u Kumpt Erm ■ [*125] v [Typographical error in original: <Etz>] w dem selbigen = demselben UgB(1698) x Gnägen UgB(1698) y also Erm z gleicherweiß als man diesen vorgenanten berg = glicherwis, also man dysen vorgenanten berg gemessen hat, is ensy denne also vil, das dy maße trete czu deme vorgemessinen berge Erm ■ aa der maß = der maße Erm, dermassen UgB(1698)

276

[FrA 13]

Von zween bergen die auff zweien

gängen bei eynander gemessen werden.

Jst das zween berg auff zweyen gengen gemessen werden/ bey eynander/ der vonn

erst gemessen ist/ der verlegta sich/ der ander bleibetb bawhafft/ vnd es komme also

fern/ das er wider verlegetc würdd/ Es soll dem andern nicht schaden/ an seinem

recht/[.] hilfft jm gott das er Ertz findet/ man soll jm vorgebene/[;] das kumpt dauon/

das sichs vorlegetf hat/[.] Welcheg lehen jre erste leihung behaldenh/ auff dem selbeni

gang/ die behalden jr recht.

[FrA 14]

Wie man über teyl clagt.j

Jst das eyn man bawet[,] der eynenk bawer heyst/ vnd giebt teyl eynem andern man/

das er sie mit jm bawe/ die weil er jm keyne kost giebt/ so entdarffl er nicht clagen

über die teyl/ er giebet jmandtm teyl ob er wil/ oder lest es ob er wil mit recht. So er

jm aber etwas kost giebt/ oder nichtn/ so mag er es jm zů recht nicht geleuckeneno/

Er můß darüber clagen/ vnd můß sie jm abgewinnen/ als recht ist. Woh aberp der

selbigeq seine kost gebe wissentlich seinen gewercken/ vnnd wer bei den gedingen

a vorlige Erm b blibe Erm c vorligen Erm d wirt Erm e vorgeben = vol geben Erm ■ [*126] f vorlegen Erm, UgB(1616) g [Typographical error in original: <Weche>] h insert haben Erm i dem selben = demselbigen Erm j Wie man über teyl clagt. = Wy man clagen dorfe uber teil und wy man is mite halden sulle. Erm k eyn Erm l darff UgB(1698) m ymande Erm n So er jm aber etwas kost giebt/ oder nicht = Ist is abir das her ym eyns kost gibt adir me Erm o geloukenen Erm, leugnen UgB(1616), läugnen UgB(1698) p Woh aber = Wer is aber das Erm q der selbige = derselbe UgB(1698)

277

gewesen/ vnd jhener wolta jmb leucknen/ Er het auchc ertz oder nicht/ vnd ob jm

seine gewercken dasd gestünden/ das er recht vnd redlich gebawet het/ möcht er es

aber baß behalten [19r] mit seinen gewercken/ wenn jm einer e allein daruor

geschwörenf / möcht. Jsts danng das ein man über teyle clagen můß h / mag er

geclagen i über teyle/ da nicht offentlich vordinget ist j vnd mit k dem Richter

wissentlich.[?]

[FrA 15]

Von clagen über teylel auff ge=

messen gengen.

Jst aber das ein man clagen muß über teyl/ auff gemessen gengen/[,] der můß clagen

diem erbenten tag nacheinander[.] widerumb erclageno/ des ersten tages in einemp

ding/ vnnd die andern zween zů hauß vnd zů hoff q .[,] Oder mag er zů allen

geclagenr dem Richter auff dem marckte/ oder auff der zech ob es krafft habe/ oder

ob er deß richters gesindt clagts/ ob der richter daheim nicht wert/[?] wenn ein man

zwir geclagt u über teil[,] zů dem dritten mal v / mus er seinen stuffen

a welde Erm b insert denne Erm c joch Erm d des Erm e jenre Erm f schweren UgB(1616), schwören UgB(1698) g Jsts dann = Is denne Erm h über teyle clagen můß = clagen mus ober teil Erm i klagen UgB(1698) j offentlich vordinget ist = vordinget ist offentlich Erm k mit absent Erm l clagen über teyle = clage uber teil Erm m die = dry Erm ■ [*127], drey UgB(1698) n erbeitende Erm, arbeitende UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o widerumb erclagen = Weder mus her clagen Erm ■ [*128] p in einem = ynme Erm q have Erm r geclagen = clagen czu huse und czu have geclagen, das iz craft habe, ader mag her geclagen Erm ■ , klagen UgB(1698) s clayt Erm t enwere Erm u geclayt Erm v mole Erm

278

clegera mit jm brengen/[.] hat jn dannb der richter bestettiget/ so mag er jn manen/

also er jm beuolhenc hat/ ob die pfennigd verdienet sein oder nicht/[.] gestehet danne

der stuffen schlegerf/ so mag der richter die teil eigeng oberh die er geclagti hat/ vnd

muß der gedinger dem Richter schnidej geben/[.] wann es alles geeigent würt/ so sol

jm der Richter einen gewercken geben zů botten der mit jm gehe zů hauß vnd zů

hoffk/ vnd es auff bietl als recht ist. Jst er dannm da nicht besessen/ auff dem gebirg

oder berg/ oder in der stadt zů Freibergk/ so můs man es auff dem marckn auff

bieten.

[FrA 16]

Von clag über teyl/

auff freien gengen

Jst das ein man über teil clageto/ auff freyen gengen[,] die vngemessen sein/ der soll

auch dreyer tag schichtp darüber clagen. Jst das einem mann alsoq teil geeigent

werden/ als recht ist/ es sei in einem erb/ oder auff gemessenr bergen/ oder an

le=[19v]henen/ oder woh es sei/ denn trete einens not an/ oder teidingkt/ darumb[,]

a stuffen cleger = stuffensleger Erm ■ [*129], Stuffen Släger UgB(1616), Stuffen-Schläger UgB(1698) b denne Erm c bevalen Erm d pheninge Erm e denne Erm f stuffen schleger = Stuffenschlëger UgB(1616), Stuffenschläger UgB(1698) g eygenen Erm h uber UgB(1616), über UgB(1698) i geclayt Erm j schonde Erm ■ k have Erm l auff biet = ufbite Erm m denne Erm n markte Erm o über teil claget = clayt ober teil Erm p tag schicht = tageschicht Erm q älso UgB(1698) r gemessenen Erm s eyne Erm t eyne teding Erm, teiding UgB(1616), Teiding UgB(1698)

279

mag er esa behalten/ obb es in einem erb ist/ mit seinem bergkmeister oder richterc/

obd es in lehenene ist/ das man die manef[,] wieg recht ist[,] oder er mus es mit

gezeugh behaldenn selb drittei/ wann er esj mit clag gewunnen hat.[?]

[FrA 17]

Von clag oderk erbhaffte teil.

Jst auch das ein man clagen muß über erbhaffte teil/ die nicht jre kost geben/ da muß

er clagen drey viertzehen tag/ aberl[.] mag er mit der ersten clag die viertzehen tag

behalden oder nicht.[?] Jst das er clagtm als recht ist/ inn der dritten clage muß er

seinen stuffen schlegero bringenn/[;] den soll der bergkmeister haben bestetiget/ als

recht ist/ vnd soll den manen/ vnnd soll die eigenen als vor geschrieben ist. Wer es

aber das die gewercken wilkortenp vor dem bergkmeister/ das man clage dreyer tag

schichteq/ daßr hat alsos grosse krafft/ als ob man diet drey virtzehen tag daruber

geclagtu. Jst aber dz die gewercken willkorenv vor dem bergkmeister/ jre kostw

a das Erm b wann UgB(1616), UgB(1698) c richter = mit syme richtere Erm d wann UgB(1698) e Lehen UgB(1698) f mahne UgB(1616), UgB(1698) g alz Erm h er mus es mit gezeug = mus her is mit geczuge Erm i selb dritte = selbdritte Erm j er es = herz Erm k uber Erm, über UgB(1698) ■ l obir Erm ■ m clayt Erm n czu Erm o stuffen schleger = stuffensleger Erm p willekurten Erm, wilköhrten UgB(1616), UgB(1698) q tag schichte = tageschicht Erm r das Erm s so UgB(1698) t die absent Erm u clayte Erm v willekurn Erm w insert czu wurffen Erm

280

zůgeben oder auff taga[,] wann die ersten weiffeb derjhenigen verdienetc werden/ so

mag man klagen/ es seid denn daß die gewercken eine andere wilkoree machenn/ vor

dem bergkmeister.

[FrA 18]

Von verdingnus recht.f

Wo man verdinget auff gebiergeng da sollen die gewercken billich alle dabey sein/

oder soll jr wort sein/[.] dannh man mag zů recht/ keines mannes teil geeigenen/ der

wort jri nicht wer/[.] wer es aber das ein man nicht woldej zům geding kumen/ diek

soll der richter besenden/ auff eine zeit/ vnd jm sagenl das die gewercken wollen

verdingen/[.] kumet er dann nicht/ so mus es sein wort sein/ zů recht/ oder man

gewinet jm seine teil an als eim andern mann.

[FrA 19]

Diß ist von den erbenm.

[20r] Jst das sich eine zechn vorleito[,] das gemessene geng sein/[,] waßerhalbenp/ das

man jn vor wasser nicht gebauenq mag/ ane stoln/ kumen leut vnd muten deß zům

a Tage UgB(1698) b Weisse UgB(1698) c weiffe derjhenigen verdienet = wurfe der pheninge vordynet Erm ■ [*130] d is ensy Erm e Willköhre UgB(1616), UgB(1698) f Von verdingnus recht. = Von vordingens rechte uf gebirge. Erm, Von Verdingungs Recht. UgB(1698) g gebirge Erm h Wenne Erm i is Erm j welde Erm k den Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698) l jm sagen = sage ym Erm m insert Capitulum VIm Erm n insert recht Erm o verleit UgB(1698) p wasser halben Erm, wassershalben UgB(1616), Wassershalben UgB(1698) q gethun Erm, bawen UgB(1616), bauen UgB(1698)

281

bergkmeister/ ob er jn wolt behaltena die zeche/ oder den bruch/ oder woltb jn felde/

dar zů vererben/ zů einem stoln/ vmb meines herren zehenden[,] sie wellenc jr

alderd vnd jr arbeit/ darlegen/ der bergkmeister hate keine gewalt dzf nicht zůleihen/

ane meins hern wort/[.] ist aber das mein herr seine gnad darzů thůt/ vnd heists

außgeben zů einem erbe/ so leithg es dann an den burgern zů Freyburgkh wo dz leiti

imj lant/ bey Kemnitzk/ bey Meyssenl/ oder wo es leithm/ die sollen von Freyburgk

darzů reiten mit dem bergkmeister/[.] den soll man geben einn eimer weins/ vmb jre

arbeit/[.] die sollen das bergkwergk besehen/ als lieb in jr ehr isto/[.] zů dem stoln

vnd zů der zech/ sollen sie gehnp/ vnd bereiten/ als viel feldes/ als es dem stolln eben

istq/ vnd meinenr herrn vnd dem lande/ das nutze sei/[.] wenn das geschiett/ so hat

mein herr sein fronteil gelaßen vnd so müssen die herrn/ jre gemessene lehen alle

lassen/ das sie daran nicht mer habenu.

Wov die gewercken ansitzenw vnd furenx iren stolln/ vnd sincken recht ein lachtery

a wolt behalten = welle lyen Erm ■ [*131]

b oder wolt = und welle Erm c wollen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) d silber Erm ■ [*132], Alder UgB(1616), UgB(1698) e inhat Erm f des Erm g lyt Erm, liegt UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h Friberg Erm i ligt UgB(1616), liegt UgB(1698) j ynme Erm k Kempnicz Erm l Mißen Erm m liegt UgB(1616), UgB(1698) n eynen Erm o als lieb in jr ehr ist = also yn ire truwe und ire ere lip is Erm ■ p geben Erm ■ [*133] q kumpt Erm r myme Erm s da absent Erm t geschicht UgB(1616), UgB(1698) u nicht mer haben = nymme inhaben Erm v Nu Erm w siczen an Erm x varn Erm, führen UgB(1616) y recht ein lachter = lichtlocher Erm ■ [*134]

282

darauff/ da mögenn sie auff bauen vnnd vorleihena/ wie sie wollen/ das jn aller

nutzlichst ist.

Der bergkmeister hat keinenb gwalt zů leihenc/ an ichte/[.] es seid dann also viel als

leuth kumen vnd můtten lehen kegen den gewercken/ hinder jrem fordristen licht

loche/ die mögen sie leihen oder mögen sie selber bauen/[.] wolden denn sief weder

leihen noch selber bauen/ so sollg jn der bergkmeister gepietenh/ auff seinei zeit/ das

sie selber baueten/ oder verlegenj/ wenn man jr gemuttet het/[.] Litenk sie es dann

nicht/ so hat der bergkmeister die gewalt[,] das er sie mag zů recht/ vmb eine

eigenschafft leihen ob er mag/[.] will man jr darumb nicht/ so mag er sie leihen/ vmb

meins herrn zehenden.

[20v]

[FrA 20]

Von stolln recht.

Nunl die gewercken fürenm jren stolnn vorsich/[.] wie ferr sie künneno mit jrem

furdristen lichtloch/ vor dem vnd vor jrem stolnhauptp mag sie niemant gedringenq/

weder zů bauen noch zů leihen/ wider jren wiellen r /[.] kqweme es oder s alßo

ferna/ das die gewercken selber baueten/ an dem fordristen zeleb/ vnd lisenc es dann a verleihen UgB(1698) b keyne Erm c lyene Erm d es sei = Is insy Erm e fordristen licht loch = vordersten lichtloche Erm f wolden denn sie = Welden sy denne Erm g sulde Erm h gebiten Erm, gebieten UgB(1616), UgB(1698) i eyne Erm ■ [*135] j vorligen Erm, verleihen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k Teten Erm ■ [*136], leiheten UgB(1616), UgB(1698) l Nu Erm m varn Erm n stollenhoupt Erm o komen Erm ■ [*137], können UgB(1616), UgB(1698) p Stollhaupt UgB(1698) q getwingen Erm, dringen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) r willen Erm, willen UgB(1616), Willen UgB(1698) s abir Erm, aber UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

283

das die gewercken selber baueten/ an dem fordristen zeleb/ vnd lisenc es dann aberd

liegene/ alßo das sie es weder baueten noch verlegenf/ so hetten sie jr recht verloren/

also daß der bergkmeister die gewalt gewonneg,h/ in dem fordristen ziele/ als in dem

hindristen mit recht.

[FrA 21]

Wie man wüste erbe empfahin

soll &ci.

Soj sich ein erb verbauetk vnd wüst leitl/ aller ding/ kummen leut vnd wöllen diem

bauen/ die sollen kummen zů dem bergkmeister/ der hat allein die gewalt zů leihenn/

vnd sollen sprechen/ [“]herr bergkmeister[,] wir clagen euch über das erbe/ daß leito

wüst/ dasp mutenq wir kegen euch/ wasr jr vns darumb bescheidet/ deß wöllens wir

gerne warten/[.”] müssen nůnt zů recht xiiij.u tag behalten/ beide bergkmeister vnd

kleger/ wennv man spricht/ das sich ein erbe/ in sechs wochen vorlegenw soll/[;] oder

a verre Erm b czile Erm, ziele UgB(1616), Ziele UgB(1698) c liessen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) d abuwe Erm ■ [One MS in the tradition contains <ane buwe>, probably the best reading (Ermisch 15n).] e legen Erm f vorligen Erm, verlihen UgB(1616), verliehen UgB(1698) g die gewalt gewonne = gewunne dy gewalt Erm h gewönne UgB(1616), UgB(1698) i &c = und is mite halden sulle Erm j Ist das Erm k vorlit Erm ■ l lyt Erm, liegt UgB(1616), UgB(1698) m do Erm n insert dy erbe Erm o lyt Erm, liegt UgB(1616), UgB(1698) p des Erm q mute Erm r wez Erm s wolle Erm t nu Erm u firczehin Erm v denn UgB(1616), UgB(1698) w vorligen Erm, verliegen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

284

sollen sie von dema tag über sechs wochen/ mit vmb gehnb/ erc fraget nach/[.] wenn

alßo leuth kumen/ vnd muten eind zů dem bergkmeister/ der Bergkmeister soll ine

bescheiden über virtzehen tag/ vnd sollen das heimlichenf handlen/ vnd soll bynneng

des selbenh rieteni/ ob er mit ichte mag[.] hinderten ober adeüge. Aberj ob es jm zů

ferr ist/ so soll er darzů kießen einen getreuen man/ auff den er bauenk darffl/ oder

schweren/ ob es nachm geschiet/ vnd soll dem befelhen/ das er sehe die zeit/ ob man

darauff icht erbeten/[.] das soll er thůn also lang als recht ist/ vnd soll auch den

leuthen die es muthnp alsq lang bescheiden [21r] als es recht ist/[.] Jst es dann/ das es

sich alsor ferr vorleiths/ drei viertzehen tag/ so sol der bergkmeyster darauff reiten

one wider redt/ vnd soll jm keine not benemen/ vnd soll anheben an der wasserseichu/

vnnd soll reitten bießv oben auß/ vnnd soll besehen/ aldaw die bruchx vnnd alle die

löchery/ die darzů gehören/[.] findet er es dann wüst/ so soll er das selbe erb/ zů

handt alda teidingen in meins herrn gewalt/ vnd sol es leihenz dem mann der es

gemůttet hat/ recht vnd redlich/[.] legeaa er es jm an keyner andern stadt/ dz enthetebb

a den UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b vmb gehn = ummegeen Erm c er = do Erm ■ [*138] d ein = eynes erbz Erm e ihn UgB(1616), UgB(1698) f heymelich Erm g innerhalb UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h selbe Erm i ouch ryten Erm j hinderten ober adeüge. Aber = Hindert yn abir orleuge adir Erm ■ [*139] k er bauen = erbawen UgB(1616), er bauen UgB(1698) l tar Erm m nach = not Erm ■ [*140] n arbeite UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o also Erm p muthen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) q alzo Erm r es sich also = sichz also Erm s vorlit Erm, vorliegt UgB(1616), UgB(1698) t wider red = widirrede Erm, widerred UgB(1616), Widerred UgB(1698) u wasserseige Erm, Wasserseug UgB(1698) v bis Erm w alle Erm ■ [*141] x brüche Erm, Brüch UgB(1616), UgB(1698) y lach Erm z lyen Erm aa Lige Erm bb hette UgB(1616), hätte UgB(1698)

285

keyne krafft. Es maga auch niemant anderst thůnb/ denne er zů recht/[.] Jst es dannc/

das es so ferrnd kompt/ dz der Bergkmeister eyn erb verleihet/ eynem mann[,] der sol

auch allen seinen fleiß darzůe legen/ dz er jn esf gewere/ vnd jn dabei behaldeg/ mit

recht. Qwem h es dann also fern i / das der selbe bawer j / oder eyn ander des

bergkmeisters bedorfftk/ das er gestehen müste/ vmb das selb erb/ so müste man in

manen mit meines herrn hulde/[: “] das sich dz selbigl erbe/ also lang verlagm

abebron/ das ich selber darauff rietho vnd teidingete/ es in meins herrn gewalt/ vnd

leigep es demq mann/ recht vnd redlich/ das es sein ist/ mit mehremr recht/ wann eyns

anderst jemandts[.”] wider duncket euch/ das er gestanden sei mit der rede/ oder

woltt jr[,] das jr mehr werde.[?] Nůn last seinu das jr mehr seinv hienw oder her[,]

wann er auchx die wort erfüellety die hieuor sein vnd stehn geschrieben/ so soldez er

jm gestanden sein/ ob es euch recht duncket/[.] kummet es dann also fernaa/ dz er

a enmag Erm b gethun Erm c denne Erm d so ferrn = also verre Erm e daran Erm f er jn es = her is in Erm g behalte UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h Kem UgB(1616), Käm UgB(1698) i verre Erm j buwer Erm k bedurfe Erm, bedürffe UgB(1616), bedürffte UgB(1698) l dz selbig = dasselbe Erm, dasselb UgB(1616), UgB(1698) m vorlag Erm n abuwe Erm ■ [*142], abebro UgB(1616), ab ebro UgB(1698) [best MS reading is probably <an buwe> (Ermisch 17n).] o reit Erm p leych Erm, liehe UgB(1616), UgB(1698) q denn UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □ r mererme Erm s wann eyns anderst jemandt = wenne andirs ymandis Erm t welt Erm u Nůn last sein = Nu dar last syn Erm v sein = sy Erm w hin UgB(1616), UgB(1698) x oc Erm y irvollete Erm z solte UgB(1616), UgB(1698) aa verre Erm

286

selbera beuelhb oder eyn ander mit solcherc arbeyt Ertz erfolget/ in eym erbe oder

lehnemd/ vnd mit recht dartzů kumen ist/ vnnd bringet daße zů liecht vnd hebet das

auff drei teylunge one anspruchf wissentlichg/ der beheldeth es biellicher/ vnd bas[,]

dann es jm jemantsi abe gewinnenj mag/ mit keinem recht/[.] vnnd wie sol er es

behalden[?] mit seins eynerk handt/ oderl wie duncket esm euch dar umb berechtn

sein/[?] kumpto auch also ferr/ das gewercken faren [21v] eynen stolen in eynp Erbq/

vnd leihen lehen hinderr oder neben jn/ so nemen sie das auß bielichen mit eym

lihere/ das man die gewercken nicht hinderes/[.] vnnd ob die gewercken furent jr

stolen haubt vorsich/ vnnd sie qwemenu an eyn hertev/ das sie brendw müsten setzen/

vnnd die hewerx wolden sie deß hindern/ das magy nicht geseinz/ mit recht/ es wereaa

dann also vil/ das sie es zůuor auchbb hetten gewonnencc mit nammen/ das haldedd

man jn billich/[.] qwemeee es auch also ferre das der gewercken wasser hinderte/ die

a er selber = derselbe Erm ■ b beuelh = bůwer Erm ■ [*143], befehl UgB(1616), UgB(1698) c suwerre Erm ■ [*144] [MSG schwere] d lehnem = in lehenen Erm e das Erm f ansprache Erm g gewislich Erm h behält UgB(1698) i dann es jm jemants = wenne is ymand Erm j abe gewinnen = abgewinnen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k seins eyner = syn eynz Erm, seiner eigner UgB(1616), UgB(1698) l vnd UgB(1616), und UgB(1698) m ist Erm n recht Erm o insert is Erm p eyme Erm q Erben Erm r insert yn Erm s inhindere Erm t führen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) u kommen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) v Hütte UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □ w brende Erm x lenheuwere Erm y des enmag Erm z seyn UgB(1616), UgB(1698) aa enwere Erm bb zůuor auch = auch zuvor UgB(1616), UgB(1698) cc zůuor auch hetten gewonnen = vor usgenomen hetten Erm dd hilde Erm, halte UgB(1698) ee keme UgB(1616), käme UgB(1698)

287

hawera in dem erbeb/ oder ioch/c es were[,] da wasser nothd ist/[,] Da soll man botten

zů geben/ die darzů faren vnd entscheyden zů recht/ das eyn ytzlichere mann sein

wasser fertige/ von dem seinen/ wo sie es besehen als recht ist.

Wo gewergken mit eynander bawen eynen bruch oder lehen in eynem erbe/ vnd

finden Ertz/ vnd verkauffen zehenden also lang/ biß es schwachf oder abgehet/ vnd

eyn teyl gewercken wellen auff losseng/[,] Die andernh wollen da bauwen/ meinem

Herrn zů nutz vnd auch jneni selber vnd jhenej wöllen es also aufloßenk/ das sie bei

jrem erb bleiben/ vnnd jhene sprechen/ sollen sie jr gůth darlegen/ sie wöllen auch

warten deß erbes/ das zů denl teylen gehört/ vnd die eynen wöllen des Erbs nicht

auflassen/ vnnd wöllen es auch nicht bawen/ da fraget nachm.

[FrA 22]

Von teylen die eyn mann mittetn,o.

Mittetp eyn mann teyl/ da man Ertz hawet[,] eyn xxxij. teylq oder mehrr/ der mag

hewers senden/ oder legen wie vil er will/ tag vnnd nacht/ biß zů seim tage/[;] das

a lenheüwere Erm b erben Erm c insert wo Erm d wasser noth = wassernot Erm e yczlich Erm f swacht Erm g wellen auff lossen = wollen uflasen Erm, wollen auff lassen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h insert dy Erm i yn Erm j insert dy Erm k auflassen UgB(1616), aufflassen UgB(1698) l dem UgB(1616), UgB(1698) m da fraget nach = do vrogit noch Erm n mietet UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o insert was rechtis her darane gehaben moge Erm p MJetet UgB(1616), UgB(1698) q xxxij. teyl = czweyendrystel Erm r me Erm s heuwere Erm

288

maga jm ihener nicht geweren/ deß die teyl sein/ er bawet auffs nutzlichst er magb/[.]

Aber zů heiligen getzeiten/ wenec ich nicht/ das er icht gehawen müged/ mit keinem

Rechte/[.] mögene jm aber die gewerckenf wereng/ den hewerh nachi seiner lust oder

nicht/[?] da fraget nachj.

[22r]

[FrA 23]

Von teylen die eyn man

můthetk,l.

Welch man waltwerck hatt zům eyner grůben/ da Ertz ist/ der soll in die grůbenn nicht

faren/[.] vnd allen rechteno/ sollen in keyne grůbenp farenq/ da Ertz ist/ die weil sier

waltwercks pflegens/ vnnd keyn hawer soll auch nicht waltberck haben.

a das mag = des enmag Erm b er bawet auffs nutzlichst er mag = her buwet, so her allernuczlichzte mag Erm c wehne UgB(1616), UgB(1698) d moge Erm e Mugen Erm f Gewerkeu UgB(1698) g geweren Erm, wehren UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h haw Erm ■ i noch Erm j da fraget nach = Do vrogit noch Erm k mietet UgB(1616), UgB(1698) l Von teylen die eyn man můthet. = Von den dy nicht waltwerkis phlegen sullen und von waltwerkis rechte. Erm ■ [*145] m zů = und hat teil an Erm ■ [*146] n grube Erm, Grube UgB(1698) o allen rechten = alle waltworchten, dy Erm ■ [*147], alle Waltworchten UgB(1698) p grube Erm q in keyne grůben faren = in die Grube nicht fahren UgB(1616), in keine Gruben fahren UgB(1698) r insert do Erm s phlegen Erm

289

WJr a anargk b / vnnd Heynrich c von Waldenbergk d herrn zů e Wolckensteyn f /

Bekhennen vor vns/ vnd vnser Erben/ das wir vns mit dem Hochgeborneng Fürsten

vnd herrn herrn Friderich vndh hern Wilhelm vnd herrn Friderich Landtgraueni in

Dhoringenj/ vnd Marckgrauenk zů Meissenl vnsern gnedigen lieben herrnm vnd alln

jren Erben/ vmb das Bergkwerck zů Ernfriderßdorffo/ vnd auff allen vnsern güttern/

beteidingt/ vereynt haben vnd übereyn kumen p seind/ in aller maß als hernach

geschribenq steht.

Zů demr Ersten sollen sie alle gerichts/ vnnd recht haben auff allen gold vnnd silber

gängen/ auff allen vnseren gütern/ viert lehen auff dz hangengtu/ vnd vierthalb lehen

auff das ligendtv/ vnd sollen jre Bergkmeister vnd Amptleut dahien setzen alsow auff

andern vonx Bergkwercken/ die auff den bergeny vnd in den huttenz/ vnd auff den

hoffen aa / die darzů gebawet werden bb / richten sollen/ wann das not cc

a [[22r]-[23r] = “Vertrag zwischen den Herren von Waldenburg und den Markgrafen zu Meißen über die Bergwerke der Waldenburger”; cf. Köhler (260-265), Urkundenbuch (70-74).] b anargk = Anarg von Walde Kö, Anarg Erm c hirach Kö d waldenburg Kö e herrn zů = heren czu Kö, Herren zum UgB(1698) f [Typographical error in original: <Wockensteyn>] g hochgeborn Kö h vnd absent Kö i Landgraffe Kö j Döringen Kö, Düringen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k marggraffin Kö, Marggrafen UgB(1698) l mißen Kö m herren Kö n allen Kö, Erm o ernfridistorf Kö, Ernfridistorff Erm p übereyn kumen = oberkomin Kö, obirkomen Erm q maß als hernach geschriben = maße also vornach geschrebin Kö, masse, als hirnach geschreben Erm r den Kö s gerichte Erm t vier = virdehalb Kö, vierdehalb Erm ■ [*148] u hangende Kö, hengende Erm, hangend UgB(1616), UgB(1698) v legende Kö, legende Erm, liegend UgB(1616), UgB(1698) w alz x von = yren Kö, iren Erm y den bergen = dem berge Erm z hütten Kö, Hüten UgB(1616), UgB(1698) aa höffen Kö, Höffen UgB(1698) bb wurden Erm cc das not = des nod Erm

290

geschieta/ Auch haben die obgenantenb vnsere gnedige herrnc/ vns vnd vnsern erben/

durch des schadensd wiellene/ den wir an vnseren Bergkwerckenf nemen/ vndg auff

dash goltwerck vnnd sylberwergk/ destei fürderlicherj gefertigeth werde/ die gnade

gethan/ dask vns vnd vnsern Erben auff den gütternl die wir haben zwey [22v] teyl

von dem zehenden vnd an denm dritten teyln folgen sollen/ An den golt vnd sylber

gängen auff allen vnsern gütern in solcher weißo[:] nemep sie nicht meerq eynen

hauffen zů zehenden/ das soll vns auch zwey teyl/ vnd eyn dritteyl eingefallenr/ vnd

folgends[.] hilfft eucht Gottu/ das goldwerck auffstündenv in vnsern landenw/ das alsox

gůtt würdey/ das der zehende daran gůldez drei pfundt/ oder mehr/ darzů sollenaa sie

vnß zů steuerbb geben .vc.cc guldindd Vngerisch/ wohee auch dasff sielber werck auff

a geschicht UgB(1698) b obin genanten Erm c vnsere gnedige herrn = unser gnedigen herren Kö, unsern gnedigen hern Erm, unsere gnädige Herren UgB(1698) d schaden Erm e willen Kö, Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698) f czenwergken Erm g insert ouch Erm h das = daz daz Erm i doste Kö, desto UgB(1616), UgB(1698) j sunderlich Kö k daß UgB(1616), UgB(1698) l guten Erm m an den = yn den Kö, yn der Erm n dritten teyl = dritteil Erm o wiese Kö, wise Erm p Nemen Kö, nemen Erm, nehme UgB(1616), UgB(1698) q nicht meer = mer Kö, mer denne Erm ■ [*149] r dritteyl eingefallen = drittenteyl yn gefallen Kö, dritteil gefallen Erm s fulgen Kö, volgen Erm t hilfft euch = hülfe auch Kö, Hulffe ouch Erm u god v uf stünde Kö, uffstunde Erm w vnsern landen = unserm lande Kö, Erm x alz Erm y worde Erm z gülde UgB(1616), UgB(1698) aa solden Erm bb zů steuer = zur sture Kö, sture Erm cc .vc. = fünfhundert Kö, funff hundert Erm, v. UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □ dd Gülden UgB(1616), UgB(1698) ee woh = würde Kö, worde Erm ■ ff daß UgB(1698)

291

stünde/ in vnserm lande/ soa dz der zehendtb/ daran auch drei pfund guldec oder

meer/ so sollend vnse darzů stewerf geben .ijc.g newe schock groschenh/ Was auch

büssen auff dem bergi gefallen die büssen sollen vns halb gefallen/ Auch soll man obj

das gold vnd silber/ das auff dem Bergkwergk/ auff vnsern gütternk gefellet/ jren

amptleuten daselbstl geben/ vnd entwerm denn/ die das fürder ino jre müntz gehnp

Freiburgkq brengenr sollen da man vor yedes margk goldes Bergischt gewichtu geben

soll/ lxiiij. v guldin vnd vor yede w margk sielbers deß selben gewichts .xxxij.

guldinx/[.] die guldin vnd diey groschen/ was der würt/ die vns gebürenz/ die sollenaa

jre amptleüt/ wider auff das Bergkwergk bringen bb vnd das cc forder den dd vns

anthworten ee vnd bezalen sollen/[.] vnnd wann man ff das überqwem gg mit jren

a also Kö, alzo Erm b czende Kö, czehende Erm c galden Kö d solden Erm e vns = sie Kö f stewer = sture Kö, zcu sture Erm g .ijc. = czweyhundert Kö, czwey hundert Erm, ij. UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □ h newe schock groschen = Schock nuwe grossen Kö, schog nuwer groschen Erm i dem berg = den bergen Erm j ob = all Kö, alle Erm ■ [*150] k guten Erm l daselbis Kö, Erm m entweder UgB(1698) n entwer den = antworten Kö, entwerten Erm ■ [*151] o in absent UgB(1698) p gen Kö, UgB(1616), UgB(1698), gein Erm q Freiberg Kö, Friberg Erm r bringen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) s yedie Kö, y die Erm t pregisch Kö, Pregisch Erm u gewichtis Erm v lxiiij. = czwene unde drießig Kö, czwene und drissig gulden Erm ■ [note reversal of numbers 64 and 32 in UgB against Kö and Erm in this passage], xiiij. UgB(1698) w yedie Kö, y die Erm x .xxxij. guldin = vyer unde sechczig großen Kö, vier und sechczig groschen Erm ■ [reversal of 64 and 32 as noted above] y die absent Kö z gehoren Kö, geburen Erm aa die sollen = dieselbin Erm bb brengen Kö, Erm cc das = da daz Erm dd forder den = denn fürder Kö, denn furder Erm ee entwerten Erm ff wann man = wen Kö, wen man Erm gg oberqueme Kö, obirqueme Erm, überkäm UgB(1698)

292

amptleuten/ die darzů gesetzt a werden b / das gold oder sielberc nit in jre müntz

anthwortend/ als oben geschribene stet/ den solf man büssen alsg müntz recht ist/[.]

Auch sol h vnser gnediger herr i keinen freien margk j lassen berůffen/ bei k eyner

halben meilenl wegenm von Ernfriderstorffn oder von dem thůmeo/ oder von dem

Geyerp/ oder beiq eyner halben meil wegenr wolckensteyn/ oder der schopas/ Es wäre

dannt das jre Amptleut erkenten das es not wer/ vnnd das man dasu nicht entperenv

kundtw/ so mügen vnser gnedige herrnx den lassen berůffen/ vnndy den haben/ dasz

sie doch mit vnsermaa willen vnd wissenbb thůn sollen/ [23r] doch so mag jederman

der da bauet sein brodt/ fleisch vnnd gedrenck cc wol da haben dd auff dem

bergkwergkee/ mitff/ dieweil der freymargkgg nicht berüffenhh ist/ daß wir nicht weren

a gesatzt Erm b weren Kö, Erm ■ c das gold oder sielber = die gold und silber Kö, der gold adir silber Erm d entwerte Erm e geschrebin Kö, geschreben Erm f sol absent UgB(1698) g als = also der Kö, alz der Erm h saln Kö, sollen Erm i gnediger herr = gnedigen herren obgenannt Kö, gnedigen hern obin genant Erm j markt Erm ■ k bei absent Kö, bie Erm l mile Erm m weges Kö, wegis Erm n ernfridisdorf Kö, Ernfridistorff Erm o Thume Erm, Tumme UgB(1616), UgB(1698) p Gyher Erm q bie Erm r meil wegen = mylen weges von Kö, milen wegis von Erm s der schopa = Czope Kö, der Czschape Erm, der Schopa UgB(1616), UgB(1698) t den Kö u des Kö, Erm v enpehren Kö, empern Erm w kunde Kö, konde Erm, köndte UgB(1616), UgB(1698) x mügen vnser gnedige herrn = mogen unsere gnedigen herren Kö, mogen unser gnedigen hern Erm y insert ouch Erm z daß UgB(1616), UgB(1698) aa unsern Kö bb willen vnd wissen = Wissen und Willen UgB(1698) cc Getränck UgB(1616), UgB(1698) dd hoben Kö ee dem bergkwergk = den bergwerke Kö ff mit = mit den synen Erm ■ gg frye marckt Kö, frihe margkt Erm, Freymarckt UgB(1698) hh beruffen Kö, UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

293

noch hindern sollen/[.] sundera hierb[,] ob dasc jemandtd schencken woldte/ der solle

sich deß in vnßer hernf steteng erholen/ vnd wir sollen bestellen das man jn das inn

gewonlichem kauffh geben soll/ als man das thůt in andern stedten/ die darumb

gelegen sein/[.] es wer danni daß seinj darinne gebrechenk/ so sollen sie sich deßl

anderstwom erholen/ in welchen steten sie wollenn/[.] Auch sollen wir vnd vnßere

erben/ auff den selben bergkwergken fleischbenck/ vndo brotbenck zolp/ huttenzinßq

vnd desr schrot ein achts haben[,] nach gewonheit vnnd recht/[,] als das auff jren

andernt bergkwergknu gewonheit vnd recht ist. Auch sollen vnßere leuth die itztv

gereid w bauen/ auff dem x goldt oder silber gengen auff vnßern güttern y dabey

bleiben. Vndz jr bergkmeister auff den bergk kimmetaa/ so sollen sie die lehen von

jmbb entpfahencc. Was aber ledigk wer vnd legedd/ das soll jr bergkmeisteree leihen/

a sunderlich Kö, Sundern Erm b byer Kö, bier Erm ■ [*152], Bier UgB(1698) □ c dis Kö d insert do Kö, insert da Erm e sullte Kö, solde Erm f vnßer hern = unserer herren Kö, unsern Erm g Städten UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h gewönliche kauffe Kö i denne Kö j sein = es yn Kö, syn Erm k gebreche Kö, Erm l deß absent Kö, syn Erm m anders wo Kö, anderswo UgB(1616), UgB(1698) n mogen Kö, Erm o vnd absent Erm p czolle Kö, Erm q huttenzinß = unde hüttenczinuß Kö r des = dacz Kö s schrot ein acht = schrot anrecht Kö, schrotampt Erm ■ t jren andern = andern yren Kö, andern iren Erm u bergwercke Kö v yczund Kö, iczund Erm, jetzt UgB(1616), UgB(1698) w albereit Kö, algereite Erm, bereit UgB(1616), UgB(1698) x den Kö, Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698) y guten Erm z insert wenne Kö, insert wanne Erm ■ aa komit Kö, komet Erm, kömmet UgB(1616), UgB(1698) bb yn Erm cc empfaen Kö, empfahen Erm dd wer vnd lege = lege Erm ee [Typographical error in original: <bergkmeisten>]

294

alsa das gewonlichb ist/[.] es ist auch geteidinget/ werc das ziengengd gingen an diee

goldt oder silber gengf/ also das man die ziengengg oneh der goldt oder silber geng

schaden nicht geerbeten kündtei/[,] so sollenj die zingengk stillerl ligen/ vnd das goldt

oder sielberwergkm soll vor sichn so lang/ bißo man die zyngengp/ oneq schaden der

goldt oder sielbergeng/ geerbetenr mag. Were ess auch dzt ehegenanteu bergkwergk

wüste wurdv oderw ledigk legx/ Also[,] das man dz nicht mey bauetz/ so soll das

gericht wideraa vnser seinbb/ biß socc lang/ das daßdd goldt oderee dasff silberwergk

a also Kö b gewohnlichin Erm, gewöhnlich UgB(1616), UgB(1698) c were Kö, Erm, Wehre UgB(1616), Wäre UgB(1698) d Czehngenge Kö, czehengenge Erm e den Erm f silber geng = silbergengen Erm g an die goldt oder silber geng/ also das man die ziengeng absent Kö h an Kö, ane Erm i geerbeten kündte = gearbeiten konde Kö, geerbeiten konde Erm, bearbeiten künte UgB(1616), bearbeiten könte UgB(1698) j sulden Erm k Czehn genge Kö, czehengenge Erm l stille Kö, Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698) ■ m silberbergwerck Kö, silberwerg Erm n insert gehen bis Kö, insert gehin, bis Erm o biß = daz Erm p czen genge Kö, czehengenge Erm q insert schuld Kö r bearbeiten UgB(1616), UgB(1698) s es absent Kö, Erm t dz = daz daz Erm u eginante Kö, egenante Erm v würde Kö, worde Erm, würd UgB(1616), würde UgB(1698) w oder = und Erm x lege Kö, Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698) y mehr Kö, UgB(1616), UgB(1698), mer Erm z buwete Erm aa wieder UgB(1616), wider UgB(1698) bb sien Erm cc also Kö, alz Erm dd das daß = bis dacz Kö, daz daz Erm, daß das UgB(1698) ee oder = unde Kö, und Erm ff das absent Kö, Erm, UgB(1698)

295

widerbauhafftiga würdeb/ ongeferdtc/d hiebei sein gewest vnnd getzeugete &c.f

Anno domini .M.cccc. vnd vij. Domi

nicag Galli jnn Grimh

a weder buwehaftig Kö, wider buwehafftig Erm, wieder bawhafftig UgB(1616), wieder bauhafftig UgB(1698) b werde Kö, worde Erm c ane geferde Kö, ane geverde Erm, ohn gefehr UgB(1616), UgB(1698) d [Köhler transcription ends here, with concluding phrase, “Unter Zeugen gesagt und geschrieben durch die Herren von Waldenburg in Grimma 1407, am Sonntag St. Gallen.”] e geczugen Erm f etc. UgB(1616) g .M.cccc. vnd vij. Dominica = 1406. Domin. UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h &c. Anno domini .M.cccc. vnd vij. Dominica Galli jnn Grim = die edeln grave Heinrich von Swarczpurg herre zcu Arnstete unde Sundirshusen, grave Friderich von Bichelingen, burgrave Albrecht von Lissenik herre zcu Penik, burgrave Albrecht von Kirchperg herre zcu Kranchfeld, Henrich herre zcu Plauwen und die gestrengen er Offe von Sliwin, ern Ditherich von Bernwalde ritter, Albrecht von Brandenstein und ander lute gnug. Und zcu orkunde der obin geschreben sache so haben wir obin gnanten Anarg und Heinrich von Waldinberg unsere insigele bi einander wissintlichin an disen brieff lassen hengen, der gegebin ist zcu Grymme nach gotis geburte virczen hundert jar darnach in dem sibenden jare am suntage sente Gallen tage. [In other words, Haselberg truncated the final section of signatories to leave only the date and location.]

296

[23v]

Von erkantnusa der

Berckwerck.b

WJe man berckwerck vnd ertz aller metallen erkennen/ sůchen vnnd erstlich finden

sol/ nach gelegenheit eines jetzlichen gebürges oder ertrichsc/ auch der selbigen

geng/ clüfft/ fletzen vnd ander berck geschick kunstlich mit artlichen figuren

angezeigtd/ sampt der abteilung der welt vnd der werck der natur vnder der erden/

welchere geng/ clüfft/ oder andere berck geschick/ an gebürgen oder in freyem feldf/

metallisch ertz fruchtbarlichen mügentg gebären/ höflich daselbst zů bawen/ auff dz

der vmkosth nit vnützi auffgewantj/ Wie wol nit not ist zů wissen die wunderbärliche

wercke der natur so vnder der erden gebraucht welche vermitelt minerischer crafft

hie nach angezeigt wurt k / Auch wie die geschick der clüfft vnnd geng nach

gelegenheit vnnd anzeigung der sintfluß l streichent vallent m oder jeren außgang

habent/ von jetlichemn metalo in sunderheyt/ es seye golt/ silber/ kupherp/ wißmat/

zin/ pley q oder eysen/ auß anzeigung nachfolgender figuren/ mügent r alle

berckuerstendige oder newe vngeübte berckleut/ erkantnus vnd anweisung haben/

wie die metallischen geng in berg vnd thal jr natürliche wachsung arth vnd würckung

a Erkentnüß UgB(1616), Erkäntnüß UgB(1698) b [This one-page preface, titled <Von erkantnus der Berckwerck>, replaces the “Bergbüchlein’s” title page and opening dialog as found in B1, B2, B3, and B6.] c Erdreichs UgB(1616), UgB(1698) d angezeit UgB(1698) e welche UgB(1698) f freyem feld = Freyen feldt UgB(1616), freyen Feldt UgB(1698) g mögen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h vnkost UgB(1616), Unkost UgB(1698) i unnutz UgB(1698) j auffgewendt UgB(1616) k wird UgB(1616), UgB(1698) l Sündfluß UgB(1698) m vollen UgB(1616), wollen UgB(1698) n von jetlichem = vom jeglichen UgB(1698) o Matall UgB(1616), Metall UgB(1698) p Kupffer UgB(1616), UgB(1698) q Bley UgB(1698) r mögen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

297

habent &c.a Metallische ertz zůbereiten/ auch von des selbigen ertzes ankunfft vnd

vrsprung ist diser begriffb auß der alten weisen büchern vnd geübter berckleuth

erfarung gezogen/ vnd würthc hie nach mit figuren außgeteilt in zehen capitel

[24r]

Das erst Capiteld von ge=

meinem vrsprunge der Ertz.

[Figure 2.2: Scene of miners at work – same as 2.1]

DEr gemein vrsprung der ertz/ f Es sey silber/ gold/ zinn/ kupfer/ eysen/ oder

pleyärtz/ in welchem g sie all h über ein trettent/ vnd mit einem i namen genennt

a etc. UgB(1616), &c. UgB(1698) b Begrieff UgB(1698) c wird UgB(1616), UgB(1698) d insert oder der erst tail Jst B1, B2 e Uhrsprung UgB(1698) f DEr gemein vrsprung der ertz/ absent B1, B2, B3, B6 g welchen UgB(1698) h alle B2 i insert gemeinem B1, gemainen B2, gemeynen B3, gemaynen B6

298

werden/ metallisch a ertz. Jst zů mercken/ das zů der wachsung b / oder geburt

metallisch ertzs/ gehöret ein wyrcker vnd ein vnderworffen ding/ oder materien die

da geschickt ist zů em=[24v]pfahenc die wyrckung. Der gemaynd wyrcker deß ärtzs

vnnd aller ding die dae geboren werden/ ist der hymel mit seinem lauff/ schein vnd

einfluß/ als die natürlichen mayster sprechen. Der einfluß des hymmels wirt

gemanchfeltiget durch den lauff des Firmaments/ vnd widerlauff der siben planeten.

Darumbf eyn yegklichsg mettallisch ärtz/ einenh sonderlichen zůgeaygnetenni einfluß

entpfachtj/ von seinem aygnen planeten/ vmb aygenschafftk willen desselbigenl vnd

deß ärtzes/ auch umb aynigkeitm/ inn wärmmen/ kelte/ feüchteo vnd trucknep. Als das

Golt von der Sonnen oder jrem einfluß/ dz silber von dem Monq/ das Zin vom

Jupiterr/ das Kupffer von Venuss/ das eysen von Marst/ dz Pleyu von Saturno/ das

Quecksilber vom Mercurio gemacht wirt. Darumbv die Metall gar offt vonw Hermete

vnd von andern weysenx mit diseny namen genenet werden/ als das Gold Son/

a metallisches B1, B2 b waschung B1, B2 [corrected to ‘wachsung’ in B3] c entpfahen B1, entpfachen B2 d gemei B1 e da absent B1 f Wurumb B1, Warumb B2 g vtzliches B1, yetlichs B2, ietzlichs B3 h ein B1, B2 i tzugeeynigten B1, zůgeeynigten B2 j empfehet UgB(1616), empfähet UgB(1698) k aygeschaft B2 l des planeten B1, B2 m eynikeit B1 n würme B6 o feüchtung B2 p truckenhait B2 q monde B1, Mond B3 r vom Jupiter = von ioue B1, B2 s venere B1, B2 t marte B1, B2 u Bley UgB(1698) v Wurumb B1, Warumb B2 w vom UgB(1698) x Weisen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) y diesem UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

299

lateinisch Sola/ das Silber/ Monb/ lateinisch Lunac/ genennt wirtd/ als klärliche inn

den gesünderten Capiteln eines yegklichen Metalls f gesagt wirt. Also vil sey

kurtzlich g gesagt von dem gemeynen wyrcker der Metall vnnd ärtz. Aber h dz

vnderworffen ding/ oder dye gemeyne materii aller metall/ ist nach der maynungj der

weysenn/ Schwefel vnd Quecksilber die durch den lauff vnd einfluß des himmels

müssen veraynigt vnd verherttetk werden/ zů einem metallischen cörper/ oder zů

einem ärtz. Nun halten etlichl das durch den lauff vnnd einfluß des himmels/ werden

auß der tieffe der erdenn vonn Schwefel vnd Quecksilber auffgezogen dünst oder

bradem (exhalationesm minerales genannt) vnd imm auffrauchen inn gengen vnd

klüften/ durch wyrckung der Planeten verayniget hatn/ vnd zů einem ärtz gemacht.

Noch sind etlich die halten nit dz die metall von dem quecksilber gewyrcket werden/

dieweylo man an vil örteren metallisch ärtz hat vnnd doch kein quecksilber da selbs

findtp / sonder fürq das quecksilber setzenr sie inns [25r] materi t feucht vnd kalt

schlemigu onv allenw schwefel/ die gezogen ist auß der erden/ als jre schweiß/ darauß

mit vermischung des schwefels/ alle metall gewyrcket werden.

a Gold Son/ lateinisch Sol = golt geheissen wirt die sonne vff latein sol B1, gold gehaissen wirt die sonne auf latein sol B2 b Mond B2 c das Silber/ Mon/ lateinisch Luna = das silber der monde vff latein luna B1, Das silber der mone auf latein luna B2 d genennt wirt absent B1, B2 e klerlichen B1, klärlichen B2 f ytzlichens metall B1 g kurczlichen B1, B2 h Sunder B1, B2 i materia UgB(1616), Materia UgB(1698) j meynug vnd won B1, maynung vnd von B2 k gehertiget B1, B2 l Nun halten etlich = Sunder etzliche halten B1, B2 m exalationes B1, exalationes B2 n verayniget hat = werden voreynyget B1, werden verayniget B2, verayniget B6 o dweil B3 p daselbst find B2 q vor B1 r do seczen B2 s ein B1, UgB(1616), UgB(1698) t materien B1 u schlamigk B1, schleimig UgB(1616), UgB(1698) v an B2 w alle B1

300

Nůna wie dem allen/ nach gůter verstentnußb vnd rechter außlegung/ ist eins jetlichen

mainung rechtc/ vnd das ertz oder metall wirt gewircket auß der feuchtigkeytd der

erden/ als auß seiner materi des ersten grades/ auß dem donstee oder bradem von

eynem teyl/ als auß seiner materien f des andern Grads/ wölche beyde g / alhie

quecksilber genant werden. Jtem/ in der vermischung oder vereynigung/ deß

quecksilbers/ vnd schwefels im ärtz/ helt sich der Schwefel/ als der mannlichh samei/

vnnd das Quecksilber/ als der weiplich samj/ in der geberung/ oder empfahung eins

kinds. Also ist der schwefel/ als ein sonderlicher geeygneterk wircker der ertz oder

Metallenl.

Das .II.m Capitel.n

Von gemainer geschickligkeyt der

Gepürg.

WJewol die einflüß des himels/ vnnd die geschickligkeyt der materien/ gehören zů

der wirckung eins jedeno ertzs oder metall/ dannochtp sind dise nit gnůgq darzů/ das

dise r geperung s der ertz bequemlich beschehe t / sonder darzů gehört ein

ärtigu geschickligkeyt der natürlichen gefäß/ darin das ärtz gewirckt wirt/ als da sind

a Nu B2 b vorstentnyß B1 c gerecht B1, B2 d fettikeyt B1, feüchtikait B2 e dunst B1, B2, B3, dnnste B6, Dunst UgB(1616), UgB(1698) f materien UgB(1616), Materien UgB(1698) g bede B1 h menlych B1, menlich B2 i som B1, B3, sam B2 j weibliche Same UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k geeygneter B1, geaynigter B2 l metal B1, B2 m ander B3, Ander UgB(1616), ander UgB(1698) n Das II. Capitel. = Das ander capitel ader teil ist B1, Das annder Capitel oder tail ist B2 o ytzlichen B1, yetlichen B2 p dennoch B1, B2 q gnungk B1 r die B1, B2 s Gebährung UgB(1698) t geschech B1, B2 u ein ärtig = eine artige UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

301

die geng/ nämlicha staynendeb gäng/ flachgeng/ schwargengc/ Creutzgenge/ oder wie

die nach mancherlayd land art genennte werden. Auch hörenf darzůg bequemme wegh

oder zůgeng/ darinn die minerische/ oder ärtzliche krafft zůgangi haben möcht innsj

natürliche fassz/ als do sind die klüfft/ nämlich [25v] hengklüfft/ querklüfft k /

flachklüfftl/ creutzklüfft/ oder anderm zůfellig flötzwerckn/ wie dzo nach mancher

land art genennt mag werden. Auch gehört darzů ein geschicklich läger des

gebürgsp/ darinn die geng vnd klüfft streichen. Die gemeyne geschickligkeyt des

gepürgs/ oder des lägers/ ist an etlichen orten gegen dem morgen/ an etlichen

örterenq gegen dem mitag/ an etlichen gegen demr abent/ an etlichen ortens gegen der

mitternacht/ an demt geheng des bergs. Aberu dz geheng/ oder lägerv des gebürges/

gegen den mittag/ ist merw geschickt dann der andern eins/ zů füren guldig ärtz/ so

es von dem mittag vor sichx hat ein flachs abgesengts teyly. Vnd dz ist die bestz

geschickligkeyt aller gepürge die zů bawen sind. Des zů einer anweisung/ volgetaa

dise Figur.

a nemlichen B1, B2 b steinnende B1 c schargeng B1, B2, B3, schargenng B6 d macherley UgB(1616), mancherley UgB(1698) e genandt B1, genant B2 f gehoren B1, gehören B2, B3, B6, UgB(1616), UgB(1698) g dazů B3 h Wege UgB(1616), UgB(1698) i zu gäng B2 j in das B1, B2 k querckklüfft B6, Querckklüfft UgB(1616), UgB(1698) l flache klufft B1, B2 m andere UgB(1616), UgB(1698) n fleczwerck B1, B2 o insert aber B1, B2 p gepirgs B1, B3, gepürgs B2 q orteren B1, örttern B2 r der UgB(1616), den UgB(1698) s orten absent B1, B2 t an dem = am B1, B2 u Sunder B1, B2 v lager B1, B2, B3 w meher B3 x von dem mittag vor sich = vor sich von dem mittag B1, B2 y tal B1, B2, teyl B3 z peste B2 aa insert nach B1, B2

302

[Figure 2.3: South-facing slope with ore vein]

[26r] ZV einer erkantnus diser yetzgesagtena stuck/ von den örtern der welt/ auch der

nachuolgenden stuckb/ ist zů mercken/ das dasc gantz erdtrichd geteylt wirt in vier

vnd zweyntzig teyl/ nach dem circkel Orizone genant/ der daf den himmel inng das

ober vnd h vndertheyl thaylet i / allda/ da der himmel nach dem gesicht j die erd

begreiffet. Am ersten wirt er k getheylt inn vier theyl/ mit zweyen linien/ die

creutzweiß über einanderl streichen/ nach gleichem angel/ oder ecken/m auffgang

a jetzt gesagten UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b stuckh B2 c das das = das B1, B2 d erdtreich B1, ertreich B2, Erdreich UgB(1616), UgB(1698) e orison B1, Horizon UgB(1698) f insert teilt B1, insert tailt B2 g himmel inn = hymelin B1 h insert das B1 i thaylet absent B1, B2 j gsicht B3 k er absent B1, B2 l über einander = vberein ander B6 m insert genandt B1, insert genannt B2

303

oder morgen/ mittag/ nidergang oder abent/ vnd mitnachta genantb.c Darnach eyn

yeglicher theyl wirdt getheylt inn 6.d teyl/ auff den anfange sechsf zůsetzen/ darnach

7.8.9.10.11.g auff die andern theyl vor mittag. Vnd darnach auff den mittag 12.h

vnnd 1.2.3.4.5. i auff die andern theyl nach mittag. Darnach auff den abent/

6.7.8.9.10.11. j auff die andern teil nach dem abent. Darnach vff mitternacht

12.1.2.3.4.5.k auff die andernl theyl nach mitternacht. Als die zeit ist abgeteylet nach

dem halben zeygerm. Zů merer erkantnußn volgt dise Figuro.

a mitternacht B1, B2, Mitternacht UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b genant absent B1, B2 c insert vnd B1, B2 d sechs B1, B2, vj. B3 e auffgangk B1, gang B2, Auffganck B3, aufgang B6 f sex B3 g .7.8.9.i0.ii. B1 h .12. B1 i .1.2.3.4.5. B1 j .6. vnd .7.8.9.i0.ii. B1, .6. vnd .7.8.9.10.11. B2 k .i2. vnd .i.2.3.4.5. B1, .12. vnd .1.2.3.4.5. B2 l ander B1, B2 m seyger B1, B2, Zeiger UgB(1616), UgB(1698) n erkentnüß UgB(1616), Erkäntnüß UgB(1698) o Zů merer erkantnuß volgt dise Figur = Dyses tzu mer erkentnyß volgt nach dysse figur B1, Dises zu mer erkantnus volgt nach dise figur B2

304

[Figure 2.4: Compass – version 1]

[26v]

Das .III.a Capitel.b

Von dem streichen vnd außgehendc

der gäng vnd klüfft.

STreichen der gäng/ ist jre sterckungd/ nach wöllicher die gäng sich ferner hinweg

ziehene/ nach der läng zwischen dem gesteyn des bürgsf. Dißg streichen ist etlichsh

von dem morgen inn den abent/ etlichs voni abent inn den [27r] morgen. Diser gang

a dritt B3, Dritte UgB(1616), dritte UgB(1698) b Das .III.b Capitel. = Das dritte capitel ader teyl ist B1, Das drit capitel oder tail ist B2 c außgehen UgB(1616), Außgehen UgB(1698) d streckung B1, B2, B3, B6 e hinweg ziehen = hynwegk ziechen B2 f gepirgß B1, gepürgs B2, pirgs B3, bürgs B6, Birgs UgB(1616), Bergs UgB(1698) g Dis UgB(1616), Diß UgB(1698) h ist etlichs = der gengk etzliches ist B1, der genngk etzliches ist B2 i insert dem B1, B2

305

hat sein streychen auß dem morgen in den abent/ welchs gestain in hangends (mit

seinen schmerklüfftlin) sein fallend hat gegen dem abent/ vnd

[Figure 2.5: Two veins on a south-facing slope, one with east-west strike and one

with west-east strike]

herwiderumb der gang streicht auß dem abent inn den Morgen/ wölchs gesteyn

fallenta ist gegen dem morgen/ als hie bezeychnet ist inn der Figur. Diß wirt geteylt

nach dem geheng des bergs. Der ersten figur geheng ist gegen dem mittag. Der

andern figur gehengeb ist gegenc mitnachtd.

[27v]

a fallend UgB(1698) b geheng B1, B2, B3 c insert der B1, insert der B2 d mitternacht B1, B2, UgB(1616), Mitternacht UgB(1698)

306

[Figure 2.6: Two veins on a north-facing slope, one with east-west strike and one

with west-east strike]

Auch ist etlichs streichen der gäng/ von Mittag in die Mitternacht/ vnnd etliches

widerumba von der Mitternacht inn den Mittag/ das vernimb nach demc fallen des

gesteyns/ zůgleich wie yetzund oben gesagt ist/ das wirt aber geteylt nach dem

geheng des berges/ als hied bezeychnet iste.

[28r]

a herwyderumb B1, herwiderumb B2, herwiderumb B3, herwiderumb B6 b vornym B1 c den UgB(1616), UgB(1698) d alhie B1, B2 e stedt B1, stet B2

307

[Figure 2.7: Two veins on a west-facing slope, one with south-north strike and one

with north-south strike]

308

[28v]

[Figure 2.8: Two veins on an east-facing slope, one with south-north strike and one

with north-south strike]

Auch ist etlichs streichen der Geng/ von dem mittel/ zwischen dem Morgen vnda

mittag/ in das mittel zwischen dem Abent vnd b Mitternacht/ Vnd etlichs

herwiderumb auß dem mittel des Abents/ vnd der Mitternacht c / inn das mittel

zwischen Morgen vnd dem Mittag.

a insert dem B1, B2 b insert der B1, B2 c mitternach B2

309

[29r]

[Figure 2.9: Two veins on a northwest-facing slope, one with northwest-southeast

strike and one with southeast-northwest strike]

Auch ist etlichs streichena der Geng/ vonn dem mittel zwischen dem mittag vnd dem

abent/ in das mittel/ zwischen dem morgen vnd der mitternacht/ vnd etlichs

herwiderumb von dem mittel zwischen b morgen vnd mitternacht/ jns c mittel

zwischen Mittag vndd abent. Das wirt aber geteylte nach dem geheng des bergs/ als

hernachf volgtg in diser Figur.

[29v]

a streiechen B2 b insert dem B1 c in das B1, B2 d insert dem B1, B2 e aber geteylt = abgetheilt UgB(1616), UgB(1698) f hirnach B1 g hernach volgt = hernahuolgt B2

310

[Figure 2.10: Two veins on a northeast-facing slope, one with northeast-southwest

strike and one with southwest-northeast strike]

Auch ist etlichs streichen der Geng zwischen den vier orten der welt/ vnd jre mittel

zwischen eynem jetlichen ort zweyerley streichen. Also sind aller geng/ die jr

gerichts vnd schlechtes streichen haben/ vier vnd zweintzigerley a streichen/ als

leichtlich zůuernemen istb in der vorgesetztenc Figur/ von der teylung der welt. Auch

sind etliche geng/ die jr streichen nit gerichts oder schlecht haben/ sonder rund nach

eim halben circkel/ oder gestürtzt von zůfelligem geschick. Die selbigen streichen/

yetzund von dem Morgen [30r] gegend mittage/ vnd herwider vomf mittag in den

abent/ oder von andern örtern der welt g . Dise geng/ als sie vngleich an jren

a zwantzigerley UgB(1698) b ist = stedt ader ist B1, stedt oder ist B2 c vorgesaczte B1, B2, vorgesatzten B3 d insert dem B1, B2 e mittentag B2 f von dem B1, B2 g werld B1, weldt B2

311

streichen/ also sind sie auch vngleich an jren geschicken/ als in andern capiteln

volgta.

Auch sind etlich geng/ die jre streichen haben in flachem feld/ daruon genent wirt

das feld gebewb. Auch etlich die jr streichen haben in dem gesenck oder inn dem

thal/ vom Morgen inn Abent/ oder herwider vnnd vomc Mittag ind mitternacht oder

herwider/ vnd als vore von andern ortenf der weltg/ soh vil sey gesagti von denj

streichen der gäng/ volgt nun zů reden von hangends vnd ligends.

[Figure 2.11: Intersecting veins with non-linear paths and varying directionality of

strike] a als in andern capiteln volgt = als klerlichen hernach volgen wirt in den anderen capitellen B1, als klärlichen hernachvolgen wirt in den anndern capiteln B2 b feld gebew = feld gepeud B1, feld gepeüd B2, veldgebew B3, Feldtgebew UgB(1616), Feldgebäu UgB(1698) c von dem B1, von dem B2 d insert die B1, B2 e als vor = also fort UgB(1616), UgB(1698) f örtern B2 g werld B1 h Also B1, B2 i gsagt B3 j dem B1

312

[30v]

[Figure 2.12: Vertical veins, one with south-facing stringers and one with north-

facing stringers]

Jtem ein jetlicher gang/ hat sein hangends vnnd ligends. Hangends des gangs ist sein

dacha über dem gang daran sich der gang mit dem ruckenb stoßt. Seinc ligends ist

sein gesteyne/ darauff er ligtd/ doch sind etlich geng/ die also gerichts jr fallen haben/

das man nit wol hangends/ oder ligends darane erkennen kan/ dann f alleyn von

zůfelligen hengklüffteng/ die eyn anweisung darzů geben mögen/h auchi zů allen

örtern der welt/ als sie vorbenant sein. [31r] Zů dessen erkantnusj besihe vorgende

a tach B1, B2 b rugken B2 c Sein = Sunder B1, B2 d er ligt = der gang leyt B1, der ganng leyt B2, er leit B3 e hangends/ oder ligends daran = an dem gang hangends ader ligends B1, an dem ganng hangends oder gliends B2 f denn UgB(1698) g henngküfften B2 h insert vnd dise hangends vnd ligends der geng mogen B1 i insert gesein B1, B2 j Erkändtnüs UgB(1616), Erkäntnüß UgB(1698)

313

Figur a . Das sey gesagt von hangends vnd ligends der Gäng/ Nun volgt von

außgehenb der Gäng.

Jtem/ Ein jetlicher Gang hat zweierley außgehendc/ Das eind ist dz außgehende gegen

dem tage/ nach der gantzen leng des Gangs/ Das heyßt des gantzen Gangs

außgehend. Das ander außgehendf ist wider das streichen/ oder entgegeng dem

streichen deß Gangs/ nach seinem gesteyn/ das heyßt des gesteyns außgehend/ Als

ein jetlicherh Gang/ der sein streichen hat auß dem Morgen in deni Abent/ der hat

seines gesteins außgang gegen dem Morgen/ vnd widerumb von dem Abent in denj

Morgen/ der hat sein außgehend in den Abent. Also vernimk auch von den andern

örtern der welt/ vnd nachl dem der Gang geschickt ist an seinem streichen/ so mag

diß außgehend der gesteyn auch sein/ nach allen örtern der welt/ als inn den

vorgeschribenen figuren leichtlich zů vernemen m ist. Souil n sey gesagt von o

außgehend der Gäng.

Zů mehrerp erkantnusq diser jetzgesagten stuckr von den örtern der welt/ vnd von

streichen der Gäng/ Jst zů mercken/ das ein Compasts in einem sonderlichen circkel/

sol geteylt werden in vier vnd zweintzig teyl.

a Zů dessen erkantnus besihe vorgende Figur = Deß tzu einer erkentnyß volgt nach dise figure B1, des zů einer erkantnuß volgt hernach dise figur B2 [with corresponding alternate placement of woodcut illustrations in B1, B2, i.e., later in the text rather than earlier as in B3, B6, UgB etc.] b außghend B1, B2 c außghend B1, B2, außgehende UgB(1616), UgB(1698) d eine UgB(1616), UgB(1698) e außgehende UgB(1616), UgB(1698) f außghend B1, außghennd B2 g gegen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h jetricher B6 i dem B2 j in den = in B1, B2, inn B3 k vornim B1 l nach absent B2 m zů vernemen = tzuuornemen B1 n Also vil B1, B2, So viel UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o von dem B1, von dem B2, vom B3 p mer B1, B2 q erkentnyß B1 r stukch B2 s compaß B1, compaß B2

314

Am ersten mit zweyen linien/ die creutzweiß mit vergleichtena angelnb oder egkenc

übereinander streichen/ innd vier theyle. Die eine linien/ sol streichen von zwölffenf

des Compastsg/ über den Magneten/ oder über das mittel des eisenenh gäbelinsi (das

sein Krafft von demj Magneten empfangen hat)k in das mittel/ zwischen fünff oder

vierl vor Mittag/ nach dem das Compast gemacht ist/ schnůr schlechtm,n. Die ander

linien sol gehen creutzweiß/ als vor gemelt ist. Vber dise jetzgesagteno linien/ nach

gleichen ecken/ vnd also nach gelegenheyt der landp gegenq Mittag vnnd [31v] der

Mitternacht/ nach dem sich der polus höher vnd höher über der erden circkel

(Orizon r genant) ist aufferheben s , t . Also auch/ ist die jetzgesagte quer/ oder

creutzlinien/ von manchen örtern des Compasts streichen/ vnnd auch

a vorgleichten B1 b angel B1, anngel B2 c ecken B1, B3 d iu B1 e vier theyl = viertail B2 f .xii. B1 g compaß B1, campaß B2 h eyserens B1, eysereins B2, eisernen B3 i gebelein B1, gebeleins B2, gebbelins B3, Gäbleins UgB(1698) j den UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k [parentheses absent B1, B2] l fünff oder vier = 5. vnd 4. UgB(1616), 5. und 4. UgB(1698) m schnůr schlecht = Schnurschlecht UgB(1698) n nach dem das Compast gemacht ist/ schnůr schlecht = vnd sybene ader achte nach mittag (nach dem daß compas gemacht ist) schnurschlecht B1 o ytzt gesagte B1 p Lande UgB(1616), UgB(1698) q insert dem B1, insert dem B2 r Horizon UgB(1616), UgB(1698) s aufferhebet UgB(1616), UgB(1698) t nach dem sich der polus höher vnd höher über der erden circkel (Orizon genant) ist aufferheben = nach dem der polus/ sich höher vnd höher ist vber den erdencirkel genandt/ auff erheben B1, nach dem der polus sich höcher vnd höcher ist vber den erden circkel orison genanndt aufferheben B2

315

[Figure 2.13: Compass – version 2]

nach dem die circumferentz innwendig oder außwendig der stunden circkela gezogen

ist/ darnach wirt sie mer vnd mer verwandelt/ jetzund streicht sie vor achten des

Morgens/ bißb vor viere des Abents/ yetzund gleich von achte zů viere/c vernimd/

nach den linien des compasts/ die die stunde des tags [32r] bedeuten/ das dich die

vngleicheyt der Linien des creutzs vnd der Linien der stund ein wenig abgelengt/ nit

jrrig mach/ doch wie dem allem/ nach disen wolbegnadetenf Meißnerg landen zů

rechnenh/ geheti die selbigenj creutz linien/ auff dem Compast gemeynklichk hart vor

a circel B2 b untzt byß B1, hunczt biß B2 c insert ytzund nach achte byß nach viere B1 d Vornim B1 e Stunden UgB(1698) f wolbegnaten B1, wolbegnaten B2 g mysner B1 h rechen B1, B2 i gedt B1, B2 j selbige B1 k gemeynigklichen B1, gemaincklichen B2

316

8.a da jre linien den vndernb istc berürend/ biße vor 4.f vmb die selbig maßg/ als die

Chronographih wol ein wissen haben/ vnd also auff die linien bey 4.i nach mittag

zůsetzen 6.j des morgensk oder des auffgangl/ dann die selbm linien am compast

bedeut allweg den Morgen/ vnd vff die linien zwischen 4.n oder 5.o vor Mittagp/ vnd

7.q oder 8.r nachs Mittagt/ zů setzen .12.u des Mittags/ dann die selbigv linien deut alle

zeitw imm compast auff den Mittag/ vnd auff die linien bey 8.x vor Mittag/ 6.y zů

setzen des Abendts/ Dann die selbige linienz weiset alle zeitaa auff den abendt/ Vnd

auff die linien bey 12.bb imm compast zůsetzen/ 12.cc der Mitternacht/ welche liniendd

allwegeee die Mitternachtff bedeut/ vnd darnach der teyl ein yeglichen in 6.gg teyl/ als

vor geteylt ist/ die gantz welt in 24.hh teyl/ wie in vorgeenderii figur verzeychnet

a achten B1, B2 b insert circkel B1, B2, B3 c ist absent UgB(1698) d berühret UgB(1616), UgB(1698) e vntzt B1, vnczt B2 f vier B1, B2 g die selbig maß = dieselbige mas UgB(1616), dieselbige Maaß UgB(1698) h corographi B1, B2 i vier B1 j sechse B1, B2 k Morg. UgB(1616), Morgens UgB(1698) l auffgangs B1, aufganngs B2, aufgangs B3, Auffgangs UgB(1616), UgB(1698) m die selb = dieselbe UgB(1698) n vier B1, B2 o funffe B1, fünffe B2, 6. UgB(1616), UgB(1698) p mitt. UgB(1616), Mittag UgB(1698) q sybene B1, sibene B2 r achte B1, B2 s noch B3 t mittags B2 u .i2. B1 v die selbig = dieselbe UgB(1616), dieselbige UgB(1698) w deut alle zeit = bedeut alwegen B1, bedeüt albegen B2, deutt allzeit B3 x achten B1, B2 y sechse B1, B2 z Linie UgB(1698) aa weiset alle zeit = weyst alwegen B1, weyßt albegen B2 bb tzwelff B1, zwelfe B2 cc tzwelffe B1, zwelffe B2 dd Linie UgB(1698) ee alwegen B1, B2, allweg B3 ff Mittnacht B6 gg sechs B1, B2 hh virvndtzweyntzigk B1, viervndzwainczig B2 ii vorhergehender UgB(1698)

317

ista.

Also magst dub haben ein gewiß erkantnusc von den örtern der welt/ vnd von dem

streichen/ fallen vnd außgehendd der geng/ so dase Compast also abgeteylt/ auff den

gang gehalten wirt.

Volgt von den clüfften.

Das streichen/ fallen/ vnd außgeendf der clüfft/ vernimmg zů gleicher weißh als das

streichen der gäng/ danni der clüfft streichen oder fallen/ ist einsj theyls auß dem

Morgen in den abent/ Eins k teyls von dem mittag in die Mitternacht/ vnd

herwiderumbl/m Auch eins teyls von andern örtern der welt. Der klüfft eins teylsn/o

seind hengklüfft/ zwerch klüfftp/ creutzklüffteq/ oder wie die nach mancher [32v]

berckleuffigerr weißs genant werden/ Die selbigen bringen oder füren zum theyl demt

gang yn einu veradelungv/ vnd machen gůt ärtz/ Eyn theyl entfürenw vnd benemen

a wie in vorgeender figur verzeychnet ist = vnd hernach betzechnedt stedt in diser figur B1, vnd hernach bezechnet stet in diser figur B2 b Also magst du = Also magstu B1, Also hastu magstu B2, Also magstu UgB(1616), UgB(1698) c erkentnyß B1, Erkäntnüsse UgB(1698) d Außgehen UgB(1698) e der UgB(1698) f ausgehen UgB(1616), Außgehen UgB(1698) g vornim B1, vernimb UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h weis UgB(1616), weiß UgB(1698) i wan B1, wann B2 j ein B1 k Eyn B1 l wiederumb UgB(1698) m insert vnd B1, B2 n eins teyls = ein teil B1, ein tail B2 o insert Eß B1, insert Es B2 p zwerch klüfft = quer klufft B1, B2 q creyczklufft B2 r bergkleufftiger B1, bergkläufftiger UgB(1698) s weis UgB(1616), Weiß UgB(1698) t den UgB(1616), UgB(1698) u yn ein = ein eyn B3, B6 v füren zum theyl dem gang yn ein veradelung = einfuren dem gang ein voradlung B1, einfüeren dem ganng ein veradlung B2 w entpfuren B1, empfüeren B2

318

dem gang die minerischa wirckung/ oder ärtzliche krafft/ derhalbb gar offt weit von

den gängen/ grosse witterung erfunden werden/ vnd gar manche Bergkleut jrrc an

jrend bäwene machen. Aber wölche klüffte die veradelung des gangs bringen/ oder

hinweg füren/ will ichf ing nachuolgendem capitel anzeygenh.

Das .IIII.i Capitel.

Vonj Silberärtzk/ vnd seinen gängen.

WJewol nach wirckung vnd ordnung der natur/ das vnuolkommlichl Metall billich

von ersten m beschriben solt werden/ Dieweil aber n das gewinnreichest o serer p

geliebtq/ vnnd billich/ so will ich das höchstr vnd theurests vorsetzen/ vnd von eim

zumt andern/ durchu bequemme ordnung absteigen. So nunv das Goldew / vonx

Adelheyt wegeny seiner natur/ billich vorgiengez/ hat mich doch für gůt angesehenaa/

a minerische UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b wurumb B1, warumb B2, derhalben UgB(1698) c irrigk B1, irrig B2, irr B3, irre UgB(1616), UgB(1698) d irem B1, B2 e bauen B1, UgB(1698), bawen B3 f insert ein wenigk B1, insert ain wenig B2 g insert dem B1, insert dem B2 h anzeygen = von sagen B1, B2 i fierde B1, vierde B2, vierd B3, Vierdte UgB(1616), vierdte UgB(1698) j Von = ist von dem B1, B2 k Von Silberärtz = Vom Silber Ertz UgB(1616), Vom Silber-Ertz UgB(1698) l vnuolkumenlich B2 m von ersten = zu erst UgB(1698) n Dieweil aber = doch die weil B1, B2 o insert metall B1, insert mettal B2 p mehr UgB(1616), UgB(1698) q insert wurt B1, insert wurd B2 r höheste UgB(1698) s teuriste B1, teyriste B2, tewrest B3 t tzu dem B1, zu dem B2 u durch = nach eyner B1, ein B2 v So nun = Vnd wiewol also B1, vnd wie wol also B2 w Gold B3 x von = auß B1, aus B2 y wegen absent B1, B2 z vor gieng B3 aa vorgienge/ hat mich doch für gůt angesehen = am ersten beschriben solt werden/ doch B1, am ersten beschriben solt werden doch B2

319

dieweil dasa land zů Meissenb (in wölchem diß büchlein von den ärtzen kurtzlichc

begriffend)e mit allen metallischen ärtzenf begabt/ vnder deneng fürtreflichh mit silber

ärtzi/ Will ich deßhalbej anfängklich/ vonk vrsprung derl gebärung des Silberärtzs

beschreibenm.

Das Silberärtz/ nach meinung der weisen/ ist gewyrckt nachn einfluß des Monso (als

oben berürt ist) von klarem quecksilber/ vnd außgeleutertem bestendigen schwefelp/

als von krafft eines wirckers/ vnd geschicklichkeyt der materien. Das silber ärtz wirt

durch mancherley weyß q gewircket. Etlichs im schlamm des wassers/ als ein

schwartzer oder grawerr raum/ zů gleicherweißs als hernach volgt/ imt Capit.u von

dem Goldärtz. Auch etlichs in gängen vnd [33r] klüfften/ als in disem

gegenwertigen Capitel volget.

Zů einer bekantnusv der guldigenw vnd bestendigen geng/ die zů bawen seind für

andernx/ ist zů mercken/ das das aller bequemest lägery des gangs/ ist an dem gehäng

a dise B1, B2 b meyssen B1 c kurtzlichen B1, kurczlichen B2 d insert ist B1, B2 e insert welche land B1, insert welche landt B2 f ertz B1, ärcz B2 g vnder denen = vnd doch B1, vnd doch B2 h vortrefflich B1 i insert begnad seyn Darumb B1, insert degnadt sein darumb B2 j deßhalbe absent B1, B2, deßhalben UgB(1698) k vom UgB(1698) l vnd B1, B2, B3, B6 m reden B1, B2 n auß B1, aus B2 o mondes B1, B2, Monds B3, B6, Monden UgB(1616), UgB(1698) p schwebel B2 q Weise UgB(1698) r graer B2 s gleicher Weise UgB(1698) t in dem B1, B2 u capitel B1, Capitel B2, B3, UgB(1616), UgB(1698), Capi. B6 v bekentnyß B1, Bekäntnüß UgB(1698) w Gultigen B3, gültigen UgB(1698) x für andern = vor die andere B1, für die andere B2, für andren B3 y lager B1, Lager UgB(1698)

320

des bergs gegen dem Mittag/ so sein streichen ist von sibnena oder sechsenb/ des

Morgens/ in sechsec oder sibned des abents nach der abteylung der welt/ als oben

berürt ist/ vnd so des gantzen gangs außgehende ist gegenf Mitternacht/ sonderlich

auch sog seins gesteynsh außgang/ gegen dem Morgen/ sein hangends gegen dem

Mittag/ sein ligends gegen i Mitternacht sich strecken j / Dann k in solicher l

geschicklicheyt des gepürgs m vnd gangs/ wirdt der einfluß des himels seer n

bequemlich empfangen zů bereyten die materi/ daraußo Silberärtz gemachtp oder

gewircktq sol werden/ vnd vestigklichr behalten/ als in eynem wolgeschicktens gefäß/

das die wirckungt des Silberärtzs desteru volkomnerv kan verbrachtw werden. Aberx

die andern streichen der gäng/ zwischen dem abent vnnd mitternacht y werden

guldiger oderz vnguldiger geachtaa/ nach dem sie sich näher oder weiter örtern/ gegen

disem jetzgemelten streichen der gäng/ doch mit solchem hangends/ ligends vnnd

a sieben UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b sechse B1, B2, sexen B3, B6 c sexe B3, B6 d sieben UgB(1616), sieben UgB(1698) e Außgehen UgB(1698) f insert der B1 g sonderlich auch so = Sunder B1, B2 h gstayns B6 i insert der B1, B2 j sich strecken absent B1, B2 k wan B1, wann B2 l solcher UgB(1616), UgB(1698) m Gebirgs UgB(1616), UgB(1698) n gar B1, B2 o insert dz B1, insert das B2, B3 p gmacht B3 q gwyrckt B6 r festiglichen B1, festigklichen B2, vesticklick B3 s insert vorschlossen B1 t wirckung = daungk B1, daung B2 u also B1, B2, desto B3, UgB(1616), UgB(1698) v volkumer B2 w volbracht B1, B2 x Sunder B1, B2 y zwischen dem abent vnnd mitternacht = tzwischen dem morgen vnd mittag in das gefierd tzwyschen dem abend vnd mitternacht B1, zwischen dem morgen vnd mittag in das gefierd zwischen dem abendt vnd mittnacht B2, zwischen dem Abent vnd Mitnacht B3, zwischen dem abent vnnd Mittnacht B6 z aber B2 aa deacht B2

321

außgehendsa. Auchb die Gäng/ die jr streichen haben/ auß der Mitternacht inn den

Mittag/ vnnd jhr hangends/ gegen dem abent/ jhre ligends vnnd außgehends gegen

dem Morgen/ die selbenc sind höflicherd zů bawen danne die Gäng die da streichen

auß dem mittag in die mitnachtf/ wölcher hangensg gegen dem morgen ist/ vnnd jrh

ligends vnd außgeends gegen dem abent/ wiewol dise letste Gäng/ zů zeiten

angeflogen vnd gedigen silber füren/ oder gůt ärtz an etlichen orten/ yedoch ist an

jnen nichtsi bestendig vnd werigj. Dann die gantze minerischk krafft/ wirt durch

solchel außgehend der Gäng/ gantz außgebradempt vnd hinweg ge=[33v]weiteretm

vnd gezogen. Deßgleichen vernimmn auch von den gengen die jre streichen haben

auß dem Morgen inn den abent/ als vorgesaget ist/ Vnd jr außgehendo vnd ligends

gegen dem mittag/ dann sie werden durch jrp außgehendq gantz verunadeltr.

Jtem/ vnder den silbergängen/ sind etliche die in hangends vnnd ligends quertz

haben/ etliche spatt/ etliche hornsteyn/ etlichs eysensteyn/ etlich weiß lättig gebirge/

etliche klagsteyn/ etlichet gemengtu/ oder gesprengtv staynw von vil farben/ nach

a solchem hangends/ ligends vnnd außgehends = solchen hangenden/ ligenden vnd außgehenden UgB(1616), solchen Hangenden/ Liegenden und außgehenden UgB(1698) b Aber B1, B2 c selbigen B1, B2 d hofflicher B1, B3, hofflich B2 e zů bawen dann = zepawen dem B2 f Mitternacht UgB(1616), UgB(1698) g hangends B1, B2, B3, UgB(1616), hangends B6, Hangends UgB(1698) h vnnd jr = sunder B1, B2 i jnen nichts = in nicht B1, B2 j währig UgB(1698) k Minerische UgB(1616), minerische UgB(1698) l solch UgB(1698) m gewitert B1 n vornym B1 o Außsehen UgB(1698) p ire B1 q Außgehen UgB(1698) r vorvnadelt B1 s etzliche B1, B2, etliche B3 t ettlich B3 u gemangte B1, B2 v gesprengte B1, B2 w gestein B1, gestain B2

322

vermischung der bradema mancherley natur/ die den stayn ferben/ auch etlich ander

seltzam gebirg.

Auch füren die gäng zů teyl jhnen selbsb kißweiß/ oder gelbc/ etliche glantz/ etliche

wißmad ärtz d / etlich gilbe oder geele e schweiff f / etliche weisse g / braun oder

schwartze lätenh/ etlichei gebrante schwartze/ blawe/ braunej oder grüne witterung/

nach geschickligkeit der minerischen bradem/ etliche blentlichek vnnd dunckelel/

etliche weißlicht gepürg/ dem alunm gleich. Aber eyn theyl heyßtn sie durchsichtig

qwertz/ wiewol es wider der qwertz natur immo fewr gar flüssigp ist. Deßgleichen

auch an gepürg vnd geschicken/ füren die klüffte als yetz berürt ist von dem gangq.

Wo nun dise mancherley geschick der gäng vnd klüffte/ an jn selbs silber haben/

allda soll man den geschicken vnder augen brechenr in hangends oder ligends/ danns

die geschick werden anweisung geben/ vnnd das ärtz auff dem steenden oder

flachem gang beweisen oder eröffnent.

Wo aber von dem streicher oder hauptgang u / oder dar über sich begeben/

schargenge/ henckklüfft/ oder creutzgeng/ darauff mag man trostlich v

a Braden UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b Auch füren die gäng zů teyl jhnen selbs = Sunder die geng in in selbs etzliche furen B1, Sunder die geng in in selbs etliche füren B2 c gel B1, B2 d wißmad ärtz = wyßmud ertz B1, Wißmad-Ertz UgB(1698) e gele B1, B2, B3, gelbe UgB(1698) f geele schweiff = SeeleSchweiff UgB(1698) g wysse B1 h schwartze läten = schwartze letten B1, schwarczletten B2, schwartz letten B3 i etlich B3 j braun B3 k blende licht B1, blende liecht B2, blendlicht B3, blentliche B6 l tunckel B1, B2, B3 m alawn B1, alaun B2, B3, B6, Alaun UgB(1616), UgB(1698) n nennent B1, nenent B2 o in dem B1, in dem B2 p flußicgk B1, flysig B2 q dem gang = den gengen B1, den gengen B2, den gengen B3, den gäng B6 r prechen B2 s wan B1, wann B2 t oder eröffnen = vnd heröffen B1, vnd her öffen B2 u heuptgang B1 v tröstlich B3

323

senckena/ dann die gänge veradelnb sich daselbc/ vnd werden fast guldigd in der

tieffee/ so diser geng vnd geschicktf außgeend eins sein wirt gegeng mittnachth/ vnd

das ander gegeni morgen/ darumb ist gar rethlichj/ das mann ortsweißk außlenckel

auff dem haupt=[34r]gang/ nach andern zůfelligen geschicken/ die jrm außgehendn

vnd fallen haben/ nach bequemen örteren der welt/ wie oben begriffen ist/ als in

manchem gebürgo gar vil geschickp/ neben den gängen streichen vnd fallen/ von

mancherley örtern der welt.

Wo nun mancherley geschick in eym gebürg bey dem gang sich zůsamen lencken

vnd in der tieffeq zů hauff hieltenr/ darauff mag man tröstlich sencken/ sonderlichs so

siet die geschick mit silber beweisen/ dennu in der tieffev ist gar hoflichw ein gůt ertz

zů erbawen. So aber in dem senckenx ein fewle käm/ der darff man nit erschrecken/

sundery sie artig bey geschick behaltenz/ vndaa die selbe feule gantz absincken/ bißbb

a sincken B1, sinckhen B2 b vor adelen B1 c daselbst UgB(1616), UgB(1698) d güldig B3 e teuff B1, teüff B2 f Geschick UgB(1698) g insert der B1, B2 h Mitternacht UgB(1616), UgB(1698) i insert dem B1, B2 j redtlich B1, räthlich UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k ortsweise UgB(1616), Ortsweise UgB(1698) l außlenckt UgB(1698) m ire B1 n außgehen UgB(1616), Außgehen UgB(1698) o gepirg B3, gepürg B6 p gschick B3, B6 q teuf B1 r zů hauff hielten = tzuhauffilten B1, zehauffilten B2 s besunderlichen B1, besunderlichen B2 t sie = sich B1, B2, B3, B6 u dan B1, Dann B3 v teuff B1 w höflich UgB(1616), höfflich UgB(1698) x sincken B1 y besunder so B1, besunder B2, sonder B3, B6 z behyelt B1, B2 aa Sunder B1, Sunder B2 bb vntzt B1, hüncz B2

324

man den gang mit seinen geschicken in die frische gantza widerbringt. So aber ein

kamb im gesenck vorschuß/ vnd ein hart gebürgc oder steynd käm/ dz es dene gang

oder das ärtzef vertrucktg/ vnd doch zwischen hangends vnd ligends/ ein lätten oder

ander geschicklich art fürte/ dem sol man frölich nachfarenh.i

Wo nunj spat gängk mit klüfften/ witerung oder lätten vermengt wurdenl/ vnd mit

eynander fielenm/ dan ist in der tieffo gewißlichp ärtz zůbawenq/ Darumb ist fast

verhoflichr darauff zů sencken/ wiewol der geschick eins oder zwey/ sich alsos

abschnitten/ doch so anderet art zů käm/ es were kißwercku/ gilbe oder brand/ die an

jr selberv silber hielt/ der mag man dannochtw wolx nach bawen.

a gentz B1, gencz B2, gäntz B3, B6 b Kamm UgB(1698) c Gerbirg UgB(1616), Gebürg UgB(1698) d gestein B1 e dz es den = das den B1, B2 f ertz B1, B3, ärcz B2, ärtze B6 g vordruckt B1 h nochfaren B3 i insert vnd sich von den geschicken nicht lassen furen/ tzuuoran so sich die geschick mit silber beweysen B1, insert vnd sich von den geschicken nicht mit silber beweysen B2 j Wo nun = Sunder wu B1, Sunder wo B2 k spat gäng = Spatgäng UgB(1698) l würden B3 m insert eynß bequeme fallednn B1, insert ains bekäme fallenden B2 n aldo B1, alda B2 o teuff B1, teüff B2, tieffe B3 p gewyß B1, B2 q tzuerbauen B1, zu erbawen B2 r fast verhoflich = gar hofflich B1, B2 s also absent B1 t ander B3 u kißwercke B6 v selbs B1, B2 w dennach B1, dennocht B3, dennoch B2, UgB(1698), dannocht B6 x vol B1, B2

325

Wo aber in dem senckena Spat erbawet würde/ vnd sich der Spat abschnittb/ vnd in

kurtzemc keyn ärtzd gefiele/ da ist zů besorgenf/ das die selbige Spat geschicktg/ nit

ganghaffth seyi/ sunderj ein geschütt/ oder ein klufftwitterung/ die da streichet nebenk

den gengen. Nun ist zů mercken/ das alle schargäng/ oderl hengklüfft/ so da fallenm

auß der mitternachtn/ oder nahe darbeio die veradeln den hauptgang/ hierumb ist gar

verhoflichp darauff zů bawen vnd zůsenckenq. [34v] Aberr hengklüfft/ die da fallen

auß dem Mittag oder nahe darbeys/ die verunadelen alle gäng darzů sie eylen/

Deßgleichen auch verunadelen alle Gäng vnndt klüfftu/ es seyv hengklüfft/ querklüfft/

creutzklüfft/ oder ander flötzwerckw die jr außgehnx haben gegeny mittag/ oder nahe

dabeyz.

Mer ist zů mercken/ das gemeynklichaa die flachen geng/ nahebb dem stehendencc

streichen/ wo nun klüffte/ creutzgeng/ oder ander geschick vnd flötzwerck/ die beyde

a sincken B1, sincken UgB(1698) b abschnidt B1, abschnid B2, B3, abschnitt B6, abschnitte UgB(1698) c in kurtzem = im kurtzen UgB(1698) d insert darnach B1, B2 e gefiele UgB(1616), UgB(1698) f bessorgen B3 g Geschick UgB(1698) h ganghafftig B1, ganghäfftig B2, ganckhafftig B3, ganghafftig B6 i seynd B1, seind B2, seid B3, sey B6 j sonder B3 k nebendt B1, nebent B2 l vnd B1, vnd B2 m so da fallen = fallende B1, fallend B2 n Mittnacht B3 o nahe darbei = nach dar bey B1, nach da bey B2 p hofflich B1, hoflich B2 q tzusincken B1 r Sunder B1, B2 s nahe darbey = nach dar bey B1, nach da bey B2 t vnnd = die B2 u alle Gäng vnnd klüfft = allegeng die klufft B1 v seind B1, sein B2 w fleczwerck B1, B2 x außghend B1, B2, außgehen B3, außgehn B6 y insert dem B1, B2 z nahe dabey = nach darbey B1, nach da bey B2, nahe dabei B3, nahe darbey B6 aa gemeyniglichen B1, gemaincklichen B2, gemeyncklich B3, gemainklich B6, gemeyniglich UgB(1616), gemeiniglich UgB(1698) bb nahe = nach bey B1, B2 cc stenden B1, B2, steenden B3, B6

326

genge/ den stehenden a vnd den flachen b / creutzigen oder überfaren/ da c ist gar

verhoflichd auff zů bawen vnd zů sencken/ besondere so der geschick/ die creutzweiß

überfallen/ außgehendf/ ist gegen dem Morgen/ vnd des hauptgangsg oder flachen

gangs außgehends/ gegenh Mitternacht. Deßgleichen istsi auch hoflichj zů bawen/ da

sich der flach gang scharweiß mit seinem einenk stolort auff den steenden ganck

fügtl/ vnd mit jm streichenm/ dann jrn vereynigung oder zůsamenfügung der tieffeo/

gar eynen mercklichen schatz bringt/ hierumb ist wol rätlichp/ dasq man zů zeiten

brech in hangends vnnd ligends/ von demr stehendens Gang/ ob man den flachen

Gang erreichen möcht/ vnd erfaren/ mit welchem stollort/ vnd wie ferr t der

flachgangu sich zů dem stehendenv Gang lencken wolt/ vnd also auß fürsichtigkeytw

wirt gar offt ein mercklicher schatz/ mit geringem vnkosten x erbawet/ vff der

vereynigung der geng/ Dann y der flachgang z / lenckt sich gemeynlich aa zum bb

a stenden B1, B2 b insert gang B1, B2 c aldo B1, alda B2 d hofflich B1, hoflich B2 e bsonder B1 f ausgehen UgB(1616), außgehen UgB(1698) g heuptgangs B1 h insert der B1, B2 i ist B1, B2 j höfflich UgB(1698) k seinem einen = seyn einem B1, sein einem B2 l fugkt B1 m streicht B1, streichen B2, B3, B6, streichet UgB(1616), UgB(1698) n ihre UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o teuff B1 p retlich B1, B2, rethlich B3, räthlich B6 q daß UgB(1698) r den B2 s stenden B1, B2, steenden B3 t fern B1, UgB(1616), UgB(1698), ferren B2 u flache Gang UgB(1698) v stenden B1, stenden B2, steenden B3 w fürsichtigkeyt = vorsichtigkeyt vnd kunst B1, vorsichtikait vnd B2, vorsichtickeyt B3 x vnkost B1, B2 y wan B1, wann B2 z flachegang B1, flache gang B2, flach Gang B3, B6, flache Gang UgB(1698) aa gmeynlich B3, B6, gemeyniglich UgB(1616), gemeiniglich UgB(1698) bb lenckt sich gemeynlich zum = gemeinigklich lenckt sich tzu dem B1, gemaincklich lengt sich zu dem B2

327

steenden mit dem eynen stollort/ darumb nach etlichem bergrechta der flach Gangb/

dem steenden/ als ein zinßhafftiger gang erkant wirt.

Jtem/ zůc verklärung vorgesagterd geschicklicheit der Gäng die sie inn jhn selbs

haben/ ist zů mercken/ dase dise Gengf,g/ die in hangends vnd ligends quertz/ Spat

oder hornsteynh haben/ vnnd darzwischen eini letten füren/ die sindt verhofflichj zů

bawenk. Jtem die Gengl die inn hang=[35r]ends vnd ligends eisen steinm füren/ oder

eysenmaln/ vnnd in jhn selber wißmadertzo/ oder feyßte vnd zähep witterung habenq/

die selbenr sind auch hofflich zů bawen. Jtem dise Geng/ die in hangends vnd

ligends fürn ein weissen zechsteyn/ vnnd in jhn selber schwartze oder gebrante

witterung habens/ die selben sind auch hofflich zů bawent / doch mit solchemu

streichen/ vnd außgehendv der Geng/ als oben berürtw ist. Jtem diex Geng soy mitz

vestem gepürg verschlossenaa vnd verfasset sein/ vndbb in sich selbs milde oder

a BergRecht UgB(1616) b flach Gang = flachegang B1, flache gang B2, flach Gang B3, B6, flache Gang UgB(1698) c Jtem/ zů = Jtem mer ist tzumercken tzu einer B1, Jtem mer ist zů mercken zu einer B2 d der vorgesagten B1 e dass UgB(1616), daß UgB(1698) f Gang UgB(1616) g ist zů mercken/ das dise Geng = das dise geng B1, das disen geng B2 h horen stain B2 i einn B3 j hofflich B1, hoflich B2, vorhofflich UgB(1616) k pawen B2 l Gang UgB(1616) m eisen stein = EisenStein UgB(1616), UgB(1698) n eysynmal B1, eysenmail B2 o wysmudtertz B1 p tzeche B1, zeche B2 q haben absent B1, B2 r selbige B1, selbigen B2 s haben absent B1, B2 t banwen B6 u sollichen B1 v Außgehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) w [Typographical error in original: <berüt>] x dise B1, B2 y die B1, B2 z insert einem B1, insert einem B2 aa bschlossen B3 bb Sunder B1, Sunder B2

328

schiferige geschick füren/ die mit glaßertz oder ander stachel frischa ertzt vermengt

sein/ die selbigen geng sind gar hofflich zů bawen/ dann solche geschick in der

tieffeb ein mercklichen schatz bringen/ so sie mit andern geschicken oderc bequemen

streichen fallen vnd außgeend veradelt werden als oben berürt ist.

Das .V.d Capitel.

Vone Goldertzf.

DAs Gold ärtz aber g nach meynung der weisen/ ist gewürcket auß dem aller

klärsten h , i schwefel/ also seer gereynigt j vnnd geleutert in der erden/ durch die

wirckung des himels/ fürnemlichk der Sonnen/ das keyn feyßtigkeytl in jm ist/ die

durch das feur verzeret vnd verbrennetm künden werden/ Auch keyno vnbestendige

wässerigep feuchtigkeytq/ die von dem feür hinweg rauchen möchte/ Vnd auß dem

allerbestendigsten quecksilber/ auffsr höchste gereynigets/ also seer/ das ein lauterert

schwefel in der würckung kein hindernusu in jm findet. Alsov durchwirckt vnd ferbtw

von seinem außwendigen biß in den grund alle thayl zů gleych/ mith seiner

a stachel frisch = stahelfrisch B1 b teuff B1 c vnd B1 d .v. B3, V. B6, fünftte UgB(1616), UgB(1698) e Das .V. Capitel. Von = Das funffte Capitel ader teil ist von dem B1, Das fünfte capitel oder tail ist von dem B2 f Gold Ertz UgB(1616) g aber absent B1, B2 h kläresten UgB(1616) i insert vnd außgeleustersten B1, insert vnd auß geleütersten B2 j gereyniged B1 k vornemlichen B1, B2 l festigkeit B1, festikait B2 m verzeret vnd verbrennet = vorbrandt vnd vortzert B1, verbrandt vnd verzert B2 n kundt B1, kund B2, könte UgB(1698) o keine UgB(1698) p wesserichte B3 q feuchtnyß B1 r vff das B1 s gereinigedt B1 t ein lauterer = sein lauter B1, B2 u hindernysse B1, hindernusse B2 v Sunder B1, B2 w verbt B2

329

bestendigen citrina farb/ vnnd also die bayde als der Schwefel vnd dz Quecksilber/

als mi=[35v]nerischb materi/ durch einflußc des himels zů geeygentd der Sonnen/

vnnd durch geschickligkeyt der statt die herwider beugte/ oder widertreibt/ vnnd

bricht inn sich selbs die minerischen bradem des schwefels vnd quecksilbers/ die

selbenf werden mit deng aller stercksten vnd krefftigisten verbindungen vereyneth zů

eym metallischen cörper i / wölliche j verpüntnus k die scherpffest l vnd gröst m

würckung des feürs nitn mag auflösen.

Das Gold würt ino mancherleyp stätten gewürcktq/ Etlichs in schlechten sand des

fliesses r / etlichs vnder der tham erden bey dem s sumpffen t / etlichs in eynem

kießwercke/ etlichs in klüfften oder gengen gedigen/ auch etlichs inn manchenu

geschicken vnd witrung v / so w die geng vnd klüfft in jn selbs füren/ es seyen x

schiferwerck/ oder schwartz/ braun/ grawy/ blaw oder gelbz witterung/ oderaa letten

a citrine B1 b minerische UgB(1698) c einflüß B3 d zů geeygent = tzugeeygentlichen B1, zu geaigentlichem B2, zůgeeygent B3, zůgeaygendt B6, zugeeignet UgB(1616), UgB(1698) e herwider beugt = herwiderbeugt UgB(1616) f die selben = dieselbigen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) g der B1, B2 h krefftigisten verbindungen vereynet = krefftige vorbindung voreinigent B1, krefftige verpindung verainiget B2, krefftigsten verpindungen vereynt B3, krefftigisten verbyndungen veraynet B6 i corper B1 j welche UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k vorbindung B1, verbindung B2, verpüntnuß B3, verpüntnus B6 l schorpfte B1, scherffest UgB(1616), schärffest UgB(1698) m gröste UgB(1698) n insert kan nach B1, insert kan noch B2 o durch B1, B2 p insert weyß vnd an mancherley B1 q gwircket B3 r flyeß B1, B2, Flusses UgB(1616), UgB(1698) s den UgB(1616), UgB(1698) t sumppen B1, sumppen B2 u mancherley B1 v Witterung UgB(1616), UgB(1698) w die B1, B2 x sindt B1, seind B2 y grabe B2 z gelbe UgB(1698) aa und UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

330

geschick. Das Gold soa gewircketb wirt inn dem sand des flussesc/ das ist das aller

klärstd vnnd höchste gold/ dannf seing materi wirt groß wolgeleutert/ durch den fluß

vnd widerfluß des wassers/ vnd durch die eygenschafft der stätth/ darinn das selbi

gold erfunden j wirt/ von gelegenheyt des wassers/ darinn das seyphen Gold

gewircketk wirt.

Das bequemestel lägerm des wassers ist/ dasn es neben jm geno Mitternacht hab eyn

gepürg/ vnnd herwiderumb p gegen q Mittag oder Abent ein r fleche/ darzů s sein

fliessen sol sein auß dem Morgen in den Abent/ vnnd dast ist das bequemest fliessen

des wassers. Das ander fliessen nach disem in der wirdu/ ist von dem Abent in denv

Morgen/ mit solchem lägerw des gepürgs/ als jetztx gesagt ist. Das drity fliessen/ ist

auß der Mitternacht inn Mittag/ mit eym gepürg gegen dem Morgen. Aberz das

ergstaa fliessen des wassers/ zů bereytung des Goldes/ ist auß dem Mittag in die

Mitternacht/ so ein gepürg in der höhe bb / [36r] gegen dem Abent auff

a Das Gold so = Dises gold dz B1, Dises gold das B2 b gewirck B1 c flyeß B1, B2, fliesses B3 d aller klärst = allerklärst UgB(1616), allerklärste UgB(1698) e höchste UgB(1698) f wan B1, wann B2 g seine UgB(1698) h stadt B1, stete UgB(1616) i das selb = dasselbe UgB(1616), UgB(1698) j gefunden B1, gefunden B2 k gewirck B1 l bequembste UgB(1616), UgB(1698) m lager B1 n daß UgB(1698) o gegen der B1, B2, gegen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) p herwiderumb absent B1, B2, B3, B6 q insert den B1, insert dem B2 r eine UgB(1698) s Sunder B1, B2 t daß UgB(1698) u Würde UgB(1616), UgB(1698) v den B1, dem B2 w lager B1 x ytzt B1, yeczundt B2 y dritte UgB(1698) z Sunder B1, B2 aa das ergst = das argste B1, B2, daß ärgste UgB(1698) bb in der höhe = ader hohe B1, oder hohe B2

331

erhöhena ist. Das fliessen des wassers/ wirt gemanchfeltigetb von den örterenc der

gantzend welt/ ebene als das streichen der geng/ oben in demf Capitel von deng Silber

gängen beschribenh/ Vnnd eyn jetlichs fliessen wirt besseri vnnd seererj geacht/ nach

dem es sich näher oder ferrerk lencke von dem jetzgesagten fliessen.

[Figure 2.14: River with gold deposit]

Zů mehrerl erkantnus diser statt vndm wasser die Gold fürn/ ist zů mercken/ das

gemeynlichn in den flüsseno/ darinn gefunden werden Edelsteyn/ als Amatisten/

a erhohen B1, erhöchen B2, erhöhet UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b gemangfeldiget B1, gemanigfeldiget B2, gemanchfeltigt UgB(1616), gemanchfaltigt UgB(1698) c orten B3, B6 d gantzen absent B1, B2, B3, B6 e eben = tzu gleicher weiß B1, zu gleicher weiß B2 f in dem = imm B3, im B6 g den B1, dem B2 h bschriben B3 i pesser B2 j ringer UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k ferner B1, B2, B3, B6 l mer B1, B2 m insert der B1, B2 n gemeinigkiichen B1, gemeiniglich UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o flyssen B1, flissen B2, fliessen B3, flüssen B6

332

Rubin/ Cristall/ oder andere a hohe geleutterte steynkörner/ [36v] da b wirdt das

Goldec bequemlich geborend/ vnd ist ein anzeyge zů einer geschicklicheyt der statt/

Dannf nach der meynung Alberti magni/ werden gar selteng hitzige vnd truckneh

bradem/ oder exhalationesi/ auffgezogen auß der erden/ sonder mit jhn werden auch

auffgezogen warmme vnd feuchte bradem. Auß demj truckenenk bradem werden

gewircketl vnd geboren die steyn/ vnd nach dem die bradem klerer/ subtiler vnd edler

sein/ darnach werden auch die steyn schönerm/ besser vnd krefftiger. Außn den

feuchten bradem werden gewirckto vnd gemacht die Metall/ vnd darnach die bradem/

oder dünst/ von klerer/ außgeleuterter vnd wolgedeweter p materi auff gezogen

werden/ darnach wirt auch bestendiger vnd besser Metall draußq. Dieweil nun die

beyde/ feuchte vnd truckne bradem mit einander auff gezogen werdenr/ vnd yeglichs

nach seiner natur gehertts,t/ so istsu gar ein gewiß anzeygung des goldesv/ als yetz

gesagt ist/ so in dem flußw edel gesteyn erfundenx werden. Auch wo in dem fluß/

oder nahe darbey schörliny körner/ die von gedichtemz vnd subtilen spiß seind/

a ander B1, B2, B3, B6 b aldo B1, B2 c golt B1, gold B2, Gold B3, Golde B6 d geboren B1, B2, geporen B3, B6 e antzeygung B1, anzayung B2, anzeyg B3, B6, Anzeigung UgB(1698) f wan B1, wann B2 g insert allein B1, insert allain B2 h trucken B1 i exallacions B1, exalaciones B2 j den B1 k trucken B1 l gwircket B3 m schoner B1 n sunder auß B1, sunder aus B2 o gwircket B3 p wol gedauter B1, wol gedeüterter B2 q dar auß B1 r mit einander auff gezogen werden = werden mit einander auff getzogen B1, werden mit einander aufgezogen B2 s gehertiget B1, B2, gehertet UgB(1616), gehärtet UgB(1698) t insert wirt B1, B2 u ist B1, B2 v des goldes absent B1, B2 w flyeß B1, fließ B2, B3 x gefunden B1, gefunden B2, erfunden B3, B6, gefunden UgB(1698) y nahe darbey schörlin = nach darbe schorlein B1, nach beschorlein B2 z gedichten B1

333

erfunden werden/ daruon nit weit ist das Goldwerck/ aber die körner müssena sein

von subtiler speiß/ dann wob grob spissigc schörlin erfunden werden/ alldo ist wenig

zů hoffen des besten vnd subtilend Metalse geschicktf/ als des Golds. Jtem/ das Gold/

sog vnder der tham erden bei den sumpfennh gewyrcket wirdt/ ist geringer/ vnnd

vnguldiger/ nach dem der graw i oder schwartzraum j / der sich mit dem Gold

flemerli k / oder goldkörnli l zů schlich m zeucht/ darnach der selbig mehr wirdt

darunder geschmeltztn/ dann der selbig wirto gar offtp an vil ortenq mehr silber dannr

gold/ auchs kupffer/ darumbt wirtsu gold durch vermischung des silbers geringert.

Auch hat der raum zů zeitenv ein wildigkeyt bey sich/ die dem Gold sein edle vnnd

hohew farb vertunckelt/ das also das [37r] Gold geringer geacht würtx an demy Grad.

Jedoch ist esz von diser sach wegen gar wenig geringer/ dannaa durch eyn kleyne

kunstlich arbeytbb/ mag eyn solche wirdigkeytcc dem Gold woll benomen werden/

also/ das seine hohe farb vnuerdunckelt bleibet.

a mussendt B1, müessent B2 b who B6 c grobspisigk B1 d subtilisten B1, B2, subtilsten B3 e metal B1, mettal B2 f Geschick UgB(1698) g das B1, B2 h den sumpfenn = dem sumppen B1, dem sumppen B2 i grawe B3 j schwartze raum B1, schwarcze raum B2, schwartz raum B3 k dem Gold flemerli = den golt flemmerlein B1, dem goldflemerlen B2 l golt korlein B1, gold körlein B2 m schlicht UgB(1616), UgB(1698) n geschmeltzt B1, geschmelcz B2, geschmeltz B3, geschmeltzt B6 o gybt B1, gibt B2 p insert vnd B1, insert vnd B2 q orteren B1, örtern B2 r den UgB(1616), UgB(1698) s Auch bei weyl B1, auch bey weil B2 t Hirumb B1 u wirt dz B1, wirt das B2, wirts B3, B6, wirde UgB(1616), wirds UgB(1698) v zeitten B3 w hoche B1 x wird UgB(1698) y den B1, B2, dem B3, B6 z es absent B1, B2 aa denn UgB(1616), UgB(1698) bb erbeit B1 cc wildigkeit B1, wildigkait B2, wildickeyt B3, wildigkeyt B6

334

Zů eyner erkantnüsa eynerb bequemenc stattd/ diser Goldgeberung/ ist zů mercken/ so

vnder der tham erden/ da das werck ligete/ vil gwitterte stremlin erfunden werden/

gleich als die äderlinf oder kleyn klüfftlin als mang zů zeiten findet durch den leymen

streichen in den leym grůben h / da i ist gar hoflich j gůtt schlichtwerck k von l

zůerwecken/ vnd besunderlichm an dem ort da sich die kleynen stremlinn zů hauffo

schicken oder mernp/ Dannq durch dier selbe würt die minerische krafft/ auß der

erden da selbst vermerets vnd bekrefftigett/ zů eyner grössernu geberung des Goldsv.

Jtem/ Das Gold das gwircktw würt im kißwerck/ ist mit vil vnd mancherleyx vnart

vermischty/ eyns wilden Schwefels vnd vnreyner erden halben/ darauß das kißwerck

gemacht würt/ yedoch langer zeit halbz/ durch wirckung der Sonnen vnd des himels/

würt das subtilest/ in dem kißwerck gereynigt vnd gekocht/ inaa eyn teyl nach dem

a bekentnyß B1, erkantnuß B2, B3, erkandtnuß B6 b der B1 c bequeme B1, B2 d Stadt UgB(1616), UgB(1698) e leyt B1, leit B2, B3, liget B6 f äterlin UgB(1616), Aederlin UgB(1698) g ma B1 h leimgruben UgB(1616), Leimgruben UgB(1698) i aldo B1, B2 j höfflich UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k schlichwerck B1, Schlichtwerg UgB(1698) l von absent B1 m besunderlichen B1 n kleynen stremlin = kleine stremlein B1, klain strämlein B2 o zů hauff = tzuhauff B1, zů hauffen B2 p meren B1, B3, meren B2, mehrn UgB(1616), mehren UgB(1698) q wan B1, wann B2, den UgB(1616), denn UgB(1698) r die B1, dise B2 s gemeret B1, gemert B2 t gekrefftiget B1, B2 u grosser B1 v goldeß B1 w gewirckt UgB(1698) x mit vil vnd mancherley = gar mit mancherley B1, gar mit mancherlay B2 y vormengt B1, vermengt B2 z langer zeit halb = in langer tzeyt B1, langer zeitt B2, langer Zeit halben UgB(1698) aa in absent B1

335

andern/ zů eynem bestendigen Goldärtz/ das man danna durch grosse arbeyt des

fewrs/ von demb vnreynen kißwerck abschneidenc můß.

Dises Goldkißwerck/ würt an etlichen ortend fundene/ als eyn gantz fletzwerck/ das

durch die gantze fleche des gebürgs ligetf/ vnd würt nach etlicherg land arth eyn

Schwebender gang genanti. Auch würt etlichs gefunden ganckhafftigj/ in ständenk/

gängen die hangends vnd ligends bey sich haben.

Das flache kißwerck ist vast geringl / die weilm die wirckung des himels/ vonn

vngeschickligkeyt der stattn/ wenig macht darbei volendet.

Abero dz Goldkißwerck/ das ganckhafftigp steht/ würt bes=[37v]ser vnd guldiger

geacht nach dem der zechsteyn des gangs in hangends vnd ligends/ subtiler vnd

adelischer ist/ vnd auch nach dem die Goldgäng jrq streichen vnd außgehend haben/

zů bequemen orten der weltr/ vnd darnach sie mit zůfelligen klüfften durch wittert

seind/ die dem Gang eyn veradelung bringen/ als oben im s capitel von den

Silbergängen gemeldtt ist/ darnach werden sie auch besser vnd guldigeru geacht.

a als den B1, den B2, denn UgB(1698) b den B1, den B2 c abscheiden UgB(1698) d orteren B1, örtern B2 e gefunden B1, B2 f leyt B1, B2 g etzlicher B1, etzlich B2 h Landart UgB(1698) i eyn Schwebender gang genant = genandt eyn schwebender ganng B1, genandt ain schwebender gang B2, eyn Schwebender Gang genent B3 j ganghäfftig B2 k stenden B1, B3, B6, stenden B2 l vast gering = gar gerynge B1 m die weil = dweil B3 n Stadt UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o Sunder B1, Sunder B2 p ganghäfftig B2 q ire B1 r werld B1, welt B2, wellt B3, B6 s in dem B1, in dem B2 t gesagt B1, B2 u gültiger UgB(1698)

336

Aucha dz gold das in andern gengen/ onb kißgäng gewirckt/ würt etlichs gedigen

fundenc an dem steyn/ etlichs in eyner gelben letten/ etlichs in eyner braunen subtilen

witterung/ auch etlichs in den quertzen vermengtd vnd darein gewirckte.

Wo sich nůn die braune witterung ganghafftig beweiset/ da ist vast hoflich f zů

bawen/ dann zůfellig geschick von hengklüfften der tieffe g eynen h mercklichen

schatz bringen.

Des gleichen/ wo die gelben letten ganghafftig stehni/ dar auff ist auch hoflichj zů

senckenk/ so der Gang in hangends vnd ligends/ eynen subtilen zechsteyn füren ist.

Darzůl wo dz Gold in den klüfften gedigen erfunden/ würt die nebenm den gängen

streichenn/ da soll man acht haben/ an welchemo ort die klufft zů dem gang eilet alda

sol man tröstlich nachbawen vnd sencken. So aber die selbp klufft vomq Gangr eilet/

ist zů besorgen/ das schwerlich etwas mercklichs darauff zů bawen stehts/ Es were

dann das sie hinauß wertst zů eynem andern Gang eilte. Darumb ist gar rethlich/ wo

solch hengklüfft/ die gedigen Gold füren von dem Gang eilen vnd fallen/ dz man

a Sunder B1, B2 b one B1, B2, ohn UgB(1616), UgB(1698) c würt etlichs gedigen funden = wirt Etzliches wirr gefunden gedigen B1, wirt etzliches wirt gefunden gedigen B2 d [Typographical error in original: <vemengt>] e darein gewirckt = dar eingewirckt B1, dar ein gewürckt B2 f Wo sich nůn die braune witterung ganghafftig beweiset/ da ist vast hoflich = Wo nun die braune witterung sich gangkhafftig beweist aldo ist gar hofflich B1, Wo nun die braune witterung sich gang häfftig beweyßt aldo ist gar hoflich B2 g teuff B1, teüff B2 h eynen = gar eynem B1, gar einen i sted B1, stend B2, stehen B3, B6 j höflich UgB(1616), höfflich UgB(1698) k sincken B1, B2 l Sunder B1, B2 m nebend B1, B2 n streiche B3 o welchen UgB(1698) p die selb = die selbige B1, B2, B3, B6, dieselbe UgB(1616), UgB(1698) q von dem B1, von dem B2 r Gag B3 s zů bawen steht = tzubauen stedt B1, zůpawen stedt B2 t hinußwartz B1

337

auff das selba ort mit schürpffen eyn erfarung oder sůchung nachb andern Gengen

thůc/ vnnd also mit fürsichtigkeytd die klüfft geschick vnnde Gäng bei eynanderf

erbaweg.

Das VI.h Capitel.i

Von dem zinärtz.

ZYnärtzj/ oder der Zwitterk / würt auß Jupiters l eynfluß gewircktm/ von reynem

quecksilber vndn wenigem schwefel vnd [38r] in der vermischung diser beyden/

werden vndermengt vnärtigeo grobe schweflichep bradem/ die sich mit eynander

incorporieren vnd vereynigen/ zů eynem metall/ Zin q genant/ von welchem r

vnärtigen bradem/ eyn yetlichs Zin/ starck/ riechendts/ knürschigt vnd brüchig ist/

also das es auch allu metal darunder es gemengt würt/ vnärtig vnd brüchig macht.

Jtem eyn teyl des Zwitters/ würt geborn in dem flußv/ wiew oben dzx Gold/ vnd

a das selb = dz selbig B1, das sebig B2, dasselbe B3, das selbe B6 b noch B3 c thun UgB(1698) d vorsichtigkeit B1, vorsichtigkait B2, vorsichtigkeyt B3 e insert die B1, B2 f einanden UgB(1698) g erbawen B1, B2 h Sechste UgB(1616), sechste UgB(1698) i Das VI. Capitel. = Das sechste capitel ist B1, Das sechß capitel ist B2 j Das tzynertz B1, DAs zyn ärcz B2, ZinErtz UgB(1616), ZJnErtz UgB(1698) k Zwitten B6 l Juppiters B6 m würt auß Jupiters eynfluß gewirckt = wirt gewirckt auß influs des planeten iupiter B1, wirt gewürckt aus in fluß des planeten Jupiter B2 n insert von B1, B2 o vnartige B1 p schweyfelyge B1, schwefeligen B2, schwefelige B3, schweflige B6 q Zien UgB(1616) r welchen B1, B2, UgB(1616), welchem UgB(1698) s starck/ riechendt = starckriechend UgB(1616), UgB(1698) t knyrschigk B1, knyerschig B2, knirschig B3, B6, knürsich UgB(1616), UgB(1698) u alle B1, B2, B3, all B6 v flyeß B1, B2, fließ B3 w Flu/ ß wie UgB(1616) x daß UgB(1698)

338

etlichs geweschena,b/ großkörnig/ denc schörlin gleich/ vnd darauß würt das schönstd

vnd best e Zin das f man seyffen Zin nennt g / dann h sein materi würt gar reyn i

geleutert j / vnnd durch die eygentschafft der stat k geadelt. Auch würt etlicher

Zinsteyn gewürckt in den bergen/ vnd ganghafft erfundenl/ derselbig würt besserm

geacht/ nach dem er ferrer n von den kießgängen funden o / vnd weniger damit

vermischt würt/ sonderlichp mit gedichtem vnd kupferigemq/ der vast schwerlich

vomr Zinsteyn kan geschidens werden. Abert der taub kiß ist inu dem Zinsteyn nit so

vast v schedlich/ Dann durch die scherpffe des fewrs würt er geleichtert w vnd

geäschertx/ also das er auff demy Test mit dem wasser vomz Zinsteyn hinweg weicht.

Auch würt der Zwitter oder zinsteyn/ eyn teyl fundenaa in eynem geschüt/ nestig vnd

nit ganghafftig auff dem berg/ diser Zwitter ist aber leuterera vnd besser/ nach dem er

a wie oben dz Gold/ vnd etlichs geweschen = wie ytzundt oben berurt ist von dem golt dz in dem flyeß gewirckt wirt vnd wirt etzlicheß gewaschen B1, wie yeczunt oben berürt ist von dem gold das in dem flyeß gewürkt wirt vnd wirt etzliches gewaschen B2 b gewaschen UgB(1698) c dein B2 d schönste UgB(1616), UgB(1698) e peste B2, beste B1, UgB(1616), UgB(1698) f daß UgB(1698) g seyffen Zin nennt = nennedt saiphen tzyn B1, nendt saiffen zin B2 h wan B1, wann B2, dann B3, denn B6 i reine B3, B6 j geleutter B1 k stadt B1, UgB(1616), stat B2, statt B3, B6, Stadt UgB(1698) l ganghafft erfunden = gefunden ganghafftig B1, gefunden gangkhäfftig B2 m besser = besser vnd besser B1, pesser und pesser B2 n ferner B1, UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o gefunden wirt B1, B2 p damit vermischt würt/ sonderlich = mit dem kyßwerck vormist/ bsunderlichen B1, mit dem kyßwerck vermischt besunderlichen B2 q insert kyß B1, B2 r vast schwerlich vom = gar schwerlich von dem B1, gar schwarlich von dem B2 s gescheiden B1, geschaiden B2 t Sunder B1, B2 u in absent B1, B2, B3, B6, UgB(1698) v so vast = also gar B1, B2 w gelichtert B1 x geasschert B1 y den B1, B2 z von dem B1, B2 aa gefunden B1, gefunden B2

339

er weiter von den kißgengen leitb/ vnd weniger mit eiserigem schwefel vermischtc

würt.

Eyn anweisung zů disem Zinsteyn ist dz er gemeynglichd an den tag blüet/ vnd

geschůb von sich stoßt.

a lauterer UgB(1616), lauter UgB(1698) b liegt UgB(1616), UgB(1698) c vormist B1 d gemainlich B2

340

Das. VII.a Capitelb

Von dem kupfferärtz.

KVpferärtz c ist gewirckt auß dem d einfluß Veneris/ von gůtem vnd reynem

quecksilber/ yedoch nit gar entbunden/ von überiger vngeeygneter feuchtee/ vnd vonf

überhitzigem brenendemg vnd vnreynem schwefel/ von welcher hitz des schwefels

das gantze Metal/ durch alle sinteylh/ rot geferbt würt. Dises metalärtz/ würt eyn

teyl i in schiffrigen fletzwerck j erfunden k [38v] vnd eyn teyl ganghafftig mit

mancherley art/ etlichl braun/ etlichs grün/ etlichs kißigm. Das kupferertz in dem

schifer werckn ist mit seero vil taubem gebirg vermengt dasp schwerlich das metall/

alsq durch das schlechte durchlassen oder schmeltzen/ herauß gebracht würt. Aberr

dz ganghafftig kupferertz/ würt besser vnd guldiger erfunden/ nach dem der gang in

seinem hangend vnd ligend mit eynem edlens vnd artigernt zechsteyn verfaßt würt.

Auch darnach die gäng jru streichen haben/ von bequemlichen ortenv der weltw/ als

oben gesagtx ist von den Silbergängen vnd auch darnach die Gäng mer vnnd mer/

a Siebende UgB(1616), siebende UgB(1698) b Das. VII. Capitel = Das sibende capitel ist B1, B2 c Das kupfer ertz B1, DAs kupfer ärcz B2 d dem absent B1, B2 e feuchtnys B1, feüchtnuß B2 f von absent UgB(1698) g boruedem B1, bornedem B2 h seyne teil B1 i würt eyn teyl = eyn teil wyrt B1, ein tail wirt B2 j fletzberck B1, Flötzwerck UgB(1698) k gefunden B1, gefunden B2 l etzliches B1, etzliches B2, etlichs B3, etlich B6, etlichs UgB(1616), etliches UgB(1698) m kyssigk B1 n schifer werck = schyfferwergk B1, schifferwerck B2 o mit seer = gar mit B1, B2 p daß UgB(1616), UgB(1698) q alles B1 r Sunder B1, B2 s edeleren B1, edeleren B2, edlern B3, edlen B6 t artigeren B1, ärtigern B2, artigern B3, B6, artigem UgB(1616), UgB(1698) u ire B1 v orteren B1, örtern B2 w werld B1, welt B2, wellt B3, B6 x gsagt B3, B6

341

von zůfelligen klüfften vnd geschicken/ werden veradelt/ darnach fürn sie aucha

besser vnd reicher kupferertz in jn selbst.

Das streichen der kupfergeng/ vnd jrb veradlung/ vernimmc zů gleicherweißd wie

oben gemelte ist von der veradlungf der silbergängg/h Alleyn das die kupffergäng

gemeynklichi,j/ die do streichen an dem gehengk des bergs/ gegen der Mitternacht

mächtig seindl/ vnd jr kupfer ist doch geringerm an dem Silber. Abern die gäng die

da streichen an dem geheng des bergs geno mittag/ seind subtiler/ vnd jr kupfer ist

reicher von silber. Auch werdenp dise Gäng veradelt durch jr streichen/ als oben von

den Silbergengen gemeltq ist.

Das. VIII.r Capitel.s

Von dem eisensteyn.

DAs eisen ist gewürckt/ auß demt einfluß Martis/ von vnreynem Quecksilber vndu

sprödemv vnartigem Schwefel/ welcher vil erden/ in der vermischung des metals/

a darnach fürn sie auch = Darnach auch furen sie B1, darnach auch füren si B2 b ihre UgB(1698) cvornim B1, vernimb UgB(1698) d gleicher Weiß UgB(1698) e gesagt B1, B2, gemeldt B3, gemelt B6 f von der veradlung = von dem streichen vnd voradelung B1, von dem vnd veradelung B2 g silbergang UgB(1698) h insert dan B1, insert dann B2 i die kupffergäng gemeynklich = gemengklichen die kupfergeng B1, gemencklichen die kupffergeng B2 j gmeyncklich B3, gemaynklich B6, gemeiniglich UgB(1698) k gheng B1 l mächtig seind = die sindt mechtig B1, die sind mechtig B2 m geringe B1, B2 n Sunder B1, B2 o gegen dem B1, B2, gegen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) p werder UgB(1698) q gesatzt B1, gesaczt B2, gemeldt B3, gemelt B6 r achte UgB(1616), UgB(1698) s Das. VIII. Capitel. = Das achte capitel ist B1, B2 t dem absent B1, B2 u insert von B1, B2 v spredem B1

342

mita jm eingezogen hatt/ darummb das eisen gar schwerlich im feür zů erweychenc

istd/ vnd fürt vast vil rostse in jm von des vnertigenf schwefels wegen/ der halbeng

laßth sichsi auch mit keynem andern Metall leichtlich vermischen/ eingiessen/ noch

vereynigenj.

Der Eisensteyn/ würt ank etlichen enden fundenl/ als ein=[39r]geschütesm fletzwerck/

braun n vnnd gelb/ An etlichen enden ganghafftig. Der eysensteyn auß dem

fletzwerck/ gibt vil storias/ oder eysen schlacken vnd wenig eysen. Aber o der

ganghafftig eysen stayn/ gybtp reichlicherq eysen/ yedoch istsr zůzeitens sprödt/ vmb

vermischung willen/ einer art von einem andern metall.

Jtem die eysengeng/ wol verfasset mit hangends vnnd ligends/ sind nit zů verachten/

vorab so jru streychen ist auß dem morgen inn den abent/ vnd jr fallendsv inn den

mittag Vnd so jr ligends vnd außgeends gegen Mitnachtw streicht/ vnnd sox der

a mitt B3 b warumb B1, B2, darumb B3, B6, UgB(1698) c zů erweychen = zuerweichen UgB(1698) d gar schwerlich im feür zů erweychen ist = in dem feuer gar schwerlich tzu erwechen stedt B1, in dem feür gar schwärlich zu erwaichen stet B2 e vast vil rosts = gar vil rost B1, B2 f vnartigen B1, vnartigen UgB(1616), unartigen UgB(1698) g der halben = derhalben UgB(1698) h lest UgB(1616), läst UgB(1698) i laßt sichs = lest es sich B1, B2 j eingiessen/ noch vereynigen = vnnd eyngissung voreynigen B1, vnd eingiessung veraynige B2 k ann B1 l gefunden B1, B2 m eingeschütes = ein geschudteß B1, eyn geschüttes B2 n brun B1 o Sunder B1, Sunder B2 p giebt UgB(1616), gieb UgB(1698) q reichtlicher UgB(1698) r ist B1 s zu Zeiten UgB(1698) t spredt B1, B2 u vorab so jr = tzuuor dan so ire B1, zuuor dann so ire B2 v jr fallends = ire fallend B1 w Mitternacht UgB(1616), UgB(1698) x Vnd so jr ligends vnd außgeends gegen Mitnacht streicht/ vnnd so = Sunder ligends vnd außgends gegen der mitternacht dan so B1, Sunder ligendes vnd der außgends gegen mitternacht dan so B2

343

eisenstayn abgesuncken wirt/ beweyßt sich der Gang gemainklich mit gold/ oder mit

anderma wirdigem ärtz.

Das .IX.b Capitel.

Von pleyärtzc,d

PLeyertze ist gwyrcktf auß demg einflußh Saturni/ auß vngedignemi/ wässerigemj/

schweremk/ vnraynem quecksilber/ vnd vonn wenygem Schwebell/ der durch seine

außgewittertem hitzige prademn/ das quecksilber kocht/ vnd zůsamen gerendt/ zů

einem metallischen cörper/ vnd als die beyde/ der schwefel vnd das quecksilber/ mit

einer schwachen verbindung o vereynigt werden/ also wirt auch p jhr metallisch q

cörper/ das pleyr/ leichtlich in dem fewr verzert/ vnd hinweg getriben.

Dises metalls ertz/ wirt etlichss gefunden als ein schwebender Gang/ etlichs in einem

stehendent gang/ Das schwebende pleyertz/ vnder dem rasem/ ist geringeu am silber/

es sey dannv das silber geschicka darzů fallen/ als wol von den klüfften geschehen

a andern B2 b Neundte UgB(1616), neundte UgB(1698) c Das .IX. Capitel. Von pleyärtz = Das neunde capitel ist von dem pleyertz B1, Das neynde capitel ist dem pley ärcz B2 d Plei ertz B3, pleyärtz B6, BleyErtz UgB(1616), Bley Ertz UgB(1698) e Das pleyertz B1, DAs pley ärcz B2, BLey-Ertz UgB(1698) f gewirckt B1, B3, gewürckt B2, gwyrckt B6 g auß absent B1, B2 h ynflus B1 i vngedautem B1, vngedeütem B2 j wässerigen UgB(1698) k schweren UgB(1698) l schweffel B1, B2, schwefel B3, Schwebel B6, Schwefel UgB(1698) m auffgewitterte B1, aus geweiterte B2, außgeweitterte B3, B6 n bradem B1, UgB(1616), pradem B2, B3, B6, Bradem UgB(1698) o vorbynndung B1 p also wirt auch = also auch wirt B1, B2 q metallischer UgB(1698) r blei B3, bley B6, Bley UgB(1616), UgB(1698) s etzliches wirt B1, B2 t stenden B1, stenden B2 u gering B1, B2, B3, geringe B6 v den B1, denn B2

344

kan. Aberb das ganghafftig bleyertz/ ist reycher vnd höherc am silber/ darnach sein

streichen fallen/ vnd veradelung besser ist/ als oben vonn dem silber gesagt ist.

Ganghafftig bleyertz wirt zůzeittend gefunden schwartz/ zů zeiten menfarb/ vnd zů

zeiten glantzig.

[39v]

Das .X.e capitel.f

Von dem gemeinen quecksilber.

DAs gemein Quecksilber wirt gewircket auß dem g einfluß h Mercurij/ auß

schleimiger i wässerichter j feüchtung k die vermengt wirt mit der aller l subtilesten

schwefeligerm erden. Diß metals wirt etlichesn gefunden inn einer braunen erdo

gewürckt/ als ein ander metallärtzep/ etliches in grůben/ das geflossen ist auß den

klufften vnd auß der erden inn einen sumpfq als das wasser. Auch wirt etlichs

auffgeprademptr vnd gezogen vber die erden/ vnd wirt gefunden inn dem graß auff

der erden.

a geichiek B1 b Sunder B1, B2 c hocher B1 d zu Zeiten UgB(1698) e zehende UgB(1616), UgB(1698) f Das .X. capitel. = Das tzehende capitel ist B1, Das zechende capitel ist B2 g dem absent B1, B2 h insert deß UgB(1698) i schlamiger B1, schlemiger B2, B3, schleymiger B6 j wesserig B1, wäßriger B2, wesserichter B3, wässerichter B6 k erfeuchtnyß B1, feüchtnuß B2, feuchtung B3, feüchtunng B6 l all B1 m schwiffeliger B1 n wirt etliches = etzliches wirt B1, B2 o einer braunen erd = einer braune erden B1, einer braune erden B2, eyner braunen erd B3, einer braunenn erd B6 p metalertz B1, metal ärcz B2, metall ertz B3, metallärtze B6 q einen sumpf = ein sump B1, B2 r auffgeprademd B1, aufgepradembt B2, auffgepradempt B3, B6, auffgebrademt UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

345

Dises metall ist einer wunderlichen natur/ als die Alchimisten wola erfarung haben/

die selbigenb will ich auff diß mal/ von seiner natur ferrnerc lassen zancken.d

Knappius. Auß erkantnuße der materien/ darauß das ärtz gemachtf/ vnd der statt in

wölcher es bequemmlich gewirckt wirt/ kan ich nit erkunden/ durch wölche weyse

diß oder das anderg/ zů gedachtemh Metall geschmeltzt möchte werden.

Daniel. Die Schicht ist auffgefarenni/ yetztj ist genůg von dem gesagt/ morgen

wöllenk wir auß der Kaw/ in die hütenl gehen/ so will ich dir sagen/ mit wölchem

zůsatz das schwefelich ärtz/ mit wölchem das leüchtflüssigm/ mit welchem dz wildn/

mit welchem das grobo/ oder klaynspissigp ärtz geschmeltzt soll werden/ &c.q,r

a insert ein B1, B2 b haben/ die selbigen = habe/ n dieselben UgB(1698) c ferrer B2 d insert also vil sie ytzundt gesagt B1, insert also vil sey yecz gesagt B2 e erkentnys B1 f insert wirt B1, B2 g insert ertz B1 h gedychtem B1, gedichtem B2, gedachtein B3, gedachtem B6 i auff gefare B1 j yeczunt B2 k wol B1, wel B2 l huten B1 m lichtflussig B1, leichtflüssig B2, B3, leüchtflüssig B6 n wilde B1, B2, UgB(1698), wild B3, B6 o grobe UgB(1698) p kleinspitzige UgB(1698) q &c. = Amen. B1 [end of B1], B2 r insert Jtem des büchlin hat getruckt Erhart Ratdolt zů Augspurg Do man zalt nach christus geburt. M.ccccc.v. am sechßten tag des Mayen. B2 [end of B2]

346

Ob jemandt zů besserm vnderscheidt vnd erkantnus der berg/ die Figuren wolt lassen

außstreichen oder malen a / so mag b man die geng gelb/ nebel vnd witterung

rauchfarb/ die wasser blaw/ wellichesc jedes sey/ hab ich verstants halb mererteyls

mit bůchstaben also zeichnetd.

e[40r]

g Geng deß bergs.

w Witterung des bergs.

n Nebel des bergs.

a molen B3 b macht UgB(1616), UgB(1698) c welchs B3, wölliches B6 d welches jedes sey/ ist aus den Figuren zuersehen UgB(1616), welches jedes sey/ ist auß den Figuren zuersehen UgB(1698) e g Geng deß bergs. w Witterung des bergs. n Nebel des bergs. absent UgB(1698)

347

Fundgrub vnd ein wehra EYn Fundgrůbb ist die erst zech oder grůben auff

eym newen gang/ vnnd hat drey wehr. Ein Wehr ist

.14. lachter/ Vnd ein Funtgrůb hat drey wehr für jrc

maß/ dz ist 42.d lachter

Negstene vnd Messen. Die Negstenf/ vnd andern massen/ souilg auff dem

selben Gang auffgenommen werden/ hat ein jedesh

maß nit mer dann zwey wehr/ das ist 24.i lachter.

Ein Lehen. Ein lehen ist 7. lachtern/ 2.j lehen ist ein Wehr/ 3.

wehr ist ein Fundgrůb/ 2. wehr ist ein Negstek/ oder

annder maß/ wie oben berürt ist.

Fierungl. Ein jeder Gang hat inn ewige tieffe vierdthalb lachter

ins hangendsm/ vnd vierdthalb lachter ins ligendsn/

Das heyßt des gangs vierung/ macht beyds 7. o

lachter.

Hangents Deß Gangs hangends/ ist das dach so auff dem gang

ligt/ vnd sein dach ist.

a [Note: Glossary of mining and smelting terms, the “Bergnamen,” has been placed in columnar form analogous to the presentation in the original. The original versions, however, do not place lines around the terms and definitions as introduced here to facilitate understanding.] b EYn Fundgrůb = EJne Grube UgB(1698) c für jr = vor jre B3 d 42. = 24. UgB(1698) e nechsten UgB(1616), Negsten UgB(1698) f nechsten UgB(1616), UgB(1698) g so viel UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h sedes UgB(1698) i 24. = 28. B3, B6, UgB(1698) j 2. = 21 B3, 2. B6 k nechste UgB(1616), UgB(1698) l Vierung UgB(1698) m hangende UgB(1698) n ligend B3, ligends B6, ligende UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o sieben UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

348

Ligends. Deß Gangs ligends ist/ darauff der Gang ligt.

Ausgehends Jst da er an tag außstößt/ allsa etlich Geng haben jr

außgeends inn morgen/ etlich in mittag/ etlich in

abent/ etlich gegen mitnachb/ auch etlich zwischen

derc obbemelten vier orten jhr auß gengd haben/ ist

auff einem Compast leichtlich zů verstehen.

Streichens Genge Etlichs ist vom morgen inn abent/ etlichs von Mittag

gegen mitnachtf/ wie man auch auff eynem Compast

bericht haben kan.

Fletzg. Jst/ dz eben hinweg ligth/ vnd weder vnder sich noch

über sich felt

Eini Fletzj wie er gelten

wirt.

Wann man auff einem k Fletz l verleicht m / so

verleichtn man in die vierung/ als ein Fundtgrůb in

die leng 42. lachter/ vnd in die breyt o auch 42.

lachter.

Klüfftlin Wölch schmal sind wie messerrück/ schmeler oder

dicker/ vnd haben jr streichensp vnd außgeensq wie

die Geng.

a alß B3, alls B6, als UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b mitternacht B3, mitnacht B6 c den UgB(1698) d Außgänge UgB(1698) e Streichens Geng = Streichens der Geng. B3, Streichens der Geng. B6 [brevigraph for <der> located in far right margin in B6 easily missed in typesetting for UgB], Streichen der Gänge UgB(1698) f Mitternacht B3, Mitnacht B6 g Flötz UgB(1698) h leit B3 i [Typographical error in original: <Fin>] j Ein Fletz = Fein Föltz UgB(1698) k einen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) l Föltz UgB(1698) m verleihet UgB(1616), UgB(1698) n verleihet UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o breite UgB(1616), Breite UgB(1698) p streichends UgB(1616), UgB(1698) q außgehen B3, außgeens B6, außgehends UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

349

[40v] Schächta. Schächt/ liechtlocherb/ oder Winschet ist alles ein

nam/ so man darinnc vnder sich arbeytd/ nennt man

gesuncken.

Richtschäche Jst/ darinn man fürdernus hat mit bergärtz/ vnd den

man tieffef sinckt.

Hornstatt. Jst ein weiteg gbrochenh/ da der haspel stetti.

Haspelstützen Jst darinn der rund baum ligt.

hengbanck. Jst darinnj die haspelstützen stehen.

Haspel. Jst/ damit man berg vnd ertz herauß zeuchtk mit eim

seil.

Bergkübel. Jst darin man berg zeucht/ was nit ertz ist/ haißt alles

berg.

Ertzkübel. Jst darinn man ertz zeucht.

Wasserziberl Jst darinn man wasser zeucht.

Sumpffm. Jst darinn man wasser helt.

Pfützeymer Jst damit man einpfützt n / dann man spricht/

einpfützt/ nit eingeschepffto.

a Schleht B6 b Liechtlöcher B3, liechlöcher B6 c darinnen UgB(1698) d arbeitet UgB(1698) e Richtschächt UgB(1698) f tieff B6 g weitte B3 h gebrochen B3, B6, UgB(1616), UgB(1698) [Typographical error in original: <gborchen>] i stehet B3, UgB(1616), UgB(1698), steet B6 j darinnen UgB(1698) k zeuhet B3, zeucht B6 l Wasserzuber B3, wasserzuber B6, Wassrziher UgB(1616), Wasserzůber UgB(1698) [cf. B3 <–zuber> < Zober, a (typically two-handled) tub] m Sumpg B3, Sumpff B6 n einp fützt UgB(1616), einpfützt UgB(1698) o einpfützt/ nit eingeschepfft = einpfützen nit eingeschepffen UgB(1616), einpfützen nicht eingeschepffen UgB(1698)

350

Farta. Jst darauff man in die grůb fert/ heisset einfartb/ nit

ein laiterc.

Gezimmer in schachtend. Jst tragstempffel jocher ein strich spreitzen.

Verpfendte. Jst wenn man zimmert/ vnd so das gezimmer nit vest

stehet/ das mans antreibt mit hültzenenf keüleng.

Leng oder Felerh. Jst dz man treibt auff eym gang/ oder neben eym

Gang.

Verschrempt oder

Verfarn

Jst/ das man ein ort neben dem ganck treibt/ vnnd

den ganck steen laßti/ es heysset auch den ganck

aufffaren.

Nachgeschlagen. Jst wenn der ganck also verfarn ist/ wie obgemelt/

dasj man als dann nachschlechtk.

wantgeworffen oder

abgetriben.

Jst so es seer faißt ist/ so můß man ritzl hawen/ das

man pletz vnd keyl m darein setzen kan/ darnach

schlagenn die hewero feusteln drauff/ dz heyßt ein

wand geworffen oder abgetriben.

Fest. Jst/ wenn der Gang hertp zů gewinnen ist.

Schnetigq Jst/ wenn der Ganck oder gebirg gůt zů gewinnen ist.

a Farth UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b einfart = eyn fart B3, ein fart B6 c heisset einfart/ nit ein laiter = heist ein Fart/ nit ein leiter UgB(1616), heist eine Farth/ nicht ein Leiter UgB(1698) d schächten B3, B6, Schächten UgB(1698) e Uerpfändt B3, Uerpfendt B6, Verpfänt UgB(1698) f höltzernen UgB(1698) g keilen B3, keülen B6 h Fehler UgB(1616), UgB(1698) i steen laßt = stehen lest B3, steen laßt B6 j daß UgB(1698) k nachschlägt UgB(1698) l Ritze UgB(1698) m keile B3, keyl B6 n schlahen B3, B6 o insert mit B3, B6 p hart UgB(1698) q [<schnetig> < schneidig; cf. Veith]

351

Gezeugea damit man inn

der gruben arbeytet

Grosse feustel/ klein feustel/ plotz/ keilkratzen b /

eisen fimel c / keilhawen d / puch feustel/ ist alles

gezeug damit man ärtz gewinte vnd pucht.

[41r] Fulort. Jst eyn weit raum inn der grůben

geprochenf/ darein man ärtz vnd berg stürtzt/ man

heyßts gestürtzet/ nit geschütt/ in der grůben.

Querschlag Jst eyn ort das man durch quersteing treibet/ auff

keinem Gang oder Klufft/ man treibt auch zů zeytten

qwerschleg auff klüfften vnd Gengen/ so man die

haben mag.

Schurpffenh. Jst wenn einer am tag anhebt zů suchen nach Gengen

vnnd klüfften.

Seyl vnd kübel

eingeworffen.

Jst/ wenn eyner geschürfft hat/ vnnd der schürff zů

tieff wirt/ das er ein haspel darüber setzen můß/ vnd

die erste fidernußi die er herauß thůnj/ mit seyl vnd

kübeln/ das heyst seyl vnd kübel eingeworffen.

windtfang. Jst den man am tag vber ein grůb setzt mit holtz

vnnd brettern/ daran sich das wetter wechselt/ dask

man in der grůben oder in dem Schacht arbeyten

kan.

Angesessen. Jst wo eyner in eyner grůben anfahet eyn ort zů

a Gezeug B3 b keilkratzen = keil/ kratzen B3, keil [line split] kratzen B6 c eisen fimel = eisen/ fimel B3, B6 d Kleinhauen UgB(1698) e gewind UgB(1616), gewint UgB(1698) f gebrochen UgB(1698) g Quersteine UgB(1698) h Schurffen B3, B6, Schurffen UgB(1698) i fürdernuß B3, füdernuß B6 j thut UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k daß UgB(1698)

352

treiben/ das heysset dann angesessen.

Straß vnd sit orta. Eyn straß ist/ Wann man eyn ort teylet also/ das

eyner mit eynem sitzort wegferet/ vnnd der ander die

straß hinach treibt/ so heyßt dann das oberteyl ein

sitz ort/ das vnder/ die straß.

Sitzpfal. Darauff der hawer vor dem ort sitzt.

Eisenriemen. Daran der hawer die eysen fürt.

Eins stollen mundtloch. Eyn stoln ist den man anfahet in eym talb oder grund/

vnd zů eyner grůben treiben will/ vnnd ehe man

vnder kreüchtc/ heyßt es des stoln mundtloch.

Vndergekrochen. Wann man anfahet/ vnd türlin setzt vnd man hinein

fert erstlich in stollen.

Türlin/ kappen/ vnd

verschissend.

Thürlin vnd kappen/ auff stolleytern vnd lengertene

gesetzt/ heyßt eyn thürlin gesetzt/ das ist/ das holtz

das die leng auffsteht f / vnd die höltzer die oben

darauff ligen/ heyssen kappen/ vnd die kleynen

höltzlin/ die man in hangends vnd ligends [41v] legt/

heyßt man verschossen.

Wasserseichg Jst/ da das wasser in dash mundtloch hinauß laufft.

Fürst. Eyn yeglicher ort oder stoln oben heyst in der fürst.

Soleni. Der stoln vndenj heyßt auff der solenk.

a sit ort = sitzort B3, sitz ort B6 [<z> obscured in print in B3, probable reason for <sit ort> in UgB], Sitzort UgB(1616), Sitz-Ort UgB(1698) b eym tal = ein Thal UgB(1616), UgB(1698) c vnder kreücht = vnterkreucht B3, vnderkreucht B6 d verschiessen B3, B6 e Lengorten UgB(1698) f leng auffsteht = lenng auff/ stehet B6 g Wasserseih B3, wasserseich B6 h dem B3, das B6 i Sohlen UgB(1698) j vnten B3, B6 k Sohlen UgB(1698)

353

Treckwerck Jst/ das man mit brettern schlechta / zwischen der

solen vnd der fürst/ darauff man ein vnnd außferet/

vnnd den berg drauff herauß laufft.

Rostb oder tregstollen. Eyn rost getriben ist/ wann man eyn stoln treibt/ der

v. oder vj. lachter einkompt/ oder tieffer/ biß auff

.xv. oder .xvj. lachter.

Einkommen. Einkomptc ist/ wann man eynd durchschlag macht/

das man wetter bringt vnd wasser benimpt.

Durchschlag. Jst/ wann man örter oder stollen gegen eynander

treibt/ wann man zůsamen kompt das heyst dann eyn

durchschlag gemachte.

wetterbrachtf. Jst/ das der wind durch den durchschlag oder stollen

hindurch in die zeche zeucht/ das man darbei

arbeyten kan.

wasser benimet. Jst/ das das wasser/ so der durchschlag gemacht ist/

auff dem stoln hinauß an tag laufft.

Handsteyn oder stuffen Ertz/ heyst man auff den Berckwercken vnd nit eyn

stuck ärtz oder berg.

Ertz gebuchtg Oder gescheyden/ vnnd nit geklopfft.

Hall. Jst der berg/ den man in eyner grůben gewint/ es sei

vil oder wenig das heyßt dann der grůben hall.

Heintz Jst eyn rörwerck/ darinn eyn eyserin h seyl mit

taschen/ damit man eyn groß wasser hebt/ man heyßt

esi eyserinj seyl vnd nit ketten.

a schlächt UgB(1698) b Röst B3, Rost B6 c Einkommen UgB(1698) d einen UgB(1698) e gmacht B6 f Wetterpracht B3 g gepucht B3, gebucht B6 h eisern B3, UgB(1698), eyseren B6 i heyßt es = heyßts B3 j eisern B3, eysern B6, eiserin UgB(1698)

354

Pumpen. Jst eyn rorea/ darein ist eyn strudel gemacht/ die legt

man in eynem b sumpff/ da zeucht eyn knab eyn

zimlichesc wasser .2.d oder .3.e lachter.

Kunst. Jst/ damit man eyn groß wasser hebet/ treibt eyn

wasser das ander/ die brauchet man auff

berckwercken/ die man tieff [42r] absencket/ vnd

seer wasser nötig seind.

Seyger gericht. Jst/ wann eyn ganck gerad nider feltf / vnd weder

hangents noch ligends hat.

Flach. Jst wann eyn gang flach fellet/ vnnd hangends vnd

ligends hat.

Gemersheyt g Geschit h

vnd ab gezogen.

Jst/ das man eyn ort/ erbstuffen/ oder eynen schacht

an tag bringt das man am tag weyßti wo man in der

grůben bawet.

Gemessen ein lochstein Jst/ wo man eym sein maß gibt am tag mit schůhen/

als eyner Fundgrůb .48.j lachter/ vnd eynerk nechsten

maß .28. l lachter/ vnnd wo eyn maß wendet/ da

grebet man eynen steyn ein/ darin hawet man eyn

creütz.

Marscheyd. Jst/ wo sich die massen theylen dom der lochsteyn

steht.

a ror B3, B6, Röhre UgB(1698) b eynen B3, einen B6 c zimmlich B3, B6 d .2. = 2. UgB(1698) e .3. = 3. UgB(1698) f nider felt = niderfallet B3, nider fellt B6 g Gemerscheit B3, B6, Gemarscheid UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h Geschitt B3, B6 i weiß UgB(1616), UgB(1698) j .48. = 48. UgB(1698) k einen UgB(1698) l .28. = 28. UgB(1698) m da UgB(1698)

355

Erbstuffen. Jst das man den Lochsteyn/ darauff der mehrscheyda

steht in die grůb langt/ darbei weyßt eyn jeder wo

sein maß wendt

Abwegen. Jst/ da man eyn ort oder stolln/ oder anders

gegeneynander wigt/ das man weyßtb wo die tieffe

gegeneynander ist.

Schicht meisterc. Jst/ der werckgelt d einnimpt/ lonet/ verrechnet/

Schmeltzhütten versorgt.

Steiger oder hutmanne. Jst/ der auff die arbeyter siehet/ jn f eysen vnnd

vnschlet gibt/ die grůben mit gezimmer/ vnnd

anderm so von nöten/ versorgt.

Hewer. Jst der das ertz oder berckg hawet.

Bergknecht Jst der berg vnnd ertz zeucht/ vnd laufft.

wasserknecht. Jst der wasser zeucht.

Ertzpucherh Jst der das ärtz pucht.

wescher. Jst der das kleyn wescht.

Junger. Jst der berck oder ertz anschlecht.

Die kurtz schicht. Jst acht stund lang.

Lang schicht. Oder kü schichti/ ist zwölffj stundk lang.

[42v] Stemm vnnd

Gucks.

Zwen vnd 30. stäml/ oder .128.m kucks hat eyn grůb

teyl.

a merscheyd B3, B6 b weiß UgB(1698) c Schicht meister = Schichtmeyster B3, Schicht meyster B6 d Berckgeld UgB(1698) e hütman B3, hutman B6 f ihnen UgB(1698) g Berge UgB(1698) h Ertzpucherl B3, B6 i kü schicht = kühschicht UgB(1616), Küh-Schicht UgB(1698) j 12. UgB(1698) k stunden UgB(1616), Stunden UgB(1698) l Zwen vnd 30. stäm = Zwen vnd xxx. stämm B3, Zwen vnd 30. stämm B6, Zwey oder 30. UgB(1698) m .128. = cxxviij. B3, 128. B6, UgB(1698)

356

Kastenstangen. Jst/ damit man verscheißta in schächten zwischen den

thürlin/ vnd wo man kästen schlechtb.

Kasten geschlagenc. Jst wo man weittend in den grůben außhawet/ vnd

darnach starcke trag stempffel/ in hangends vnnd

ligends antreibt/ vnd kasten stangen darauff legt/

vnnd darnach mit berg versetzt.

Hernach volgen etliche zůsätzf/

so man in den hütten auff silber/

vnd kupffer gebraucht.

Zůsetz auff silber ärtz. Frisch bley/ hart g bley/ glet/ hert h / floß kupfer

schlackeni/ steyn/ koln vnnd gekürnt frisch blei.

Frisch bley Jst/ das vorhienj nit gebraucht ist.

Hart bley vnd glet. Jst das bley das vomk silber gescheyden würt wann

man abtreibt.

Hertl. Jst die äschenm damit der treibhert gemachet ist ehe

man getriben hat/ die hebet man nach dem treiben

wider ab.

Treibhert. Jst/ darauff man das werck abtreibt.

a verscheußt B3, B6 b schlägt UgB(1698) c Kasten geschlagen = Kästen gschlagen B3, Kesten gschlagen B6 d Weiten UgB(1698) e ettliche B3, etlich B6, etliche UgB(1698) f zůsätz = zů setz B3, zůsätze B6 g härt UgB(1698) h hertt B3, hert B6, Härte UgB(1698) i floß kupfer schlacken = floß/ kupfferschlacken B3, floß=[line division]kupfferschlacken B6, Floßkupffer Schlacken UgB(1698) j vorhin UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k vonn B3, von B6 l Herth UgB(1616), Herdt UgB(1698) m aschen UgB(1616), Aschen UgB(1698)

357

Abgetriben. Jst/ wann man das silber vnd bley von eynander

scheydt.

Treibhutta. Jst von eysen gemacht den man über den herdb setzt

wann man abtreibt.

Zůsatz zům kupferärtz. Zům kupferärtz bedarff man keynen zůsatz dannc

floß/ zů etlichen bedarff man auch keyn floß/ man

můß aber eyns mer dann das ander rösten/ darnach

es wild oder geschmeidigd ist/ darnach machet man

steyn darauße/ darnach schwartz kupffer/ darnach

gar kupfer wann dz kupfer über vj.f lot silber helt/

bedarff mans nit gar machen/ sunder schwartz

kupfer.

Gezeügg in huttenh. Daßi gezeug in hütten damit man arbeytet/ heyßt

man fewr backen j / renneysen/ stecheysen/

brechstangen/ &c.k

Schichtgeschüttl. Jst/ wenn man das ertz vnd den zůsatz zůsammenm

setzt/ als vil man eyn schicht schmeltzen wil.

[43r] Angelassen Jst/ wenn man anfahet zů schmeltzen.

Außgelassen Jst/ wenn er schicht macht oder auffhört.

Zůgemacht Jst/ wenn der schmeltzer den ofen wider zůristn auff

einen andern tag.

a Treibhüt B3, Treibhut B6, Treibhütt UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b herth UgB(1616), Herth UgB(1698) c denn UgB(1698) d geschmidig B3, geschmeydig B6 e drauß B3 f vj UgB(1698) g gezeug B3, Gezeijg B6 h hütten B3 i Das UgB(1698) j fewr backen = feurhacken B3, fewrhacken B6, Feuerhacken UgB(1698) k &c. = etc. UgB(1616), &c. UgB(1698) l Schichtgeschütt = Schichtgeschüt B3, Schichtgeschut B6, Schicht geseyn UgB(1616), UgB(1698) m zesammen B3 n zůrüst B3, B6, zurüstet UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

358

Fürgelauffen Jst/ wenn der helffer knechtea dem schmeltzer den

zůsatz den er bedarff/ zů tregtb vnd laufft.

[]c

[]d

Verzeychnung der Bergk=

werck der Cronen zů Behame vn=

derworffen.

DAs Berckwerck von der Jgla ist die älstf berckstat vnder derg Cronen von Behamh/

da noch die bergs vrteil geholt werdent von vil berckstetten/ vnnd fürnemlich von

dem Schnebergi/ von santj Annen berg/ vnnd von santk Joachimstal/ &c.l Auch

gefelt inn keynem land mehr/ vnd so mancherley berckwerck vnd ärtz als im land zů

Behamm vnnd der selben vmbligenden gebürg.

a knecht B3, knechte B6, Knecht UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b zů tregt = zůtregt B3, B6, zuträgt UgB(1698) c insert [colophon] B3:

Getruckt zů Wormbs bei Peter Schöfern/ vnd volendet am

fünfften tag Aprill. M. D. XVIII.

[end of B3] d insert [colophon] B6:

Getruckt zů Augspurg durch Heinrich Steyner/ Am 3. tag

Octobris/ Jm M. D. XXXIIII.

[end of B6] e zů Beham = Böhem zu UgB(1616), Böhmen UgB(1698) f ältest UgB(1616), älteste UgB(1698) g den UgB(1698) h Böhem UgB(1698) i Schneebergk UgB(1616), Schneeberg UgB(1698) j Sanct UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k Sanct UgB(1616), UgB(1698) l &c. = etc. UgB(1616), &c. UgB(1698) m Böhem UgB(1698)

359

Jtem was für silber/ gold/ oder zin Berckwerck a im land zů Beham b gelegen/

gebawenc vnd noch fündig sind/ nach der statt Jgla setz ich die fürnemsten berckstet

Sant d Joachims thal vnd den kutten berg e / da teglich vil silber ärtz in bricht/

nachuolgensf sant katrinbergg küngenstock zům grab zů der plawh cladran mießtopel

pilsen losin wildartitz i Nellizaw/ przibran/ Deutschenprod j / auff der Eyknien

Stechowitz/ Rotenberg/ kem/ Santprocopsberg k / Kauersin l im risengrund

Hackenteufel/ zůberstein im kreysm Krumpenaw. Dise Berckwerck des lands zů

behamn beweisent sich alle mit silber. wie wol jero vil bawfellig vnnd verfallen/ aber

noch höfflich zů bawen der gold/ ertz vnder der Cronen zů/ behamp beweisent sich

etzlich geng nahentq bey der stat Prag auch bey prün in Merhernr/ zů Reichenstein/

vnd Nellisaw [43v] sint vierthalbhundert goldt mülen gestanden/ zů teschlawitz ein

goldberckwerck/ zů Schlagkenwald s vnd zům gruffen zin berckwerck/ noch ist

geschigent/ des kösparlichen edlen gesteinsu/ im land zů Behamv darnach nit vil

gebawen wurtw das vnzalbar da ist.

a Bergwercke UgB(1698) b Böhem UgB(1698) c gebawet UgB(1698) d Sanct UgB(1698) e kutten berg = Kuttenbergk UgB(1616), Kuttenberg UgB(1698) f nachfolgends UgB(1698) g sant katrinberg = Sanct Catrinberg UgB(1698) h Plau UgB(1698) i Wilhartitz UgB(1698) j Deutschenbrot UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k Sanct Procopsberg UgB(1616), UgB(1698) l Kawersin UgB(1616), UgB(1698) m Creiß UgB(1698) n Böhem UgB(1698) o ihr UgB(1698) p Böhem UgB(1698) q nahe UgB(1698) r prün in Merhern = Prün in Mehren UgB(1616), UgB(1698) s Schlackenwaldt UgB(1616), UgB(1698) t geschwiegen UgB(1698) u edlen gesteins = Edlengesteins UgB(1698) v Böhem UgB(1616), UgB(1698) w gebawen wurt = gebauet würde UgB(1698)

360

Jm anfang der Hussischen Secten/ vnd des Behamischen a glaubens vnder der

regierung Keiser Sigmunds hochlöblicher gedechtnis/ sint die Behamb mit grosser

vngestimikeitc wider den Babst vnd den geistlichen stant gewest/ habent die clöster

verhärtd/ Münche vnd Pfaffen vertriben/ land vnd stettf alles verwuscht vnd verhertg

so vil sie überwinden mochten bis so lang sie Kaiser Sigmunt mit hilff des

Römischen Reichs über zochh vnnd sich mit eim mechtigen heri gelegert für die

haubtstat Prag/ da die Behamj grossen schaden namentk vnd vil erfarner berckleut

vmkomentl auch hin wider der Kaiser mit seinem herrm vnd hilff des Römischen

Reichs von wegen grosser vngestimikeit der Beham n auch großen schaden

empfingen/ zertranten das volck/ vnd schlugens in die flucht/ darnach dorfft sich

lange zeit kein Teutscher im land mer offenbaren laut der historien vnd Cronicao/

also wurden die berckwerck nider gelegt verhertp/ die schechtq eingefallen vnnd also

zergangen vnd r in manchem jar darnach kein verstendiger berckman mer in das

Behemischs land kumen/ auch hats vilichtt Got der almechtigu zů der selbigenv zeit

noch nit gewellenw/ dz so vil emplöster mechtigerx berckwerck an tag kumen söllenty

a Böhmischen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) b Böhem UgB(1616), Böhmen UgB(1698) c Vngestümmigkeit UgB(1616), Ungestümmigkeit UgB(1698) d verhöret UgB(1616), verheeret UgB(1698) e Münche UgB(1698) f Städt UgB(1616), Städten UgB(1698) g verwuscht vnd verhert = verwüstet vnd verheeret UgB(1616), UgB(1698) h über zoch = uberzog UgB(1616), überzog UgB(1698) i mechtigen her = mächten Heer UgB(1698) j Böhmen UgB(1698) k nahmen UgB(1698) l umbkommen UgB(1698) m Heer UgB(1698) n Böhmen UgB(1698) o Chronica UgB(1698) p verheeret UgB(1616), UgB(1698) q Schächt UgB(1616), Schächte UgB(1698) r insert ist UgB(1698) s Böhemisch UgB(1616), Böhmische UgB(1698) t vielleicht UgB(1616), UgB(1698) u Got der almechtig = GOtt der Allmächtige UgB(1698) v der selbigen = derselben UgB(1616), UgB(1698) w gewollt UgB(1616), gewolt UgB(1698) x emplöster mechtiger = entblöste mächtige UgB(1698) y kumen söllent = kommen sollen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

361

die nun zům teil wider zů bawen angefangen vnd sich reichlich beweisent/ Got

verleicha allen gewercken sein götliche gnad darzů/ mit reicher außpeuth.

Wie vil amtleuth ein berckwerck

zů haben noturfftigb ist.c

Erstlich setzt ein jetzlicher Fürst oder herd an sein state einen [44r] hauptman der

zůgebieten vnnd zůverbieten hat über alle amtleuth/ vnd was dem berckwerck

vnderworffen ist/ dar nach einen verstendigen berckmeister f / darnach acht

bergverstendige männer welche die geschwornen genant sint/ mer zweng zehentner

vnd zwenh hüttenreuter/ einen außteiler ein kegenschreiberi vnd ein berckschreiber/

darzů gericht vnd recht verordneth waß ein jetzlicher thůn oder lassen sol/ schicht

meister/ schmeltzer/ steiger/ berckhawer/ sampt ander berckleuth mit jerem j

werckzeug den sie täglich zů clüfftk vnd gengen gebrauchentl &c.m

a verleihe UgB(1698) b nottürfftig UgB(1616), nothdürfftig UgB(1698) c [Given that the Annaberg Bergordnung of 1509 appears to be the source for the oath that follows, it is probable that Haselberg drafted this listing of mining officials from Article 2 of that code. Note the following quotation (Art. 2, Ermisch 164), with emphasis added to show similarity of content to UgB:]

…haben wir uff gemelt bergkwergk einen tuglichen heubtman an unser stadt, dartzu einen bergkmeister, acht geschworne bergkvorstendige man, tzwene tzehendner, tzwen huttenreytter, eyn austeyler, einen kegenschreiber und bergkschreiber gestelt, auch gericht und recht in bergk- und andern sachen tzu bekomen verordent. Und was itzlichem tzu thun geburt und eingebunden ist, wirdt sich aus nachvolgenden artickeln clerlicher befinden. Und sollen derselbig unßer amptman ane unßere laube, die andern obbestimpten amptleute, alle schichtmeister und steiger ane unßers heuptmanns tzulassung nicht vom berge reißen, den auch ane mercklich ursach nicht sal erleubet werden.

d Herr UgB(1698) e sein stat = seine Statt UgB(1616), UgB(1698) f Begmeister UgB(1616), Bergmeister UgB(1698) g zwey UgB(1698) h zwey UgB(1698) i Gegenschreicher UgB(1616), UgB(1698) j ihren UgB(1616), UgB(1698) k Klüfften UgB(1698) l gebrauchen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) m &c. = etc. UgB(1616), &c. UgB(1698)

362

Des berckmeisters eyd/ vnd an=

deren obgenanten amtleutena vnd allen denb

die mit ämtern beladen sind. c

Jch .N.d schweree dasf ich wil meinen gnedigsteng hern .N. &ch getrew vnd gewertigi/

dz berckmeister amt treulich vnd fleissig verwesen/ jerer j Fürstlichen gnaden

gerechtikeit hant haben/ der gewercken vnd gemeineß berckwercks nutz fürdernk/

jederman[,] was sich von recht vnd bilikeitl eygent[,] gestatten vnd verhelffen/[,]

meines gnedigsten herren m ordenung allenthalben hant haben/ vnd selber[,] was

mier n darinnen auffgelegt ist/[,] verbringen o /[,] alles nach meinem höchsten p

verstentnuß vnd vermügen[,] wil auch in dem allen/ keins andern genieß[,] dann der

mier q von jerer r Fürstlichen genaden s der ordenung nach zů gelassen

a anderen obgenanten amtleuten = anderer obgenanter Amptleute UgB(1698) b allen denen UgB(1616), aller derer UgB(1698) c [The probable source of this oath is “Des bergkmeisters eydt” in the Annaberg “Bergordnung” of 1509, transcribed by Ermisch (199). Annaberg contained the following oaths for the various mining officials (Ermisch 198-203): <Der tzehendner eydt.> <Des bergkmeisters eydt.> <Der geschwornen eydt.> <Des austeylers eydt.> <Des bergkschreibers eydt.> <Der schichtmeister eydt.> <Der huttenreytter eydt.> <Der schmeltzer und abtreiber eydt.>. The oath for the Gegenschreiber is the same as that of the Bergschreiber; for the Schichtmeister the same as for the Steiger. Thus, Annaberg provides oaths for all of the officials listed in the previous section on mining officials, excepting the Hauptmann who is appointed by royalty. Though the content of the oaths in Annaberg varies according to the respective officials’ duties, we find that Haselberg restricted his presentation to the oath for the Bergmeister, allowing that the wording of that oath can be modified and extended as needed to the other offices.] d [i.e., “Name”] e schwöre UgB(1698) f daß UgB(1616), UgB(1698) g meinen gnedigsten = meinem gnedigen Erm h hern .N. &c = hern hertzog Georgen Erm [i.e., loyalty to Duke George explicitly specified in Annaberg; left as generic “N(ame)” by Haselberg], Herrn .N. etc. UgB(1616), Herrn N. &c. UgB(1698) i insert seyn Erm j seyner Erm, Jhrer UgB(1698) k fordern Erm l billichkeytt Erm, Billigkeit UgB(1616), UgB(1698) m gnedigsten herren = gnedigenn hern Erm n mir Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698) o volbringen Erm p besten Erm q mir Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698) r jhrer UgB(1616), Jhrer UgB(1698) s Gnaden UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

363

ist a /[,] gebrauchen/ vnd mich wider dises alles/ keinen nutz noch gabe/ gunst/

fründtschafft oder veindschafft bewegen lassen/ als mir got helff durch Jesum

Christumb vnsern hernc,d.

Gleicherweise sint all obbenante amtleuth vnderschei

denlich/ ein jeder zů seinem amt auch verpflicht

vnnd beeydigt/ &c.

Durch Johan Haselberger auß der Reichenaw/

in druck verordnetf

a von jerer Fürstlichen genaden der ordenung nach zů gelassen ist = von meinem gnedigen hern tzugelaßen ist Erm b [Typographical error in original: <Chrstium>] c durch Jesum Christum vnsern hern = und alle seine heyligen Erm d HERRN UgB(1616), HErrn UgB(1698) e Gleicher Weise UgB(1698) f Durch Johan Haselberger auß der Reichenaw/ in druck verordnet = ENDE. UgB(1616), UgB(1698)

364

CHAPTER 3:

BERGKORDNUNG DES LÖBLICHEN NEWEN BERGKWERGS/

AUFF DEM GOLMSBERG/ IM KÖNIGREICH NORWEGEN –

GERMAN EDITION AND CRITICAL APPARATUS

365

[Fol. 1r]a

Bergkordnung des

Löblichen newen Bergkwergs/

auff dem Golmsbergk/ im

Königreich Norwegen.

[Figure 3.1: Danish-Norwegian coat-of-arms]

Anno domini. M. D. XL.

a [An alternate title page is provided in BN(1647) and is transcribed separately as Appendix F.]

366

[1v]

[Figure 3.2 – Image of miners at work. Surrounding caption: <Das Löbliche

Bergkwerck auff dem Golmsbergk/ sampt den zugehörenden gebirgen im Königreich

Norwegen.>]a

a [This woodcut image is omitted from BN(1647) and BN(1698).]

367

[2r]a WJr Christian von Gottes gnaden zu Dennemargken/ Norwegen/ der Wenden

vnd Gotten König/ Hertzoge zu Schlesswigk/ Holstein/ Stormarn/ vnd der

Ditmarschen/ Graue zu Oldenburgk vnd Delmenhorst/ thun kundt öffentlich.

Nachdem vnd als/ der almechtig Gott vnser lieber Vater im hymel/ von dem alles

gute kömmet/ vnser Königreich Norwegen/ mit vielen tröstlichen Bergkwercken vnd

Metallen/ auch an viel örten/ reichlich begnadet/ vnd dann bey zeyten vnser

Regirung/ sich vnser Bergkwerck auffm Golmspergk genant/ mit Silberreichen

Kupffern ereuget/ vnd fündig worden/ Derwegen stadtlich zu hoffen/ das aus vnd

von solchem Bergkwerge die ehr Gottes/ als des gebers/ auch vnser als der

ördentlichen Oberkeit/ darzu bemeltes vnsers Königreichs/ vnd aller desselben

vnderthanen. Zu fürderst aber/ aller der ienigen/ die dasselb vnser Bergkwerck

besuchen vnd der ende zu bawen/ oder nieder zuthuen sich einlassen werdenn/ nutz

vnd frommen reichlich volgen werde. Als seind wir aus Königlicher güte verursacht/

dasselb vnser Bergkwerck/ mit gutem Regiment/ Rechten vnd Ordenungen/ auch mit

notturfftigen Amptleuten/ die eynem iedern/ an vnser stat rechtens vnd pilligkeyt

verhelffen sollen/ zuuorsehen/ seind zweyffel an/ das werde zu gemeynem vnd

sonderm/ nutz/ fürderlich sein vnd zu allem guten erspriesen/ Vnd inn sonderheit

haben wir/ ernach verleipte Bergkordnung/ mit gutem zeytigen rathe/ stellen/ [2v]

vnd darmit meniglich dero/ bericht haben möge/ inn Druck brengen lassen/ schaffen

meynen vnd wöllen/ das ein ieder der sich obbemelts vnsers Bergkwercks

gebrauchen wil/ diese vnser Ordnung/ bey vermeydung vnser vngnade/ vnd darinnen

verleipten vnnd andern rechtmessigen straffen/ vnuerprüchlich halten sol. Was auch

in dieser vnser Bergkordnung nicht ausgedruckt/ das sol nach recht/ ordnung vnd

geprauch der Bergkwerge im Chur: vnd Fürstenthumb zu Sachssen gelegen/ auch

sonsten/ nach alten wolherbrachten Bergkwergs gewonheiten vnd rechten/ geörtert

werden. Wir behalten vns auch für/ diese vnsere Ordnung wenn vnd wie es die

gelegenheit erfordern würde/ zu andern/ bessern/ mehren/ vnd mindern.

a [The king’s dedicatory letter ([2r]-[2v]) is substantially revised in BN(1647), which version is transcribed separately in Appendix G including textual notes from BN(1698).]

368

Wir geben auch allen vnd ieden wes standes oder wesens die seind/ die genantes

vnser Bergkwerck besuchen/ aldo bawen odder sich nieder lassen werden/ fur ihre

Person/ habe vnd gut/ in allen vnsern Königreichen/ Fürstenthümben/ vnd

Obrigkeiten/ zu wasser vnd landen ab vnd zu zupassiren/ darmit auch ein ieder

Bergkman/ der Freiheyten die wir aus Königlicher macht bemeltem vnserm

Bergkwerge vnd den bergkleuthen/ so das besuchen werden/ gegeben haben/ vnd

hinfuro mit gnaden zugeben geneigt/ bericht entpfahen mögen/ So haben wir

geschafft dieselb Freyheiten vor eingang diser vnser ordnung zudrucken/ Das wir

also/ meniglich sich darnach zuachten/ gnedigister wolmeynung nicht wollen pergen

369

[3r]a

Freiheiten des Bergk=

wergs auffm Golmspergk:.

WJr Christian von Gots gnaden zu Dennemargken/ Norwegen/ der Wenden vnd

Gotten Königk/ Hertzog zu Schlesswigk/ Holstein/ Stormarn vnd der Ditmarschen/

Graue zu Oldenburgk vnd Delmenhorst/ Thun hiemit meniglichen kunth vnd

zuwissen. Das sich Bergkwerge inn vnsern Reichen Norwegen/ durch versehung

vnd schickung des Almechtigen Gotts/ scheinbarlichen an den tagk gegeben/ Dieweil

dann wir solchs Ertz/ durch viel Bergkuerstendige leuthe/ inn sonderheit auff den

Bergkwercken des Churfürstlichen/ vnd Fürstlichen hauses zu Sachssen/ damit wir/

nach niemands inn vnbillichen vnkost gesetzt würden/ zu etlichen mahln haben

probieren lassen/ vnd befinden bey denselben/ das solche Genge/ Kupffer vnd bley

(die sich mit Silber vnd anderer Metall reichlich vnd augenscheinlichen beweisen)

halten/ auch sich dermassen sehen lassen/ das mit der zeit/ durch versehung des

Almechtigen/ des gaben es allein sein/ vnd ihme billig danckbarlich zugeevgent

werden söllen/ viel guts daraus zuuerhoffen/ So sein wir im namen Gottes solchs

bergkwerck/ nit allein vns/ sonder auch gemeiner wolfart zu nutz/ heyl/ vnd

auffwachssen/ mit dem werck anzu=[3v]fahen willens/ Vnd wöllen darauff allen den

ienen/ so in gemelten vnseren Reiche vnd Bergkwercke Norwegen/ zubawen

bedacht/ Alle die Bergkfreyheit vnd gerechtigkeit/ so auff des Chur: vnd Fürstlichen

hauses zu Sachssen &c. Bergkwercken/ Als auff den Bergen/ Schnebergk/ Sant

Annebergk/ Marienbergk vnd andern Bergkstedten vbelich/ gewonlich vnd

zugelassen sein/ in aller massen zuhöhern vnd nit zuringern/ auch gönnen vnd geben/

auch hiemit gegönnet vnd zugestelt haben/ Damit aber zusehen/ das wir demselben

mit dem wercke folge leisten wöllen/ haben wir vnsern lieben getrewen Hanssen

Glasern vber solche vnsere bergkwerck zu vnserm Bergkmeister geordent vnd

gesetzt/ Als wir auch hiemit thun also/ das alle die ienen so in gedachten vnsern

Königreichen zubauen gedencken/ Mügen bey itzt gerürtem vnserm geordenten a [The king’s “freedoms” ([3r]-[4r]) are substantially revised in BN(1647), which version is transcribed separately in Appendix G including textual notes on BN(1698).]

370

Bergkmeister/ vmb vnser Freyes die Muttunge suchen/ die sol er nach bergkleuffiger

weise annemen/ vnd darauff dem ersten Mutter leihen/ solche lehen thun/ zu

gebürlicher zeit/ vnd sonst alles das ienige handeln/ das ihme als eynem

Bergkmeister von wegen seins beuolhen Ampts/ in dem vnd andern zimpt vnd

gebürt/ vnd inn massen solchs auff bergkwercken vbelich vnd gebreuchlich ist. Zum

Andern/ welche sich auff vnserm bergkwercken Norwegen nieder zuthun vnd

zubawen gedencken/ die mügen es bey gemeltem vnserm Bergkmeister Hanssen

Glasern/ wie das gebreuchlich/ in Muttunge nemen der sol ihnen Platz vnd Stadt

zubawen abmessen/ zeichnen vnd weisen/ So wollen wir zu solcher fürde=[4r]runge

beschaffen/ das einem iedern bawenden/ wie auff vorgemelten bergen des hauses zu

Sachssen gewönlichen/ solle nottürfftig bawholtz/ vnd anders gehandtreicht werden/

Zum Dritten wöllen wir die selbe new Bergkstadt/ wo die angericht wirdet/ ewiglich

für ein freye Bergkstadt begnaden/ vnd begnadet haben/ Zum Vierden vnd

schliesslich/ Es sollen auch die innwoner derselben Bergkstadt/ was sie zu mehrunge

gemeynes nutzen gedeyes vnd billicher fürderunge auff solchen bergkwercken

nottürfftig/ wann es durch schickung des almechtigen so weit gereicht/ Mit

auffrichtung weiterer gnediger gnugsamer freyheit vnd Bergkordnunge nach aller

notturfft/ vnd in massen wie es auff vorgemelten Bergen zu Sachssen der gebrauch

ist versehen werden. Des wir vns/ inn krafft dieses vnsers offenen ausschreybens/

wollen verpflicht/ aber nicht weniger vns hinwiderumb alle die Freyheit vnd

gehorsam/ die andere Oberen vnnd Herschafften/ von ihren eigenthumben vnd

Bergen zugeniessen pflegen/ vorbehalten haben. Des zu vrkunde haben wir vnser

Secret hierauff drucken vnd geben lassen/ in vnser Stadt Odensehe.

am Montage nach Corporis Christi/

Anno M. D. XXXjX:.

371

[4v]

Diese vnser Bergkordnung ist

vmb besser zurichtunga vnd verstands willen/

inn vier teyl getheyletb.

Der Erste teyl.

Sagt von bestellung vnd beuehlc der Amptleuted vnd Diener/ zum Bergkwerge

gehörig/ inne gemeyn/ vnd sonderheitf.

Der Ander teyl.

Meldet von dem Bergkwerge/ vnd desselbigen zugehörenden vnd anhangenden

hendeln vnd sachen/ wie vnd wess man sich darinnen halten solg.

Der Dritte teyl.

Thut bericht von Stöllen/ vnd derselbigenh gerechtigkeyten/ wennei/ vnd wie sie

dieselb erlangen.

Der Vierde teyl.

Gibt anzeyge von Hütten/ wie darinnen/ gemeynen gewercken zu gut/ gehandelt sol

werden.

a besser zurichtung = besserer Nachrichtung [For this apparatus, variants that derive from BN(1647) are left unlabeled, because BN(1647) is the source of the vast majority of variants. However, the designation BN(1647) is used in cases where there is also a variant recorded from BN(1698). Because BN(1698) is a nearly verbatim reprint of BN(1647) (rather than the 1540 edition), the apparatus notations are hereafter implicitly inclusive of the wording of 1698 unless noted otherwise. In many cases 1698 shows different, “modernized” spellings, but these alternate spellings are not noted here.] b abgetheilet c dem Befehl d Ampleute BN(1647) [corrected to <Ambtleute> in BN(1647) Errata], Amptleute BN(1698) e ins f insonderheit g halten sol = zu verhalten h deroselbigen i wann

372

[5r]

Der Erste Teil/ von

bestellung vnd befehl der

Amptleute vnd diener/

zum Bergkwerge gehörendt.

[BN I,1]a

Der Erst Artickel.

Von bestellung der Amptb/ auch

Gericht vnd Rechtes.

DAmit gemeinemc Bergkwerck/ in vnserm Norwegischen Königreichd/ getreuliche/

nützlich/ vnd wol fürgestandenf/ diese vnser Ordnung inn allen yren Artickelng/

fleissig vnd fest gehalten/ gerechtigkeyt gehandthapt h / vnnd geschützt/ vnrecht

gedempffti vnd gestrafft/ Gemeinerj nutz gefurdert/ auch allenk Einhaymischen vndl

Frömbden/ die bemelt m vnser Bergkwergk/ itzo/ auch n künfftig/ besuchen vnd

gebrauchen/ gepürlicher schutz/ friede/ vnd gerechtigkeyt/ fürderlich mit geteylto

werde/ haben wir vnser Bergkwergk/ mit ernachbenanten vnnd andern Amptleuthen

vnd dienern versehen/ die einem iedern/ derp sie gepürlich ansuchen wirdet/ jrem

a [The four major parts of Bergkordnung Norwegen (BN) are labelled with section (I-IV) and article numbers, e.g., [BN I,1] for the first article in part I.] b Aempter c gemeinem = nun dem gemeinen d Norwegischen Königreich = Königreich Norwegen e getrew f vorgestanden g Articulen h gehandthabet i gedempfft = gestewret j der gemeine k allen = allen/ so wol l vnd = als m die bemelt = so gemeltes n auch = oder o fürderlich mit geteylt = wiederfahre vnnd mitgetheilet p vnser Bergkwergk/ mit ernachbenanten vnnd andern Amptleuthen vnd dienern versehen/ die einem iedern/ der = selbiges mit nachbenandten vnnd anderen Officialen [italics used to indicate Latin type font in BN(1647)] vnd Dienern besetzet vnd versehen/ welche einem jeden/ so

373

befehla nach/ so vielb recht vnd pillich/ gewertig sein/ helffen söllen vnd werdenc/

Nemlichd [5v]

Heuptmane

Bergkmeister

Geschworne

Zehendner

Außteyler

Kegenschreyberf

Bergkschreyber

Seindt auch erpöttigk/ mit der zeit vnd im falle der notturfftg / andere mehr zu

verordnen.

Darüberh haben wir Gericht vnd Rechti/ inn Bergksachen/ auch Burgklichenj vnnd

peinlichen hendeln/ aldo k einem iedern l / was recht ist/ verholffen sol werden/

bestellet.m

[BN I,2]

Der Andern Artickelo.

a jrem befehl = jhrem habenden Befehl vnd Instruction b viel = weit c gewertig sein/ helffen söllen vnd werden = helffen vnnd gewerttig seyn sollen d Nemlich absent e Berg-Häuptman f Gegenschreiber BN(1698) g der notturfft = da es nötig vnd erfodert h Hierüber i insert bestellet/ worfür so wol j Bürgerlichen k aldo absent l jedwedern m verholffen sol werden/ bestellet. = sol verholffen werden. n II BN(1698) o Articul [This spelling, in Roman font, is used for each “article” hereafter in BN(1647); cf. <Artickel> throughout BN(1698).]

374

Die Amptleuta vnd diener/ sollen

vnerlaubt vom Bergkwerge

nicht abraysenb.

DArmit auch bemelte vnsere Amptleute vnd dienerc/ auchd der Gewercken diener/

als Schichtmeister vnd Steiger/ yres befehls destee statlicher abwarten mögen/ So sol

vnser Heuptman/ ane vn=[6r]sernf befehl vnd erlaubnus/ Aber die andern obbemelte

Amptleuthe g / ane vnsers Heuptmans/ vnd h der Gewercken diener/ ane unsers

Bergkmeisters/ erlaubnus/ vber ein tagereiß/ von dem Bergkwerg nicht rayseni.

[BN I,3]

Der iijj Artickel.

Die Amptleuthe vnd diener/ sol=

len mit Eydes pflichten an=

genommen werdenk.

ES sollen alle vnd iede Amptleuthe vnd diener/ die von vns verordent/ oder von

vnsern Amptleuthen angenommen/ mit gewönlichen Eydespflichten/ vns vnd

gemeinen l gewercken/ getrew vnd gewehr m zu sein/ vnser vnd gemeines n

Bergkwergs/ ehr nutz/ vnd frommen zu fördern/ schadeno zu warnen/ vnd so viel

a Ampleute [corrected to <Ambtleute> in BN(1647) Errata] b abraysen = abseyn/ noch verreysen c Dienere BN(1647), Diener BN(1698) d auch = so dann e desto f Vnser g Aber die andern obbemelte Amptleuthe = Die andern obbemeldte Amptleute aber h vnd = dann i verreysen noch abseyn j Dritte BN(1647), III. BN(1698) k mit Eydes pflichten angenommen werden = in gebührliche Eydespflicht genommen werden l den gemeinen m getrew vnd gewehr = getrew/ holdt vnd gewertig n gemeinen o Schaden aber vnd Nachteil

375

yhnen möglich/ zu rettena/b diese vnser ordnung/ sonderlich so viel diec seind person/

ampt/ dienst/ vnd befehl/ betriefft/ zuhalten/ beladen/ deßgleich gepürliche

vorstendee zu bestellen geweysetf werden.

[6v]

[BN I,4]

Der iiijg Artickel.

Von des Heuptmans befehl.

VNser Heuptman sol an vnser stadt/ fleissig auffsehenh/ darmit fried/ recht vnnd

gerechtigkeyt/ Auch diese vnser Ordenung von menniglich inn sonderheit/ von den

vnter Amptleuten i vnd dienern/ vnuorbrüchlich gehalten/ aller betriegk/ boßheit/

vnrecht/ schaden vnd nachteyl/ abgewendet/ vnd mit ernst gestrafft werde.

Er sol auch mit obbenanthen/ vnd andern vnsern Amptleuten j / vnd dienern/

Deßgleichen mit allen andern personen/ zum bergkwerg gehörent/ vnd die des

gebrauchen/ von unsern k wegen zuschaffen/ zugebietenn/ verpietenn l / vnnd

auffzusehenn haben/ dem sollenm auch alle dieselben/n inn allen zimlichen sacheno/

gehorsam leisten/ bey vermeydung vnserp vngnade vnd schwerenq straffe.

a retten = verhüten b insert dann auch c sonderlich so viel die = so viel dieselbe d seine BN(1698) e deßgleich gepürliche vorstende = deßgleichen gebührlichen Vorstandt vnnd Caution f geweyset = angewiesen g Vierdte BN(1647), IV. BN(1698) h fleissig auffsehen = fleißsige auffsicht haben BN(1647), fleissge Auffsicht haben BN(1698) i vnter Amptleuten = Vnter-Amptleuten j Vnter-Amptleuten k unsern = Vnsernt l zuverbieten m dem sollen = Jmmassen dann n insert ihme hinwieder o sachen = Dingen vnd Sachen p vnserer q schwerer

376

[BN I,5]

Der v.a Artickel.

Von des Bergmeisters befehl.

[7r] VNser Bergkmeister sol mit allem vleiß/ darauff sehen vnnd verfügenb/ das vns

zu vnser gebüre/ auch gemeynem Bergkwerge/ vnnd den Gewergken/ inn allewege

getrewlich c / nützlich/ fleissig/ vnd wol fürgestanden/ alle gepeude/ zu nutz

angestellet/ vnd getrieben/ was schaden drauhet d / abgewendet/ vnnd e gepessert

werde/ f einem iedern/ rechts verhelffen/ g diese ordnung halten/ auch zuhalten

verfügen.

Dem sol auch ein ieder/ in sachen sein Ampt vnd befehl betreffend/ gepürlichen

gehorsam laisten/ bey vermeydung vnserh vngnade vnd ernster straffe.

Vnser Bergkmeister/ sol macht vnd gewalt haben/ auff allen gepirgen/ inn vnserm

Norwegischen Königreich i / vns zustendig/ vnd in sein Ampt gehörig/ vermöge

Bergkwerges/j alten redlichen heerkommensk/ vbung vnd gebrauchsl/

vnnd sonderlich vermöge m dieser vnser n ordnung/ auff alle Metall/ keins

außgeschlossen/ einem o iedern/ der das gepürlich bey yme sücht/ Bergkwerg

zuuerleyenp.

a Fünffte BN(1647), V. BN(1698) b verfügen = acht haben c getrewlich = getrew: d drohet e insert bey Zeiten f insert dann g insert vnd h Vnserer i Norwegischen Königreich = Königreich Norwegen j insert auch k Heerkommen BN(1647), Herkommen BN(1698) l gebrauchs = Gebrauch nach m vnnd sonderlich vermöge = sonderlich aber krafft n Vnserer o einen p zuuerleyen = zuverlehnen vnd einzuthuen

377

Jnn allena Bergksachen/ vnd von Bergkwerg fliessentb/ darinnen kömmerc/ gepot/

verpot/ hülff oder anders/ zu thun/ not sein wil/ sol vnser Bergkmeister zu thuend

haben/ auche bey yme gesucht/ vnd durch inef gethan/ werden/ wie das von alter

Bergkwergs gewonheit herkommen vnd recht ist.

[7v] Der Bergkmeyster/ sol im verleyhen vnd bestetigen/ treulich vnd auffrichtig

handeln/ dem Ersten der lehen begert/ zuleyhen schuldig sein/ auffs datum der

Mutzeddelg/ gut acht geben/ darmit darinnen kein vorteyl odder betrug geübt werde.

Des Bergkmeistersh

Besoldung:.

Von { Mutung einer Fundgruben oder massen. 1. groschen.i

Bestetigung eyner Fundgrubj iij groschen.k

Massel ij groschen.m

Frist oder nachlassung eines iedern lehens. 1. groschen.n

Vermesseno eyner Fundgrub ix. floren.p

Masseq vi. floren.r

Eynem Kommers 1. groschen.a

a allem b fliessent = herrührendt c darinnen kömmer = darinnen Arrest/ Kummer d zu thuen = zu richten vnnd zu schaffen e so auch f insert sol g Muth zettel BN(1698) h Bergmeistes BN(1698) i 1. groschen. = j. Groschen. BN(1647), 1. Groschen. BN(1698) j Fundgruben k iij groschen. = 3. gr. BN(1698) l Maasse BN(1698) m ij groschen = 2. gr. BN(1698) n 1. groschen. = j. Groschen BN(1647), 1. Gr. BN(1698) o Vormessen BN(1647), Vermessen BN(1698) p ix. floren. = jx. Floren BN(1647), 9. fl. BN(1698) q Maasse BN(1698) r vi. floren. = vj. Floren BN(1647), 6. fl. BN(1698) s Eynem Kommer = Einen Kummer oder Arrest

378

Erlengung des Kommersb 1. groschen.c

Helff gelde von ieden xx.d floren. 1. floren.e

Eyner besichtigung inn gruben. v. groschen.f

[BN I,6]

Der vi.g Artickel.

[8r]

Von der Geschwor=

nen befehl.

DJe Geschworne/ söllen vnsern Heuptman vnd Bergkmeister/ gepürlichen gehorsam

laisten/ ire befehl/ mit trewem vleiß außrichten/ alle arbeitende tage/ im h

Morgengespreche bey dem Bergmeister erscheinen/ deßgleichen alle bestetigungs

tage/ bey dem bestetigeni/ alle Sonabend im anschneiden/ vnd alle quartal bey den

Rechnungen/ sein/ allen fleis anwenden/ darmit fürstossende irrige vnd andere

sachen/ nach dieser ordnung vnd pillicher erbarkeyt behandelt vnd vertragen/

Deßgleich im anschneiden vnd rechnungen/ getrewlich vnd auffrichtig gehandelt/

werde.

Die Geschworne söllen/ ein ieder sein befohlen gepirg vnd alle Zechen darzu

gehörig/ zum wenigisten/ inn viertzehen tagen ein mahl/ befahren/ sich aigentlich

erkunden/ abj vnd wie/ darinnen gepawet wirdet/ vnd wo sie befinden/ das vnns/

a 1. groschen. = j. Groschen BN(1647), 1. gr. BN(1698) b Erlengung des Kommers = Verlängerung des Arrestes oder Kummers c 1. groschen. = j. Groschen BN(1647), 1. gr. BN(1698) d 20. BN(1698) e 1. floren. = j. Groschen BN(1647), 1. fl. BN(1698) f v. groschen. = 4. gr. BN(1698) [Note change in amount from 5 to 4 groschen.] g vj. BN(1647), VI. BN(1698) h in der i dem bestetigen = den Besteigern BN(1647) [corrected to <bestettigen> in BN(1647) Errata], den Besteigern BN(1698) j ob

379

gemeinem Bergkwerg vnd Gewercken/ zu schaden gepawet/a abschaffen/ vnd auff

bessere wege richten.

Sie söllen auch die Geding nicht auff den haldenb/ sonder innc gruben/ machen/ die

örter/ darauff man dingen wil/ zuuor mit vleiß besichtigen/ vnd den Stein behauen/

wo zuuor des orts gedinget worden/ sich erkunden/ ob der Erbeyther am geding [8v]

gewonnen oder verloren/ als dann das Geding also machen/ das es den Gewercken/

vnnd Erbeythern treglich sey/ vnd so pald auffs geding stuffen schlahend/ auch so das

auffgefaren/ abnehmen.

Sie söllen sich inn den fellen des freymachens/ vnd sonst allenthalben/ auffrichtig/

erbar vnd vnuerweißlich haltene/ darmit nyemandts beforteyltf werde.

Der Geschwornen besoldung

beneben dem ördentlichen

wochenlohn.

Von zweyen lochsteing zu setzen/ es sey fundgrub oder lehen

iij. floren.h

So offt vordingt/ von einer stuffen zuschlahen

iij. groscheni

Ein besichtigung in der gruben zu thun/ auf der Gewercken ansuchung

v. groschen.j

a insert solches b Halden c in den d schlagen BN(1698) e verhalten f vervortheilet g Lochsteinen h iij. floren. = 3. fl. BN(1698) i iij. groschen = 3. gr. BN(1698) j v. groschen. = 5. gr. BN(1698)

380

[BN I,7]

Der vij.a Artickel.

Von dem Zehendner vnd

seinem befehl.

[9r] VNser Zehendner/ sol mit allem vleiß darob seinb/ das alle Kupffer vnnd Silber/

so auff vnserm Bergkwerge gemacht/ getrewlich einkommen/ vnd yme/ sonder alle

verminderung vnd beforteilung c / zugestellet werden/ die in guter getrewer

verwahrung haltend/ zu gepürlicher zeit/ vns vnd den Gewercken/ iedem seinen

gepürenden anteyl/ da von/ nach guther erbarer rechnung/ entrichten/ darinnen vnd

darmit/ für sich/ vns/ oder den Gewercken zu nachteyl/ keinen vorteyl nache genies

suchen/ noch gebrauchen/ sonder sich in allewege vnuerweislich haltenf.

Der Zehendner sol keinem Schichtmeister/ auch auff kein Zeche/ so Silber oder

Kupffer geantwortet hat/ mehr hinauß g geben/ dann auff der Zechen notturfft h /

dieselb wochen gehet auch darüber/i von einem itzlichenj Schichtmeister/ ein zeddel

nehmen.

Vnd dann ein iede woche vor der Quartal rechnung mit den selben Schichtmeistern/

alle Einnahm vnd Außgab/ vnd was den gewercken im k vorrath bleybet/ klar

abrechnenl/ vnd des/ dem Schichtmeister ein zeddel geben.

a VII. BN(1698) b sein = sehen c verminderung vnd beforteilung = verminderung/ abgang vnd vervortheilung d behalten e noch f verhalten g herauß h insert erfordert wird i insert vnnd er muß j jeglichen k in l klar abrechnen = richtig berechnen

381

Er sol auch keine Gewergkschafft noch Schichtmeister/ so kein Kupffer nacha Sylber

im Zehenden haben/ ane gnugsamb vorstandt/ verlegen/ oder geldt hinausc geben/

vndd keine schulden auff Zechen machen/ wo er hierwieder handelte/ sol er die

schulden von dem seinen zalen/ vnd ime zur Zeche vnd derselbene vorratthe/ nicht

geholffen werden.

[9v] [BN I,8]

Der viij.f Artickel.

Von dem Außteyler vnd

seinem befehl.

VNser Außteyler/ sol alles geldt/ das iede g Quartahlrechnung/ den Gewercken

auszuteylen beschlossen wirdet/ von vnserm Zehendner entpfahen/ vnd so ersth ym

solch geldt einkömpt/ eynem itzlichen Gewercken seinen anteyl/ nach besage des

Kegenschreybers register/ mit der Müntz/ wie er die aus vnserm Zehenden

entpfangeni/ ane allen verzugk trewlich vnd vngewegertj entrichtenk/ vnd sol inn der

verrichtungl der Auspeut fürsichtig sein/ keynem sein Auspeut geben/ er sey dann

personlich entgegenm/ oder schick ime gepürliche volmacht/ wo aber der Außteyler

hierwieder handelte/ sol er die Auspeut dem Gewercken/ vngeachtet/ das sie zuuor

abgeschrieben vnd gegebenn ist/ zuuorrichteno schuldig sein.

a noch b gnugsamb BN(1647), gnugsamen BN(1698) c heraus d auch e deroselben f VIII. BN(1698) g jede = bey jeder h erst = bald i entpfangen = erlangt j vngeweigert k einrichten BN(1698) l der verrichtung = sothaner entrichtung m zugegen n gezahlet o zuuorrichten = nochmahls zuentrichten

382

Der Außteyler/ sol von einer ieden Außpeutenden Zeche/ einen gülden zu seinem

lohn/ von der Gewergken gelde/ aus vnserm Zehendena entpfahen/ vnd dar über von

der Zecheb oder Gewercken/ weder durchc sich noch andere/ kein liepnisd noche

geschenck fordern.

[10r] Darmit aber auch/ der austeyler/ wider billigkeyt nicht beschwert/ vnd also/ wo

der Austeylerf/ iemandes Auspeut/ ane sondern gnugsamg befehl abschreyben lassen

vnd geben würde/ vnd dan der Austeyler volgenth/ von dem/ dem die selb zustendig/

vmb die Auspeut soltei angefochten werden/ Alsoj setzen vnd ordnen wir/ das werek

ein Jhar nach abschreyben l vnnd entpfahung der Auspeut schweigen/ vnd denn

Austeyler nicht ersuchen würde m / das derselbe förder n keynen zutrit zum

Austeyler o / vmb die p abgeschriebene vnd bezalte Auspeut haben sol/ Do aber

derselb/ vor verfliessungq/ eins Jhars/ vmb seine Auspeut/ dier ane seinens befehl

abgeschrieben/ bey demt Austeyler ansuchung thun würde/ dem sol der Austeyleru/

vngeachtet das er die zuuor gegebenv/ seine Auspeut zuuerrichtenw schuldig sein/

a [Typographical error in original: <Zehenhen>] b Zechen c durch = für d Verehrung e noch = oder f der Austeyler = derselbe g gnugsamben h dan der Austeyler volgent = er dann folgendts i insert besprochen vnd j Als k wer l dem Außschreiben m vnd denn Austeyler nicht ersuchen würde = vnnd jhn/ den Außtheiler/ darumb gebührlich nicht ersuchen würdt n weiter o zum Austeyler = zu denselben p die = solch q abfliessung r seine Auspeut/ die = selbige/ so s insert expressen t dem = gedachtem u dem sol der Austeyler = sol derselbe jhme v die zuuor gegeben = selbige schon zuvor außgeben w zuuerrichten = nochmahls zuentrichten vnd gutzuthun

383

vnd maga sich seins schadens an dem/ der dieb zu vnpflichtenc entpfangen/d erholen.

[BN I,9]

Der iX.e Artickel.

Von dem Kegenschreyber

seinemf Ampt vnd befehl.

DEr Kegenschreyber/ sol einen vorstandt macheng ob er oder seine diener/ iemandts

Bergkteylh/ so ins Kegenbuchi geantwort/ vorliesenj/ oder [10v] ane bestendigenk

befehl abschreiben würde/ das denn l vernachteylen Gewercken/ dieselb Kuckes

wider von yme gewehret mögen werdenm/ Wie er dann im falle do er iemandesn

seineo teyl (der nicht persönlich entkegenp / oder deßhalb keynen glaubwirdigen

befehl gethan q ) r abschreiben würde/ dieselb abgeschriebene teil widerumb zu

gewehren/ schuldigs sein sol.

Es sol auch der Kegenschreyber/ wenn yme ein gewerckschafft ins Kegenbuch

zuuerleihen t / durch vnsern Bergkmeister beuolhen u wirdet/ dieselb/ lauts

a insert er b sie c zu vnpflichten = zur vngebühr d insert wiederumb e 9. BN(1647), IX. BN(1698) f seinem = wie auch dessen g sol einen vorstandt machen = sol Caution vnnd Vorstandt leisten h Bergwerck i Gegenbuch BN(1698) j geantwort/ vorliesen = einmahl gebracht/ außlassen k specialen l das denn = daß denen dadurch m dieselb Kuckes wider von yme gewehret mögen werden = solcher Kuckes von jhme wiederumb gewehret werden möge n jemandt o sein p entkegen = zugegen vnd zurstelle q deßhalb keynen glaubwirdigen befehl gethan = auch deßhalben keine glaubwürdige Volmacht eingeschicket r insert etwa s insert vnd gehalten t zuuerleihen = zubringen vnd einzuverleiben u anbefohlen

384

vberantworter zeddela / mit vleißb einschreyben/ vndc seine Bücher/ mitd zu vnd

abschreyben der teyl/ alsoe halten/ das er ym falle der notturfftf/ guten bescheyd

daruon zu geben wisse.

Derg Kegenschreyber/ solh gar keyne teyl/ so ein mahl ins Retardati geschrieben

wordenj/ ane vnsers Bergkmeisters befehl/ abschreyben/ vnd ab er darwider handelte/

sol er dieselbenk abgeschriebene teyl/l gemeinen gewercken/ wider schaffen/ vnd

darzum gestrafft werden.

Des Kegenschreybers

besoldung.

[11r]

Von { Einer gewergkschafft einzuschreiben 1 groschenn

Abo vnd zuschreybenp eins oder mehrq Kuckes in einer zeche auff eimr

namen 1. halb:groschens.

Einert gewergkschafftu auszuschreiben 1. groschenv

a lauts vberantworter zeddel = laut überantworteten Zettuls b insert Registriren vnd c vnd = auch d insert dem e also = derogestalt richtig f ym falle der notturfft = auff jedes erfordern vnd im fall der noth g Dieser h insert auch i retardat j worden absent k befehl/ abschreyben/ vnd ab er darwider handelte/ sol er dieselben = außtrücklichen gehens vnd befehl etwa abschreiben/ würde er aber solches thun/ vnnd darwieder handeln/ sothane zur Vngebühr l insert den m darzu = darüber n 1 groschen = 1. Groschen. o Ab = Von Ab- BN(1698) p zuzuschreiben BN(1647), Zuschreiben BN(1698) q mehren r einen s 1. halb:groschen = ½. Groschen BN(1647), einen halben Gr. BN(1698) t Einer = Eine BN(1647), Von einer BN(1698) u Gewerckschaffe BN(1698) v 1. groschen = j. Groschen BN(1647), 1. Gr. BN(1698)

385

Die teyl so ins Retardat gesatzt/ sol era gemeinen verzupüstenb Gewercken/ vmb

sunst zu schreyben.

[BN I,10]

Der X.c Artickel.

Von dem Berhkschreyber

vnd seinemd befehl.

DEr Bergkschreyber sol alle Bestetigungstagee/ mit seinen befohlenf/ nottürfftigeng

Bergkbüchern/h im bestetigen sein/ alle gmuttei/ Alte vnd newe Zechen/ massen vnd

stöllen/ durch wenej/ wie/k auff was zeit/ auff welchen gepirgen/ auff was gengen/

klüfften/ vnd geschickenl/ auch mit was vnterschiedtm/ anhang oder vmbstenden/ die

gemutet/ verliehen/ vnd bestetiget worden seind/ aus den Mutzeddeln in sein

Lehenbuch deutlich vnd aigentlichn einschreyben.

Deßgleichen sol er auch alle fristungen/ Steuer/ alle masseo/ wem/ durch wen/ vnd

auff was zeyt/ die gegeben worden/ Auch schiedep vnd vertrege/ in kegen=[11v]wart/

oder auff befehl vnsers Bergkmeisters/ vnd ein iede sache/ in ein sondersq darzu

geordentr Buch/ vmb zimliche gepüres/ einschreyben.

a insert den b verzupüsten = dafür zubuessenden c 10. BN(1647), X. BN(1698) d dessen e Bestettigungs Thage f anbetrawten g nothwendigen h insert zur stelle vnd i gemuhtete j wehme BN(1647), wem BN(1698) k insert auff was weyse l Geschichten BN(1647) [corrected to <Geschicke> in BN(1647) Errata], Geschichten BN(1698) m Vnterscheidt n deutlich vnd aigentlich = fein richtig vnd deutlich o fristungen/ Steuer/ alle masse = Fristung vnnd Stewer/ wie auch alle Masse p schiede = Entscheidung q absonderlich r geordnetes s vmb zimliche gepüre = gegen erlegung billicher gebühr

386

Er sol auch/ das Quattembergeldt/ trewlicha einbrengen/ empfahen/ vnd nach seinem

befehl/ daruon ausgeben/ vnd erbare gute rechnung/ alle Jhar ein mahl/ daruon thuen/

den vberlaufft/ vnserm Zehendner zustellen/ vnd des/ von yme ein Quittantz

nehmenb.

Des Bergschreybersc

besoldung.

Von {d Belehnung alter odere newenf lehn 1 halb:grosch.g

Fristungh oder nachlassung 1 groschen.i

Stewerj 1. groschen.k

Vertregenl einzuschreiben itzlichs partm 1. groschen.n

Einemo Zupuß brieffp 1. halben groschen.q

vnd des Bergkmeisters schreiber auchr so viel.s

Einert Copey aus dem Bergbuch 1. groschen.u

a getrewlich b empfahen/ vnd nach seinem befehl/ daruon ausgeben/ vnd erbare gute rechnung/ alle Jhar ein mahl/ daruon thuen/ den vberlaufft/ vnserm Zehendner zustellen/ vnd des/ von yme ein Quittantz nehmen = berechnen vnd empfangen/ dann jhme/ zukommendem befehl nach/ distribuiren vnd außgeben/ davon alle Jahr einmahl gute richtige Rechnung thun/ den überschus vnserm Zehendner zustellen/ vnnd dahergegen von selbigen darauff eine Quietung nehmen c Des Bergschreybers = Der Bergschreiber BN(1698) d insert Ertheil- vnnd e vnnd f newer g 1 halb:grosch. = 1/2. Groschen BN(1647), ein halben Groschen BN(1698) h Fristung = Frist- BN(1647), Von Frist BN(1698) i 1 groschen. = j. Groschen. BN(1647), 1. gr. BN(1698) j Stewer = Von Steuer BN(1698) k 1 groschen. = j. Groschen. BN(1647), 1. gr. BN(1698) l Vertregen = Von Verträge BN(1698) m itzlichs part = ein jegliches Theil der Contrahenten n 1 groschen = j. Groschen. BN(1647), 1. gr. BN(1698) o Einem = Von einem BN(1698) p Zupuß brieff = Zubußbrieff q 1. halben groschen. = ½. Groschen. BN(1647), ein halben Gr. BN(1698) r auch = eben s insert ½. Groschen. BN(1647) t Einer = Von einer BN(1698) u 1. groschen. = j. Groschen. BN(1647), 1. gr. BN(1698)

387

Lesena des Bergkbuchs ein halben groschen.b

[BN I,11]

Der Xi.c Artickel.

[12r]

Von den Schichtmeistern

vnd ihremd befehl.

DJe Schichtmeister/ söllen zu vorstehern der Zechen/ vnd Stöllen/ durch vnd von

dem merehn teyle der Gewercken/ auffgenommenf/ als dann fur vnsern Bergkmeister

brachtg/ vnd wo der tüglichh vnd geschickt befunden/ von ihmi auff bestellung eins

vorstands bestetigt vnd voreydet j / ihme k auch nach gelegenheit vnd erachtung l

seiner m mühe/ das lohn gesatzt werden/ vnd ob die Gewercken darinnen lessig

befundenn/ söllen es vnser Heuptmano/ Bergkmeister vnd Geschworne/ auffs beste

zubestellen habenp.

a Lesen = Von lesen BN(1698) b ein halben groschen. = ½. Groschen. BN(1647), ein halben Gr. BN(1698) c 11. BN(1647), XI. BN(1698) d deren e merehn teyl = mehrerntheil f auff vnnd angenommen g fur vnsern Bergkmeister bracht = Vnserm Bergmeister vorgestellet h wo der tüglich = da derselbe sie tauglich i insert præviâ cautione vnd j beäydet k jhnen l befindung m jhrer n darinnen lessig befunden = darein hinlässig oder säumbig würden o vnser Heuptman = Vnsere respective Haubtmann p auffs beste zubestellen haben = jhrem besten gutachten nach/ zu determiniren vnd zu ernennen wissen/ vnd macht haben

388

Also auch/ sol der mehrteyl a der Gewercken/ doch b mit fürwissen c vnsers

Bergkmeisters/ Dergleichen vnser Bergkmeister d allein/ doch auff gnugsam

vrsachene/ einen iedernf Schichtmeister abzulegen haben.

Die Schichtmeister söllen ihre beuohleneg Zechen vnnd Stöllen/ offtmalsh vnd miti

fleiß befahren/j Auff den Steiger/ wie er seinen befehlk außrichtel/ auchm ob der

arbeyt gnugn geschehe/ wieo das ausgefürte Ertz gepocht vnd versorget werde/ gut

achtung geben.

Dergleichen p söllen sie alles das q sye von wegen der Gewercken Einnemen/

getrewlich vnd wol bewarenr [12v] nichts dauon an aignens/ sondert alles zu der

Gewercken nutzu/ wendenv/ vnd was man zu der Gewerckenw gepeuden bedarff/ Es

sey vnßletx/ eysen/ sayly/ tröge/ kübel/ holtz/ brethez/ nagelaa/ vnd alles andere/ vmb

a Also auch/ sol der mehrteyl = Also sol auch mehrertheil b insert nicht anders/ als c vorwissen d Dergleichen vnser Bergkmeister = Jmgleichen derselbe e doch auff gnugsam vrsachen = auff genugsambe rechtmessige Vrsache f jeden g anbefohlene h öffters i insert allem j insert vnnd k [Typographical error in original: <hefehl>] l seinen befehl außrichte = sein Ambt verrichte m auch absent n gnug = ein genügen o wie = auch wie p Deßgleichen q was r bewaren = auffheben vnnd verwahren s an aignen = zu jhrem äigenen t besondern u nutz = Nutzen vnd besten v verwenden w der Gewercken = deroselben x Vnschlitt y Seyle z Bretter aa Nägel

389

yr pahr geldta auffs nehistb kauffen/ selbst do an kains nutzesc gewarten/ Auch nicht

höcher/ dann ers kaufft hat/ berechend.

Sie söllen auch ane nachlassunge des Bergkmeisters/ keine schuldenf auff die Zechen

machen/ welcher hirwieder g handelte h / dem sol vmb dieselb i schulden nicht

verholffenj werden.

Welche Schichtmeister/ von wegen ihrer Gewercken/ geldt im Zehenden haben/ die

söllen wöchentlich nicht mehr/ dannk so viel sie zu notturfft der Gewerckenl/ auffm

Bergk vnd hütten kostn bedörffen/o einnemen/ welcherp darüber mehr nemen würdeq/

derr sol in straff genommen/s seins diensts entsatzt/ vnd zu keinem mehr gebraucht/

werden.

Die Schichtmeister sollen von keiner Zeche auff ein andert/ weder vnßletu/ eyssen/

geldt/ noch einichen andern vorrathe/ ane des Bergkmeistersv zulassung/ verleyhen.

a vmb yr pahr geldt = für bahr Geldt b nehist = genaweste c selbst do an kains nutzes = daran kein Vortheil d Auch nicht höcher/ dann ers kaufft hat/ berechen = oder es höher/ als es gekaufft/ berechnen e nachlassung = Vohrwissen vnd Bewilligung f keine schulden auff die Zechen machen = auff die Zechen keine Schulden machen g dawieder h handelt i vmb dieselb = zu alsolchen BN(1647), zu solchen BN(1698) j geholffen k als l notturfft der Gewercken = der Gewercken notturfft m auff = auch n kosten o insert erheben vnd p der q wirdt r der absent s insert auch wol t ein ander = eine andere u Vnschlit v insert Permission vnnd

390

Ein ieder Schichtmeister sol alle vnd iede seine Einnahme vnd Ausgabe/ mit allem

fleis/ getreulicha vnderschiedenlichb/ vnd ördentlich/ inn ein Register verleybenc/ wo

er Kupffer oder Silber inn Zehenden geantwort/ mit dem Zehendner abrechnen/

dieselb [13r] seind Rechnung/ allemal Sonnabende vor dem Quattember beschliesen/

vnd sich ferner domit halden f / wie hernach im g Artickel von der Quattember

rechnung/ verleibth.

[BN I,12]

Der Xij.i Artickel.

Von den Steigern vnd

yhremj befehl.

DJe Steiger/ söllen in aller massenk/ wie oben/ von den Schichtmeistern geordent/ an

vnd ab geleget/ auch vereydetl/ vnd ihnen das lohn/ nach grössem ihrer mühe vnd

arbeyt/ auch nach ihrem verstande vnd geschicklichkeitn/ vono Bergkmeister vndp

Geschwornen/ gemachtq werden.

a getrew b vnterschiedt- c inn ein Register verleyben = in ein beständig Buch oder Register bringen d dieselb sein = dieselbe

e Sonnabendts f verhalten g in dem h verleibt = folget vnd erwehnet wirdt i 12. BN(1647), XII. BN(1698) j deren k in aller massen = allerdings l vereydet = gebührlich beäydet m grösse = Proportion n nach ihrem verstande vnd geschicklichkeit = ihren Qualitäten vnd Verstande o vom p insert den q insert vnd bestimmet

391

Die Steigera/ söllen fleissige fromme vnd verstendige Erbeytherb anlegen/ zuc allen

Schichten/d wenn die Erbeyther anfahren/ persönlich/ vff der Zechee sein/ inenf zur

notturfft eysen vnd vnßletg geben/h darauff sehen/ das die Erbeyther zu rechter stundi

an/ vnd aus fahren/ ein yeder vor seinem orte/ vnnd dohin er geweisetj/ bleibe/ seiner

Erbeyt/ nützlich/ getrewlichk/ vnd fleissig obliege/ vnd derl gnugk thue/[.] auchm

darob sein/ das in Stöllen vnd Zechen/ nottürfftige vnd [13v] nützliche gebeude

gethann/ der Gewercken geld/ nicht vnnütz oddero zu schaden verbawet/ das auch

ihren Gewerckenp mit zufelligen geschickenq/ klüfften/ oder gengen/ /r auch in ihrem

felde/ Ertzes/ oder andert gerechtigkeit/ nichts entwendetu werde/ vndv was sie an den

Erbeythern oder erbeitw/ vnrichtig befinden/ abschaffen vnd bessernx.

Sie söllen auch in sonderheyt/ der Gewercken Ertz vnd gut/ mit vleiß nachschlahen/

zusammen halten/ scheyden vnnd pochen/ auch verwahren/ darmit vns/ vnd den

Gewercken darmit zuy nachteyl vnd schaden/z nicht gehandelta werde.

a Die Steiger = Sie b Arbeiter c bey d insert sonderlich e der Zeche = den Zechen f inen = denselben g Vnschlitt h insert dann i stund = Zeit vnd Stunde j gewiesen k getrew l deroselben m auch = Jtem n gethan = angerichtet o vnnütz odder = unnützlich vnnd p verbawet/ das auch ihren Gewercken = verbawet vnd angewendet/ weiniger in den Gewercken q Geschichten BN(1647) [corrected to <Geschicke> in BN(1647) Errata], Geschichten BN(1698) r [Double virgule present in original BN] s Ertz t anderer u nichts entwendet = etwas entwendet oder verunträwet v auch w erbeit = der Arbeit selbst x verbessern y den Gewercken darmit zu = auff das Vns vnnd denselben zum z insert darmit

392

Es söllen auch die Steigere/ anb gedingen/ so die geschworne machen/ keinenc teil

haben/ es were dann/ das sie ein Schicht mit füren/ als dann/ möchten die

Geschworne ihnend eigene geding geben.

[BN I,13]

Der Xiij.e Artickel.

Von den Bergkerbeitern

vnd ihremf Befehl.

[14r] EJn itzlicher Bergkerbeyther/ derg sey hewer/ wasserknecht/ hespler/ oder

junge/ sol vor allen dingen/ sich fleissigenh/ das er zu rechter zeit/ ann vnd aus fahre/

seiner arbeyt mit getrewemi fleis fürstehej/ vnd ein gnügek thue/ der Gewercken nutz

schaffe/ vnd ihrenl schaden verkommem/ auch dem Steiger gefölgig vnd gehorsam

sein.

Vnd wo ein hewer/ vor seinem orte/ ein anweysung/ oder sunst feyne Bergkart

triefftn/ dasselbe sol er nichto nachschlahen/ sondern zuuorp dem Steyger ansagen

vnd zaigen.

a insert oder vmbgesprungen b insert den c kein d insert jhre e 13. BN(1647), XIII. BN(1698) f deren g er h befleissigen i getrewem = allem getrewen j vorstehe k genügen l deren m vorkomme n antrifft o dasselbe sol er nicht = sol er dasselbe nicht so forth p sondern zuuor = besondern zuvorher

393

Ein itzlicher hewer/ sol von einer gantzen Schicht/ so er die wochen vber/ vnd eins

iederna tags/ wie gepürlich/ gefahren/ vnd sein erbeyt gethan hatb/ xij.c groschen zu

lohn haben/ vnd allemahl auff den Freitag am abende/ oder Sonabent früe d /

empfahen.

a jeden b sein erbeyt gethan hat = daran seine Arbeit gethan c j2. [= 12] d auff den Freitag am abende/ oder Sonabent früe = entweder Freytag Abendts/ oder am Sonnabendt frühe selbige

394

[14v]

Der Ander Teil die=

ser Bergkordnung/ Sageta vonb

Bergkwergkc/ vnd desselben an=

hangenden vnd zugehörendend

hendeln vnd sachen/ wie

vnd wes man sich dar=

innen halten sole:.

[BN II,1]

Der Erst Artickel.

Vonf Schürffen.

EJnem iedern Bergkman/ sol hirmit nachgelasseng/ vnd vergünstiget sein/ auff diesen

vnd andern vnsern zustendigen gründen/ auff alle Metall wie die genanth/ nach

gengen/ klüfften vnd geschicken i / ane menniglichs einhalt j / zuschürffen k / Vnd

welcher also eynen newenl vnuerliehen gangk/ ausrichtenm würden/ der sol des ersten

finderso recht vnd gerechtigkeyt/ Nemlich/ ein Fundgrub/ vnther vnnd öberp nehiste

a Saget = handelt b vom c insert selbst d zugehörigen e halten sol = zuverhalten f Vom g zugelassen h auff alle Metall wie die genant = vnd Bergen nach allem Metall/ wie das genandt vnnd Namen haben mag/ wie auch i Geschichten BN(1647) [corrected to <Geschicke> in BN(1647) Errata], Geschichten BN(1698) j einhalt = Einsper vnnd Hinderung k insert vnnd zusuchen l insert vnd m insert vnd finden n wirdt o Erfinders p vnther vnnd öber = vnten vnd oben

395

massena/ mennigklichsb vnuerhindert haben/ vnd sol ihm/ darmit/ ab er ferner lehen

muthen wölte/ vnd die frey wehren/ vnuorboten seinc.

[15r]

[BN II,2]

Der Anderd Artickel.

Von Mutungen.

EJn ieder der ein Lehen/ dase sey Stollen/ Fundtgrub/ oder Massenf/ muten wil/ der

sol seine Mutung in schrifft stellen/ mit nottürfftiger anzaig/ was leheng/ auff was

gangeh vnd gepirge/ er muthe/ deßgleichen Jhar/ tagk/ vnd stunde/ seiner mutungi

benennen/ dieselb Muthzeddelj/ benebenk der gepüre/ dem Bergkmeister antworten/

der sol dieselbe Mutungl/ so ferne er den Muther/ beym seiner Muthung zu erhalten

weyß/ annemenn.

So aber der Bergkmeister befünde/ das er den Muther/ aus gutheno vrsachen/ bey

seiner Mutung/ nicht wiste zu erhaltenp/ sol er ihm/ desq/ verwarnung thuen/ vnd in

a nehiste massen = der nähesten Massen b männiglich c vnd sol ihm/ darmit/ ab er ferner lehen muthen wölte/ vnd die frey wehren/ vnuorboten sein = dann ob er ferner Lehen/ so da noch frey wehre/ muhten wolte/ jhme vnverbotten seyn d 2. BN(1647), II. BN(1698) e es f Masse g in schrifft stellen/ mit nottürfftiger anzaig/ was lehen = schiftlich eingeben/ vnnd dabey fein deutlich anzeigen/ was für ein Lehen h Gänge i seiner mutung absent j dieselb Muthzeddel = vnd den Muthzettul k benebenst l antworten/ der sol dieselbe Mutung = einantworten/ welcher dieselbe m insert sothan n weyß/ annemen = getrawet/ anzunehmen o guthen = erheblichen p halten q dessen

396

sonderheita/ wo dasselb lehenb zuuor gemutet were/ sol der Bergkmeister solchs/

dem andern Muther/ ansagen/ auch die fohrig Muthzeddel so bald weysen/ so nu der

ander mutherc/ daruon nicht abstehend wöltee/ solf der Bergkmeister die Mutung/

sampt der gebür/ auffs Muthersg recht vnd vnrecht annehmen.

[BN II,3]

Der iijh Artickel.

[15v]

Von Entblössung des Ge=

mutteni Ganges.

NAch gethaner vnd angenomener Mutung/ sol der Muther/ seinenj gang klufft oder

geschicke k / darauff l er sein Lehen gemuthet hat/ den Bergmeister oder

Geschwornen m zu n besichtigen/ darzu o füren/ auff das nicht anderst/ dann p auff

gengen vnnd klüfften/ verliehen/ vnd niemandtq betrogen werde.

Vnd do eynerr seines Lehen bekommen/a auff sein Schachtb einc haspel gesetzt/d

kübel vnd seyl eingeworffen/ do sol er sein bleibense mit der fundgrub/ die ime vom

a vnd in sonderheit = insonderheit b insert schon c sol der Bergkmeister solchs/ dem andern Muther/ ansagen/ auch die fohrig Muthzeddel so bald weysen/ so nu der ander muther = zu was ende er jhme dann die vorige Muhtzettul soforth zuweysen/ wann dann derselbe/ als ander Muhter/ jedoch d insert noch sich warnen lassen e wolle f mag g auffs Muthers = auff desselben Eventeur/ auch h 3. BN(1647), III. BN(1698) i Gemutten = gemuhteten j seinen = zu sothanen k Geschichte BN(1647) [corrected to <Geschicke> in BN(1647) Errata], Geschichte BN(1698) l worauff m Geschworne n zu = vmb selbige zu o darzu = erforderen vnd dahin p dann = als nur q vnd niemandt = noch sonst jemandt r Vnd do eyner = Wo aber einer erst s sein

397

Rühnbauhm anf/ halb nauffg/ vnd halb rabh/ gegeben werden sol/ haben vnd behalten.

[BN II,4]

Der iiiji Artickel.

Von Frist gethaner

Mutung.

GEthane Muthungen/ söllen ane j bestendige vrsachen/ durch denk Bergkmeister/

nicht erlengetl/ nach fristem darzu gegeben werden/ vnd do esn die notturfft erfordern

würde/ sol es/ doch/ vber zwey oder drey mahl/ nicht gethan werdeno.

[16r]

[BN II,5]

Der v.p Artickel.

Von verleihungq oderr Besteti=

gung gemuthers Lehen.

EJn ieder Muther/ sol viertzehen a tage nach gethaner Muthung/ auff den

gewönlichenb verleihe tagk/ im bestettigen erscheinen/ seine eingelegte Muthung/

a insert vnd b Schicht BN(1647) [corrected to <Schacht> in BN(1647) Errata], Schicht BN(1698) c einen BN(1698) d insert auch e insert auch f an = ab g hinauff h herab i 4. BN(1647), IV. BN(1698) j insert rechtmäßige k durch den = vom l erlängert m nach friste = noch weitere Frist n insert ja o gethan werden = geschehen/ noch erlaubt seyn p 5. BN(1647), V. BN(1698) q Verleyh- r vnd s gemuhteter

398

wennc die verlesend wirdet/ zu bestetigen oder erlengene/ bithen/ die ihmf auch der

Bergkmeister/ so ferne der Mutherg bey der Muthung bleyben/ vnd rechte maß nach

Bergkrecht h einbrengen/ kan/ i leihen/ vnd bestettigen/ Auch ins j Lehenbuch/ in

massenk oben verordent ist/ verleybenl lassen sol.

[BN II,6]

Der vi.m Artickel.

Wie gemutthen Lehen

frey werden.

WElche Mutthung/ ane sondere nachlassungo vnsers Bergkmeisters/ in massenp wie

obstehet/ mit handarbeyt nichtq belegt/ odder mit frist [16v] nicht erlengt/ nach

bestettiget wirdtr/ die sol widerumb in vnser freies gefallen/ vnd einem iederns zu

Muthen frey sein.

[BN II,7]

Der vij.t Artickel.

Bestettigte lehen/ sollen fürge=

wergkt vnd ins kegenbuch a 14. BN(1698) b den gewönlichen = dem gewohnlichem c wann d vorlehsen BN(1647), verlesen BN(1698) e zuerlängeren f insert dann g der Muther = er h vnd rechte maß nach Bergkrecht = vnd so fort nach Bergrecht bestendige vnd rechte Masse i insert vnweigerlich j Auch ins = vnd dem k in massen = immassen BN(1647), in massen BN(1698) l in massen oben verordent ist/ verleyben = immassen oben bereits gemeldet ist/ so forth einverleiben m 6. BN(1647), VI. BN(1698) n gemuhtete o sondere nachlassung = absonderliche Zulassung p in massen = nach deme q insert würcklich r odder mit frist nicht erlengt/ nach bestettiget wirdt = noch bestetiget/ oder darzu keine Frist erlängert wirdt s iedern = anderen anderweit t 7. BN(1647), VII. BN(1698)

399

vberantworta werden.

ALle newe vnd alte Zechen/ vnd lehen/ so bestettigt worden seindb/ söllen durch den

Lehentreger (so ferne er das lehen nicht allein zu bawen bedachtc) furgewerckt/ vnnd

die Gewerckschafft dem Bergkmeister vff nehistend verleihe tagke nach erlangtem

bestetigen/ zugestellet/ vnndf auff sein befehl ins Kegenbuch verleybetg werden.

[BN II,8]

Der viij.h Artickel.

Wie viel teyl ein Grube

haben sol:.

[17r] ES sol ein itzlichs bestetigetes Lehen/ es sey Stolle/ Fundgrub/ oder Masse/

nicht mehr danni Einhundert achtvndzwantzigk Kuckesj haben. Jnn solcherk anzal

söllen iiij.l Kuckesm Erbteyl/ 1.n Kuckeso der Kirchen/ vnd 1.p Kuckesq der Gemein

gegeben vnd zugeschrieben werden.

[BN II,9]

a überantwortet b seind absent c das lehen nicht allein zu bawen bedacht = dasselbe Lehen allein zubebawen nicht bedacht d vff nehisten = aufm negstem BN(1647), auff dem nechsten BN(1698) e verleihe tagk = verleyhungstag f auch g verleybet = gebracht vnd gezeichnet h 8. BN(1647), VIII. BN(1698) i als j Einhundert achtvndzwantzigk Kuckes = 128. Kuckus BN(1698) k alsolcher BN(1647), solcher BN(1698) l 4. m Kuckus BN(1698) n j. BN(1647), 1. BN(1698) o Kuckus BN(1698) p j. BN(1647), 1. BN(1698) q Kuckes BN(1698)

400

Der ix.a Artickel.

Bestetigte Lehen söllen mitb die=

nern versehen/ vnd mit hand=

arbeytc beleget werden.

DEr Lehentreger vnndd Gewercken/ söllen ihre Zechee/ nach erlangter bestetigung/

mit Schichtmeistern vnd Steigern/ auff masse/ wie im ersten teyl verleybt f / g

versehen/ auchh mit handarbeyt i belegen/ vnndj welchs Lehen/ ane nachlassungk

vnsers Bergkmeisters/ mit der erbeyt nicht belegtl/ sol einem iedernm frey zu machen/

offen stehen.

[BN II,10]

Der x.n Artickel.

[17v]

Von Freymachung

Alter Lehen.

WEnn imandes alte Zechen oder Lehen/ für vnser freyes auffnemen/ vnd muthen

wil/ dem söllen auff sein bitho/ zwene Geschworne zugegeben werden/ die söllen die

Zeche/ drey die nehiste p anfahrende Schichten befahren/ vnnd do dieselbe

a 9. BN(1647), IX. BN(1698) b insert notturfftigen c insert gebührlich d insert die e Zechen f verleybt = berühret g insert gebührlich h vnd i insert so forth j dann k nachlassung = sonderbahre vergünstigung l insert wirdt m jeden n 10. BN(1647), X. BN(1698) o bith = Bitten vnd Begehren p die söllen die Zeche/ drey die nehiste = welche die Zeche die drey negste BN(1647), welche die Zeche die 3. nechste BN(1698)

401

Geschworne/ die drey anfahrende Schichtena/ keinen Erbeyter/ oder keinb gethane

arbeyt/ inn der gruben finden würdenc/ dauon söllen sie dem Bergmeisterd bericht

thun/ als dann sol dasselbe Lehen e / für frey erkant/ vnnd dem Muther oder

freymacher/ für vnser freyes verliehen werden.

Es were dann/ mit dem Bergkbuch zu beweysen/ das dieselb Zeche/ mit nachlassungf

des Bergkmeisters/ in andere wege bawhafftig gehalten worden/ so sol/ auff den fahl/

dieselbe Zecheg/ nicht frey erkant werden.

[BN II,11]

Der xi.h Artickel.

Wie es mit alten Freigemach=

ten Zechen gehalten

sol werdeni:.

[18r] WEnn ein alte Zeche/ also frey erkant vnd bestetiget worden ist j/ sol der

Lehentreger/ mit nachlassungk vnsers Bergkmeisters/ ein leidliche Zupuß anlegen/

den Zupußbrieff anschlahen/ vnnd vier l wochen stehen lassen/ vnd welchem alte

verzupuste Gewercken/ des orts ferner bawen wölten/ vnnd ihre Zupuß auffs nehist

kommendn Retardat erlegen würden/ die söllen vnwegerlich darzuo gelassen werden.

a do dieselbe Geschworne/ die drey anfahrende Schichten = wann Sie alsdann b kein = keine zuvor c finden würden = vorfinden werden d dauon söllen sie dem Bergmeister = sollen sie dem Bergmeister davon e als dann sol dasselbe Lehen = vnnd soll alßdann solches Lehen f nachlassung = bewilligung g so sol/ auff den fahl/ dieselbe Zeche = auff solchen fall sol dieselbe h 11. BN(1647), XI. BN(1698) i gehalten sol werden = zuhalten j also frey erkant vnd bestetiget worden ist = also ist frey erkandt/ vnnd darauff bestättiget worden k mit nachlassung = auff consens vnd vergünstigung l 4 m vnd welche = wo dann einige n nehist kommend = negstkommende o insert verstattet vnd

402

Es sol aber der Lehentreger/ dieses fallesa/ nicht schuldig sein/ die freygemachteb

Zechen/ vor nehistkünfftigemc Retardat zu belegen/ doch/ das es mit nachlassungd

des Bergkmeisters geschee/ vnd diee/ ins Bergkbuch verschriebenf werde.

[BN II,12]

Der xij.g Artickel.

Welche jhren Zechen selbsth

vorstehen mögen.

WVrde auch einer/ zwen/ dreyi/ vnd auffs meinstej vier Gewercken/ eine Zechen

oder lehen bauen/ vnd siek alle zu gleich/l einer oder mehr aus inen/ wöltem dieselb

ihre Zeche selbst n versehen/ das sol o / doch auff p gepürliche pflicht/ verstattet q

werden.

[18v]

[BN II,13]

Der xiij.r Artickel.

Von vberschlahen der Massen/

a dieses falles = in diesem fall b freygemachten c negstfolgendem d nachlassung = vorwissen vnnd bewilligung e die = solches f geschrieben g 12. BN(1647), XII. BN(1698) h selbsten i zwen/ drey = zwey oder drey j meiste k insert entweder l insert oder auch m wolten n selbsten o das sol = soll jhnen solches p insert vorher abgestattete q verstattet = vergönnet vnnd zugelassen r 13. BN(1647), XIII. BN(1698)

403

vnd wo nicht volle masse

einkommen kan.

SO mann ein Zeche belegt/ kübel vnd seyl eingeworffen hat/ vnnd ama Bergkmeister

begeretb wirdet/ die Masse zu vberschlahen/ das sol er nicht weigernc.

Vnd do/ im vberschlahen/ sich nicht volle masse ergebend/ vnde das feldt des orts/

sich auff ein gantz wehr nicht erstreckte/ sol er f dasselb feldt g / beyden nehist

gelegenen h massen/ desselben i zuges/ zu gleich austeylen j / wo aber

amk felde ein gantz wehr/ oder darüberl/ doch nicht zu voller masse bliebe/ das sol

der Bergkmeisterm/ als ein vberschahrn/ dem ersten Muther/ sonderlicho verleyhen.

[BN II,14]

Der xiiij.p Artickel.

[19r]

Von dem Vermessen.

WEnn ein Zeche maßwirdig worden/ sol dieselb auff beger q der Gewercken/

vermessen werden/ wie volget/ Nemlichr[:] sol der Bergkmeister/ vierzehens tage/

a am = an den b begehren c das sol er nicht weigern = sol er solches nicht verweigern d ergeben = ereugete e [Corrected from <vd> in BN Correctur] f er = der Bergmeister g feldt absent h anbelegenen i selbigen j austeylen = auß- vnd zutheilen k an solchem l insert sich befünde m das sol der Bergkmeister = soll er solches n überschus BN(1647) [corrected to <vberschar> in BN(1647) Errata], Uberschuß BN(1698) o nur p 14. BN(1647), XIV. BN(1698) q begehren r insert Es s 14. BN(1698)

404

vor a dem vermessen/ durch ein b anschlagsbrieff/ vnd c aussruffen des

Gerichtsknechtd/ wem/ wo/e wennf/ vnd wasg Lehen/ er vermessen wil/ öffentlichh

verkünden/ als danni auffj ernantenk tagk vermessenl/[.] Erstlich sol der Lehentreger

odder vorsteher der Zechen/ einen leiplichen Eydt m schweren/ das der gangk/

darauffn er zu vermessen begert/ sein rechter belehntero gangk sey/ Darnach sol er

dem p Bergkmeister/ auff dem gange vorgehen/ vnd der Bergkmeister/ mit der

Schnur/ ihm volgen/ vnd do sich die Masse endetq/ den Lochstein/ wie gepürlichr/

setzen.

[BN II,15]

Der xv.s Artickel.

Von verhinderung des

Messenst/ vnd greiffen

in die Schnuer.

a für b ein = einen offenen c vnd = oder d Gerichtsknechts e [Corrected from <Nemlich sol der Berckmeister/ viertzehen tage vor dem Vermessen/ durch ein anschlags brieff/ wem/ wo/> in BN Correctur] f wann g was für h insert publiciren vnnd i als dann = vnd alßdann j insert den k ernändten BN(1647), ernanten BN(1698) l vermessen = mit dem vermessen verfahren m insert zu GOTt BN(1647), insert zu GOTT BN(1698) n worauff o verlehnter p den q endiget r gebräuchlich s 15. BN(1647), XV. BN(1698) t mässens

405

DO einich parta vormeinte/ das ihm/ das fürgenommen vermessen/ zub nachteyl vnd

abbruch seiner gerechtigkeyt/ wölte gelangenc/ der sol dend [19v] Bergkmeister

biethene/ mit dem vermessen stille zuhaltenf/ seine gerechtigkeytg zu vor zuhören/

vnnd so das nicht stadt habenh wölte/ mag er/ auff verpürgung xx.i margk Silbers/

dem Bergkmeister inn die schnuer greiffen/ dann sol der Bergmeisterj/ von dem

fürgenomenenk vermessen abstehenl/m die sache zurn verhör vnd handelung kommen

lasseno/[.] vnd do der partp/ so den eingriff gethan/ entlich vnrechtq befunden/ sol er

die verpürgetenr xx.s margk Silbert vnwegerlich zalenu/ daruon söllenv dreyw teyl vns/

inn vnser Zehendkammer/ vnd dem Bergkmeister/ ein teyl/ volgenx/ als dann sol

auch der Bergkmeister mit dem vermessen gepürlich verfahreny.

[BN II,16]

Der xvi.z Artickel.

Wie viel wehr ein Fund=

a DO einich part = SO einiger Theil b zum c wölte gelangen = möchte gereichen d dem e bitten f mit dem vermessen stille zuhalten = darmit in- vnd an sich zuhalten/ vnd g seine gerechtigkeyt = vnd seine prætension h haben = gewinnen i zwantzig BN(1647), 20. BN(1698) j dann sol der Bergmeister = alßdann derselbe k dem fürgenomenen = solchem vorhabenden l abzustehen m insert vnd n zum o zulassen p der part = der jenige Theil q insert zu haben r verbürgete s zwantzig BN(1647), 20. BN(1698) t Silbers u insert vnd entrichten v daruon söllen = Worvon w 3. BN(1698) x abzufolgen y als dann sol auch der Bergkmeister mit dem vermessen gepürlich verfahren = vnnd soll dieser alßdann mit dem Vermessen darauff weiter doch verfahren z 16. BN(1647), XVI. BN(1698)

406

grub vnd Masse

haben sol.

EJn Fundtgrube/ sol zu Bergkrecht haben drey wehr/ vnd ein iedes wehr/ sol haben

viertzehena Bergklachter/ Ein masse aber sol haben zweyb wehr/ vnd ein iedes wehr

viertzehenc Bergklachterd.

[20r]

[BN II,17]

Der xvij.e Artickel.

Von Zupußf/ vnd wie dieselb

angelegt sol werdeng.

WEnn ein Lehen/ mit handarbeyt beleget/ vnnd gebawet wirdet/ vnd kein vorrat

daruon die gepeude verlegth/ beyhanden/ dai söllen vnser Ampt leuthe/ Heuptman/

Bergkmeisterj vnd Geschworne/ mit rathe der Gewercken/ oder ihrerk diener/ eine

zimliche Zupuß/ nach ihrer achtungl/ vnnd gelegenheyt der gepewde/ anlegen/ die

sol zum notturfft dern Gewercken vnd gepeudeo/ angewendet werdenp.

[BN II,18]

a 14. BN(1698) b 2. BN(1698) c 14. BN(1698) d [Corrected from <Bergklaffter> in BN Correctur] e 17. BN(1647), XVII. BN(1698) f Zubuesse g angelegt sol werden = sol angelegt werden h zuverlegen i so j Typo in original: <Bergkmeistet> k dero l ihrer achtung = jhrem ermessen m die sol zu = welche hernach zur n solcher o Gebäuden p angewendet werden = anzuwenden

407

Der xviij.a Artickel.

Zupuß brieff zu nemen

vnd anzuschlahen.

WEnn also auff ein Lehen/ Zupuß angelegt worden istb/ dannc sol der vorsteher oder

Schichtmeister/ von dem Bergkmeister/ ein d Zupuß [20v] brieff nemen/

denee/ durch den Gerichtsknechtf/ an gepürlichem orteg/ anschlahen/ vnd bis auffs

Retardat stehen lassen/ darnach h die Gewercken sich zu

achteni haben.

[BN II,19]

Der xix.j Artickel.

Jn was zeit Zupuß ver=

richtet sol werdenk.

EJn ieder Gewergk sol schuldig sein/ die angelegte Zupuß/ dem Schichtmeister/

zwischen zeyt der gehaltenen rechnung/ vnd nehist künfftigem l Retardat/ m

zubezalen/ vnd welcher seine Zupußn entrichto/ dem sol der Schichtmeister einp

zeddel geben/ Welcher Gewerck aber do an seumigq/ der sol seiner teyla damitb

verlüstig sein/ vnnd dieselben söllenc inns Retardat gesatzt werden.

a 18. BN(1647), XVIII. BN(1698) b ist absent c alßdann d einen e denselben f Gerichtsdiener g gepürlichem orte = gebührlichen Orthen h wornach i achten = richten j 19. BN(1647), XIX. BN(1698) k verrichtet sol werden = sol verrichtet werden l nehist künfftigem = dem negstfolgendem m insert ohnfehlbahrlich n welcher seine Zupuß = wer die seinige o entrichte p einen BN(1698) q Welcher Gewerck aber do an seumig = welcher aber darinn sich säumbich erweiset

408

[BN II,20]

Der XX.d Artickel.

Schichtmeistere/ sollen keinenf

Gewercken/ mit der Zupuß

auff sich nehmen.

[21r] ES sol kein Schichtmeister einicheng gewergken/ mit der angelegten Zupuß/

auff sich nehmen/ auchh vber benante zeit des Retardats/ kein ferner fristi geben/

Welcher hierwiederj handeltek/ der sol dieselb Zupuß/ von dem seinenl erlegen vnd

verrechenm.

[BN II,21]

Der XXi.n Artickel.

Von dem Retardat/ vnd wie

es mit vnuerlegten teylen/

gehalten sol werdeno.

a seiner teyl = seines Antheils b dadurch c dieselben söllen absent d 20. BN(1647), 20. BN(1698) e Die Schichtmeistere f keine g einige h noch i kein ferner frist = darzu frist geben j darwieder k handelt l seinigen m verrechnen n 21. BN(1647), XXI. BN(1698) o gehalten sol werden = soll gehalten werden

409

DAs Retardat/ sol auff iedena Montagk/ nehistb nach ausgange vierc wochen/ nach

beschlossenerd Rechnung/ gehalten werden/ Es gefiel dann auff den selben Montagk

ein Feyertage/ als dann sol es den nehisten wergktagk darnach gehalten werden.

Auff denselbenf tagk/ sol ein iederg Schichtmeyster einh verzeichnus der Gewergken/

so ihre teyl nicht verlegt haben/ macheni/ dieselb an gepürlichemj orte/ öffentlich

lesenk/l darnach dieselbm zeddel vnsern Amptleuthen antwortenn.

Die söllen dieselbo zeddel/ achtp tage bey sich behalten vnd welcher vnuorlegter

gewergk/ in den selbenq achtr tagen/ sein Zupuß giebts/ der sol bey seinen teylen

bley=[21v]bent/ Aber nach verscheinung achtu tagev/ söllen sie dieselb zeddel/ dem

Kegenschreyber vberantwortenw/ der sol als dann dieselbex teyl/ den vnuerlegten

Gewergken im Kegenbuch ab/ vnnd gemeinen verzupüsten Gewergken zu/

schreybeny.

a jedem b dennegst c 4. BN(1698) d nach beschlossener = auff beschlossene e Es gefiel dann auff den selben Montagk ein Feyertag = es sey dann/ das auff solchem Montag ein Feyertag einfiel f demselben BN(1647), denselben BN(1698) g jedweder h ein = eine richtige i verfertigen j an gepürlichem = am gebührlichen k verlesen l insert vnnd m die n überantworten o solche p 8. BN(1698) q den selben = selbigen r 8. BN(1698) s giebt = annoch gibt vnd erlegt t bey seinen teylen bleyben = bey seinem Theil verbleiben u 8. BN(1698) v Aber nach verscheinung acht tage = Nach verfliessung aber der acht Tage w vberantworten = zustellen x sothane y zu/ schreyben = wiederumb zuschreiben

410

Die selben Retardat teyla/ söllen/ auff denb fahl/ do Gottc Ertzt beschereted/ keins

wegs/ aus dem Retardat/ ane vorwissen vnd erlaubnus/ vnser e Heuptmans/ f

Bergkmeisters/ vnd der Gewergkeng/ vorkaufft nochh vergeben werden/ Do aber kein

Ertz verhandeni/ so mögen dieselbj Retardat teyl/ auffk befehl vnsers Heuptmans vnd

Bergkmeisters/ durch den Schichtmeister/ gemeinen Gewergken zu gut l / auffs

tewerstem verkaufftn/ oder wo sie nicht verkaufft werden möchten/ vmb die Zupuß/

odder wo das auch nicht sein wölte/ vmb sonst vergeben vnnd vergewergkt werden/

vnd inn diesem falle/ sölleno die verzupüsten Gewergken derselbenp Zechen/ den

fürtrit zu den Retardat teylen haben q / Ob aber der mehrteyl r der Gewergken s

beschliessen würde/ dieselb Retardat teyl/ auff oder bey gemeinen Gewergken

stehent zu lassen/ Ader aberu/ nach anzahlv/ vnther sich zu teylen/ dem sol also/ doch

mit fürwissenw vnsers Bergkmeysters/x volge gelaistet werden.

a Die selben Retardat teyl = Sothane Retardat theile b auff den = auffm c insert der Allmächtige d bescheret e Vnsers f insert auch g Geschwornen h noch = oder sonst i vorhanden j solche k insert geheys vnnd l guete BN(1647), gute BN(1698) m thewreste n insert werden o inn diesem falle/ söllen = sollen auff alsolchen fall BN(1647), sollen auff all solchen Fall BN(1698) p deroselben q den fürtrit zu den Retardat teylen haben = den vortritt vnnd die præferentz darzu haben r mehrteyl = mehrer theil s insert Raths werden vnd t insert vnd bleiben u Ader aber = oder aber dieselbe v insert vnd Proportion w vorwissen x insert gelebet vnd

411

[BN II,22]

Der XXij.a Artickel.

Von dem wöchentlichen

Anschniedt.

[22r] EJnen ieden b Sonnabend/ am morgen früe/ söllen alle Schichmeister vnd

Steiger/ vor vnserm Bergkmeister vnd c Geschwornen/ an

gewöhnlicherd stelle erscheinen/ der Schichtmeister/ in angehöre des Steigers/ alle

Ausgabef/ so er zug notturfft seiner Gewercken/ dieselb wochenh gethan/ stück vor

stück leseni/ darauff die Summaj der wöchentlichen Ausgabek machen/ vnnd ein

gewönlich l verzeichnus dauon niderlegen m / die sol n der Bergkschreyber/ in

vorwharungo nehmen/ vnd zur Quartal rechnung fürlegenp.

[BN II,23]

Der XXiijq Artickel.

Von dem Bestetigungs oder

verleyher tage/ wie vnd

wen der gehalten

sol werdens.

a 22. BN(1647), XXII. BN(1698) b EJnen ieden = AVff jedem c insert den d insert Mahlstatt vnd e angehör = gegenwarth vnnd anhörung f außgaben g zur BN(1698) h dieselb wochen = selbige Woche über i ablesen j Summam k Außgaben l ein gewönlich = eine beständige m einlegen n die sol = welche hernach o insert zu p zur Quartal rechnung fürlegen = bey der Quartal-Rechnung wiederumb zu produciren vnd vorzubringen q 23. BN(1647), XXIII. BN(1698) r verleyhungs s wen der gehalten sol werden = wann derselbe soll gehalten werden

412

EJn iede wochena/ sol vnser Bergkmeister/ sampt seinen Geschwornen/ an der darzu

verordenteb stelle/ auffc Mitwochen/ oder wod Feyertag wehre/ den nehisten tagk

darnach/ zum wenigisten/ von zwelffe biß auff ein/ horaf/ vnd darüber/ so lang esg

gelegenheyt derh sachen erfordert/ bey einander sein/ doselbst/i gethane Mutungen/j

verleyhen vnd bestetigen/k frist vnd nachlassung gebenl/ Stewer machen/ schied [22v]

vnnd vortregem/ zwischen irrigen partenn/ auffrichteno/ vnd anders handeln das

fürkömpt/ vnd in sein Ampt gehörig/ vnd was also gehandelt vnnd beschlossen

wirdetp / sol auffs q Bergkmeisters befehl/ durch den Bergkschreyber/ laut seines

befehls r / getreulich eingeschrieben werden s / vnd was ane das geschicht/ sol

vnkrefftig vnd nichtig seint.

[BN II,24]

Der XXiiiju Artickel.

Vom Lohnenv/ durch wenea/

a EJn iede wochen = ALle vnd jede Woche b verordneten c insert den d insert selbiger ein e Zwölffen BN(1647), 12. BN(1698) f biß auff ein/ hora = bis Ein Vhr BN(1647), biß 1. Uhr BN(1698) g insert die h insert vorfallenden i sein/ doselbst/ = kommen vnd bleiben/ die j insert auch das k insert so dann l insert vnnd einwilligen m schied vnnd vortrege = entscheidung vnd verträge n irrigen parten = den irrigen vnnd streitenden Partheyen o insert vnd schliessen p vnd anders handeln das fürkömpt/ vnd in sein Ampt gehörig/ vnd was also gehandelt vnnd beschlossen wirdet = auch sonsten alles ander/ so vorkommen vnd in sein Ambt gehören möchte/ verrichten/ was auch also abgehandelt/ beschlossen vnnd auffgerichtet wirdt q auff das r laut seines befehls = krafft seiner Pflichten s eingeschrieben werden = eingeschrieben vnd verzeichnet t vnd was ane das geschicht/ sol vnkrefftig vnd nichtig sein = was aber sonsten ohne dieses geschicht/ für nichtig vnd krafftlos gehalten vnd geschätzet werden u 24. BN(1647), XXIV. BN(1698) v Ablohnen

413

wenn/ vnd wie/ geloh=

net sol werdenb.

Vor oder nach gehaltenem anschniedt/ sol ein ider Schichtmeister/ inn beysein des

Steigers/ allen handtwergksleuthenc/ Erbeyternd/ vnd andern/ denen er/ von wegen

seinere Gewergken schuldig/ das lohn verrichten vnnd zalenf/ alsog/ das ein ieder

Erbeyter selbst entkegen sey/ vnd das lohn entpfaheh.

[BN II,25]

Der xxv.i Artickel

[23r]

Von der Schichtmeister Rech=

nungen/ wenn vnd wie die ge=

halten vnnd gethan

sol werdenj.

EJn ieder Schichtmeister/ sol alle Einnahm vnd Außgab/ die er von wegen seiner

Gewergken zu thuen hat/ von wochen zu wochen/ mit allem gepürendenk fleiß vnd

nottürfftigen l vmbstenden/ klar vnd lauter verzaichen m / vnd n in ein

ördentlicho Register brengen/[.] anfengklich alle gemachte Kupffer vnnd Silber/a

a wehme b gelohnet sol werden = solches geschehen sol c Handtwerckern d Arbeitzleuten e insert anbefohlenen f das lohn verrichten vnnd zalen = den Lohn reichen vnd außzahlen g also = derogestalt BN(1647), dergestalt BN(1698) h ein ieder Erbeyter selbst entkegen sey/ vnd das lohn entpfahe = ein jedweder selbsten persöhnlich zugegen/ vnd jhn empfangen möge i 25. BN(1647), XXV. BN(1698) j wie die gehalten vnnd gethan sol werden = wie dieselbe sollen gehalten vnd abgeleget werden k gebührendem l nothwendigen m klar vnd lauter verzaichen = richtig vnd klar verzeichnen n insert auffschreiben/ dann o ordentliches

414

auch alles geldt/ so er von angelegtenb Zupussen/c von Stewer/ wassergeldt/ vierden

pfenning/ Neunden/ Bergkfördernusd/ vnnd anderme entpfangen/ für dief Einnahm/

Darnachg was er für Bergk vnd hütten kosth außgeben hati/ setzen/ vndj nemlich/

was/ wie viel/ vnd wem/ er geldt gebenk/ von wem/ was vnd wie thewer/ er itzlichl

stuck kaufft/ was inn zeit des vierteyl Jharesm mit geding/ auchn wie lang/ darüber

gearbeyt/o was auffs gedinge gangen/ was doanp erübrigt/[.] Auchq alle Erbeither/

knecht/ vnnd iungen/ mit nahmen setzenr/ vnd zu letzt was am geldes/ Kupffer/

Silber/ vnd getzawt imu vorrat bleibetv,w.

Vnd sol x ein ieder Schichtmeister/ alle Sonnabent vor dem Quattember/ seine

Rechnung beschliesseny/ vnnd inn sonderheyt/ söllen die Schichtmeisterz/ so kupffer

vnd aa Silber in vnsern bb Zehenden geantwortet/ vnd cc geldt daraus entpfangen

habendd/ zuuor/ mit dema Zehendner abrechnenb/ was seinen Gewergken/ im [23v]

a insert wie b insert vnd verrichteten c insert Jtem d Bergforderungen e anderm = anderen Gefällen f für die = zur g Darnach = Dann hernach h hütten kost = Hüttenkosten hinwiederumb i hat absent j insert einführen k gegeben l itzlich = ein jedes m insert beydes n auch = vnd o insert auch p was doan = vnd daran q Auch = Jmgleichen r mit nahmen setzen = mit jhren Nahmen nennen vnd einsetzen s vnd zu letzt was am gelde = sonderlich zum Beschlus was etwa an Gelde t getzaw = Gezeug BN(1647) [corrected to <getzaw> in BN(1647) Errata], Gezeug BN(1698) u im = annoch in v beibet BN(1647), bleibet BN(1698) w insert anhengen vnd specificiren x Vnd sol = Es soll auch y schliessen z söllen die Schichtmeister = der jenige aa oder bb Vnserm cc auch dd haben absent

415

Zehenden bleibet/ ein verzaichnus c nehmen/ vnd inn seiner Quartahl Rechnung

fürlegend.

[BN II,26]

Der xxvie Artickel.

Wer der Schichtmeister

Rechnung anhören sol.

ES söllen vnsere/ Heuptmanf/ Bergkmeister vnd Geschworne/ zu yeder zeit/ bey der

Rechnung entkegeng sein die Rechnungenh mit allem fleiß anhören/ vnnd legeni/ sich

darauß erkundenj/ wie den Gewergken fürgestanden/ vnd mit yremk gelde gehandelt

worden l / vnd wo m sie befinden/ das aus vnwissenheyt/ verseumnus odder

vnuorsichtigkeyt/ eynicher n Gewergkschafft zu schaden gehandelt worden/ des o

söllen sie/ den Gewergken von denen die esp gehandelt/q erstatung verschaffenr.

Würde aber betriegks/ falsch/ vntrew/ aigener nutz odder ander vnrecht/ befunden/

das söllen siea/ mit gepürendemb ernst/ vnnachleßlich straffen.

a insert verordnetem BN(1647), insert verordneten BN(1698) b abrechnen = abrechnung halten/ dann c insert vnnd Designation d inn seiner Quartahl Rechnung fürlegen = bey seiner Qvartal-Rechnung vohrlegen vnd beybringen e 26. BN(1647), XXVI. BN(1698) f Hauptman BN(1647), Hauptmänner BN(1698) g zugegen h Rechnung i zulegen j sich darauß erkunden = auch da nötig sich erkündigen k deren l worden absent m vnd wo = auch da n insert oder anderen o zu schaden gehandelt worden/ des = etwas zuschaden geschehen p denen die es = den jenigen/ so solches versehen vnd q insert gebührliche r schaffen s betriegk = einiger Betrug

416

Wenn in der Schichtmeister Rechnung c / vnuorsetzliche d irrungen/ die e den

Gewergken nicht f nachteylig befunden/ so sol solcher irthumb/ inn g Registern

geandert/ vnd der Schichtmeister/ nach gebrauch gestrafft werdenh.

[24r]

[BN II,27]

Der xxvij.i Artickel.

Allej Rechnungen in einen

Recess zu brengen.

ZW ieder zeit der Quartahl Rechnungenk/ söllen alle der Schichtmeister/ gethane vnd

angenomene Rechnungen/ in ein kurtzen Recessl/ ördentlich bracht/ werden/ darein

man verleyben solm/ die Zeche/ des Schichtmeisters nahmenn/ vndo lohn/ was den

Gewergken imp vorrathe/ oder was schulden bleybetq/ wie viel Kuckes vorgewergkt/

wie viel Silber vnd Kupffer gemacht/ was zur Außteylungr beschlossen/ Oder auff

a vnrecht/ befunden/ das söllen sie = Vngerechtsambkeit dabey mit vnterlauffen vnd vorgangen seyn/ sollen sie es b gepürendem = geziemenden BN(1647), geziemendem BN(1698) c Wenn in der Schichtmeister Rechnung = doch wann sonsten in gedachter Schichtmeister Rechnungen d vnuorsetzliche = vnversehene vnnd nicht vohrsetzliche BN(1647), unversehene und nicht vorseüliche BN(1698) e die = so auch f insert sonders g so sol solcher irthumb/ inn = sollen solche Jrthumbe vnd errores in den h nach gebrauch gestrafft werden = nach dem gebrauch/ vnnd wie es anderßwo herkommen/ gestraffet vnd angesehen werden i 27. BN(1647), XXVII. BN(1698) j Alle = Wie alle k der Quartahl Rechnungen = wann die Qvartal-Rechnung beleuchtiget wirdt l insert vnnd Begriff m ördentlich bracht/ werden/ darein man verleyben sol = fein ordentlich gebracht werden/ worein zugleich mit zu specificiren n Name o insert der p in q oder was schulden bleybet = vnnd was sie schüldig bleiben r Autheilung BN(1698)

417

Zupuss angelegt &c. vnd dieser Recess/ sol allemahl gezwifacht/ vns einer

zugestellet/ der ander/ beneben den Registern/ in guther verwarung gehalten/

werdena.

[BN II,28]

Der xxviijb Artickel.

Von der Austeylung/ wie die

beschlossen/ vnd gegeben

sol werdenc.

[24v] Wenn nun der Schichmeister/ Quartahl Rechnungen d wie obuerleybt e /

verhöret/ vberlegt f / vnd angenommen g / vnd sich aus derselben h / auch vnsers

Zehendners/ mit ihme gehalthener ab rechnung/ befindet/ das ein vorrathe bleybet/

der sich auff ein Austeylung/ als i zum wenigisten auff einen Kuckes ij. j floren

erstreckt/ sol darauff durch vnserek Heuptman/ Bergkmeister/ vnd geschworne/ nach

vermögel des vorraths/ ein Austeilung den Gewergken zu geben/ beschlossen vnd

befohlen werden/ doch solm darauff acht gegeben werdenn/ daso so viel imp vorrathe

behalten/ daruon die Zeche/ biss zu nehister Rechnung/ mit notturfft versehen sey/

a dieser Recess/ sol allemahl gezwifacht/ vns einer zugestellet/ der ander/ beneben den Registern/ in guther verwarung gehalten/ werden = soll dieser Recess allemahl zweifach vnd in duplo eingegeben/ dann davon einer Vns/ der ander aber sonsten benebenst den Registern in guter Verwahrung behalten vnd vffgehoben werden b 28. BN(1647), XXVIII. BN(1698) c wie die beschlossen/ vnd gegeben sol werden = wie die sol beschlossen vnnd gegeben werden d Quartahl Rechnungen = Qvartal-Rechung e obgemeldt f zugelegt g auffgenommen h aus derselben = alßdann aus deroselben/ wie i insert etwa j ij. = zu 2 BN(1647), zu 2. BN(1698) k Vnsern l Vermögen m sol = das n werden absent o das = damit p in

418

Was aber darübera bleybet/ oder aberb sich zur Auspeut nicht erstreckt/ das sol den

Gewergken zu gut/ als yhr vorrathe/ im Zehenden verwharetc werden.

[BN II,29]

Der xxix.d Artickel.

Wie die Schichten gefahren

vnd gehalten sollen werdene.

FRwe zu vier horaf/ sol die erst Schicht (so man die frweschicht nennet) Die Ander

zu zwelffg horah/ im Mittag (welche man die Mittagsschicht nennet) vnd die dritte/

am abent zui Achtj horak (die man die nachtschicht nennet) angefahren/ vnd [25r]

gehalten werden/ vnd ein ieder Bergkarbeyther/ sol also diel schicht Siebenm gantze

stunden/ an seiner Erbeyt bleiben/ vnd ehro der Steyger ausklopfft/ keyner vomp orte

fahren.

a darüber = übrig b aber absent c insert vnd auffgehoben d 29. BN(1647), XXIX BN(1698) e gefahren vnd gehalten sollen werden = sollen gefahren vnd gehalten werden f FRwe zu vier hora = DEs Morgens frühe zu Vier Vhren BN(1647), DEs Morgens früh zu 4. Uhren BN(1698) g 12. BN(1698) h Vhren i zu = vmb j 8. BN(1698) k Vhren l sol also die = in sothaner jeden m 7. BN(1698) n gantze stunde = gantzer Stunden o ehe p von seinem

419

Vnd sola auff ein iede/ oben geordenterb Schicht/ eine stunde zuuor/ als früe zu

dreyenc / im Mittag zu Eylffend / vnd am abend/ zue Sieben f horeng / angeleutet

werden/ darmit sich die Erbeyther darnach zu richtenh/ ein iederi an gepürliche stelle

seiner erbeyt/ sich findenj/ vnnd ihrek verseumnis/ desta weniger zu entschuldigen

habenl.

[BN II,30]

Der xxxm Artickel.

Dien Nachtschicht/

nicht zufahreno.

AVff welcher Zechen/ nicht drey p Schichten gefahren werden/ do sol man die

Nachtschicht zu fahren/ nicht verstattenq/ vnd wo man nühr ein Schicht erbeytr/ sos

sol man die früschichtt halten.

[BN II,31]

Der xxxi.u Artickel.

[25v] a Vnd sol = Es soll aber b oben geordenter = obangeordnete c 3. BN(1698) d 11. BN(1698) e vmb f 7. BN(1698) g Vhren h zu richten = desto besser zurichten i jedweder j an gepürliche stelle seiner erbeyt/ sich finden = an gebührlichen Orthe bey seiner angewiesenen Arbeit finden BN(1647), an gebührlichem Ort bey seiner angewiesenen Arbeit finden BN(1698) k die l insert möge m 30. BN(1647), XXX. BN(1698) n Die = Wann die o zu fahren p 3. BN(1698) q gestatten r arbeitet s da t Früheschicht BN(1647), Früh-Schicht BN(1698) u 31. BN(1647), XXXI. BN(1698)

420

Wie vnd in was zeyt/ einer

dena andern/ verkauffterb

teyl gewehren sol.

SO einer dem andern c teyl verkaufft/ vnnd beyde teyl d / ihre wonung auffm e

Bergkwergk/ vnd in vnserm Königreich Norwegen/ hetten/ so sol der kauffer die

gewehr sölcher teyl/ yhme ins Kegenbuch zuthuen/ in vier wochen nehistf nach demg

kauff/ bey dem verkauffer zuh suchen/ Auch der verkauffer/ die gewehr in solcheri

zeyt zu thuen/ schuldig seinj.

Do aber der verkauffer auffs kauffers ansuchen/ die gewehr zu thuen seumig/ oder

nichtk eynheymisch were/ oder aberl sich nicht wölte finden lassenm/ son sol der

kauffer solchs vnserm Bergkmeister vor ausgang der viero wochen/p anzeygen/ ob er

auchq das kauffgelt nicht zalt hette/ hinther yne erlegen/ vnd biethen den verkauffer

die gewehre zu thuen ernstlich zu weysen/ das auch also geschafftr werden sols.

a dem b seinen verkaufften c insert sein d teyl = contrahenten e auff dem f vier wochen nehist = den negsten vier Wochen BN(1647), den nechsten 4. Wochen BN(1698) g dem = getroffenem h zu absent i alsolcher BN(1647), all solcher BN(1698) j Auch der verkauffer/ die gewehr in solcher zeyt zu thuen/ schuldig sein = derdann dieselbe in alsolcher Zeit zu leisten schüldig vnd gehalten k nicht absent BN(1698) l aber = auch m wölte finden lassen = finden liesse n alßdann o 4. BN(1698) p insert denunciiren vnd q ob er auch = auch zugleich r beschaffet BN(1647), geschaffet BN(1698) s nicht zalt hette/ hinther yne erlegen/ vnd biethen den verkauffer die gewehre zu thuen ernstlich zu weysen/ das auch also geschafft werden sol = wann ers nicht schon gezahlet hätte/ bey selbigem deponiren vnd hinterlegen/ dann darauff bitten/ seinen Verkäuffer/ nochmahln die Gewehr zuthun/ ernstlich anzuweisen/ welches dann auch also beschaffet vnd verhenget werden

421

Wo aber der kauffer mit ansuchung der gewehr in bemeltera frist verzügeb/ vnd der

verkauffer den kauff gehalten haben wölte/ sol er/ vor außgangc obgenanter vier

wochen/ solchs dem Bergkmeister ansagen/ vnd dem kauffer die gewehrd zu thuen/

vor dem Bergkmeister sich erbiethen/ als dann sol der keuffer zu halten auch geweist

werdene.

[26r] So aber beyde teyl hierinne seumig/ vnd alsof vier wochen verfliessen lasseng

würden/ Soh sol keyn teyl/ das andere anzusprechen/ auch eins dem andern (es wölte

dann gerne thuen) nichts pflichtig seini.

Es söllen aber j außlendische Bergkleuthe/ als die k auff vnserm Bergkwerge zu

Norwegenl nicht wohnen/ in diesen Artickel nicht gezogen seinm.

Vnd was in diesem Artickel vonn vorkauffen vnd kauffen gesagt ist/ Das sol/ in

demselben/ auch inno nehistvolgenden zweyen Artickelnp/ auchq von allen andern

voreusserungr der teyl/ als von gebens/ schencken/ verfreymargken/ vnd derogleichen

verstanden werden.

a gemelter b verzöhge c außgang = verfliessung d insert gebührlich e vor dem Bergkmeister sich erbiethen/ als dann sol der keuffer zu halten auch geweist werden = vor demselben sich anerbieten/ alßdann der Käuffer auch/ selbigen zuhalten/ anzuweisen f also = die g verfliessen lassen = darüber verfliessen h So absent i das andere anzusprechen/ auch eins dem andern (es wölte dann gerne thuen) nichts pflichtig sein = den andern mehr anzusprechen befugt/ noch einer dem andern/ er wolle es dann aus guten willen thun/ zuantworten mehr schuldig seyn j Es söllen aber = Doch sollen die k als die = so l Bergkwerge zu Norwegen = Bergwercke oder im Reich Norwegen m in diesen Artickel nicht gezogen sein = in diesem Articul nicht gezogen/ noch gemeynet seyn n vom o demselben/ auch inn = selbigem/ wie auch in den p [Corrected from <das sol in denselben/ auch inn nehisten zweyen Artickeln/> in BN Correctur] q vnnd r Vereusserungen s von geben = vom vergeben

422

[BN II,32]

Der xxxij.a Artickel.

Wer die Zupuss erkauffterb

teyl zu geben schuldig.

WElcher nach beschließc der Quartal Rechnung Kuckes kaufft/ der sol frey gewehret

werden/ welcher aber vor der Rechnung teyl kauffted/ der sol die Zupuss/ so ernach

angelegt würdee/ zu geben schuldig sein.

[26v]

[BN II,33]

Der xxxiij.f Artickel.

Wer die Auspeut erkauffterg

teyl/ entpfahen sol.

WElcher Bergkteyl kaufft/ zuuor vnd ehe dannh in der Quartahl Rechnung/i Auspeut

auff dieselb Zeche beschlossen worden ist j / So k sol die hernach beschlossene

Auspeut dem kauffer volgen/ Welcher aberl nach beschlossener Auspeut derselben

Zechen kauffte/ dem sol m die Auspeut n nicht zustehen/ sondern o die sol p dem

a 32. BN(1647), XXXII. BN(1698) b der erkaufften c Beschliessung d käuffet e so ernach angelegt würde = so hernach angeleget wirdt/ davon f 33. BN(1647), XXXIII. BN(1698) g der erkaufften h zuuor vnd ehe dann = ehe vnnd bevohr i insert einige j beschlossen worden ist = ist beschlossen worden k So absent l Welcher aber = da aber einer m derselben Zechen kauffte/ dem sol = erstlich kauffte/ soll n insert demselben o besondern p die sol absent

423

verkauffer bleyben/ Es wehre danna in diesem vnd nehistem Artickel obenb/ ein

anders von partenc bewilliget/ gestanden/ oder beweisetd.

[BN II,34]

Der xxxiiij.e Artickel.

Alle Zechen sollen ver

rechent vnd vorre=

cestf werden.

[27r] ES söllen alle vnnd iede Zechen/ dieg werden mit handarbeyt gebawet/ oder mit

frist/ oder steuer/ bawhafftig gehalten/ durch die Schichtmeister oder vorsteher ein

iedes Quartahl verrechenth/ vnd verrecest werden/ vnnd do dasi nicht geschehej/ so

sol k die Zeche darmit nicht inns frey gefallen/ sonder l der Schichtmeister oder

Steyger/ darumb ernstlichm gestrafft werden.

[BN II,35]

Der xxxv.n Artickel.

Vom Quattember gelde.

a insert Sache/ daß die Parten selbst b nehistem Artickel oben = negst vorhergehenden Articul c von parten = vnter sich d bewiesen e 34. BN(1647), XXXIV. BN(1698) f verrechent vnd vorrecest = berechnet vnd verrecesset g die = sie h ein iedes Quartahl verrechent = jedes Qvartal gebührlich verrechnet i solches j geschicht k so sol = soll doch l sondern m insert angesehen vnd n 35. BN(1647), XXXV. BN(1698)

424

EJn iedera Schichtmeister odder vorsteher/ sol zu erhaltung der Geschwornen/ vnd

ander gemeynerb notturfft des Bergkwergks/ von einer itzlichen Zeche/ diec werde

gebawet/d mit frist oder steuer erhalten/ ein idee Rechnung Siebenthalben groschenf/

vnd ein Stolle derg keine zugehörig fundgrub oder massenh hat/ auch so viel zui

Quattembergelde gebenj/ das solk der Bergkschreyberl entpfahen/ vnd berechnen laut

seins befehlsm.

[BN II,36]

Der xxxvi.n Artickel.

[27v]

Wenn zweno genge am tage ferne

gnugk von einander seint/

vnd in der teuffep zu=

sammen fallen.

ABq sichs begöbe/ das zwenr genge am tage ferne gnugk von einander werens/ vnnd

doch in der teuffet zu sammen fallen würden/ vnd weren auff beiden gengen lehen

a jedweder b ander gemeyner = anderer gemeinen c die = sie d insert oder e ein ide = in einer jeden f [Corrected from <vierdhalben groschen> in BN Correctur] g der = so h Masse i zu absent j insert vnd abtragen k das sol = welches l insert zu m berechnen laut seins befehls = laut seines habenden Befehls zuberechnen n 36. BN(1647), XXXVI. BN(1698) o zwey p Tieffe q OB r zwey s wären BN(1698) t Tieffe BN(1647) [corrected to <teuffe> in BN(1647) Errata], Tieffe BN(1698)

425

gethan/ daraus gezengka entstünde/ do söllen vnser Bergkmeister vnd Geschworne/

die iüngern belehnte/ weysenb/ den elthernc zu weichen.

[BN II,37]

Der xxxvij.d Artickel.

Welchse teyl im falle do zwenef

gengeg zu sammen fallen/

beweysungh thuen

solle:.

WEnn sichs zutrüge/ das zwenei genge zu sammen fallenj/ Ein teyl das andere/ yhm

zuk weichen/ müssigenl würde/ vnd der iüngerm nicht gestehen wölte das der eltere

auff seinem belehntenn gange legeo/ sonder sagtep er were dauon/ auff ein andern

vnbe=[28r]lehnten gangk gefallen/ do sol dem iüngernq sein angeben/ Nemlich das

der eltere von seinem belehnten gange gefallen/ vnd mit seinem belehntenr gange/ an

das streittige s ort nicht kommen t / weislich zumachen zuerkant vnd auffgelegt u

a vnd weren auff beiden gengen lehen gethan/ daraus gezengk = vnd aber auff beyden Theilen Lehen gethan wehre/ woraus Streit vnnd Gezängk BN(1647), und aber auff beyden Theilen Lehen gethan wäre/ worauß Streit und Gezänck BN(1698) b anweisen c insert darein d 37. BN(1647), XXXVII. BN(1698) e Welcher f zwey g insert also h beweysung = den Beweis i zwey j fielen k Ein teyl das andere/ yhm zu = vnd einer den anderen zu l insert vnd nötigen m vnd der iünger = der jünger aber n belehnetem o legte p sonder sagte = sondern vorgebe q insert solch r seinem belehnten = demselben s das streittige = den streitigen t komme u weislich zumachen zuerkant vnd auffgelegt = beweißlich zumachen/ aufferlegt vnd zuerkandt

426

werden/ Er auch schuldig zu thun seina/ ane das/ sol erb dem eltern zu weichen von

Bergkmeister vnd Geschwornen/ bey einer namhafftigen puesse/ geweist werdenc.

[BN II,38]

Der xxxviijd Artickel.

Vone Kiesen auff gengef/

wie es darmit gehal=

ten sol werdeng.

WEnn Gewergken in yhrem Lehen/ mehr dann einen gangk ersuncken oder erlength/

vnd es darzu kommet/ das sie einen gangk kiesen mussen/ danni söllen Bergkmeister

vnnd Geschworne darzu fahren/ vnd wo die/ mit dem augenschein/ durch des ganges

Saalband in hangents j oder liegents/ oder aber k sonst Bergklaufftiger l weyse/

befinden/ welchsm der Gewergken rechter belehnter heuptgangk sey/ So söllen sie

die Gewergken/ odder derenn diener weiseno/ sich desselbigen/ als yhres rechten

belehnten ganges zu haltenp.

a Er auch schuldig zu thun sein = welches er dann schüldig zuthun b ane das/ sol er = vnd soll er ohne das/ doch c von Bergkmeister vnd Geschwornen/ bey einer namhafftigen puesse/ geweist werden = bey einer namhafften Pöen durch den Bergmeister vnd Geschworne angewiesen werden d 38. BN(1647), XXXVIII. BN(1647) e Vom f Gängen g darmit gehalten sol werden = damit sol gehalten werden h insert haben i so j in hangents = einhangents k auch l insert vnd gebräuchlicher m insert äigentlich n deroselben o anweisen p zu halten = zugebrauchen/ vnd daran alleinig zuhalten

427

[28v] Do es aber nicht augensichtiga/ dob söllen die eldisten Gewergken/ auff einen

derselben gengec kiesen/ vnd welchen sied ein mahl gekorne/ darauff söllen sie ihr

bleybens habenf.

[BN II,39]

Der XXXiX.g Arti.h

Von Vierungeni/ vnd wie

man die erlangen sol.

WElche Gewergken mit ihrem gange inn krafft seinesj alters/ die Vierung/ auff einen

andern Jüngern gange/ erlangen wöllen/ die söllen mit ihrem belehnten/ vnd nichtk

mit ihrenl gekornen/ oderm angenomenen gange/ wie gepürlichn kommen/ vnd als

dann die Vierung haben.

[BN II,40]

Der Xl.o Artickel.

Niemand sol einem andernp

Zechen oder teyle/ ge=

fehrlicher weise zu

schreiben lassen.

a insert vnd scheinbahr b alßdann c derselben genge = deroselben Gängen d insert derogestalt e erkohren f ihr bleybens haben = jhr Verbleibens haben vnd behalten g 39. BN(1647), XXXIX. BN(1698) h Articul. BN(1647), Artickel. BN(1698) i Vierung j dessen k vnd nicht = nicht aber l jhrem m vnnd n gebräuchlich o 40. BN(1647), XL. BN(1698) p insert es seyn

428

[29r] WVrde iemandesa einem andernb/ eyne Zeche oder teyle gefehrlicher/ listigerc/

oder sonst verdachterd weyse/ odder auff eine schein/ alsof das er gleichwol die

nutzung dauon selbst habeng wölde/ zuschreyben lassen/ Solche Zeche vnd Teyle/

söllenh demi bleyben/ dem sie geschriebenj stehen.

Ob aber der ienigek/ dem sie also zu geschryeben/ dieselb Zeche oder teyhl/ nicht

haben wöltel/ Oder auchm nicht in wesenn wereo/ alsdann söllen dieselb Zechep vnd

teyle/ mit allerq abnützung vnd zugehör/ als verleuckent gut/ vns in vnser kammer

verfallen sein.

Vnd wo der betriegk strefflichr/ sos sol gepürlicher ernst darwidder fürgenommen/

Auch der so dieselb t Zeche oder u Teyl/ obuerleybter weyse v einem andern zu

geschrieben/w zu keynen teylen/ inn der selbenx gruben/y zugelassen werden.

a jemandt b anderem c hinterlistiger d verdächtiger e auff ein = vnterm f also absent g haben = behalten h Solche Zeche vnd Teyle/ söllen = sollen allsolche Zeche vnd Theile i dem = dem jenigen j vorhin zugeschrieben k der ienige = derjeniger l nicht haben wölte = nicht zu behalten begehrte m insert sonsten n in wesen = im wehsend BN(1647), im Wesen BN(1698) o wäre BN(1698) p Zechen BN(1698) q hrer BN(1647), ihrer BN(1698) r der betriegk strefflich = der Betrug zu gros vnd sträflich s so absent t Auch der so dieselb = vnd derselbe/ so derogleichen u vnnd v obuerleybter weyse = gehörter massen w insert durchaus x der selben = deroselben y insert admittiret oder

429

[BN II,41]

Der Xli.a Artickel.

Bericht aus den Bergkbüchernb

zu thuen sol niemandesc ge=

wegertd werden.

[29v] WEr begeren wirdt/ ihme die Bergkbücher inn sachen soe er anzeygen würdef/

zuuerlesen/ oderg abschryefft daruon zu gebenh/ dem sol solches vmb die gepüre

widerfaren.

[BN II,42]

Der Xlij.i Artickel.

Was Massen die Vorsteher

den Gewergkenj auff zu

nehmen schuldigk.

WEnnk Gewergken inn yhren Zechen/ Massen/ odder Stöllen/ genge/ klüfft/ oder

geschickel/ mit ihren gepewden vberfahren/ dannm sollen die diener vnd vorsteher

ihren Gewergken ein Fundgrub/ vnd beyde nehiste Massen auff zunehmen/ schuldig

sein/ die volgendenn Massen aber/ mögen sie/ oder andere/ auffnehmen.

a 41. BN(1647), XLI. BN(1698) b Bericht aus den Bergkbüchern = Auß dem Bergbüchern Bericht c niemanden BN(1647), niemand BN(1698) d gewegert = verweigert e insert ihn betreffen vnnd f wirdt g insert auch h zu geben = zuertheilen i 42. BN(1647), XLII. BN(1698) j Was Massen die Vorsteher den Gewergken = Wie die Vorsteher der Gewercken Massen k insert einige l Geschichte BN(1647) [corrected to <Geschicke> in BN(1647) Errata], Geschichte BN(1698) m alßdann n volgenden = übrigen

430

[BN II,43]

Der Xliij.a Artickel.

Kein groß gepeude auff

Zechen zu setzen.

[30r] ES sol auch/ zuuerhüttungb vnnottürfftiger kostc/ ane vnsers Bergkmeisters

erlaubnus/ auff stöllen oder d Zechen/ kein groß e haus/ anderst dann zu f blosser

notturfft/ gebawet werden.

[BN II,44]

Der xliiij.g Artickel.

Von Steuer/ wie die gemacht/

verschrieben vnd gegeben/

sol werdenh:.

JM Stewer macheni/ die man zu Stöllen/ stregken/ Schechten/ oder sonstj giebet/

sollen Bergmeister vnd Geschworne/ k gut achtung geben/ ob die l Stewer/ dem

Bergkwergk fürderlich/ auch denm Gewergken zutreglich/ sey/ Auch dasn nyemandt

a 43. BN(1647), XLIII. BN(1698) b zu Verhütung c vnnottürfftiger kost = vnnöthiger Kosten d vnnd e grösser f anderst dann zu = als zu g 44. BN(1647), XLIV. BN(1698) h sol werden = werden soll i JM Stewer machen = WAnn Stewer zu machen vnnd anzusetzen j sonsten k insert zuvohr erwegen vnnd l dieselbe m insert gemeinen n Auch das = insonderheit daß

431

darmit/ widder pilligkeyt a beschwert/ dieselb auch b / in massen c wie d hier oben

gemeldet/ verschriben werdene.

[BN II,45]

Der xlv.f Artickel.

Wie es der gegebnen Stewer zu

den Stölleng/ mit abkürtzung

am vierden pfenningh/ ge=

halten sol werdeni.

[30v] ALlerleyj gezengk vnd vnrichtigkeyt zuuerhüten/ ordnen vnd setzen wirk /

Wenn eine Zeche einem Stollen/l gemachte Stewer/m gegeben hat/ vnd es volgendn

dahin gereicht/ das sye/ dem selbigen Stollen/ vierden pfenning geben/ solo/ esp also

gehalten werden.

Nemlich das die Stollen stewer/ so viel derq gegeben/ an demr vierden pfennig

abgekürtzt/ vnd also/ dieselbs Zeche/ dem Stollen/ dent vierden pfenningu zu geben/

a darmit/ widder pilligkeyt = wieder die Billigkeit damit b dieselb auch = auch dieselbe c in massen = immassen BN(1647), inmassen BN(1698) d insert schon e werde f 45. BN(1647), XLV. BN(1698) g Wie es der gegebnen Stewer zu den Stöllen = Wie es dem zu den Stöllen gegebenen Stewer halber h am vierden pfenning = des vierdten Pfennings i gehalten sol werden = soll gehalten werden j ALlerhandt k ordnen vnd setzen wir = constituiren vnd ordnen Wir l insert die m insert entrichtet vnnd n folgendts o dem selbigen Stollen/ vierden pfenning geben/ sol = demselben den vierdten Pfenningh zugeben angemahnet/ soll es damit also gehalten werden p insert damit q derer r den s die t den = selbigen u insert weiter

432

nicht sol schuldiga sein/ es seyb dann die Stewer zuuorc abgekürtzt/ vnd so dieselb

abgekürtztd/ vnd der Stolle noche nicht durch die Massenf were/ als dann sol der

vierde pfennig dem Stollen/ weyl er in masseng ist/ gereicht werden.

Ob sichsh aber auch begöbe/ das ein Zeche diei Stollen stewer gegeben hettej/ ligendk

bliebe/ vnd volgents/ für unser freyes auffgenommen würde/ So söllenl der newe

Lehentreger oderm Gewergken/ sich der Stewer/ so die alten Gewergken gegeben/

nichts zu trösten haben/ sondero dem Stollen weyl er in ihrer Zechen ist/p den vierden

pfennig zu geben schuldig sein.

[BN II,46]

Der Xlvi.q Artickel.

Wie es mit enthawenem Ertze/

gehalten sol werdenr.

a insert noch gehalten b were c insert schon d vnd so dieselb abgekürtzt = Wann solches geschehen e annoch f Masse g in massen = noch in der Masse h sich i die = so j hette absent k beliegen BN(1647), liegen BN(1698) l soll m vnd n alten o besondern p insert einen weg wie den anderen q 46. BN(1647), XLVI. BN(1698) r gehalten sol werden = sol gehalten werden

433

[31r] WElche Gewergkschafft/ einer andern a ihr Ertze b enthawen/ vnd das/ vor

gethanemc Rechtsverpot odder kommer/ vber die hengebangk/ brachtd hette/ dasselb

Ertzt/ sol der Gewergkschafft/ die es gehawen hat/ als das yhre/ bleybene.

[BN II,47]

Der Xlvij.f Artickel.

Von Kömmerng des Ertzs

am Stein.

SO h einiche Gewergkschafft/ oder ihre diener/ vermeinten/ das ein ander

Gewergkschaffti/ ynen/ mit ihren gepeuden/ zu nahetj/ oder Ertz troffen hettenk/ dasl

ihnen zustendig sein soltem/ vnnd von des wegen/ das enthawen zu fürkommenn/ den

Bergkmeister vmb Rechtlicho verpot/ vnd kommer/ ansuchen würdenp/ dannq sol der

Bergkmeisterr/ sampt den Geschwornen/ dass ort befahren/ Sich des grundes/ mit/

oder ane zu thuen/ des Marscheyders/ aigentlich erkundent/ vnd dou sie befünden/

das ein teyl dem andern zu nahet werev/ das vngerechte part/ von seynem fürhaben

a WElche Gewergkschafft/ einer andern = WAnn eine Gewerckschafft der andern b Ertz c gethanen d gebracht e dasselb Ertzt/ sol der Gewergkschafft/ die es gehawen hat/ als das yhre/ bleyben = so soll deroselben/ so es gehawen hat/ solch Ertz/ als das jhrige/ verbleiben f 47. BN(1647), XLVII. BN(1698) g Von Kömmern = Vom beschlagen vnd Kummeren h DA i ein ander Gewergkschafft = eine andere j zu nahet = zunahe kähme k hätte l so m sein solte = wehre n von des wegen/ das enthawen zu fürkommen = deßwegen/ damit das enthawene nicht vorkähme o rechtlichen p ansuchen würden = ersuchen vnnd belangen würde q dann absent r der Bergkmeister = derselbe s den t erkündigen u do = dafern v zu nahet were = zunahe gekommen

434

abweyssena/ Oder in wegerung desb/ einenc Kommer auffs kriegisch Ertz thuen/ vnnd

die part zu ferner handlungd kommen lassen.

[31v] So man aber nach vleyssiger besichtigung/ aigentlich nicht wissen könte/

welcher Gewergschafft/ das kriegische e Ertze f zustendigk/ dann g sol vnser

Bergkmeister schaffenh/ dasselb Ertz alleine zu stürtzen/ vnd auffzuberaythen/ als

danni/ alle Bergk vnd Hütten kostj/ daruonk zu nehmen/ vnnd die vbermas biß zu

örtterungl der sachen/ im Zehenden stehend zulassen/ dasselb als dann dem part

zustellen/ dem es/ von rechts wegen/ zustendigkm.

Obsn auch für gut geachtet/ vnnd von einem/ oder beyden parteno gesucht würde/ sol

man besondere Fürsteher p darzu ordenen q / Also/ das ein teyhl/

einr Schichtmeister/ vnd das andere/ ein Steyger/ fürschlahen/ vnds durch vnser t

Heuptman vnd Bergkmeister/ darzu bestettigen lasseu.

[BN II,48]

a das vngerechte part/ von seynem fürhaben abweyssen = den vnrechthabenden Theil vom Vornehmen abmahnen b wegerung des = verweigerung dessen c insert Arrest oder d auffs kriegisch Ertz thuen/ vnnd die part zu ferner handlung = auff das streitige Ertz anlegen vnnd verhengen/ dann darauff die Parten zu fernerer handlung verweisen vnd e kriegische = streittige f Ertz g alßdann h beschaffen i als dann = worvon hernach j Bergk vnd Hütten kost = Bergk- vnd Hütten-Kosten k daruon absent l erörterung m zulassen/ dasselb als dann dem part zustellen/ dem es/ von rechts wegen/ zustendigk = zubleiben/ woraus es dem jenigen/ deme es zuerkandt vnd von Rechteswegen zuständig/ hernach wieder abzufolgen vnnd zuzustellen n Ob es o Theilen p Vorstehere q verordnen r einen s vnd das andere/ ein Steyger/ fürschlahen/ vnd = der ander aber einen Steiger vorschlage vnnd ernenne/ so t Vnsern u bestettigen lasse = zubestättigen

435

Der Xlviij.a Artickel.

Ahneb der Amptleuthe laubec/

sol in Bergksachen/ kein güt=

lich noch rechtlich hand=

lung/ gehaltend werden.

[32r] ZV verhütung allerley vnrichtigkeyt e / sollen keyne streittige part f oder

Gewergschafft g / ane fürwissen vnd erlaubnus/ vnsers Heuptmannes vnd

Bergmeisters/ zwischen ihnen selbst/ sönliche oder rechtliche handlungen/

fürnehmen/ vnnd wo ihnen das vergünstet/ sol es doch/ nicht ausser unsers

Bergkwergks/ auch sonder alle vnnottürfftige vnkost/ fürgenommen werdenh.

Vnd woi die sachen/j zwischen ihnen gütlichk beygeleget/ das sol in verzeichnus

bracht/ durch beyde partl dem Bergkmeister zu gestelletm/ vnd auff sein befehln/ ins

Bergkbuch verleybet/ werden/ ahne das sols vnbündig seino.

[BN II,49] a 48. BN(1647), XLVIII. BN(1698) b Ahne = Ausser c erlaubnus d gehalten = gestattet oder vorgenommen e allerley vnrichtigkeyt = allerhandt Vnrichtigkeiten/ so sich sonsten ereugnen möchten f Parthen g Gewerckschafften h zwischen ihnen selbst/ sönliche oder rechtliche handlungen fürnehmen/ vnnd wo ihnen das vergünstet/ sol es doch/ nicht ausser unsers Bergkwergks/ auch sonder alle vnnottürfftige vnkost/ fürgenommen werden = vnter sich gut- oder rechtliche Handlung pflegen/ noch fürnehmen/ wo es aber vergünstiget vnd zugelassen wirdt/ soll es ohn Vnsers Bergwerckes/ auch sonsten allen anderen vnnötigen Kosten geschehen vnd vorgenommen werden i Vnd wo = Wann auch schon j insert also k insert auffgehoben vnd l das sol in verzeichnus bracht/ durch beyde part = soll es doch zur Schrifft gebracht/ vnd m insert werden n vnd auff sein befehl = auff welches Befehl es hernach o verleybet/ werden/ ahne das sols vnbündig sein = zuverleiben/ sonsten aber für vnbündig vnd krafftlos zuhalten

436

Der XliX.a Artickel.

Zechen so zwischen Quartaln

liegend bleyben zu

verrechnen:.b

OB zechen oderc Stöllen/ zwischen zweyen Rechnungen/ liegendd bleyben würden/

sol der schichtmeister nichts weniger/ alles einnehmens vnnd außgebens/ von

nehistere Rechnung an/ biß zum aufflassen/ gethan/ zur nehisten Rechnung/ wie von

[32v] andern Zechen/ seine Rechnung thuen/ vnd was im vorrath bleybetf/ nach

anweysung g Heuptmans vnd Bergkmeisters h hinterlegen/ das i auch zum

gemeinenj nutz/ vnd sonst anderst nicht/ angeleget sol werdenk.

[BN II,50]

Der l.l Artickel.

Wie man teyl in eynerm Zechen/

dien zwischen zweyeno Quar=

taln liegend bleybtp/

erhalten kan.

a 49. BN(1647), XLIX. BN(1698) b Zechen so zwischen Quartaln liegend bleyben zu verrechnen:. = Wie Zechen/ so zwischen den Qvartalen beliegen bleiben/ zuverrechnen. BN(1647), Die Zechen so zwischen den Quartalen liegen bleiben/ zu verrechen. BN(1698) c vnd d beliegen e nichts weniger/ alles einnehmens vnnd außgebens/ von nehister = doch nichts desto weiniger alle einnahme vnd außgabe von der negsten f gethan/ zur nehisten Rechnung/ wie von andern Zechen/ seine Rechnung thuen/ vnd was im vorrath bleybet = bey erster darauff weiterfolgenden Rechnung/ gleich wie von anderen Zechen geschicht/ gebührlich berechnen/ vnd was im Vorraht bleibet g insert Vnsers h insert getrewlich i dasselbe j gemeinem k anderst nicht/ angeleget sol werden = nirgendts anders worzu anwenden lassen l 50. BN(1647), L. BN(1698) m einer absent BN(1698) n so o zwey BN(1698) p liegend bleybt = beliegen blieben BN(1647), liegen blieben BN(1698)

437

HEtte ein Gewergk seine teyla/ auff ein Rechnung gepürlich verleget/ vnnd dieselb

Zeche/ blyebe darnach liegendb/ vnnd würde fernerc für vnser freyes auffgenommen/

vnd verlyehen/ vnd derselbd verzupüste Gewergkee verlegete auffs nehiste Retardat

nach dem auffnehmen/ seine teylf/ so sol er darbey bleybeng.

[BN II,51]

Der li.h Artickel.

[33r]

Fristungen/ söllen one vrsach=

eni/ nicht gegeben werden.

VNser Bergkmeister/ solj leichtlich/ one notturfftige vnd nützlichek vrsachen/ keine

fristungl/ oder nachlassung geben/ dom aber aus guten vrsachenn/ in einer Zeche/

zwey mahl frist gegeben worden/ sol der Bergkmeister/ von fernero fristgebung/

keynes nutzesp mehr gewarten.

[BN II,52]

Der lij.q Artickel.

a seine teyl absent b darnach liegend = hernach beliegen c vnnd würde ferner = würde auch darauff weiter d vnd derselb = der e insert aber f seine teyl = seinen Antheil g verbleiben h 51. BN(1647), LI. BN(1698) i Fristungen/ söllen one vrsachen = Dilation vnnd Fristung sol ohne Vrsach j insert nicht k notturfftige vnd nützliche = sonderbahre erhebliche nützliche l keine fristung = einige Frist- m do = Wann n guten vrsachen = genugsahmben ehehafften o fernerer p nutzes = Vortheils q 52. BN(1647), LII. BN(1698)

438

Wie mans/ mit new ge=

troffenema Ertzt

halden solb.

WO ein new Ertzt/ in Zechen oder Stöllen/ troffenc wirdet/ das sol der hewer nicht

nachschlagen/ sonder d dem Steyger vermelden/ der sol das e / nach gethaner

besichtigung/ vnsern f Heuptman vnnd Bergkmeister ansagen g / als dann sol der

Bergkmeister selbst h / oder auff seinen befehl/ etlich i geschworne darzu

führenj/ besichtigen/ vnd wie es darümb gestaltk/ sich erkundenl.

[33v]

[BN II,53]

Der liij.m Artickel.

Keinen tieffeste/ Stollenstreckeno/

oder andere ortterep/ ane fur=

wissen/ auffzulassen.

SO iemant die Tieffesten/ Stollenstrecken/ oder ander örter aufflasen/ verzimmern/

versetzen/ oder verstürtzen wölte/ Das solq dem Bergmeyster/ zuuor angezeyget

a getroffenem = angetroffenen b halden sol = zuhalten c angetroffen d sonder = besondern so forth e der sol das = welcher es weiter f Vnserm g anzusagen h als dann sol der Bergkmeister selbst = der darauff entweder selbst i etzliche j führen/ besichtigen = fahren oder lassen soll/ die es zu besichtigen k gestalt = bewandt l zuerkündigen m 53. BN(1647), LIII. BN(1698) n Keine = Das keine o Stöllen strecken BN(1647) p Oerter BN(1647), Ort BN(1698) q Das sol = soll es

439

werden/ der sol a alsdann mit den Geschwornen/ darzu fahren b / c mit fleiß

besichtigen d / vnd wes e man sich darmit halten f sol/ befehlen g / Were hierwider

handelteh/ sol mit ernst/ an leyb/ oder gut gestrafft werden.

[BN II,54]

Der liiij.i Artickel.

Den Bergkj an tagk

zufürdern.

ALle Gewergken/ vnd dero fürsteher k / söllen allen gewonnen l Bergk/ an tagk

fürdern/ vnd nicht innm gruben/ oder Stöllen stürtzen/ bey ernster straffe.

[34r]

[BN II,55]

Der lv.n Artickel

Von Gedingen/ durch weneo/

wo vnd wie/ die gemacht

sollen werdenp.

a der sol = welcher b zufahren c insert alles d zubesichtigen e wessen f verhalten g zubefehlen h Were hierwider handelte = wer dawieder handelt i 54. BN(1647), LIV. BN(1698) j Den Bergk = Wie der Berg k Vorstehere l gewonnenen m inn absent BN(1698) n 55. BN(1647), LV. BN(1698) o wene = wehme p die gemacht sollen werden = dieselbe sollen gemacht werden

440

WAnn sol in fündigen Zechen/ vnd in sonderheyt auffm a Ertz/ ane vnsers

Bergkmeisters nachlassung/ mit gedinge nicht arbeyten lassen/ do es aber

fürgenommen vnnd zugelassen wirdet/ solb durch die Geschworne verdinget werden.

Aber in vnfündigen Zechen/ sonderlich do es fur der Gewergken nutz erkant/ sol

mann mit geding arbeyten lassen/ vnd sollen die Geschworne/ im geding sich ihres

befehls haltenc.

[BN II,56]

Der lvi.d Artickel.

Wese sich die Hewer/ in ange=

nommen gedingen/ hal=

ten sollenf:.

[34v] WElche Hewer geding angenommen/ die sollen dieselb gedingg/ fleissig vnd

trewlichh verführen/ wenni das auffgefahren/ abnehmen lassen/ daruonj nicht mehr/

dann des gemachten dinggeldes/ gewarthenk/ Auch vor dem auffahren/ nicht zu viel

lohns auffheben.

[BN II,57]

Der lvijl Artickel

Wenn die Hewer/ bey gemach=

a auff dem b insert es c halten = erinnern/ vnd demselben nach allerdings verhalten d 56. BN(1647), LVI. BN(1698) e Wes = Wie f halten sollen = zuverhalten g dieselb geding = selbige h getrewlich i vnd wann j insert aber k zugewarten haben l 57. BN(1647), LVII. BN(1698)

441

tema gedinggelde/ nicht

bleyben können:.

DO aber die Hewer/ mit ihrer arbeyt auffmb geding/ möglichen vnd getrewenc fleis

fürgewendetd/ das gedinge nicht verfeulte/ vnnd dochf mit dem gedinggelde/ nicht zu

kommen könthen/ als dann sollen die Geschworne/ nach ihrem bedenckeng/ vnnd der

sachen gelegenheyth / gebürlichs eynsehen thuen/ darmit die Gewergken widder i

billigkeyt nicht beschwert/ vnnd j den arbeytern/ yhre mühe zimlich verglichen k

werde.

[BN II,58]

Der lviijl Artickel

[35r]

Von straffe der Arbeyter/ so von

den gedingen/ oder anderm

arbeyt/ entweichenn.

WElcher Hewer oder Bergkarbeyther/ von seynem gedinge/ odder anderer

angenommenero arbeyt/ entweichen/ vnd ane guten willen abkeren würde/ der sol/

one willen des/ von des gedinge odder arbeyt er also abgekehretp/ auff keyner andern

a gemachtem = dem gemachtem b auff dem c möglichen vnd getrewen = allen müglichen getrewen d angewendet e verfeult = versäumbt f doch = aber g bedenken = gutachten h gelegenheyt = vmbstände vnnd gelegenheit i widder = über die j insert doch k zimlich verglichen = ziemblichen belohnet BN(1647), zimlichen belohnet BN(1698) l 58. BN(1647), LVIII. BN(1698) m anderer n entweichen = abgehen o angenommenen p one willen des/ von des gedinge odder arbeyt er also abgekehret = ohn consens dessen/ von wessen Arbeit oder Gedinge er also abgekehret vnnd entwichen

442

Zeche/ noch mit andera arbeit gefürdert/ sonder durch denb Bergkmeister/c mit ernst

gestrafft werden.

[BN II,59]

Der liX.d Artickel.

Schichtmeister vnd Steyger/

sollen an gedingene/ kein

teyl haben.

AN gedingen/ so den Erbeythern gemacht/ sollen Schichtmeister vnd Steyger/ kein

teyl nachf geniess/ wieg erdacht werden mag/ haben/ bey vermeydung ernster straffe.

[BN II,60]

Der lX.h Artickel.

[35v]

Keyne Schulden auff

Zechen zu machen.

DJe Schichtmeister/ söllen ane vnsers Bergkmeisters erlaubnusi/ keine schuldj mit

geld porgen/ verleyhenk/ odder l dero gleichen/ auff die Zeche machen/ welcher

a mit ander = sonst mit einiger anderer b sondern durch den = besondern von dem c insert vielmehr d 59. BN(1647), LIX. BN(1698) e Geding f noch g insert das h 60. BN(1647), LX. BN(1698) i erlaubnus = bewilligung j insert es sey k porgen/ verleyhen = borgen vnd anleyhen l insert auch

443

hierwiedera handelteb/ dem sol darumbc nicht geholffen werden/ sonderd den schaden

selbste tragen.

Ob sichs aber begöbe/ das einem Schichtmeyster/ zwischen den Rechnungen/ zu

verlege f der Zechen/ geldt mangeln g würde/ so mag derselbe/ mit rathe vnd

wissenh/ des Bergkmeisters/ souiel schuld machen/ als zu erhaltung der Zechen noti/

vnnd volgendj solche schulden von der einkommenden Zupuss widder zalenk/ Jn

mangel desl/ sol ihme zur Zeche geholffen werden/ der sol alsdann/ zur selben

Zechem/ biß auffn nehiste Rechnung/ frist habeno/ vnndp do er sich fürderq darmit

nach Bergkleufftiger weyse/ nicht halten würde/ sol dier in vnser freyes gefallen/ vnd

dem ersten Muther/ frey ane schulden/ geliehens werden.

[BN II,61]

Der lxi.t Artickel.

Die Gericht/ mogen freffeleru,v/

auch an endenw ins Bergk=

a darwieder b handelt c deßwegen d sonder = besondern er e selbsten f verlegung g geldt mangeln = etwa Gelt ermangeln h Vorwissen i nötig j folgents k widder zalen = wiederumb bezahlen l dessen m der sol alsdann/ zur selben Zeche = doch daß er zu selbiger n insert die o habe p vnnd absent q fürder = aber weiter r dieselbe s frey ane schulden/ geliehen = frey von allen Schülden verliehen t 61. BN(1647), LXI. BN(1698) u mogen freffeler = mögen die Freffveler vnd Mißthätere v Freffveler BN(1647) [corrected to <Freveler> in BN(1647) Errata], Freveler BN(1698) w enden = Enden vnd Orthen/ so

444

meisters Ampt gehörig/

antasten.

[36r] OB sich aucha sachen/ die vnsermb Bergkmeister an vnserc statt/ zu straffen/

auch an den örtten/ in sein d Ampt gehörig/ Nemlich auffm Bergkwerge e / auff

Zechen/ wege vnd stege f / zu/ vnd von dem Bergkwerg/ g hütten/ mühlen/ vnd

weschen/ begebenh/ do sölleni die Gerichtshelderj/ vmb mehr friedens willenk/l

freffeler/ vnnd vbelthetter antastenn/ vnnd in fengknus einziehenm/ do es abern zum

abtrage oder straffe gereichen würdeo/ die sol der Bergkmeister/ von vnser wegen

annehmen/ vnnd thuen/ vnnd vns dauon Jerlich bestendigk Rechnung vnd

vberanthworthung thuenp.

[BN II,62]

Der lxij.q Artickel.

Todschlegerr/ sollen vnser

Bergkwergk/ ewig

meyden.

a OB sich auch = WAnn sich b Vnser c Vnserer d sein = dessen e Nemlich auffm Bergkwerge = als nemblich auff dem Bergwercken f Wegen vnd Stegen g insert wie auch h insert vnd zutrügen i söllen = sollen vnd mögen j Gerichtshelder = Gerichtspersohnen k mehr friedens willen = mehren Friedens vnd Sicherheit l insert die m antastenn/ vnnd in fengknus einziehen = alsoforth greiffen vnd antasten/ auch zum Gefängknus ziehen n insert hernach o gereichen würde = gereichen vnd kommen möchte p die sol der Bergkmeister/ von vnser wegen annehmen/ vnnd thuen/ vnnd vns dauon Jerlich bestendigk Rechnung vnd vberanthworthung thuen = soll der Bergmeister selbige von Vnserentwegen annehmen/ vnd Vns davon Jährlich beständige berech- vnd liefferung thun q 62. BN(1647), LXII. BN(1698) r Die Todtschläger

445

SO einer auff vnserm Bergkwergk ane a notwehre/ ein todschlagk thete/ vnd b

entwürde/ der sol diesesc Bergkwergk/ ob auch gleich die sache/ volgendtd mit den

Gerichten vnnd partene vertragen würdtf/ ewig meyden.

a insert rechtmässige b insert also c insert Vnser d volgendt absent e insert versöhnet vnd f würde

446

[36v]

Der Dritte teil dieser

Bergkordnung/ Sageta von

Stollen vnd derselbenb

Gerechtigkeyten.

[BN III,1]

Der Erste Arickel.

Alle Erbstollen/ sollen ohne ge=

sprenge/ getrieben werden/

Es würde dannc vom Bergk

meister erlaubet.

EJn ieder Erbstoll/ so auff diesen vnd zugehörendend Bergkwergen/ inn eine gepirge

zutreyben fürgenommen/ derf sol mit seiner wasserseyge/ nach altem Bergkwergs

rechte vnd vbungg/ getriebenh/ vnndi eynich gesprenge darinnenj nicht thun/ Es

begöb sich dann/ das kemme/ oderk derogleichenl festen/ fürschüssen/ also das der

Stolle/ aus nothsachen/ müste erhoben werden/ welches dannoch anem besichtung

vnd zulassung vnsers Bergkmeisters/ nicht geschehen sol n / vnnd sol dieselbe o

a handelt b deroselben c Es würde dann = es sey dann/ das es d diesen vnd zugehörenden = diesem vnd anderen Vns zugehörigen e einem f der absent g vbung = gebrauch h insert werden i insert darein j darinnen absent k vnd l dergleichen BN(1698) m ane = auch ohne vorhergehende n geschehen sol = zugeschehen o sothane

447

nachlassung sampt ihrer vrsachea/ auff befehl des Bergkmeisters/ ins Bergkbuch

verleybetb werden.

[37r]

[BN III,2]

Der Anderc Artickel.

Einer Zeche/ so des benottiget/

mag man mit einem gesprenge/

auffs Bergkmeisters erlaub=

nus/ zu hilff kommen.

WO auch einiche Zeche wassers vnd wetthers halben/ eins Stollens bedörffte/ der

sonsten so bald in die Zeche nicht erschlahen könthe/ derselbigen Zeche/ mag der

Stolle/ doch anderst nit/ dannd auff des Bergkmeisters erlaubnise/ wie obstehet/ mit

einem stolorte/ durch gespreng/ zu hülfff komen/ vnnd darmit das Neunde/ wie ferner

volgen wirdet/ erlangen.

[BN III,3]

Der iij.g Artickel.

Stöllen dieh one erlaubnus mit

gesprenge getrieben werden/

erlangen keine ge=

rechtigkeit.

a Vhrsachen b verleybet = so forth geschrieben vnd einverleibt c 2. BN(1647), II. BN(1698) d derselbigen Zeche/ mag der Stolle/ doch anderst nit/ dann = so mag deroselben Zeche der Stölle/ doch nicht anders/ als e erlaubnis = Bewilligung f zu hülff = zuhülffe BN(1647), zu Hülffe BN(1698) g 3. BN(1647), III. BN(1698) h so

448

[37v] WElcher Stolle aber/ one des Bergkmeisters erlaubnus/ seine örter mit

gesprenge/ in einea oder mehr Zechen/ treiben würde/ der sol darmit/ kein stollen

Recht erlangen.

[BN III,4]

Der iiij.b Artickel.

Ein Stolle/ derc nicht Zehen lach[-]

ter einbrenget/ sol furd keinen

Erbstollen geacht/ auch die

selbgerechtigkeit nicht

habene.

EJn ieder Stolle/ der am ersten in eine Zeche oder masse getrieben/ vnd die rechte

teuffe/ die ein Erbstollen haben sol/ nemlich Zehen lachter/ nicht einbröchtef/ der sol

am Ertze/ ob ersg mit dem Stollen in einer Zeche odder massen tröffe/ auch sonsth/

keine Stollen gerechtigkeit habeni.

[BN III,5]

Der v.j Artickel.

[38r]

Was gerechtigkeytk ein Erbstolle

am getroffenl Ertze habe.

a einer b 4. BN(1647), IV. BN(1698) c Ein Stolle/ der = Eine Stolle/ so d vor e geacht/ auch die selbgerechtigkeit nicht haben = geachtet werden/ weiniger dieselbe Gerechtigkeit haben f einbrächte g insert schon h sonsten i insert noch geniessen j 5. BN(1647), V. BN(1698) k Was gerechtigkeyt = Was für Gerechtigkeiten l getroffenem

449

WO ein Erbstolle in frembde massen getrieben/ vnd mit dem Stollen/ Ertz getroffen

würde/ do sollen die Stölner/ funff vierteil einer lachther/ von der wasser seyg vber

sich/ vnnd ein halb lachter/ in die weithe/ das Ertz hawen/ vnd desa zu ihrem Stollen/

als des ihrenb gebrauchen.

[BN III,6]

Der vi.c Artickel.

Der Vierde pfenning sol dend

Stollen vor der Rechnung

gegeben werden.

WElche e Zeche/ einem Stollen f Vierden pfenning zugeben schuldig/ do sol der

Schichtmeister derg Zeche/ dem Stollen/ was er ihm zum Vierden pfenning schuldig

isth/ vori der Rechnung entrichten/ ohne das/ sol seine Rechnung/ nicht angenommen

werdenj.

[38v]

[BN III,7]

Der vij.k Artickel.

Das Neunde/ sol denl Stollen/

im Zehenden zugeschrieben

vnd gegeben werden.

a dessen b jhrigen c 6. BN(1647), VI. BN(1698) d dem e WElche = WAnn eine f insert den g deroselben h ist absent i vor = von j ohne das/ sol seine Rechnung/ nicht angenommen werden = dann sonsten seine Rechnung nicht anzunehmen k 7. BN(1647), VII. BN(1698) l dem

450

WO a eine Zeche/ einem Stollen/ das Neunde zu geben verpflichtet/ sol b der

Schichtmeister auff derselbenc Zeche/ solchs dem Zehendner ankündigen/ der sold

das Neunde/ dem Stollen zuschreiben vnd dasselbe/ des Stollens Vorsteher/ oder

Schichtmeister/ vnd keins wegs der Zechen Schichtmeister/ verrichtene.

[BN III,8]

Der viij.f Artickel.

Wie es mit Gengen/ Klüfften/

vnd geschicken/ die mit

deng Stollen vberfaren/

gehalten sol werdenh.

[39r] WEnn Gewergken/ mit ihrem Stollen/ odder Stollen örtern/ genge/ klüffte/ oder

geschicke vberfahren/ die sol der Steiger/ den Stollen Gewergken zu gut

auffnehmen/ Als nemlich/ ein Fundtgrube vnnd beyde nehiste Massen/ Würde er

aber nichtes auffnehmen/ sondern für vber fahren/ i Solche geng/ klüffte/ vnd

geschicke liegen lassen/ vnd würden durch ein andern gemutet/ die sol vnser

Bergmeisterj nicht verleyhen/ sonder dask/ dem Schichtmeister oder Steiger auffm

selben l Stollen/ in kegenwart zum wenigisten zweyer Geschwornen/ einmahl

ansagen/ vnd dom die Stölner oder ihre diener/ dieselbn vberfahrneo genge/ klüffte

a WAnn b sol = so soll c deroselben d insert alßdann darauff e vnd keins wegs der Zechen Schichtmeister/ verrichten = nicht aber der Zechen Schichtmeistern entrichten f 8. BN(1647), VIII. BN(1698) g dem h gehalten sol werden = soll gehalten werden i insert vnd j vnd würden durch ein andern gemutet/ die sol vnser Bergmeister = vnterdessen selbige durch einen anderen gemuhtet/ soll der Bergmeister sie k sonder das = besondern es l auffm selben = auffm selbigen BN(1647), auff demselbigen BN(1698) m do = da alßdann n sothane o überfahrenen BN(1698)

451

oder geschicke/ vom tage des ansagensa,b/ in Vierzehen tagen/ nicht auffnemen/ vnd

wie gepürlichc belegen würden/ Sod sol der Bergkmeister dieselb/ dem ersten Muther

verleyhen/ vnd die diener/ darumb/ kegen den Gewergken inn veranthwortung stehen.

[BN III,9]

Der iX.e Artickel.

Wie tieff ein Stolle/ der einf

andern enterben wil/

einkommen sol.

[39v] AVss allerley g bedencken/ vnd sonderlich/ weil die gepierg vnsers

Bergkwergs/ etwas hoch seind/ ordnenh wir/ Welcheri Erbstolle/ den andern enterben

vnd Stollen gerechtigkeit für sich erlangen wil/ das der j / Zehen lachter/ seyger

gericht/ vber dem andern/ einkommen sol/ vnd welcher in solcherk teuffe vnther dem

andern einkömmet/ der sol den andern Stollen enterbet/ vnd des orts/ do er wetther

brengetl/ vnd wasser benimmetm/ Stollen gerechtigkeit erlanget haben/ Welcher aber

diese teuffe nicht einbrenget/ der sol keinen andern enterbet/ auch kein Neundes

erlangt/ haben/ doch wo es n vmb ein halb lachter an der teuffe mangelte/ sol

vngefehrlich seino:.

a Ansagen BN(1698) b insert anzuräiten c gepürlich = sich geziehmet d So absent e 9. BN(1647), IX. BN(1698) f einen g allerhandt h insert vnd wollen i Welcher = wann ein BN(1647), wann die BN(1698) j derselbe k alsolcher l wetther brenget = weiterbringet BN(1647), Wetter bringet BN(1698) m beniehmet BN(1647), benimt BN(1698) n insert etwa o mangelte/ sol vngefehrlich sein = ermangelte/ soll es so eben nicht schaden/ noch in acht genommen werden

452

[BN III,10]

Der X.a Artickel.

Die wasserseigeb inc Stöllen

nicht zusengken.

WElcher einen Stollen inn ein gepierg zutreyben fürnimpt/ der sol seine wasserseige/

wie er die erstlichd im Mundtloche angefangen hat/ also für vnd für halten/ vnd diee/

keines weges/ tieffer sencken/ vnd ob es einer thete/ dem sol es doch zu keinem

vorteil/ noch einem andern/ zu keinem nachteil oder schaden/ geraichenf.

[40r]

[BN III,11]

Der Xi.g Artickel.

Wie vnd wennh/ ein Erbstollen/

das Neunde in Zechen

erlanget:.

WEnn ein Erbstollen/ in ein Zeche kömmet/ vnd der durchschlag in derselben i

Zechen werej auff denk Stollen gefertiget/ vnd were auch der Stollel mit dem gerinne

vnd wasserseige gefertiget/ biss für die Schechtm/ do der durchschlag ist/ vnnd das

a 10. BN(1647), X. BN(1698) b Wasserseyghe BN(1647), Wasserseige BN(1698) c insert den d erst e dieselbe f noch einem andern/ zu keinem nachteil oder schaden/ geraichen = noch dem anderen zum Præjuditz vnd Schaden gereichen g 11. BN(1647), XI. BN(1698) h wann i deroselben j wehre BN(1647), wäre BN(1698) k dem l gefertiget/ vnd were auch der Stolle = wie anch nichts weniger der Stöll [typo: <anch> for <auch>] m Schicht BN(1647) [corrected to <Schacht> in BN(1647) Errata], Schicht BN(1698)

453

also der Stolle der Zechen/ wetther bröchte/ vnd wasser benehme/ Als dann sol

demselbigen Stollen/ das Neunde gepüren/ vnd von der Zeche gegeben werden.

Hette aber die Zeche/ darein der Stolle kommen/ keinen durchschlagk auff den

Stollen/ odder aber/ wölten a nicht auffn b Stollen erschlahen/ Dann c söllen

Bergkmeister vnd Geschworne/ auff ansuchen der Stölner/ oder ihrer d diener/

denselben Stölnern nachlassene/ den durchschlagk/ mit ihren dienern/ vnd auff ihr

kostf/ fertigeng zulassen/ vnd do die Stölner im durchschlageh/ Ertz treffeni vnnd

Kupffer dauon machen würden/ söllen sie/ Bergk vnd Hütten kostj/ dauon nehmenk/

vnd den Gewergken dermassen/ die vbermass/ zukommen lassenl.

a wolte b auff den c alßdann d oder ihrer = oder dero BN(1647), und dero BN(1698) e insert vnnd vergönnen f ihr kost = jhren Kosten g färtigen BN(1698) h durchschlagen i träffen BN(1698) j kosten k genommen l dermassen/ die vbermass/ zukommen lassen = was darüber ist/ zugekehret werden

454

[40v]

Der Vierde teil dieser

Bergkordnung/ Giebet anzeig

von Hütten/ wie darinnena

gemeinen Gewergken

zu gut/ gehandelt

sol werdenb:

[BN IV,1]

Der Erstec Artickel.

Gewergken mögen allen vor=

rathe zum Schmeltzen

gehörig selbstd

schicken.

ZV förderung gemeinese Bergkwergs vnndf aller Gewergken/ Wöllen/ meynen/ vnd

ordnen wir/ das alle vnd iede Gewergkschafften/ so Kupffer oder Silber Ertz zu

schmeltzen haben/ alle notturfft zum Schmeltzen gehörendg/ das sey/h kolen/ pley/

flöss/ oder andere zusetze/ gari nichtsj ausgenommen/ so nehist vnd best/ auch wo

vnd wie sie können vnnd wissen/ selbstk schicken/ zeugenl vnd kauffen mögen.

[41r] a wie darinnen = vnd wie es darinn b gehandelt sol werden = sol gehalten werden c 1. BN(1647), erste BN(1698) d selbsten e ZV förderung gemeines = ZV mehrer Beforderung dieses Vnsers gemeinen BN(1647), ZU mehrerer Beförderung dieses unsers gemeinen BN(1698) f vnnd = wie auch g gehörig h das sey = es sey an i gar = gantz j nichtes BN(1647), nichts BN(1698) k selbsten l zeugen = verschaffen

455

[BN IV,2]

Der Andera Artickel.

Vom Hütten Zinss.

VNd söllen die Gewergken/ so inn einer Hütten schmeltzen/ den Hüttenhern b /

benebenc Hüttenschreiber/ Meister/ Schmeltzer vnd anderd arbeither lohn/ von einere

rohen schicht/ do man xij.f stunden setzt Zwelff groschen/ Vnd von einer gemeinen

Schicht Zehen groschen/ zu Hütten zinss/ vnd darüber nichtsg mehr zugeben schuldig

sein

[BN IV,3]

Der iij.h Artickel.

One laubi/ sol an frembden endenj

nichtk geschmeltzt werden.

ES sol auch an frembden enden l vnnd ausserhalb der Hütten/ zu vnserm m

Bergkwerge gehörend/ nicht geschmeltzt n werden/ Es würde dann iemandes o

auss bewegenden guten p vrsachen/ von

vnsernq Heuptman vnnd Bergkmeister zugelassen vnd verstatet.

a 2. BN(1647), II. BN(1698) b Hüttenherren c benebenst d anderer e insert jeden f zwölff g nichtes BN(1647), nichts BN(1698) h 3. BN(1647), III. BN(1698) i laub = absonderliche erlaubnus j enden = Orthen k nichtes l Orthen m [Typographical error in original: <vnsem>] n geschmoltzen o jemanden p bewegenden guten = sonders darzu bewegenden q Vnserm

456

[41v]

[BN IV,4]

Der iiij.a Artickel.

Von den Hütten gepeuden.

DJe Hüttenherrn/ sollen alle Hüttengepeudeb/ mit den Schmeltzöfen/ gebleess/ vnd

ander c zugehörung/ auch ihre Hüttenhöfe d / wehr/ vnd greben e / also anrichten/

befrieden/ vnd bewarenf/ das den Gewergken darmit nützlich gedient/ Auch an ihren

Schlagken/ ofenbrüchen/ vnd anderm vorrathe nichtes vmbkommeg.

[BN IV,5]

Der v.h Artickel

Von den Hütten dienern.

DJe Hüttenhern/ söllen sich mit allem ernst vleissigeni/ das sie frommej/ getrewe/

verstendige/ vnd vleissige diener/ als Hüttenschreiber/ Hüttenmeister/ Schmeltzer/

Vorlauffer/ Wechter/ vnd andere in ihren Hütten haben/ darmit vns/ vnd gemeinen

Gewergken/ getrewlich vnd wol fürgestanden/ vnd das Ertze/ auffs vleissigist

gearbeitk werde.

[42r]

[BN IV,6]

Der vi.l Artickel.

a 4. BN(1647), IV. BN(1698) b Hüttengebawdte c anderer d Hütten e Gruben f verwahren g insert noch leichtlich verlohren werde h 5. BN(1647), V. BN(1698) i befleissigen j frombe BN(1647), fromme BN(1698) k vleissigist gearbeit = fleissigste gearbeitet l 6. BN(1647), VI. BN(1698)

457

Wer die Hütten diener/ an

vnd abelegena sölle.

DJe Hüttendiener/ sollen mit vorwissen vnd willen/ vnsers Bergkmeisters vnd

Hüttenreithers/ Vnd one dasb/ nicht an/ noch ab/ geleget:.c/ auchd gebürlich vereydete

werden/ darmit man ihrer geschigkligkeyt inn allewege wissens haben möge/ die

sollen auch an ihren gesatzten lohn/ derf inn allen Hütten auff eyne masse gestellet

sol werden/ begnügig sein/ vnd niemand vbersetzeng.

[BN IV,7]

Der vij.h Artickel.

Von den Hüttenschreibern.

DJe Hüttenschreiber/ söllen der Hütten arbeyt/ vnd in sonderheit des Probirens guten

bericht haben/ auff Schmeltzer vnd ander Hüttenarbeiter vleissigi sehen/ darmit ein

iederj seine arbeit/ mit getrewemk vleiss/ ausrichte/ nichtsl veruntrewet noch [42v]

verlast werde/ Sie söllen auchm bey dem Schmeltzen vleissig zusehenn/ sonderlich

aber bey dem anlassen/ vnd so mann Schicht macht/ personlich entkegeno sein/ mit

a ablegen BN(1698) b Vnd one das = auch sonsten c [Correction from <vnd one das nicht an/ vnd abegelegt> in BN Correctur] d auch = sonsten aber e beäidet f die sollen auch an ihren gesatzten lohn/ der = vnd sollen dieselbe darauff mit jhrem verordneten Lohn/ welcher g eyne masse gestellet sol werden/ begnügig sein/ vnd niemand vbersetzen = einerley Fues vnd Mas soll gestellet vnd gerichtet werden/ sich vergnügen/ vnd darüber niemanden übersetzen h 7. BN(1647), VII. BN(1698) i vleissig = getrewlich j jedweder k getrewem = allem getrewen l ausrichte/ nichts = thue vnd verrichte/ auch nichtes m insert danebenst BN(1647), insert daneben BN(1698) n vleissig zusehen = woll mit zusehen o zugegen

458

probirena der wergk/ alleb Stich vnd Schichten fleiss thuen/ vnd wo sie vnrichtigkeytc

spürend/ die sollen sie verkommene.

[BN IV,8]

Der viij.f Artickel.

Welche zu Hüttenschreibern

nicht sollen gebraucht

werden:.

WElcher aigen Hütten/ odder teyl an Hütten hat/ der solg in seiner aigen/ noch

andernh Hütten/ zu keinemi Hüttenschreyber gebraucht werden.

[BN IV,9]

Der iX.j Artickel.

[43r]

Was wöchentlich innk

Hütten gemacht

anzusagen.

DJe Hüttenschreyber söllen auff ein iedenl Sonnabend alle Kupffer vnd silber/ so in

ihren befohlenm Hütten gemacht werden/ mit nottürffttigemn bericht/ wie viel/ vndo

a Probirung b zu allen c Vnrichtigkeiten d verspüren e die sollen sie verkommen = denselben ohngesäumbt/ so best sie mögen/ vorkommen f 8. BN(1647), VIII. BN(1698) g insert weder h andern = in einer anderen i zu keinem = zum j 9. BN(1647), IX. BN(1698) k in den l jeglichen m anbefohlenen n nothwendigen BN(1647), nothwendigem BN(1698) o vnd absent

459

von wass Zechen/ die gemacht/ durch ihre Handschriefftena/ in vnsermb Zehenden

angeben.

[BN IV,10]

Der X.c Artickel.

Die Hüttenkost/ niemantd

zu borgen:.

DJe Hüttenschreyber/ söllen die Hüttenkost/ keinem Schichtmeister/ vber vier

wochen borgen/ welcher einem darüber borgen/ vnd das/ vnserm Bergkmeister odere

Hüttenreitherf/ nicht ansagen würde/ dem sol darzu nicht geholffen werden.

[43v]

[BN IV,11]

Der Xi.g Artickel.

Von den Hüttenmeistern/

vnd wesh sie sich

halten sölleni.

DJe Hüttenmeister/ söllen/ widerj an den Hütten/ darinnenk sie arbeithen/ noch auch

ann andern/ keinen teil haben/ noch einiches nutzes/ ausser ihres lohns/ gewartenl.

a durch ihre Handschriefften = schrifftlich vnter jhrer Handt b Vnsern c 10. BN(1647), X. BN(1698) d niemanden e vnd f Hüttenreiter BN(1647), Hüttenreuter BN(1698) g 11. BN(1647), XI. BN(1698) h wessen i halten söllen = zuverhalten j weder k darein l keinen teil haben/ noch einiches nutzes/ ausser ihres lohns/ gewarten = keinen Theil/ weniger einigen Nützen oder Vortheils/ ausser jhres ordentlichen Lohns/ sich zuerfrewen noch zugewarten haben

460

Sie söllen aucha/ auff alle Hüttenarbeither/ vleissigb achtung geben/ darmit ein ieder/

sein befohlenec arbeyt/ getrewlich vnd vleissigd ausrichte/ in sonderheit abere/ söllen

sie auffsehen f / das g die Schmeltzer die Herde h vnd Spuer/ wol stossen/ vnd

abwermen/ die formeni recht legen/ vnd das gebless/ gleich füren.

[BN IV,12]

Der Xij.j Artickel.

[44r]

Die Hüttenarbeither/ söllen

dem Hüttenmeister ge=

horsam seink.

ES sollen auch/ l Schmeltzer/ vnd m andere Hüttenarbeyter/ dem Hüttenmeister/

gefölgig vnd gehorsam sein/ vnnd ob etwo ein Schmeltzer/ bessern bescheydt/ in der

arbeyt wüste/ dann der Meyster selbst/ so sol er gleichwol dem Meyster zuuerdries

der Gewergken nutz n / inn keinem wegk vntterlassen/ sonder das beste

fürwendeno.

[BN IV,13]

a auch = doch aber b fleissige c anbefohlene d insert thue vnd e aber absent f auffsehen = auffsehens haben g das = damit h Herdte BN(1698) i Förmben BN(1647), Formen BN(1698) j 12. BN(1647), XII. BN(1698) k leisten l insert so woll m vnd = als n zuuerdries der Gewergken nutz = zum verdries nichtes vornehmen/ sonsten aber der Gewercken Nutz o sonder das beste fürwenden = besondern immer das beste mit fürwenden/ vnnd/ so viel an jhm/ befordern BN(1647), besondern immer das beste fürwenden/ und so viel an ihn befördern BN(1698)

461

Der Xiij.a Artickel.

Schlacken vnd andern

vorrathe/ zu=

bewharen.

EJn ieder Schmeltzer/ sol seiner Gewergken (denen er ieder zeyt schmeltzet)

Schlacken/ Ofenbrüche vnd andern vorrathe/ besonders zuhauff [44v] auff einen ort/

lauffenb/ stürtzen vnd bewharen/ auch gutc achtung geben/ dasd nichts verwechsselt/

noch entwendet werde.

[BN IV,14]

Der Xiiij.e Artickel.

Niemandes in Hüttenf zu

zwingen/ noch mit

liebnus/ darein

zu müssigeng.

NJemandt sol mit liebnus/ verheischungen/ fürdernush/ oder in andere wege/ wiei zu

erdengken/ angereitzt/ noch gemüssigetj/ vielweniger mit starckem anhalten/ odder

a 13. BN(1647), XIII. BN(1698) b besonders zuhauff auff einen ort/ lauffen = absonderlich gesambt auff einen hauffen vnd Orthe lauffen lassen/ auch c auch gut = dann gute fleissige d darmit e 14. BN(1647), XIV. BN(1698) f Niemandes in Hütten = Niemandt mit Gewalt in Hütten g liebnus/ darein zu müssigen = Worten oder Verheissungen darein zumüssigen vnnd zulocken h mit liebnus/ verheischungen/ fürdernus = durch Liebkohsen/ Verheissungen/ auch fürdernüs i insert das j angereitzt/ noch gemüssiget = gereitzt/ noch angelocket

462

sonst/ gedrungen werdena/ in einiche Hütten zu ziehen/ Auchb keiner dem andern/

seine Hüttengeste odder diener/ abspennig machenc/ sonderd es sol einem iederne

frey stehen/ seinesf gefallens in Hütten zu ziehen/ Vnd welcher also in eine Hütteng

gezogen/ dem sol one vnsers Hauptmans/ Bergmeisters/ vnd Hüttenreithers

vorwissen/ auch one guteh vrsachen/i auszuziehen/ nicht verstattet werden.

[45r]

[BN IV,15]

Der Xv.j Artickel.

Nachk Mittag/ vnd bey

Nacht/ soll man

nicht schmeltzen.

WO nicht diel not/ oder sonderem vrsachen verhandenn seind/ doo sol man keines

weges nach Mittag/ oder bey Nacht/ schmeltzen lassen.

[BN IV,16]

Der Xvi.p Artickel.

Wenn man mit dem

a starckem anhalten/ odder sonst/ gedrungen werden = Gewalt oder strenge/ oder auch sonsten gezwungen werden b Auch = wie dann auch c abspennig machen = abspenstig zumachen d besondern e jedem f insert beliebens vnd g Vnd welcher also in eine Hütten = Welcher aber einmahl in Hütten h gute = rechtschaffene i insert wieder j 15. BN(1647), XV. BN(1698) k Nach dem l die absent m oder sondere = vnnd sonderbahre nobhanden o so p 16. BN(1647), XVI. BN(1698)

463

Schmeltzen an=

lassen sol:.

MAn sol alle erbeitende tage a / in den Hütten früe/ vmb Funff b hora c / mit d

Schmeltzen anlassen/ vnd ohne dase zu machen/ rechte Schicht/ [45v] Nemlich Acht

stunden/ halten/ Es were dannf/ das nach achtungg der Vorsteher/ vnd Diener/ gantze

Schicht zu schmeltzen/ dem Ertz schedlich wehre/ so dann mögen die Schmeltzer/

auff nachlassung derselben/ kürtzer Schicht machenh.

[BN IV,17]

Der Xvij.i Artickel.

Von Schlacken/ wem die

zu erbeitenj/ zustendigk.

ES sol ein iedek zeche/ ihre Schlacken/ in den Hütten/ darinnenl sie gemacht/ so offt

vnd viel/ es/ den Gewergken nütz istm/ herwieder zu erbeytenn/ oder zum zusatze

zugebrauchen/ vergünstiget sein.

[BN IV,18]

Der Xviijo Artickel.

[46r]

a erbeitende tage = Wercktage/ wann man arbeitet b 5. BN(1698) c Uhr d insert dem e insert jchts f insert Sache g Achtunh BN(1698) h so dann mögen die Schmeltzer/ auff nachlassung derselben/ kürtzer Schicht machen = in welchem fall die schmeltzere auff Nachlassung vnnd Permission kürtzere Schicht machen mügen i 17. BN(1647), XVII. BN(1698) j verarbeiten k ein iede = einer jeden l worein m den Gewergken nütz ist = nötig/ vnnd den Gewercken vorträglich n zu erbeyten = zuverarbeiten o 18. BN(1647), XVIII. BN(1698)

464

Von verlassen Schlacken.a

SOb Schlacken von den Gewergken vorlassen werden/ die seind in vnser freyes

gefallen/ vnnd nyemandt sol derselbenc/ ohne vnsere sondere zulassungd/ gebrauchen.

[BN IV,19]

Der XiX.e Artickel

Dasf niemandt vom schmeltz=

en sol abgedrungen

werdeng.

WElchem Schichtmeister oder Vorsteher einerh Zechen/ inn einicheri Hütten/ mit

einem oder mehr öfen/ zu schmeltzen verstattet worden/ der oder diej/ söllen nicht

abgedrungen werden/ sie haben dann ihr Ertze vnnd Schlacken/ gar auffgeschmeltzt:.

[46v]

[BN IV,20]

Der xx.k Artickel.

Bey dem an/ vnd ausslassen inl

Hütten/ söllen die Schicht=

meister kegenwertig sein.

a Von verlassen Schlacken. = Vom verlassen der Schlagken. b DA c deroselben d sondere zulassung = sonderbahre Vergünstigung e 19. BN(1647), XIX. BN(1698) f Daß g sol abgedrungen werden = abzuthringen h der i einigen j insert jenige k 20. BN(1647), XX. BN(1698) l insert den

465

SO ein Schichtmeister/ inn einer Hütten/ zu Schmeltzen hat/ der sol allemahl vor

dem anlassen/ des gleichen bey dem auslassena/ persönlich entkegenb sein/c mit

vleiss auffsehend/ das mit der Gewergken gut/ getrewlich vnd vleissig gehandelte/

das wergk probiren vnd wegenf lassen/ vndg darüber einh vorzaichnis machen/ Auch

sein wergk/ inn einem kasten in der Hütten/ vorwharen/ darzui der Hüttenschreiberj

einen/ vnd der Schichtmeisterk/ den andern/ schlüssel/ haben söllenl.

a der sol allemahl vor dem anlassen/ des gleichen bey dem auslassen = sol derselbe allemahl vor vnd bey dem an- vnd außlassen b zugegen c insert vnd d auffsehen = darauff e gehandelt = umbgangen vnd gehandelt/ auffsicht haben f wehgen BN(1647), wägen BN(1698) g vnd = dann h ein = eine richtige i worzu j Hüttenmeister k vnd der Schichtmeister = der Schichtmeister aber l soll

466

Beschluss dieser Ordnung.

DJese vnser a Bergordnung/ wöllen wir/ in allen Artickeln/ biss zu vnser b

voranderungc/ so wir vns vorbehalten habend / von mennigklich/ vnübergangene

gehalten/ vnd in sonderheitf vnsern Amptleuten bey vormeydung vnser vngnad vnd

straffeg/ [47r] mith vleiss darob zuhalten/ vnnd die vorprecher zu straffen/ mit ernsti

eingepunden vnd ermahnetj/ haben. Beschlossenk vnd vorordent Jm Monat Maio/

Nach der gepurt Christi Jesu vnsers Seligmachers/ Jm Fünffzehenhunderstenl vnd

vierzigisten Jhare.m

a DJese vnser = OBige Vnsere b Vnserer c Veränderung d so wir vns vorbehalten haben = die Wir Vns dann billich so forth im Anfang vorbehalten e vnübergangen = vnverbrüch- vnnd festiglich BN(1647), unverbrüchlich und festiglich BN(1698) f vnd in sonderheit = insonderheit aber g vnser vngnad vnd straffe = Vnserer hohen Vngnade vnd gewissen Straffe h insert allem Ernst vnnd i mit ernst absent j ermahnet = befohlen k So beschlossen l fumffzehehundert BN(1647), fünffzehenhundert BN(1698) m [The text of BN(1698) ends here; BN(1647) concludes with the following inserted list of Errata. These have been incorporated into the apparatus above with the notation, [corrected to <…> in BN(1647) Errata]]

Errata. Fol. 4. pro Muttung leg. Muthung. fol. 6. & 8. pro Ampleute leg. Ambtleute. fol. 12. in der Morgensprache leg. im Morgengespreche. Eod. bey dem besteigen leg. bey dem bestettigen. fol. 17. 20. 22. 24. & 45. pro geschichte leg. geschicke. fol. 24. pro Schicht leg. Schacht. fol. 28 pro vberschuß leg. vberschar. fol. 35. pro gezeugh leg. getzaw. fol. 42. pro tieffe leg. teuffe. fol. 45. pro Freffveler leg. Freveler. fol. 60 pro Schicht leg. Schacht.

[Interestingly, fol. 12 does not contain the error noted, but rather reads (correctly), <in der Morgengespräche>. <fol. 45.> should read <fol. 54.>, i.e., <Freffveler> occurs on BN(1647), p. 54. It is clear that the compilers of BN(1698) did not attempt to incorporate the Errata to BN(1647).]

467

Correctur dieser Bergordnung.

Jm andern teyl/ der Ordnung/ im xiij. Artickel/ in der x. zeyl/ liess/ vnd.a

Jm xiiij. Arti. in der iiij. zeyl/ liess

Nemlich sol der Bergkmeister/ vierzehen tage/ vor dem vermessen/ durch ein

anschlagsbrieff/ vnd aussruffen des Gerichtsknecht/ wem/ wo/ &c.b

Jm xvi. Arti. in der letzten zeyl/ liess

Bergklachter.c

Jm xxxi. Arti. am ende/ liess

Das sol/ in demselben/ auch inn nehistvolgenden zweyen Artickeln.d

Jm xxxv. Arti. da stehet vierthalben groschen/ liess/ Siebenthalben groschen.e

Jm vierden teyl/ im vi Arti. in der vi zeyl/ liess

Vnd one das/ nicht an/ noch ab/ geleget:.f

a [18v] b [19r] c [19v] d [26r] e [27r] f [42r]

468

[47v]

Die Ordnung

zum Leser.

Anthoni Beutther stellet mich

Wolff Meyrpeck hat gedrucket mich

Jns Reich Norwegen sigel ich

Die strass zum Reichtumb zaige ich

Hast lust/ so magst erheben dich

Volg mir/ es wird nicht rewen dich.

Gedruckt in der Chur

fürstlichen Stadt

Zwickaw/ Jm

Monat Aprillen/

Nach Christi

Gepurt/

M. D. XL.

469

[48r]

[Figure 3.3: Danish-Norwegian coat-of-arms – same as 3.1]

[48v – left blank]

470

CHAPTER 4:

THE ORIGIN OF COMMON MINING LAWS –

ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF URSPRUNG

471

[1r]

The Origin of Common

Mining Laws, how they have long been preserved

from the old laws, and how they have flowed from the royal

and princely mining regulations to all of mining law,

of which anyone can make good use in various mining-related legal proceedings

before the highest mine manager

and other mine judges; also a description of

stringers and veins of metallic ores, how

they strike in mountains and valleys

and are oriented; provided

with skillfully executed figures.

Together with a discourse on many promising and productive

mines under the worthy crown of Bohemia.

[Figure 4.1: Scene of miners at work]

472

[1v] To the honorable and highly esteemed gentleman Johann Lucas, His Royal

Majesty’s counsel and servant, my gracious and commanding lord. Honorable and

highly esteemed sir, to Your Grace I am always prepared to offer my ever-owed and

favorably-inclined services with vigor. Gracious lord, as long as I see in Your Grace

a proponent of writings on mining and on all of the useful arts—in which I was also

authorized to print some books under the praiseworthy reign of former Emperor

Maximilian as servant and advisor to the treasurer and performed many other

services—I am motivated in no small way to show my grateful disposition, for Your

Grace’s honor and pleasure to bring to light and to dedicate to You this book (that

has been obscured for a long time), and in order to provide a useful reference to

many others, especially miners. In it, Your Grace and others shall learn of the origin

of all mining laws, and how our predecessors developed and kept them in the

beginning. In addition, how they improved them from day to day, how the

specialized mining regulations flowed from them, and how all the articles of law in

each prince’s land and principality have been developed and kept, so that each man

in the various mining cases can judge from them and apply them correctly. Besides

this, how all veins, stringers, and deposits have their orientation and strike in

mountains and valleys. With appended names of the old, abandoned mines, of the

praiseworthy Crown of Bohemia (to which Your Grace is also advisor and servant),

that have yielded noble metals in abundance. Would that Your Grace favorably

accept this book—I ask as Your servant—as demonstration of my grateful

disposition and keep me in Your gracious command. I am in all ways owing,

willing, and prepared to serve.

Your Grace’s goodwilled servant.

Johan Haselberger of

Reichenau, book-producer.

473

[2r]1

[FrB 1]

Foreword.2

Whoever is head official [Obrister]3 of a mine as a mine manager in a principality,

by law he shall give trial to all legal matters that come before him in all the mining

regions [gebirgen] of that principality. All other officials, including mine judges4,

are appointed by the head mine manager, who confirms them throughout the

principality. Whatever matters are argued before that same mine manager, cannot

legally be brought before a municipal judge [statrichter]. And no mine judge can

bear witness in other mining regions, where he is not judge. Rather, he can testify to

what he hears or sees in his own court and nowhere else[*1]5 . If it happens,

however, that a case is tried before the highest mine manager, then the judge shall

testify to all that he knows before the municipal judge instead.

[FrB 2]

On granted claims [lehen], and how

one shall grant them.

1 Here begin the “newer” Freiberg mining regulations, designated “Freiberg ‘B’”, as opposed to the earlier codes, “Freiberg ‘A’” and the Iglau mining code. Note labels [FrB ] for each numbered section of the code. 2 The caption <Vorrede.> replaces the descriptive title and section heading found in the MS tradition: “These are the common mining laws in this principality, to be used by all miners. Firstly, on the main mine manager and other mine judges.” 3 Throughout the translation, I have retained selected original German technical (legal or “scientific”) words in brackets in italics for reference and clarity. 4 Instead of “officials” <Amptleut>, the MS tradition here shows “judges” <bergrichter>. I have chosen to cite both here. The highest regional official, the Bergmeister, was also authorized to serve as a judge in mining matters. 5 As described in the Introduction, section 1.8, the symbol [* n] (where n = number) is used to identify words or phrases where the translation of Ursprung has been emended based on the MS tradition, i.e., passages where the original meaning has been significantly compromised in the.print edition For example, in this case, Ursprung contains “no one else,” but it should read “nowhere else.” The numbered symbol [*n] will correspond to placement of one of the special symbols ■ and a corresponding designation [*n] in the apparatus of the German edition (Chapter 2). Not all cases of ■ have been emended in the translation.

474

Any mine manager or granting official has the authority by law to assign any veins to

any miner, in accordance with his prince’s law, so long as the miner has worked the

veins as is right, in recognition of the royalty’s advantage and gain in so doing.

[FrB 3]

On the granting official

and the granting [leihunge]

Each granting official shall note to whom he grants a claim, so that he can protect it.

When he grants a vein, the claimant obtains three and a half measured claims in front

of the vein, and three and a half behind it, and on its hanging-wall [hangends]6 three

and a half fathoms7 and on [2v] its footwall [ligends] three and a half fathoms.

[FrB 4]

On preparing a mine property [erb] and how one

shall prepare it.

If there is a mine works where there are measured parcels [gemessene berg] and

waterways [wasser geng], so that the mine cannot be worked without a

drainage/ventilation tunnel due to water—and then people come to the mine manager

and make a claim [můthen], asking him to grant them the mine works or the breach

site [broch] and if he will also assign them the parcel of land to build a tunnel [stoln]

in accordance with royal law—then the mine manager may grant this to them. If the

people then extend the drainage/ventilation tunnel into the mine works and caved-in

places where they hope that they will find ore, and then ask of the sworn citizens and

the mine manager that a mine property be granted to them for the tunnel, then the

mine manager shall ride to the place. He shall view it, as is his pleasure in honor and

faith, and for the tunnel and for the mine works he shall give and designate as much

land as is appropriate for the tunnel, where the ground is broken. But where there is 6 In effect, the “roof” of the excavated mine shaft; as opposed to the footwall as its “floor.” 7 A “fathom” (<lachter>) is approximately 6 feet.

475

unbroken meadow, that is, the ground has not been broken, a claim shall not be

declared for the drainage/ventilation tunnel, unless it should be recognized as

advantageous to the royalty by the sworn citizens8 and mine manager[*2] to do so.

Once the main claim is prepared, then all the adjacent parcelled claims branch off

from it. When the claim has been prepared, and the tunnel has been given its legal

status [sein recht], then the company of miners to whom the claim is granted shall

give the sworn citizens two marks for their work—that is eight shilling-pennies.

And they shall give the mine manager one mark—that is four shilling-pennies.

[FrB 5]

Two types of tunnels are described,

so that one can develop all the mines, etc.

One is called a prospecting tunnel [sůch stollen]; the other, a granted

drainage/ventilation tunnel [Erblicher stoln]9.

[3r]

[FrB 6]

On the regulation of the prospecting tunnel, where wet

mines are found that cannot be developed

due to the water.

This provides for people to come to the granting official and claim a prospecting

tunnel, so that they can drive the tunnel to the veins and engage in mining. When the

prospecting tunnel is thus established [gelegen] by the granting official, the claimant

has the right that, wherever[*3] he has his water ditch, no one else shall begin

digging within three and one half measured claims either in front of him or behind

8 “Sworn citizens” or “jurors”—local, trusted mining experts—played an important quasi-official role in the administration of justice and order in mining. There will be references to them throughout the Freiberg and Iglau mining codes. 9 The depths reached in mining in the Erzgebirge by the 16th century required extensive drainage and ventilation operations to enable the tunneling for ores per se.

476

him, unless the claimant digs the shaft to a depth of seven fathoms, or[*4] the depth

of one claim [eynslehens tieff], that he can prove. As far as the claimant has

progressed in his water ditch, no one else shall or may lawfully embark on digging in

there[*5] against his will. If he has not reached the proper depth which is specified

before—then anyone is allowed to work within three and one half measured claims.

[FrB 7]

On granted drainage/ventilation tunnels and what

regulations pertain to them.

To whomever[*6] a granted drainage/ventilation tunnel [erbhafftiger stolnn] is

granted by the head granting official, by law the claimant is to set a boundary stone

at the place and at his boundary [sein ziel], as an indicator of where his claimed

property lies. Thus disagreements about the boundaries should not arise later if an

adjacent property is granted to other persons; or[*7] the official must measure out a

surveyed mining property there.10

[FrB 8]

On drainage/ventilation tunnel regulations.

The tunnel also has the right, that no one may legally break through [einschlahen] its

highest point, be it broken ground or unbroken meadow, from its highest point to the

boundary stone, against the will of the miners who own the tunnel. And if the

miners extend the tunnel so that it reaches one and one half claims’ depth, or [3v] at

least ten fathoms, then the tunnel is considered legally a drainage/ventilation tunnel.

Then all measured claims that lie within its boundary [marscheid], and whatever

breach sites lie within its boundary—whoever works in this area above the water

table [oben dem wasser]—must do so in accordance with the will of the tunnel’s

owners. However, as long as the tunnel does not reach as deeply as indicated

10 I.e., rather than relying strictly on surrounding boundary stones to define a claim.

477

[bemumet] above, any man may work so long as he does not disrupt the mine sites

and dig sites that are being served by the tunnel.

[FrB 9]

On drainage/ventilation tunnel regulations.

If a tunnel with its water ditch comes to the veins that are served by it, and the tunnel

itself encounters ore that is still in a free area [in einem freien]11, then one measures

no mine site [berck] for it. But if the tunnel passes through ore in veins that were

previously unbroken and untouched—then a mine site must be measured for the

tunnel, so that the tunnel serves all the measured claims and keeps its own claim, by

legal right [in dem rechten]. And each tunnel retains the right that a measured mine

site has for three and a half measured claims on its hanging-wall and three and a half

on its footwall.

[FrB 10]

On drainage/ventilation tunnel regulations.

If a drainage/ventilation tunnel comes into measured claims that are workable but are

not being worked at the time, then the pre-existing claims may not prevent the tunnel

from penetrating there. If by good fortune the tunnel passes through ore in reaching

the claim, the tunnelers may dig ore on the base of the tunnel [sole] below as well as

above—as high as one can reach with a scraper [kratzen]. They shall dig without

extending the scraper handle housing [der kratzen helm] and shall have no additional

gain or take any further profit while in the claim. And the claim shall give the tunnel

the fourth-tax for costs [virthel zů kost] 12 . And wherever[*8] beyond that the

drainage/ventilation tunnel reaches other established claims, they shall by right give

the tunnel owners [gewercken] the ninth-tax. This is because the tunnel brings

ventilation and [4r] removes water, and the drainage/ventilation tunnel thus should 11 I.e., not previously claimed for mining, hence “free” to be claimed and worked. 12 I.e., miners need to compensate the tunnelers for the benefits of drainage and ventilation.

478

absolutely receive the ninth-tax—but not more. And the owners of the thus

improved claims shall give the tax to the company of miners who first undertook the

tunnel. That company should in turn take their money and extend the

drainage/ventilation tunnel further, if they want to continue receiving the ninth-tax.

But if they want to forego the ninth-portion, they can cease. Whoever else then

extends the tunnel further shall by rights be excused from further paying the toll or

tax.

[FrB 11]

On drainage/ventilation tunnels.

If more than one drainage/ventilation tunnel is established in a mountain[*9],

whichever one of them is deepest maintains the legal priority and status [von recht

die eigenschafft vnd sein recht]. And as much as a parcelled mine site lies within the

boundary of a tunnel with legal precedence, that tunnel property may encompass as

many as sixteen households.

[FrB 12]

On drainage/ventilation tunnel regulations.

Whoever constructs legally viable drainage/ventilation tunnels should prepare his

water drainage ditch and lighting shaft [liechtloch], above and below in his tunnel

and clear out his tunnel [zůbern] rightly and properly. He shall operate the tunnel

with three diggers at all times. Should this not occur, and the tunnel not be run with

three diggers, and the tunnel lie eight days in a row with no one maintaining it, as if

abandoned, this can be proved by the head mine manager having a trustworthy man

ride in person to the mine site. The man shall check up on the tunnel and its water

ditch, and shall inspect the lighting shafts to the head of the tunnel [des stoln haupt].

And if he finds the tunnel thus neglected[*10], he shall inform the representative

[poten] by oath, that he has inspected the tunnel as legally assigned and discovered

479

the state of neglect [abebaw], and he avows this as is given by his oath. Then the

mine manager shall ask the representative for a judgment as to whose

drainage/ventilation tunnel it is, [4v] and the tunnel ownership shall be judged by

royal authority. Whoever then claims the tunnel in accordance with royal

regulations, to him the mine manager shall assign it.

[FrB 13]

On drainage/ventilation tunnel regulations.

No mine manager, head granting official, or other official [amathman] has the

authority to place [setzen] any tunnel manager, overseer, or other official, at any

drainage/ventilation tunnel or at any parcelled mine site, against the will of the

company of mine owners.

[FrB 14]

On drainage/ventilation tunnel regulations.

Drainage/ventilation tunnel operators—and occupants of land at a parcelled mine

site—also have the right to herd and pasture their livestock on and about the site as

far as a man can shoot with bow and arrow.

[FrB 15]

On preparing claims.

For whomever[*11] the mine manager establishes a claim with the sworn citizens,

that shall have the force of law and remain in effect. And if it should happen that a

legally granted tunnel cannot be made profitable after several years, or if the mine

manager and the sworn citizens should die before the tunnel becomes profitable, and

someone wants to interfere with the claim or the tunnel and occupy and work in that

claim or tunnel (be it productive or unproductive)—in this case the new mine

480

manager and new sworn citizens decide for all of them based on the knowledge of

honorable persons who remember the situation and know the boundary marks. If,

however, no one[*12] is found who has knowledge of the claim, then it is free to

anybody to work. And whoever then finds ore first[*13] that proves to be

economically viable [deß die maß wert ist], to him the mine site should be parcelled

accordingly, and no other mine site should be prepared that would interfere with it,

so long as it is productive.

[5r]

[FrB 16]

On new ore discoveries [Newfengen], and how

one shall survey them.

Whoever discovers a new vein, to him seven claims[*14] shall be parcelled. And if

thereafter a second man happens onto the same vein, depending how near it is to the

first work site[*15]13, if the second man finds ore the mine official should survey for

him by rights from whatever shaft he obtained it from. Because that is his rightful

head vein, his claim should be surveyed from the same shaft. And when that vein or

any other is to be surveyed for him, the tithe collector or his agent shall travel there.

If the place is economically viable, then the tithe collector shall instruct the mine

manager to survey it.

[FrB 17]

On surveying mines [Berckmeßung]

13 Ursprung here contains <zol> (“toll”), with an explanatory caption, “‘Toll’: That is a tax or duty or costs that one gives the tunnel so that it can be better maintained.” The MS version, however, shows the more logical <zcele>, i.e., “excavated work site.” Haselberg’s erroneous transcription, with the misunderstanding compounded by an erroneous explanatory caption, suggests that: (a) Haselberg was concerned with imparting technical information to a readership that might be unfamiliar with the terminology, but that (b) Haselberg’s own technical knowledge was limited.

481

By law the mine manager shall survey a vein, and the discoverer [finder] shall pay

him his surveying gratuity [meßpfenning]—that is four shillings. The mine manager

shall come to the vein and ask the discoverer where his vein and his head vein claim

are. And the discoverer will show them to the mine manager. The discoverer may

obtain his proper head vein claim by his oath, and the mine manager should survey it

from the vein. The discoverer shall proceed to his windlass ledge and lay two

fingers on his head, and speak thus: “That is my rightful head vein—thus I so place

my head and forearm. So help me God and all of God’s saints.” And then the vein

shall be surveyed for him. The mine manager shall take his claim-measuring line,

lay it on the middle of the windlass shaft, and measure out a half-claim [halb

lehen] 14 , and he shall grant a whole claim in a tunnel, then another and

another[*16]—these are called ‘endmost’[*17] claims. The new vein finder

[Neugenger]15 shall work the three and a half claims with a shaft, if he wishes to

work them properly. Then the mine manager shall survey [5v] three and a half

claims in the other tunnel, if it is possible to do so. But if not, then seven claims in a

row shall be surveyed for the finder on the vein. If the claims lie unworked for three

consecutive day shifts[*18], then the mine manager may grant them to whoever will

work them, by royal law. When the mine and the finder of the new vein are given

their measure [mas] and legal entitlements [recht], it is best if the claim extends into

a free area. If others then want to make a claim there, the mine manager shall grant

to them first adjacent to the initial claim, and then more and more out from there as

according to royal law. If someone later finds ore on the tunnel veins [stoln gengen]

above ground, that shall be surveyed in the same way as was surveyed before with

the above-named mine-sites—unless the measuring stick [meßrůth] is being applied

to a previously-claimed mine site or at the site of a drainage/ventilation tunnel that

has already been prepared by the citizens and officials. Either case will stop the

measuring of a new claim. If two mine-sites have been parcelled on two veins next

14 I.e., the half-claim length forming the radius of the claim with the windlass at its center. 15 Ursprung inserts a note in the margin at this point in the text to explain, “‘New vein finder’ is the claimant [5v] or claim-holder who uncovered and excavated the vein.” In the marginal note, <außgegangen> (“left, gone out”) is assumed to be a typographical error for <ausgegraben> (“excavated”), given the context.

482

to each other, and the one that was surveyed first becomes depleted, and the other

remains productive, and over time the first site becomes depleted—this shall not

detract from the legal entitlement of the site that has remained productive. And if

ore is found in the vein that has remained productive, then a boundary demarcation

shall be measured to it. This is because any granted claims that hold first-granting

on the vein retain their rights, with preferential rights to those who have occupied the

site longest.

[FrB 18]

On the rights of the discoverers

Discoverers, that is, claim-holders shall receive their claims from no one other than

the mine manager. And the mine manager shall order the finder to clear a claim on

each side of his pit[*19]. Holders of the second, third, and fourth claims have the

same right as the first claim-holder who discovered the vein. If the first-found ore

lies within the measured boundaries, then the citizens—at least two of those who are

present—shall have the first claimant’s vein marked off. [6r] The ore deposit should

be at least one fathom long, measured by foot, on the base, and the ore must yield at

least 3 marks and a quarter-weight of silver. The sworn citizens must stipulate this

in an oath sworn to the tithe-collector or his agents. If the find is economically

viable, the finder has the right to arrange his tunnel or claim works over the length of

his measured property, even if he has more than one shaft on his claim—be it two or

three. If the citizens16 find no ore in one shaft, then they may go into the second, or

into the third in which to find ore, as is stated above—thereby the discoverer obtains

his right. The second one after the discoverer who obtains a claim—he has the same

right, and thus also the third and fourth claimants. However, if the first claim holder

finds no ore in his mine-works, in its base, or in his claim that is economically

16 Ursprung inserts a note in the margin at this point in the text to explain, “‘Citizens’are men sworn by oath.” The Bürger (“citizens”) referenced here correspond to the Geschworene (“sworn jurors”) named elsewhere.

483

viable[*20]17; and he has gone outside his claims into a free area and found ore there

that is economically viable[*21]; and he has established an open shaft there—then he

maintains his legal entitlement, because he is the first. Also the second, third, and

fourth claimants retain[*22] their rights, as declared here. But if a disagreement or

fight arises between them, and it isn’t known from which pit the first claimant found

the vein, and the others won’t yield to him—then he must swear on the middle of the

windlass shaft, that the contested vein is the same vein out of the same pit that he

discovered. Then, as the law decrees and is spoken before, the mine manager shall

measure an initial claim. To the surveyors the claimant pays seven short-shillings.

The official measures in both directions[*23] from the head vein claim three and a

half measured claims. And if the prescribed distance to be measured along the

survey line does not suffice without intruding onto an adjacent mine site, then the

claims to be granted must be surveyed in sequence all displaced to one side. The

land that remains between the discoverers’ claims is called a ‘residual claim portion’

[überschar]. [6v] The discoverer shall receive a ‘horn’ [horn]18 at his ore extraction

point [gestelle], a plot that is half a fathom in length, such that two men can stand

next to each other. And a company of miners will select a tunnel manager [steiger]

as they please, who is a reputable man; the mine manager shall confirm him by oath.

[FrB 19]

If someone digs on a hanging-wall or on a footwall, so that one cannot tell whether

the site is within a claimed property or surveyed claim or is in a free area, the place

shall be granted by the oath of two men who have never wavered in their honor. To

ensure that they have no personal interest in the site, the mine manager shall confirm

them in this task. They shall draw the claim-measuring line above ground on the

field, from the highest point of the vein [höchsten der geng], and if they demarcate it

[gescheiden] as claimed or free then their decision shall have legal authority. But if

these referees fail to make a decision, then they should make a break-through from

17 Here and again two lines later, Ursprung erroneously substitutes <weit> (“far”) for <wert> (“valuable”). 18 A small extra allowance of land for placement of the windlass, large enough for two men to work the crank.

484

the veins of the seven[*24] claims to the new veins. If the measurements are

confirmed by using the measuring line and T-square measurer, then the claim will

have the authority of law. While the matter is in dispute, the ore that is extracted

may not be removed but shall be held in storage. This shall be done so that neither

one party nor the other can take any of it, until the legal determination is made.

[FrB 20]

On the rights of boundary demarcation [Marscheid].

Mine boundaries on veins underground shall be measured with open break-throughs.

For this task one trustworthy person shall be appointed who will designate each

person’s vein with righteousness. The granted claim has seven fathoms by law. A

claim boundary [ort] has three-fourths of a fathom; the workings between two pits

have one and a half fathoms.

[FrB 21]

On complaints about mine portions and how

one is to complain.

If a complaint should arise, in which a miner gives [7r] another person some portions

so that he will work with him, and the second person contributes no costs, then by

law he cannot complain about the portions that the miner gives him, whether he

wants to or not. But if it is the case that the second person has paid the miner some

of the costs, then the miner cannot legally deny him the portions—the second person

must complain in this case, and he would legally win his portions from the miner.

And if the second man had paid his costs, with the knowledge of his company of

miners, and he completed the appointed contract work [gedingen], and the miner

then wants to deny him—whether he found ore or not—but the miners acknowledge

that he worked rightly and properly—he can best give testimony to this effect with

his company of miners, rather than by swearing to it alone.

485

[FrB 22]

On complaints about[*25] mine portions.

If a man would complain about portions on surveyed veins, he must do so on three

successive working days to the mine manager or the proper mine judge either at

home[*26], at the court or the market[*27], or at the mine-site [zeche]—or make the

complaint to the official’s attendants [gesinde], if the official is not present. At the

point when the man presents his complaint, as stipulated in writing above, the

complaint will have legal authority.

[FrB 23]

On complaints about mine portions.

If a man has made complaint twice about portions, then for the third complaint he

must bring his boundary-marking official[*28] with him. If the mine manager has

confirmed him, then the manager can check with the stone-marker as he has advised

him, whether the penny fee has been earned. If the stone-marker [stuffen schleger]

affirms this, then the man shall have possession of the portions that he complained

about. In this case he must give the mine manager his gratuity—for 32 portions that

is 2 florins. If the allocated portions are agreeable to the complainant, the mine

manager shall assign one of the mine owners as a messenger who [7v] will go with

the complainant to the house and[*29] to the court and declare the portions. This is

if the original owner of the portions is a seated man [gesessen man]19. But if he is

unseated [vngesessen], then the portions must be declared at the market or at the

mine. And if a man complains about portions on free[*30] ore veins that are

unsurveyed [vngemessen], this complaint also shall be made three times at the day

shift[*31].

19 I.e., a property owner resident in the area, as opposed to an “unseated” owner who lives outside of the immediate vicinity.

486

[FrB 24]

On complaints about mine portions.

If it happens that a man must complain about legally granted portions that have still

not[*32] contributed their costs, such complaints must by law be made eight days in

a row. If he has complained about these portions for the legally required eight days,

then he must bring the boundary stone-marker with him—the one whom the mine

manager approved—and the mine manager shall question the stone-marker, whether

his pay was earned. If the stone-marker affirms this, then the manager shall assign

the contested portions to the petitioner and take his gratuity. If, however, the

company of miners gets agreement from the mine manager that one need not

complain more than three day-shifts [tag schicht], then such complaint has legal

validity as if one had complained for a week.

[FrB 25]

On losing mine portions, and how

one loses them.

Anyone who has portions of mines, drainage/ventilation tunnels, granted claims, or

granted properties—no one can take them away from him for failure to pay his costs,

if these costs are assessed against him but with the deceit of remaining silent about

what is owed, to the miner’s detriment. However, if a mine owner or his supervisor

has been informed of the costs, but he does not pay them, then the mine manager

must complain about the unpaid assessments. In this case the mine manager shall

send a messenger and a miner to ask him to pay the costs in a timely fashion. If this

does not occur, then the mine manager shall bring a complaint against the owner of

the portions.

[8r]

[FrB 26]

487

On losing mine portions.

Whether a holder of portions in a mine is in the area or outside of the country, and he

or his representative [besteller] or his administrator[*33] of his portions is delinquent

in paying his costs for three weeks in a row, or does not have the money to pay, then

by law the holder loses his portions.

[FrB 27]

On flooding [Trenckung] of a main claim or assigned parcel.

If one main claim floods another, or if assigned parcels flood a main claim, or if

assigned parcels flood other assigned parcels or parcelled mine sites, because there

are open break-throughs—should a boundary marker then be claimed for the main

claim or assigned parcel or parcelled mine site that has been flooded, if it has no

established boundaries the boundaries shall be surveyed as soon as this can be done.

If the mine manager is then asked to send messengers to view[*34] the flooded main

claim, assigned parcel, or parcelled mine site, then by law the mine manager should

confirm his chosen messengers with an oath. They shall be two men who have never

wavered in their honor. The messengers shall travel there and verify that the main

claim, assigned parcel, or parcelled mine site is flooded over an embankment [tham]

the height of the entryway into the mines [gemündes], next to the stope, or a fathom

or two fathoms beyond the stone boundary-mark [stuffen] for their highest point

[zele] over the entire stope—and verify that the flood was caused by external

floodwater [frembd wasser]. If the messengers acknowledge with an oath—or by the

oath that they have already sworn—that the property, claim, or parcelled mine site is

thus flooded[*35]—it shall be acknowledged by law, to the owners of the property or

claim or parcelled mine site that has thus been flooded. Then the mine manager or

his agents shall arrange and offer a peaceful settlement [frid]. And once the

settlement has been arranged and offered, [8v] no later judgment that pertains to this

488

matter [teyding] can come as damages[*36] to the company of miners to whom the

settlement has been offered.

[FrB 28]

On the initial development [fürderung] by the miners,

where they work the property or dig tunnels.

If a company of miners drives a tunnel into their property and they seek claims

behind them or adjacent to them from the granting official, then by law the miners

should first remove what they have excavated. But if they forget, and the mine

owners should drive the head of their tunnel forward and encounter a solid rock

formation[*37] so that they need to set fire [brend]20—and the granted claim workers

want to prevent them from doing so, then by law fire may not be used, unless those

workers[*38] agreed to it beforehand—then one should hold them to this. Where

this does not happen, the company of miners in their property and the miners who

hold claims or parcelled mine sites nearby should always[*39] proceed in

establishing their digs initially, and later they can designate to the workers[*40]

where they can establish their digs.

[FrB 29]

On losing one’s work[*41].

If portions are promised to a man on a parcelled vein or mine, or in tunnels, claims,

or claimed properties, even though these portions have been assigned to someone

else, if the man works there one or two weeks[*42], and then the mine manager

verifies or grants the portions to another, then the man loses his work[*43] by law.

[FrB 30]

On granting[*44] portions. 20 Super-heating a solid rock formation with fire was a common technique for softening or loosening the formation, but with obvious risks and safety hazards associated with it.

489

No one can grant another person’s mine portions without his consent, but if a

company of miners wants to grant portions in a mining region or a tunnel, then the

mine manager shall summon those same miners together on an [9r] appointed day,

and what is granted[*45] then shall have legal authority. If the three shifts show up

on the appointed day, but the fourth shift doesn’t come—neither the fourth shift nor

the three-eighths minority [drei achteyl] may prevent the others from granting

claims; the majority from the three shifts can assign claims to whomever they wish.

[FrB 31]

On leased portions [gemitten teilen]

If a man has leased some portions where ore is being extracted, he can send workers

day and night—as many as he wants—and may conduct mining activities as

effectively as he can, until his lease is up. And the one who leased the portions to

him by law cannot prevent him from doing this.

[FrB 32]

On portions that one grants.

If someone grants or leases his portions to another—be they portions in mines,

tunnels, or claims or an owned property, be they large or small: If the one[*46] who

has received the portions on a granted basis does not give[*47] in exchange what he

owns—be it large or small, little or much—then by law he loses the portions and the

granted property with it. However, if the one to whom the property was granted

cannot take possession, the owner should distribute and assign his shares to someone

else, with the knowledge of the mine owners. In this way the original owner

maintains his right and his legal priority and granted property[*48].

[FrB 33]

490

On retaining portions that

someone develops

Whoever works portions in mines, tunnels[*49], claims, or granted properties, from

whomever they have been assigned to him, and he has them under his control [in

gewalt] and is working ore there with his miners—if the portions stop producing ore

twice following the first proclamation of work privileges[*50], but the assignee has

paid his mine costs rightly and properly—then by law no one may take away the

portions from him. If it should also happen that an owner of mines or mine portions

is outside the country, and his mine portions are so arranged that a payment of

his[*51] costs [kost] [9v] becomes due, and meanwhile no one is collecting[*52] his

ore—this cannot harm his legal rights.

[FrB 34]

On extracting [enthawen] ores.

If miners are working next to each other—be it in mines, tunnels, claimed or granted

properties—each may dig ore from the other and take the earth and ore, as much as

he can, until the miners break through to each other’s digs. When that happens, they

shall both vacate the break-through, each backing off by a fourth of a fathom, until

the sworn jurors can decide and show each miner where by law he can work as his

property.

[FrB 35]

On offering [zůuerbieten] ores.

No man may lawfully offer or promise another man’s ore[*53] in the mine for any

debt or monies due [gelt] other than for the mine operation fees [samptkost der

gewercken].

491

[FrB 36]

On the rights of settled farmland [acker teil].

Wherever a man wishes to search for ores, he may do so, and by law no one shall

prevent him from this. If the landowner comes and demands his landowner’s

share[*54]—that is 32 parts—and offers his costs, with the knowledge of two pious

men, before the rope and bucket [korben/ oder zeil] are thrown in21, then he shall

have it. The lord of the village has no say in the matter. If ore is produced[*55],

then the tax from bath houses and meat suppliers goes to the village lord by law. But

the right to appoint the court and all the senior officials [ober amacht] as well as the

tithes[*56] and the mint[*57]22 belongs to the princes in whose[*58] principality

they are located. And the silver belongs in their mintage [müntz] by law.

[FrB 37]

On deciding who gains and who loses on a

final accounting day [endthafftigen tag].

[10r] When a mine manager summons people on a final day, to determine who gains

and who loses in a contested matter, and the people from both sides come there—and

then the judge or mine manager wants to favor one party over the other, and seeks to

assert a court decision by force, without the will of the jurors and without genuine

urgency, then by law the judge may not harm the one he has decided is the loser. If

the losing parties take up the matter with the jurors, because the judge has stood with

force, they may maintain their right.

[FrB 38]

On retaining granted properties [lehenschafften]

21 I.e., before mining begins. 22 Mintage of coins was the primary use for silver, so it is logical for regulation of mints to go hand-in-hand with that of mining.

492

Wherever a mine or tunnel or claim should rightfully take over[*59] another, and

workers have granted properties therein, then those granted properties are all

acquired thereby by law.

[FrB 39]

On the rights[*60] of wood-cutters [waltworchten]23, tithe-gatherers,

and ore diggers [ganghawer].

Any man who does wood-cutting work and also has portions in a mine where there is

productive ore, he shall by law not work in that mine. And none of the wood-

workers shall go into a mine where there is productive ore, so long as they are doing

wood-cutting work[*61]. And neither miners nor tithe-gatherers shall own a wood-

cutting operation.

[FrB 40]

On the appointed mine

officials’ rights.

If a man is punished who has sworn to the law[*62]—be he a tunnel manager, mine

timberman, overseer [hutman], or whatever office he holds—the offender is

punished by the justice accorded to the office held by the offending person. And if

someone conducts himself with bad language in the mine headquarters [kawen] or in

their part of the town [teilstat] and he is caught by two pious men and a miner [10v],

then he shall pay a fine of nine marks. Of this money, the mine manager shall

receive three marks; the company of miners, three; and the legal administrator

[sachwalden], three.

[FrB 41]

23 Wood-cutting was extremely important for mining operations. It provided timbering to support the mine shafts and tunnels, and wood provided the necessary fuel for fire-setting of solid rock formations and for smelting.

493

What happens to those who act maliciously[*63] contrary

to the courts of law.

If a mine manager or his jurors go out in the night in order to quell a disturbance of

the peace, and then someone is wounded or murdered in the disturbance—in this

situation, the mine manager with the jurors shall convene a court on the matter and

bring a formal complaint [clag], in accordance with the law. If the judge has brought

the complaint, the damaged party can win half of the offender’s possessions from

him—be they living or dead. And whatever other people were involved in the

incident, but could not be caught and escaped—if they are caught later, then the

same should happen to them by law.

[FrB 42]

On the mine master’s book or table[*64].

A mine manager’s table or book can not be used as evidence for anyone. Rather,

what is written in there in four columns [pencken] in private matters can be used only

with the knowledge of those who helped record the matter—this shall have the force

of law.

[FrB 43]

On the smelting fee [Hutten zinß].

If someone constructs smelting works on a lord’s property—be it[*65] a granted

property [Erb] or owned property [eigen], ecclesiastical or secular—where the mine

works are located, the smelting fee should be established according to the law of the

prince in whose territory they are located. And whatever wood is on the mine site—

that belongs to the property or to the parcelled mine—the company of miners may

lawfully cut it down. If possible they should leave it alone and be reasonable about

this. Amen.

494

[11r]24

These mining laws were

first created for mining in Bohemia and in

Moravia, by the citizens of Iglau, and are

confirmed, described, and sealed

by the earliest miners, with the seal of the town[*66] and citizens,

to govern the loss and profit

of every miner.

[Ig 1]

The first is this: When the king’s authorized granting official, with the advice[*67]

of the citizens and sworn jurors of Iglau, grants anything and confirms and

documents it under his royal seal and the seal of the city of Iglau, that shall have

legal authority, so allotted that in its exploitation the king’s benefit and the

furtherance of the mine[*68] may be realized.

[Ig 2]

On two tunnels.

In any mountainous mining region, there are only two kinds of tunnels. One is called

a prospecting tunnel, the other a granted drainage/ventilation tunnel.

[Ig 3]

On the prospecting shaft.

The prospecting shaft has this right: When the authorized granting official with two

or more of the sworn jurors [Schöppen] from the place sees a wet[*69] field, which

needs a prospecting shaft to be dug there, then it is granted. And the recipient has

the right, wherever he undertakes his water ditch, that no one can occupy the place, 24 Here begin the mining regulations from Iglau. Note annotations [Ig ] for each numbered section of the code.

495

in front of him or behind him, for three and a half measured claims. But if the shaft

is driven to the point where it has demonstrably achieved seven fathoms, or the depth

of one measured claim [eines lehen tieff], then in all that he has thus [11v] traversed

with his water ditch no one else shall mine there without his permission. But if he

has not achieved[*70] the depth discussed above, then anyone may work outside the

three and a half measured claims.

[Ig 4]

On granted drainage/ventilation tunnels.

Whoever declares that a drainage/ventilation tunnel has been granted to him, he shall

prove with his sworn testament [handt/ festen] what has been parcelled or granted to

him, and where he has undertaken his shaft. And he then has the right, that no one

may or shall lawfully settle there where the ground is unbroken between his shaft

and the property boundary without his permission. But if he brings the shaft to a

depth of one and a half measured claims, or at least ten fathoms, then that is called

by law a heritable drainage/ventilation tunnel [Erbhafftiger stoln]. For all

seven[*71] measured claims that lie within the boundary—be they four measured

mine sites, more or less[*72], that are named—or any breaches [bruch] that lie[*73]

within its boundary—whoever works therein above the water table [hoben dem

wasser] may do so only with the permission of the miners of that shaft. If, however,

the shaft does not reach as far as is stated before, then anyone can work as long as he

does not disrupt the mine sites or breaches that are associated with the shaft.

[Ig 5]

The second right pertaining to

drainage/ventilation tunnels.

This is also a right of the drainage/ventilation tunnel: If a tunnel comes with its

water ditch to the veins of mine sites that were already named and encounters ore

496

independently—ore that is still in a free area—then no new [12r] mine sites are

assigned. But if the tunnel encounters ore in veins that were previously unbroken

and untouched, then a new mine site must be granted, such that it gets its seven

measured claims by law and has its tunnel. Other[*74] claims are assigned,

according to who appropriately has the right to them—be they the king’s or other

royal claims or citizens’: To the granting king his part; to the lords, their parts; to the

citizens, their parts—and every tunnel has the right that a parcelled mine has, to three

and a half mesaured claims on its hanging-wall[*75] and one on its footwall.

[Ig 6]

On the rights for citizens’ claims[*76] in

drainage/ventilation tunnels.

Citizens’ measured claims[*77] that are located in these mountains that are named

before include this right: Where the surface ground has been broken up, they may

not work on those locations. If the jurors grant unclaimed areas by official charter to

a tunnel company, then the tunnel gets them. But if someone wants to claim mine

sites where no official wants to grant them, in that case the citizens should

commission their claims. If they contain water adjacent to them, and if a complaint

is lodged against them, that they are flooding the adjacent claims with their water—

then some sworn persons shall be sent to investigate that. And whichever claims

they say are flooding the others—the owners of the former are to go work the others

for three days, that is, three long shifts. Thus a measured claim gains from the others

a king’s claim; a citizens’ claim, a lord’s claim[*78]; and vice versa.

[12v]

[Ig 7]

The third right.

497

Head drainage/ventilation tunnels have this right: If one of them approaches a

citizen’s measured claim that is being worked at the time but is not being worked

toward the tunnel, then the citizen’s claim can not prevent the tunnel from going in

and through in a sensible fashion, if it comes to that. On the base of the tunnel the

tunnel owner can dig, above and below, as far as he can reach with a scraper. He

may not realize any profit other than that. And for as long as the tunnel is in the

measured claim, the claim shall provide to the tunnel the fourth-portion [viertheil] of

costs, because the tunnel removes water and brings ventilation there.

[Ig 8]

The fourth right for drainage/ventilation tunnels.

Head drainage/ventilation tunnels have this right: If people are digging more than

one tunnel into a mountain, then whichever of them is the deepest obtains legal status

and priority. And however many parcelled mine sites as lie within the boundary of a

drainage/ventilation tunnel, as many as sixteen[*79] home sites can be established.

[Ig 9]

The fifth right.

Whoever wants to be awarded abandoned or inactive drainage/ventilation tunnels or

parcelled mine sites, he shall proclaim that he wants to have them for three biweekly

periods at church and on the street. At the conclusion of the six weeks, the granting

official shall take two sworn jurors, and shall ride to the tunnel or to the mine site. If

the official finds it not to be in operation, insofar as he can determine, then he

occupies the place with the jurors. He shall declare the claim in the authority of the

king and may assign and give it to whomever he will, etc.

[Ig 10]

The sixth right.

498

This is also a right of head drainage/ventilation tunnels: If a tunnel’s water drainage

ditch is set up or its lighting shafts prepared, or[*80] the head of the tunnel has

advanced one fathom [13r] in a year and a day[*81] 25 , such that this can be

demonstrated—then no one can lawfully challenge its authority.

[Ig 11]

The seventh right.

No royal property tax collector[*82] or granting official has the authority to appoint

a mine manager, a metalsmith [schmid], or a tunnel manager [steiger] on any granted

drainage/ventilation tunnel or on any claims, without the consent of the company of

miners.

[Ig 12]

The eighth right.

This is also a right of head drainage/ventilation tunnels: As far as a man can shoot

an arrow with a bow, that’s how far on the surface ground of the mine the miners can

graze their livestock.

[Ig 13]

There follow the rights pertaining to the

discoverer.

The law for new veins is that they shall be assigned by no one but the granting

official. By law he gives the discoverer[*83] no more than a 32nd portion, and for

him a claim shall be ordered prepared. Another claim that comes later—be it the

second, third, or fourth—has the same rights. If the discoverer finds ore within his 25 Through misreading of the MS, the word “a day” or “one day” (<yn> in Ermisch) was changed to “twelve days” (“.xij.”) in Ursprung. “A year and a day” was a standard early legal formulation.

499

measured boundaries, then at least two of the jurors shall dig his vein. The ore must

be at least one fathom long, by foot, on the base of the dig—and it must give a

quarter-weight in silver above and beyond the costs of smelting. And the jurors must

confirm this with their oath if they are asked by the granter of the claim. If it is a

profitable site, then the new discoverer has the right to his measured claim—that he

may extend the base [soll] of his dig to the length of his claim. If he has more than

one shaft[*84] in his claim—two of them, three of them—and the jurors find nothing

in the one, then they can go into the second or into the third. In whichever shaft they

find such [13v] productive ore as mentioned above, there the new discoverer shall

have his right. But if they don’t find anything in the second or in the third, or

anywhere in what the granting lord has confirmed, then he still has the same right. If

the first claim site has no ore in its base that is profitable, and none of his claim sites

do, and he works out beyond the bounds of his defined claim sites into a free area,

and then finds profitable ore and excavates an open shaft at that place—then he

obtains his right, if he is the first one there; the second, third, and fourth sites are

regulated as described above. Should a disagreement arise among several claim-

holders, and it isn’t known from which pit the first claimant has discovered the vein,

and the others won’t yield to him, then the discoverer must swear on the middle of

his windlass shaft, that he found his vein in that pit. In accordance[*85] with the law

as stated before, the first claim shall be measured for him. To the claim-measurer

[messern] one gives seven short-shillings [schilling/ der kurtzen] and measures three

and a half claims outwards in both directions from there[*86] for the head vein.

Thereafter are measured a royal parcel [köngisch lehen], and then a citizens’ parcel

[burger lehen], and a landlord’s parcel [herrn lehen]. If this measuring cannot

proceed to completion without intruding on neighboring measured mine claims, then

these parcels are measured out instead on the one side, one after the other. And what

is left over between the new find and the existing mine claims [bergen] is called a

residual plot [überschar]. To the new discoverer shall be given a windlass ‘horn’

[horn] at the ore extraction point [gestelle], an extra piece of ground that is half a

fathom long, where two men can stand next to each other. The company of miners

500

calls upon the mine manager when they wish for him to divide out among them at

least a 32nd portion. And whoever is serving in the role of royal property collector,

he shall give the mine manager his oath[*87].

[Ig 14]

The eighth right, on

metalsmiths.

[14r] Where metalsmiths [schmidt amacht] are working, there the royal property tax

collector has one shift, and the company of miners three. If the discoverer of a vein

is working the seven portions of the claim, with three shafts[*88], head veins[*89],

and two outer claims—then the royal collector may not ask for more than one

workplace [orth] on a granted claim with three workplaces.

[Ig 15]

On the rights regarding property measurement [winckelmaß].

If someone is working on a hanging-wall or footwall at a point where they don’t

know whether it falls within the mine claim or is in a free area, then the matter shall

be referred to three common men on their oath, and a fourth man on behalf of the

royal property tax collector, provided that none of them has any ownership in the

disputed mining area. They shall draw the measuring line above ground up from the

high-point of the veins. If they are able to decide whether the disputed place lies

within the claim or is in a free area, then their finding shall have legal authority. But

if not, then they should dig out a break-through from the veins of the seven measured

claims to the new veins. If the rightful decision can then be given with the line and

T-square measurer, then the ore goes to that party. The ore that is meanwhile

excavated shall be sequestered, so that it not fall to either one side or the other, until

the matter is decided. No royal property tax collector has the right to seat a judge in

a mining area without the consent of the companies of miners. And no one can grant

501

the second mine portion without his consent. If someone wants to grant claims at a

mine site or a tunnel, then the mine manager shall call together the miners to the

mining area on a Sunday—or on another day, if it pleases him—and what is

established and assigned[*90] there has legal authority. If the three shifts show up

there, but the fourth doesn’t come—five-eighths forms the majority, and the three do

not. [14v] Neither the fourth shift nor the three-eighths minority may prevent the

others from granting claims to whomever[*91] they wish.

[Ig 16]

Common rights in granting.

If someone declares that he owns portions in a parcelled mine site—or tunnels,

granted claims, or granted properties—and that same mine site—or tunnel, or other

place—has been presented and certified [verhandtfestet] lawfully to another, and the

new holder starts mining and works six weeks there—if the first claimant does not

give notice to the other in the six weeks, then he can no longer[*92] assert

possession from him.

[Ig 17]

On granting officials.

It is also the law, that no one shall become a mine-granting official, except for a

sworn man in the king’s city who has first been assigned to the mines. This is

because a royal property tax collector or someone else might unfairly add[*93] to his

own mine portions, and only the sworn official can understand26 this.

[Ig 18]

The second right.

26 I.e., and prevent.

502

This is also a right: To whomever[*94] the royal property tax collectors [Erbar],

with the advice of the sworn jurors from the town closest to the mining region in

question, grant anything[*95] under their seal or that of the citizens of the town on a

heritable basis—be it mines, tunnels, claims or granted properties—that shall have

authority. This is because many mines and tunnels become productive only after

they have been worked for many years. The royal collectors change often, and it

would be contrary to God if a different royal collector should remove people forcibly

after they have worked and established their livelihood in a particular mining area—

be it mines, tunnels, or claims or granted properties—and have worked for four

years, six years or more.

[15r]

[Ig 19]

A second right.

Sometimes miners [bergkleut] work adjacent to each other—be it on mines, tunnels,

or claims or granted properties—and as the miners excavate[*96] and take out as

much of their own earth and ore as they can, the two adjacent digs break through to

each other. When this happens, they should both immediately vacate the site of the

break-through, until the sworn jurors come there and decide where each may

lawfully continue to work on his respective property.

[Ig 20]

Note

It is also a law that no official representative [besteller] may, due to his own

neglect—be it with regard to costs or other things—cause anyone to forfeit or lose

his mine portions.

[Ig 21]

503

On offering ores.

And no man may offer or promise another man ore[*97] in any mine for any debt

other than for the mine operation fees.

[Ig 22]

On losing mine portions

Whoever has portions in mines, tunnels, claims, or granted properties—no one can

take such portions away from him due to[*98] his neglecting to pay the mine costs,

without first demanding[*99] those costs through the mine manager or through his

lord and two mine owners.

[Ig 23]

On losing mine portions.

Whoever owns portions in mines, tunnels, claims, or granted properties, or whoever

has been granted some[*100], a royal property tax collector[*101] or mine manager

may not grant those portions to anyone else except by going to the place with the

miners[*102] and with the sworn jurors and taking[*103] the portions from him in a

legal fashion.

[15v]

[Ig 24]

On losing mine portions.

If a man grants his portions—be they in mines, tunnels, claims, or granted

properties—to another man in exchange for another property, and if the second man

fails to give him[*104] the other property, then he forfeits the granted mine property.

However, if the mine owner to whom the other property is due cannot take

504

possession of it, then he should assign his portions to someone else[*105] with the

knowledge of the company of miners. In this way the owner maintains his right and

his granted property.

[Ig 25]

On a privilege [Freiheit].

If a man builds smelting huts [hutten] on a gentleman’s property [eigen], be the

landowner clergy or layman, it is the miner’s privilege that he shall pay no tax on

them.

[Ig 26]

On a privilege.

And for any mine site discovered and measured out on any lord’s property, the royal

property tax[*106] comprises one third of what is earned there. And what the mine

requires in terms of wood for the mine shafts or tunnels, the lord shall not keep it

from them, be he layman or clergy, etc.27

Here ends the first book.28

27 Later versions of the Iglau mining code would append additional articles; for example, a second MS redaction would contain 29 articles. See the critical apparatus in Chapter 2. 28 This strange caption would appear to define the codes Freiberg ‘B’ and Iglau as a single “book”; the caption is found in none of the MSS identified by Ermisch.

505

[16r]29

This is the mining regulation

in the domain of our lord the Margrave of Meissen and

the territory subject to it.

[FrA 1]

When a man is granted a vein legally and properly, he receives seven measured

claims and three and a half fathoms each in its hanging-wall[*107] and footwall.

Whatever veins go into there are his. If the granting official grants[*108] one claim

or two claims to others on the same surface location [ziele], where valuable ore is

found, then by law it belongs to the one to whom the vein was originally granted or

to his company of miners, and he retains his surface find [tagk] of ore, as far as his

grant has been given.

If a man is granted a mine site, he has seven measured claims there. If another man

nearby finds ore on the same vein earlier, depending how close it is to the other’s

surface location, then by law it should be apportioned to him. One should assign it

to him[*109], measuring from whichever shaft he reached it, as his main vein claim

[fundtgrůb].

[FrA 2]

On the citizens’ rights.

The citizens of Freiberg, both poor and rich, also have the right to all mining regions

in my lord’s lands, that no one can stop them or refuse them access to their property.

[FrA 3]

On the mine charter [Brieffes].

29 Here begin the “older” Freiberg mining regulations, designated Freiberg ‘A’. Note labels in [FrA ] for each numbered section of the code.

506

And if people without a mine charter come to a mine site to cause[*110] mischief, or

for any reason, then they should answer[*111] to the people who have the written

charter as to why they are coming onto the chartered site.

[FrA 4]

On the rights of sworn persons.

[16v] It is also the law that in mining regions the sworn jurors cannot banish people

or declare anyone absolved [vnschuldig] who pays restitution [schuldt gibt] for an

injury. However, the jurors at Freiberg can do so lawfully.

[FrA 5]

On the right of the judge.

Whoever is judge in Freiberg will hear in court whatever is brought before him

diligently and according to the law, for all the mining regions in the lands in which

my lords’ coinage is used.

[FrA 6]

On the right of the mine judge.

All mine judges whom the mine manager appoints and confirms throughout the

land—whatever matters are tried before them, by law they may not bear witness

[gezeugen] or preside [gestehn] before the municipal court.

No mine judge may bear witness in another mining region where he is not judge.

Whatever he sees or hears in his court he may rightfully preside over, but nowhere

except in his own court.

507

[FrA 7]

On the right of the mine manager.

If a matter is argued before the mine manager or he knows anything about it—he can

testify to that before the municipal judge.

[FrA 8]

What commercial goods [kauffmanschatz] should be provided.

In mining areas it is also proper that one should not provide any commerical goods

except these three: Clothing, and lead, and horses.

[FrA 9]

On settled farmland.

Wherever a man wishes to search for ores, he may do so legally. [17r] If the rightful

landholder comes and demands his landowner’s share [ackerteyl]—that is a 32nd

portion—and offers[*112] to pay his costs, with the knowledge of two honorable

men, before the rope and bucket are thrown in, then the landowner shall have his

share. The lord of the village has no say in the matter. If ore is produced, then the

tax from any meat suppliers and bath houses goes to the village lord by law. The

courts and granted minting rights [müntz lehen recht] belong to my lord and go to the

mintage in Freiberg.

[FrA 10]

On determining the court’s jurisdiction [Zweihung].

If someone inquires[*113] as to a mine’s jurisdiction [berg gericht], how far the

mine goes or where the boundary is—it is decided like this: One takes a bucket

[kerbe] and places a wedge hoe [keilhaw] and a scraper [kratz] in it, along with a

508

mallet [schlegel] and twelve iron spikes. These shall be hung on a windlass shift

[rombaum] and allowed to descend of their own weight into the shaft. As far as you

can hear the bucket—that’s how far my lord’s jurisdiction goes. The mine manager

sets the windlass framework on whichever mine shaft he wants to. And any man

who finds an unoccupied pit in the ground may settle on it lawfully. If he works the

pit until he finds an ore vein, then he should receive that vein from his granting

official. A work site[*114] that operates a day shift cannot give portions to the

granting official, even if the mine owner or operator really wants to do so.

[FrA 11]

On the discoverer [Neüfenger].

Each granting official[*115] shall note to whom he grants a claim, so that he may

protect it. A knowledgeable official is needed to lay out a vein claim, which includes

three and a half measures in front of the vein; three and a half measures behind it;

three and a half fathoms on the hanging-wall, and three and a half fathoms on the

footwall[*116]. The first-granted claim has authority and includes seven [*117]30

measures for the claimant, measures that he shall work with one shaft, or two or

three or however many it takes [17v] to achieve success. When enough progress has

been made that that miner finds ore, he may excavate one basket of it without risking

his rights. And he should go to the tithe-gatherer and say: “Sir, I have discovered a

body of ore, that I have dug. Now, send witnesses for justice and righteousness to

occur the sakes of my lords and my company of miners.” Then the tithe-gatherer

shall go, or send others there, so that the matter is dealt with justly and

advantageously for my lords and the company of miners.

If the ore goes deeper and deeper [für sich], then the tithe-gatherer and the company

of miners shall hire diggers to work the vein, workers who have conducted

themselves well. The mine manager shall confirm these workers.

30 Ursprung contains the word <selben> (“same”) instead of “seven.”

509

The company of miners can hire smelting workers [hut leuth] and shall apportion a

32nd mine portion for each of them. And each smelting worker can dig on his portion

as is stipulated by the law. The mine manager shall confirm them by oath.

If God helps the discoverer, and his ore vein goes deeper and deeper, then my lord’s

tithe-gatherer shall assess my lord’s allowed mine privilege [fronteyl]—that is the

third work shift. If that is done, then my lord shall provide the costs for it, like any

other party [gewerck]. Should the company of miners undertake a straight shaft

[Richtschachts] or vertical shaft[*118], then my lord shall contribute his costs for it.

If the mine works reaches the point that my lord’s privilege is assessed, the vein shall

by law be measured for the finder of the vein. The mine manager shall do this. The

finder should pay him his surveying gratuity—that is four shillings. The mine

manager shall come to the vein and shall say, “Sir, finder of ore, which is your head

vein?” Whichever pit the finder then indicates, that is his head vein, awarded by his

oath. Then [18r] it shall be measured for him. And the finder shall go to the edge of

his windlass [henckbanck], place two fingers on his head, and swear that this is his

rightful head vein, and say, “Thus I offer with my head and my forearm, may God

help me.”

[FrA 12]

On the parcelled mining area.

Thus shall one parcel a claim: The mine manager shall take the measuring line, lay it

on the middle of the mine, and measure half a claim and then a whole one—these

belong to the head vein claim. He shall then measure another claim, and then one

more[*119]—these are called the outer [endelste] claims and should be worked with

a shaft. These also belong to the finder of the vein. If the finder works them[*120]31

31 Ursprung actually contains the phrase “does not work them,” which does not make sense in the context.

510

as is stipulated by law, then the mine manager shall measure to our lord the margrave

one claim; after that to our lady the margravine, one claim; after that to the

chamberlain [kamerer], one claim; then to the mine manager, one claim. Now on the

other side one should always[*121] proceed from the middle of the head vein, and

measure the same number of claims on the same vein as were measured before.

Once the vein has been parcelled out, it should by rights be worked. The head vein

with its three claims should be worked with one shaft. If the claims lie dormant for

three dayshifts on three consecutive working days, then by my lord’s law the mine

manager can grant them to someone else who will work them[*122]—however, he

cannot grant claims on a Sunday. Because my lord’s parcel and my lady’s parcel

enjoy a privileged legal status [beßer recht], they cannot revert by being left

dormant; no one can grant them again except my lord himself or[*123] the one

whom he authorizes to act on his behalf. Also, by law no one shall take ore from

them, and they shall not take ore from anyone. They are to be worked as lords’

claims. If they are not, then the mine manager should grant them as best he can—at

least for half. The same right applies to both the citizens’ and the mine manager’s

granted parcels. And if no one [18v] wants to work them, then the mine manager

should ask the lords[*124] to equip and work their parcels as is lawful. If they do

not do it, then he—the mine manager or his granting lord—should grant those

parcels to other citizens in accordance with my lord’s law. If it should come to

pass[*125] that ore is found in that same vein or in other veins nearby, then it should

be measured [messen] in the same way as the above-named mining areas; that place

is in need of surveying.

[FrA 13]

On two mining areas that are parcelled

next to each other on two veins.

511

For two mine sites measured on two veins adjacent to each other, it may happen that

the first measured site becomes inactive32 while the other remains workable. Should

either site become inactive, this should not detract from the other in its rights—

should God help either of them to find ore, then it should be allowed[*] to them.

Regardless of whether either claim has been inactive, the parcelled claims that have

received the initial grants on their respective veins retain their rights.

[FrA 14]

How one complains about portions.

If a man who is working a mine gives portions to another man so that he will work

with him—if the latter does not contribute to the costs, then he may not make

complaint about the portions he receives. By law, the man can give someone

portions if he wants to, or he doesn’t have to if he doesn’t want to. But if the

receiver pays him the costs for one or more portions, then by law the owner cannot

deny him his right: The recipient is allowed to complain about this and win his

portions from the miner, as is right. And if that man paid his costs with the

knowledge of the company of miners, and was present for the appointed contract

work [gedingen], and the mine owner then wants to deny him—whether he found ore

or not—but the miners acknowledge that he worked rightly and properly—he can

best maintain his right [19r] with testimony from the miners rather than by swearing

to it alone. If a man must complain about mine portions, he may do so even in cases

where it was not contracted openly and with the judge being knowledgeable about it.

[FrA 15]

On complaining about portions on

parcelled veins.

32 I.e., unproductive of ore.

512

If, however, a man must complain about portions on surveyed veins, he must do so

on three[*127] working days in a row. He must again make complaint on the first

day at the assembly [ding] and the next two days at home and at the court [hoff], or

he can complain instead[*128] to the judge on the marketplace or at the mine site

[zech] if such is allowed—or he can complain to the judge’s attendants, if the judge

is not at home. After a man has made complaint twice about mine portions, the third

time he must bring his boundary-marking official[*129]. If the judge has confirmed

this official, then he can ask him whether or not he has collected his penny fee. If

the boundary marker so verifies, then the judge may award the portions about which

the man complained. And the contractor [gedinger] may give the judge a cut. When

it has all been decided, the judge should give the man a miner as messenger to go

with him to the house and to the court and proclaim the news as is lawful. If the

messenger finds no one there—on the mountain, or at the mine, or in the city of

Freiberg—then the decision has to be proclaimed in the market.

[FrA 16]

On complaining about mine portions

on free veins

If a man complains about portions on free veins that have not been surveyed, he

should complain about them for three day-shifts. If a man is thus awarded portions,

as is lawful, be it in property, parcelled mines, or [19v] granted claims, or wherever

it is, and then a legal problem or challenge arises—the man can keep his portion, if it

is in a held property. If the challenge or problem involves granted claims, the man

may keep these claims as confirmed with his mine manager or judge, as is lawful.

Or the man must present proof to defend his claim a third time, if he won it through

complaint.

[FrA 17]

On complaining about heritable mine portions.

513

If a man must complain about mine portions that do not contribute their costs, then

he must complain three times over fourteen-day intervals. Does he really have to

wait the fourteen days with the first complaint, or not?33 To complain in accordance

with the law, at the third complaint he must bring his boundary-marking official with

him. The mine manager will have verified the boundary marker as is lawful, and

shall check with him, and shall award the portions as is written before. If it happens,

however, that the company of miners all affirm before the mine manager, the man

made complaint for three day-shifts, then that has as great an authority [grosse krafft]

as if one had complained for three successive fourteen-day periods. But if the miners

affirm before the mine manager, that they will give their costs or on the day when the

first pennies are earned[*130], then one can complain, unless the miners make

another agreement before the mine manager.34

[FrA 18]

On the right of contract work [verdingnus].

If a contract is to be made for mine work, then all of the affected miners or their

authorized representatives should be present—for no one can rightfully award any

man’s mine portions unless they are authorized to do so. But if a man does not want

to come for the contract agreement, the judge should send for him at an appropriate

time, and tell him what contract the miners want to establish. If he doesn’t come

then, he must give his word or proxy by law, or his portions can be contracted along

with the others.

[FrA 19]

This is on granted mine properties.

33 This strange rhetorical question may have been a point that was unclear to the composer of the document. As noted in my Introduction, Ermisch characterized Freiberg ‘A’ as a “rough draft” (Sächsisches Bergrecht lxvii). 34 The meaning of this last sentence is unclear to me.

514

[20r] If there is a mine works that is comprised of parcelled vein claims, that, due to

water, cannot be worked without a drainage tunnel—and if miners come and make a

claim to the mine manager, that, if he will grant the mineworks or the breach to

them[*131] and will grant them land for a drainage tunnel, they will provide their

silver[*132] and their work for my lord’s tithe—then the mine manager may not

refuse to so grant it, unless my lord wishes to refuse. If my lord grants his favor to

this and orders that it be granted as a mine property, then the citizens of Freiberg are

obliged to go with the mine manager to wherever in the land it is—by Chemnitz, by

Meissen, or wherever it is—and to ride there from Freiberg. They shall be given a

bucket of wine for their efforts, and they shall inspect the mine, as is their pleasure

and honor. They shall go to the tunnels and to the mine works and give[*133] and

designate as much land as is appropriate for the drainage tunnel, and for my lords

and the country, if it is advantageous. If that happens, then my lord has given up his

royal dues, and the lords must give up their parcelled claims in those properties and

have no further claim on them.

Wherever the miners settle there and establish their drainage tunnel and dig

ventilation holes from the surface[*134], they may undertake work and lease to

others as they wish, as is most productive for them.

The mine manager has no authority to grant to anybody, except insofar as people

come and lay claim beyond the furthest lighting shaft of the first company of miners.

The miners can grant there or work it themselves. If they do not want to grant or to

work there, then the mine manager shall urge that they themselves work it in due

time[*135]—or withdraw [verlegen] from there if others have laid claim. If they

will not do[*136] so, then the mine manager has the authority by law that he may

assume legal priority and assign it. Even if the miners don’t want him to, he may

grant it to someone else, for my lord’s tithe.

[20v]

515

[FrA 20]

On the rights of a tunnel.

When a company of miners has extended its tunnel as far as they reach[*137] with

their farthest lighting shaft—before that point and before the tunnel head no one can

force them either to work the mine or to grant it, against their will. If it should reach

a point where the miners themselves work at the forward-most high-point in the mine

[fordristen zele], but then let it lie—so that they don’t work it themselves or grant it

to others, then they do lose their right, so that by law the mine manager gains

authority over both the foremost high-point and the rear-most [hindristen].

[FrA 21]

How one should win abandoned

sites etc.

If a mine site runs out and lies abandoned of all things, and then people come and

want to work it—they shall come to the mine manager, who alone has the authority

to grant claims. And they shall state, “Sir mine manager, we are giving you notice

[clagen] about the site that lies abandoned. We are making a claim on it to you.

Whatever you decide about it in our favor, that we shall gladly anticipate.” Now

they must by law wait 14 days, both the mine manager and the claimants, after it is

declared that the abandoned property shall be available in six weeks. Or they shall

go around for six weeks after that day, then inquire[*138]. If, then, people come,

and make a claim to the mine manager, the mine manager shall decide it in fourteen

days, and they shall settle it discretely. And during those 14 days the manager shall

ride there to inspect the place, if he possibly can. If some adversarial legal

matter[*139] prevents him from doing this, or if it is too far for him, then he shall

choose a faithful man, whom he can count on or swear by oath if he needs to[*140].

The mine manager should instruct him to judge the length of time since anyone has

done any work on the site. He shall do this as long as is legally required, and for the

516

people making the claim he shall decide within the length of time [21r] as the law

stipulates. If it happens that the mine property lies empty for three periods of 14

days, then the mine manager shall ride there unquestionably—no urgent matter

should keep him from doing so—and shall begin at the water drainage ditch, and

shall ride through it and out above, and shall inspect all[*141] the breaches and

surface shaft holes [löcher] that belong to the mine. If he then finds it abandoned

then he shall immediately, by the authority of my lord, grant it to the man who

claimed it rightly and properly. If the manager should grant the claim to the man in

any other place, then this would not have legal authority. And by law, no one but he

may grant an abandoned mine to a new claimant. If the mine manager grants a

heritable claim to a new man, then that man should apply all his hard work to it.

This way he protects it and retains it lawfully. If it should happen that that same

miner or another later needs the mine manager to testify about the mine property—

then the mine manager may be requested, with my lord’s good grace, to testify that

that same property “lay unworked[*142] for so long, that I personally rode to it and

declared it with the authority of my lord, and granted it to this man rightly and

properly; that it is his, with all due rights, and not anyone else’s.” Do you doubt that

the new claimant has been thus defended in this talk—or do you want to have

more?35 Now let it alone, with no more argument back and forth, if he has fulfilled

the words that stand written before. Thus should the mine manager defend a man—

may this seem just to you. If a miner[*143] or another retrieves ore with hard[*144]

labor and has found it lawfully in a mine property or granted claim, and if he brings

it to the surface [zů liecht] and presents it in three portions [drei teylunge],

undoubtedly and without anyone objecting—then he keeps it most properly, and no

one may take it from him lawfully. And how shall he retain it? With his own hand.

And how do you think he is legally justified in this? If a company of miners

excavates [21v] a tunnel into a mine property and they seek granted claims beyond

the tunnel or adjacent to it, they address this appropriately to a granting official, so

that one does not hinder the work of the miners. And if the tunnel owners take their 35 Another rhetorical question to the reader, asserting the validity of the process just outlined. A few more instances of first- or second-person verb forms occur in this and the next section.

517

tunnel head further back and encounter a solid rock formation [herte], and have to set

fire—if the leasing miners [hewer] want to prevent them from doing so, by law they

cannot unless they had previously explicitly stipulated this before—which would be

upheld for them. If it reaches the point that the mine owners’ water prevents the

workers from being in the mine property, or indeed if there is a flood [wasser noth],

then the mine manager shall delegate messengers to travel there and decide legally

how each man shall deal with the water on his own portion of the property.

What if: A company of miners works a breach or granted claim in a mine property

with each other and find ore, and sell tithe-portions so long that the mine becomes

weak or depleted. And some of the miners want to sell out, but the others want to

continue working there—to the benefit of my lord and of themselves. Still others

want to dissolve the company but keep their ownership in the property, and they say

that they should declare their property holdings [güth]. And they want to occupy the

property that belongs to the mine portions, and they don’t want to dissolve the

property but don’t want to work it—then inquire about this situation.36

[FrA 22]

On portions that a man leases.

If a man leases a 32nd portion or more in a mine that is being worked, then he may

send in or assign as many workers as he wants, and they may work day and night for

the term of his lease. The lease-holder can work in the way that is most

advantageous to him, and the owner of those portions may not prevent him from

doing so. However, on church holidays I do not believe that he should legally be

allowed to do any mining work. But if the miners nonetheless want to work on

church holidays—in accordance with the mine owners’ wish or not—then you

should ask about this. 36 This is an interesting passage, presenting a sequence of subordinate clauses positing a range of conflicting wishes among stakeholders in a productive mine; the text of Freiberg ‘A’ does not offer resolution but advises the reader to “ask about it”—presumably, ask a local mining official or expert if such a need arises.

518

[22r]

[FrA 23]

On those who should not do wood-cutting

and on the regulation of wood-cutting.[*145]37

Any man who does wood-cutting work and also has portions in a mine[*146] where

there is productive ore shall not go into that mine to work. And none of the wood-

workers[*147] shall dig in a mine where there is productive ore, so long as they are

doing wood-cutting work. And no miner shall own a wood-cutting operation.38

37 An inaccurate title, “On portions that a man claims” (<můthet>) that may have been adapted or misread from the title of the previous section [FrA 22], “On portions that a man leases” (<mittet>). The MS tradition per Ermisch has an (accurate) title concerning wood-cutting. 38 Here ends the so-called “Freiberg ‘A’” code.

519

We Anarch [anargk] and Heinrich of Waldenburg 39 , lords of Wolkenstein,

acknowledge before ourselves and our heirs that we have conferred, come together,

and are in agreement with the high-born princes and lords Sir Friedrich and Sir

Wilhelm and Sir Friedrich, landgraves in Thuringia and margraves of Meissen—our

gracious beloved lords—and all their heirs as regards the mining at Ehrenfriedersdorf

and in all of our territorial possessions, in all measure as is written hereafter.

Firstly, they shall have the court oversight [gericht] and rights to all gold and silver

veins, in all our territories, for three and a half[*148] measured claims on the

hanging-wall, and three and a half measured claims on the footwall. They shall

appoint their mine managers and mining officials as they do at other mines, as is

necessary in the mines and smelting works, and in the home settlements that are built

in conjunction with them. Also, the above-named gracious lords have granted us and

our heirs the favor—due to the on-going effort that we undertake in supporting and

furthering our mines and our gold works [goltwerck] and silver works

[sylberwergk]—that to us and our heirs on the lands we hold shall come two [22v]

portions from the collected tithe, up to the third portion. From the gold and silver

veins on all of our lands, as follows: if they establish more than one[*149] pile

[hauffen] as the tithe, then to us shall also be submitted two portions and a third

portion [zwey teyl/ vnd eyn dritteyl]. And additionally, if God should help you and

your gold works to prosper in our lands and produce a yield [gůtt] of which the tithe

amounts to three pounds or more—then they shall give us 500 Hungarian florin [.vc.

guldin Vngerisch] as the tax on this. And if the silver works prosper in our territory,

so that the tithe on it also amounts to three pounds in gold or more, then they shall

give us 200 new three-score-penny coins [.ijc. newe schock groschen]40 as the tax.

And whatever fines are assessed in mining—of these one half shall come to us. And

all[*150] the gold and silver that is extracted from mines in our lands shall be given

and transferred[*151] to their officials, who shall then bring it to their mint in

Freiberg. For each mark of gold in mine yield [yede margk goldes Bergisch gewicht] 39 The beginning of the Waldenburg/Meissen treaty of 1407. 40 I.e., a valuation of 12,000 “new” pennies.

520

presented, they shall there receive 64 florin41 [lxiiij. guldin]—and for each mark of

silver of the same weight, 32 florin [.xxxij. guldin]. From this, their mining officials

shall bring back to the mines the florin and pennies that are owed to us and shall then

transfer and pay them to us on demand. And if it happens that the gold or silver is

not handed over by their mining officials who are appointed there for their mint, as is

written above, they shall be fined in accordance with mintage regulations [müntz

recht]. In addition, our gracious lords shall not allow any free market to be

established within a half-mile distance from Ehrenfriedersdorf, Thum, Geyer, or

within a half mile of Wolkenstein or Zschopau [der schopa]—unless their officials

decide that there is a need and that they cannot do without one, in which case our

gracious lords can approve and have the market. They shall do so, however, only

with our permission and knowledge. [23r] So long as the free market is not being

held, every man who mines there may have his own bread, meat, and drink with him,

and we shall not prevent or discourage this. Except that, if someone wishes to serve

beer[*152], he shall get it from our lords’ towns42, and we shall order that it be sold

at a price that is typical [inn gewonlichem kauff] for other cities in the surrounding

area. However, if beer is lacking there, then they can get it somewhere else—from

whichever towns they wish. Also, in these mines we and our heirs shall collect taxes

from meat and bread vendors, smelting fees, and for grist [schrot] in customary and

lawful fashion—just as is customary and lawful in other mining areas. Further, our

subjects who are already settled on our lands mining on gold or silver veins should

remain. If their43 mine manager should come to the mines, then they shall receive

their granted claim from him. And whatever remains and lies vacant their mine

manager shall grant, as is customary. It is also declared by law: If tin veins

[ziengeng] should occur with gold or silver veins, so that the tin veins cannot be

worked without detracting from the gold or silver veins, then the tin veins shall lie

unworked. Work on the gold or silver shall proceed to a point where the tin veins

can be worked without interfering with the gold or silver veins. If it happens that the

41 The MS transcribed by Köhler indicated one half this amount—32 florin. 42 i.e., from breweries in the towns. 43 i.e., the margraves’.

521

previously-mentioned mines are abandoned or lie vacant, because no one is working

them, then the mines should revert directly to our possession, until such time as the

gold or silver works might become workable again. Hereby attended and witnessed

etc.

Year of our Lord 1407, on the Sunday of

St. Gall, in Grimma

522

[23v]

On recognizing

productive mining areas.44

How one can recognize and seek productive mines and the ores of all the metals, and

be the first to find them, according to the orientation of each mountainous area or

section of ground, and the veins, stringers, deposits and other ore formations of

same. These are shown skillfully with illustrative figures, along with figures

showing the subdivision of the world into directions and the wonders of nature under

the earth; which veins, stringers or other ore formations, in mountainous areas or in

open flatland, might fruitfully yield metallic ores and be promising to work—upon

which the costs will not be wasted. Just as it is not bad to know the wonderful works

of nature that are used under the earth which by mineral power are shown hereafter.

Also how the formations of the stringers and veins according to their orientation and

appearance of the flow patterns [sintfluß] strike, fall, and have their outcropping,

with specific treatment of each metal, be it gold, silver, copper, bismuth, tin, lead, or

iron45. From the illustrations in the following figures, both knowledgeable miners

and new, inexperienced miners will have recognition and guidance as to how the

metallic veins in mountains and valleys have their natural growth, properties [arth],

and effect, etc. This treatment of how to prepare metallic ores and of the ore’s

formation and origin has been drawn from the books of the wise ancients and the

experience of practiced miners, and is hereafter subdivided into ten chapters with

illustrations.

44 Here begins Haselberg’s edition of Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s “Bergbüchlein.” The following introductory paragraph takes the place of Rülein’s opening dialog between the experienced miner Daniel and the novice learner Knappius in the earlier editions of the “Bergbüchlein”. A transcription of the title page and opening dialog from the first edition, designated B1, is included as Appendix A. 45 We note the substitution of bismuth for mercury in this listing of metals compared to the coverage of chapters 4-10 of the “Bergbüchlein.” Bismuth is mentioned in Chapter 4 (on silver); this change might be reflective of the scarce occurrence of mercury in nature.

523

[24r]

The First Chapter, on the

Common Origin of the Ores.

[Figure 4.2: Scene of miners at work – same as 4.1]

Regarding the common origin of the ores—be they silver, gold, tin, copper, iron, or

lead ores—by which they occur everywhere, and are called by the name, metallic

ore: Note that the growth or birth of a metallic ore requires an active agent and a

passive thing, or materials that are suited to [24v] receive the effect. The common

active agent of ore and of all things that are born is the heavens and their trajectory,

light, and influence, as the natural philosophers say. The influence of the heaven is

multiplied by the movement of the firmament and the counter-movement of the

seven planets. In this way, each metallic ore receives a special, particular influence

from its own planet, for the characteristic shared by it and the ore, in terms of heat,

cold, wetness and dryness. Hence, gold is made by the Sun or its influence, Silver

by the moon, tin by Jupiter, copper by Venus, iron by Mars, lead by Saturn,

quicksilver by Mercury. For this reason, the metals are often referred to by the

524

Hermetics and other wise men with names such as: gold—Sun, ‘Sol’ in Latin;

silver—Moon, ‘Luna’ in Latin. These are clearly given in the separate chapters

devoted to each metal—thus just a short statement on the common active agent of

the metals and ores is given here. Now, the passive material or common matter of all

metals is, according to the opinion of the wise men, sulfur and quicksilver. By the

course and influence of the heavens these must be fused and hardened to a metallic

body or to an ore. Some believe that, by the course and influence of the heavens,

fumes or vapors (called ‘mineral exhalations’) of sulfur and quicksilver are pulled up

out of the depths of the earth, and in fumigating upwards in veins and stringers, have

fused through the effect of the planets and been made into an ore. However, there

are others who do not believe that the metals are formed by quicksilver, because

there are ores in many places where no quicksilver is found. Instead, in place of

quicksilver they assert [25r] wet and cold slimy matter with no sulfur, this matter

being drawn out of the earth as its sweat. From this matter, upon mixing in the sulfur

all metals are formed.

Now the opinion of each who expresses good understanding and proper explication

is right, whether the ore or metal is formed from the moisture of the earth or matter

of the first degree, and from fumes or vapours for one part or matter of the second

degree, the two are called quicksilver. Note that, in the mixing or fusion of the

quicksilver and sulfur in the ore, the sulfur acts as the male seed and the quicksilver

as the female seed in the bearing or conception of a child. For this, sulfur is an

especially appropriate agent for ores or metals.

525

The 2nd Chapter.

On the common characteristics of

mountainous mining places.

Although the influence of the heavens and the characteristics of the matter relate to

the formation of each ore or metal, these are not sufficient to effectively bring about

the birth of the ores. In addition, a proper setting for a natural vessel is essential, in

which the ore is formed. These include the veins, specifically rocky/vertical veins46,

sloping veins, merging veins 47 , crossing veins, or however these are known

according to the many regional dialects. Pertinent here are also suitable ways or

access channels by which the mineral- or ore-forming power can have access into the

natural vessel. These include the stringers, specifically [25v] surface stringers,

intersecting stringers, sloping stringers, crossing stringers or other miscellaneous

deposits, as these might be called according to the many regional dialects. Also

important is the appropriate setting in the mountainous terrain in which the veins and

stringers strike. The common orientation of the terrain or of the setting is in some

places towards the morning [i.e., east], in some places towards noon [south], in some

towards the evening [west], and in some towards midnight [north]48. But the slope

or location on the mountainous terrain that is oriented towards the south is more

suited than any of the others to yield rich ore, especially if it has a horizontal portion

sloping towards the south. That is the best setting of all terrains to work. The

following figure illustrates this:

46 Ursprung contains <staynende> (rocky), a typographical error for stehende (‘standing’ or vertical). 47 <Schwargeng>—a typographical error for Schargänge found in earlier editions. 48 Hereafter, “east”, “south”, “west” and “north” will be used.

526

[Figure 4.3: South-facing slope with ore vein.]49

[26r] For a clarification of what has just been said on the directions of the compass,

and of the following text, it is to note that the entire surface of the earth is subdivided

into twenty four parts, named “horizon” after the circle that divides the heavens into

an upper and a lower part where the heavens meet the face of the earth. First the

circle is divided into four parts, with two lines that cross each other perpendicularly

[creutzweiß] with equivalent angles or corners—named east or morning, south,

sundown or west, and midnight. Then, each part is subdivided into six parts. In the

east, 6 is to be placed; thereafter 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11 on the other parts before south.

And then 12 in the south, and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 on the other parts beyond south.

Thereafter 6 in the west, and 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 on the other parts beyond west.

Thereafter 12 in the north, and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 on the other parts beyond north. And the

49 For this slide and following slides, note: <Der auffgang/ oder Morgen.> = “East or morning,” <Der Mittag.> = “Noon” (i.e., south), <Der Nidergang/ oder Abent.> = “West or evening,” <Die Mitternacht.> = “Midnight” (i.e., north).

527

time of day is subdivided by the half-pointer. The following figure provides greater

clarification of this:

[Figure 4.4: Compass – version 1]50

50 Cf. correct compass image in Appendix B (figure A.1). Note the erroneous designation <21> in place of <12> in the south and north.

528

[26v]

The 3rd Chapter.

On the strike and outcropping

of veins and stringers.

The strike of veins is their strengthening as the veins are drawn further away,

according to the length between the rock base of the mountainous terrain. This

striking is in some cases from the east to the west, in some cases from the west to the

[27r] east. A vein has its strike from the east to the west when its hanging-wall stone

(with its little earth-filled joints [schmerklüfftlin]) dips towards the west.

[Figure 4.5: Two veins on a south-facing slope, one with east-west strike and one

with west-east strike]51

51 Rülein’s first edition, B1, places “hash-marks” on the veins to show the directionality of their strikes; thus, the two veins shown were distinguished by opposite directions of strike. This detail was degraded in B2 and lost altogether in B3 and the subsequent editions. This is true for the next seven figures, as well.

529

On the other hand, a vein strikes from the west to the east when its rock dips towards

the east, as is shown here in the figures, which are divided according to the slope of

the mountain. The slope of the first figure is toward the south; the slope of the

second figure is towards the north.

[27v]

[Figure 4.6: Two veins on a north-facing slope, one with east-west strike and one

with west-east strike]52

Furthermore, some strikes of veins go from south to north, and some go in the

reverse, from north to south. You discern them according to the dip of the stone, as

has just been said above, and this is subdivided according to the slope of the

mountain as shown here:

[28r]

52 The surrounding captions are incorrect; note that <Der Abent.> (“west”) occurs twice. <Der Mittag.> (“south”) should be replaced by <Die Mitternacht.> (“north”); <Die Mitternacht.> by <Der Mittag.>; <Der Abent.> (“west”) on the top of the image should be replaced by <Der Morgen.> (“east”). <Der Abent.> on the bottom of the figure is correct. In B1, the printer reused the wood block corresponding to Figure 4.4, changing the captions appropriately; however, all of the subsequent editions produce new images.

530

[Figure 4.7: Two veins on a west-facing slope, one with south-north strike and one

with north-south strike]53

[28v]

53 <g> = Gang (“vein”). The surrounding captions are incorrect: <Der Morgen.> should be replaced by <Der Mittag.>; <Die Mitternacht> should be replaced by <Der Abent.>; <Der Abent.> by <Die Mitternacht.>; <Der Mittag.> by <Der Morgen.>. In B1, the printer reused the wood block corresponding to Figure 4.5, changing the captions appropriately; however, all of the subsequent editions produce new images.

531

[Figure 4.8: Two veins on an east-facing slope, one with south-north strike and one

with north-south strike]

And in some cases the strike of the veins goes from in between east and south to in

between east and north. And some go in the reverse direction, from in between west

and south to in between east and south.

[29r]

532

[Figure 4.9: Two veins on a northwest-facing slope, one with northwest-southeast

strike and one with southeast-northwest strike]54

And in some cases the strike of the veins goes from in between south and west to in

between east and north. And some go in the reverse direction, from in between east

and north to in between south and west. But this also is subdivided according to the

slope of the mountainous terrain, as follows hereafter in this figure:

[29v]

54 <g> = Gang (“vein”), <w> = Witterung (“exhalations”), <n> = Nebel (“mist”). To be accurate, the captions <Der Morgen.> and <Der Abent.> need to be reversed.

533

[Figure 4.10: Two veins on a northeast-facing slope, one with northeast-southwest

strike and one with southwest-northeast strike]55

And in some cases the strike of the veins occurs at any point between the four

cardinal directions of the compass, and their centers strike twice in between one of

the directions. Thus there are twenty four possible strikes for all veins that have a

straight and simple strike, as is easy to recognize in the previous figure of the

directions of the compass. There are also some veins that do not have straight and

simple strikes, but rather are curved like a half-circle or bending in random

directions—these strikes might go from east [30r] to south, or else from south to

west, or in other directions of the compass. These veins, just as they are irregular in

their strikes, are also irregular in their orientations, as follows in the other chapters.

There are also some veins that have their strikes in flat field, and are therefore called

‘field structure’ [feld gebew]. And some veins have their strikes in a low place or

55 As in the previous figure, the captions <Der Morgen.> and <Der Abent.> need to be reversed.

534

valley, from east to west, or the reverse, and from south to north, or the reverse, and

in other directions of the compass as stated above. Enough said about the strikes of

the veins. It follows now to talk about the hanging-wall and the footwall.

[Figure 4.11: Intersecting veins with non-linear paths and varying directionality of

strike]

[30v]

535

[Figure 4.12: Vertical veins, one with south-facing stringers and one with north-

facing stringers]56

Note that every vein has its hanging-wall and footwall. The hanging-wall of a vein

is its roof over the vein, against which the vein pushes with its back. Its footwall is

its rock base upon which it lies. However, there are some veins that have a vertical

dip so that one cannot readily recognize a hanging-wall or footwall, except from

some hanging stringers [hengklüfften] that might give an indication of this57—also in

all directions of the compass, as they are named above. [31r] For clarification of this

see the preceding figure. Enough said of the hanging-wall and footwall; the

following pertains to outcroppings [außgehen] of veins.

Note that each vein has two outcroppings. One is the outcropping into the daylight

[gegen dem tage] after the entire length of the vein. This is called the outcropping of

56 The depiction of south- versus north-oriented stringers was lost after B1; two identical veins are shown. The captions <Der Morgen.> and <Der Abent.> need to be reversed. 57 B1 contained an additional phrase, lost in later editions: “And these hanging-walls and footwalls of veins can also occur in all directions.”

536

the whole vein. The second outcropping is against or opposite to the strike of the

vein in terms of its rock formation. This is called the rock outcropping [des gesteyns

außgehend]. When a vein has its strike from east to west, it has its rock outcropping

to the east; or conversely from west to east, it has its outcropping in the west. Note

similarly for all the other directions of the compass—according to how the vein is

oriented in its strike, so might the rock outcropping be also, in all directions of the

compass, as is easy to see in the illustrations above. This is enough said about the

outcroppings of the veins.

For greater clarification of the matter just said about the directions of the world and

about the strikes of the veins, it is to note that a compass should be subdivided into

twenty four parts in a defined circle.

First into four parts, by two lines that cross each other perpendicularly with

equivalent angles or corners. The one line should stretch from 12 on the compass via

the magnet or over the center of the iron forked needle (that has received its power

from the magnet) into the middle between five or four before south,58 being straight

as a cord according to how the compass is to be constructed. The second line should

go perpendicularly as is reported before. Over these just-stated lines, of equivalent

corners, according to the position of the land with respect to south and [31v] north,

the pole is raised higher and higher over the earth’s circle (known as the horizon).

Now, the just-mentioned diagonal or crossing lines strike from many directions of

the compass [örtern des Compasts]. Moreover,

58 B1 contained an additional phrase, lost in later editions: “and seven or eight after south .”

537

[Figure 4.13: Compass – version 2]59

depending on whether the circumference is drawn inside or outside the hours-circle,

it is changed more and more. Sometimes it strikes before eight in the morning to

before four in the evening, other times just from eight to four60. Be careful that, by

the lines of compass that correspond to the hours of the day [32r], you are not misled

by the inequality of the slightly misaligned lines of the cross and the lines marking

the hours. But anyway—to calibrate based on this well-blessed land of Meissen, the

same cross line goes on the compass usually just before 8, where their lines touch the

circle below, to before 4 by the same measure. The timekeepers [Chronographi]

know this well, and thus on the line by 4 in the afternoon we mark 6 in the morning,

because these lines on the compass always mean the morning, and mark 12 noon on

the line between 4 or 5 before noon, and 7 or 8 in the afternoon. These lines indicate 59 In Ursprung the two versions of the compass image are identical; for the correct image from B1, cf. Appendix B, figure A.2. The function of the second compass image in Rülein’s B1 was to superimpose an inner sundial on the first compass. So here, the inner dial is being described in the text but is missing from Haselberg’s woodcut image. Both compass images were degraded in technical accuracy in every edition of the “Bergbüchlein” after B1. 60 B1 contained an additional phrase, lost in later editions: “other times after eight to after four.”

538

noon at all times on the compass. And on the line by 8 before noon, to mark 6 in the

evening, because the same line indicates at all times the evening. And to mark 12

midnight on the line by 12 on the compass, which line always indicates midnight.

Each of the parts is divided as above into 6 portions, the earth’s surface into 24 parts

total. This is shown in the preceding figure.

Thus you can have certain knowledge of the directions of the world, and of the

strike, dip, and outcroppings of veins, when a compass so subdivided is placed over

the vein.

The following is about stringers [clüfften].

See that the strike, dip, and outcropping of stringers occur the same ways as the

strikes of veins. The strike or pitch of stringers is sometimes from the east to the

west, sometimes from the south to the north, sometimes the opposite directions, and

sometimes in still other directions. Some stringers are surface stringers, intersecting

stringers, crossing stringers, or however these called in various [32v] mining

expressions [berckleuffiger weiß]. These stringers sometimes bring or introduce

enrichment [veradelung] to the vein and make good ores. Sometimes they deplete

and diminish the mineral-forming influence [minerisch wirckung] or ore-forming

power [ärtzliche krafft], so that substantial exhalations [grosse witterung] into the

atmosphere are frequently found far away from the veins and mislead many miners

in selecting where to work. However, in the following chapter I will show which

stringers bring enrichment, and which ones deplete the deposits.

539

The 4th Chapter.

On silver ore and its veins.

The imperfect metals [das vnuolkommlich Metall], based on the formative influence

[wirckung] and the natural order [ordnung der natur], clearly should be described

first. However, because the most valuable metal is favored more—and rightly so—I

will start with the highest and most noble, and work my way down from one to the

next in proper order. In this approach, gold would appropriately go first, because of

the nobility of its nature. However, it seemed good to me—given that the land of

Meissen (in which this booklet about the ores was recently compiled) is blessed with

all the metal ores but predominantly with silver ore—that I therefore should first

describe the origin of the birth61 of silver ore.

Silver ore, in the opinion of the wise masters, is formed by the influence of the moon

(as is touched upon above) from clear quicksilver [klarem quecksilber] and pure,

strong sulfur—that is, by the power of the moon as an active agent [krafft eines

wirckers] and the properties of the materials [geschicklichkeyt der materien]62. The

silver ore is formed in many ways. Some in the mud in water, as a black or gray

formation [raum] in the same way as follows hereafter in the chapter on gold ore;

some also in veins and [33r] stringers as follows in the present chapter.

For recognizing the rich [guldigen] and persistent veins to be worked in preference to

others, one should note that the very best setting for a vein is on the slope of a

mountain toward the south, so that its strike goes from seven or six in the east to six

or seven in the west according to the subdivision of directions [abteylung der welt]

as is touched upon above. Thus, if the outcropping of the entire vein is toward the

north, and especially if also the end of its rock extends toward the east, its hanging-

wall towards the south, its footwall toward the north, it is in this setting of a

mountain and vein that the influences of the heavens are very well received for the 61 B1 stated “origin and birth.” Edition B2 corrupted the wording to “origin of the birth.” 62 I.e., the quicksilver and the sulfur.

540

preparation of the matter [materi] from which silver ore will be made or formed and

held securely, as a well-designed container [wolgeschickten gefäß], such that the

generation of the silver can be accomplished all the more perfectly. But the other

strikes of veins, oriented between the west and north63, are considered more or less

rich, according to whether they are directed [sich örtern] nearer or further from the

just-mentioned strikes of veins—with the corresponding hanging-walls, footwalls,

and outcroppings. But the veins that have their strike from the north to the south,

their hanging-wall toward the west, their footwall and outcropping toward the east—

these ones are more promising to work than the veins that strike from the south to the

north, with their hanging-wall toward the east and their footwall and outcropping

toward the west. However, sometimes this last type of veins bears efflorescing

[angeflogen] and native silver or good ores in some places, and yet nothing in them

is persistent and lasting. This is because all the mineral power is completely exhaled

[außgebradempt] and wafted [33v] and drawn away through the outcroppings of

such veins. Note the same as stated above also for veins that have their strikes from

the east to the west, and that have their outcroppings and footwall towards the south,

because they are depleted through their outcroppings.

Note: Among veins of silver there are some that have quartz [quertz] in their

hanging-wall and footwall. Some have heavy spar [spatt], some hornstone

[hornsteyn]; some, iron-stone [eysensteyn]; some, white sticky rock [weiß lättig

gebirge]; some, limestone64; some, mixed or loose stone of many colors caused by

the mixing of vapors [bradem] of many natures that color the stone. And there are

some other unusual rock types [gebirg].

In addition, some of the veins themselves contain white or yellow pyrites [kißweiß];

some, galena [glantz]; some, bismuth ore [wißmad ärtz]; some, yellow sulfur [gilbe

oder geele schweiff]; and some, white, brown, or black clays [läten]. Some contain

63 In place of “oriented between the west and north,” B1 reads as: “oriented between the east and south, into the quadrant between wests and north,” with loss of one line of text in B2 (and subsequent editions). 64 Reading, per Sisco/Smith translation, <klagstein> as <kalkstein>.

541

burnt black, blue, brown, or green weathering [witterung] by virtue of the mineral

vapors; some translucent [blentliche] and dark, and some bright-white [weißlicht]

gangue with the appearance of alum. The latter type is called transparent quartz,

even though—contrary to the nature of quartz—it melts to liquid in fire. Stringers

also contain the same in terms of gangue and formations, as just discussed for veins.

Wherever these various formations of veins and stringers contain silver, one should

by sight subdivide the formations into the hanging-wall or footwall and inspect them,

because the formations will give an indication and show or expose the ore in a steep

[steenden] or sloping vein.

But wherever branch veins [schargenge], hanging stringers [henckklüfft], or crossing

veins [creutzgeng] are located over the striker [streicher] or main vein—there one

can dig confidently, because the veins ennoble themselves there and become very

rich in the depths. This is if, of the outcroppings of these veins and formations, one

is towards the north and the other towards the east. Thus it is most advisable that

one should in some places branch off of the main [34r] vein and follow various other

ore formations that have their outcroppings and slope in favorable directions of the

compass, as is covered above, because in many mountainous areas there are many

formations occurring in many directions of the compass other than the strike and

slope of the veins.

Wherever many formations in a mountainous area join together with the vein and

stay together in the depths—there one can confidently dig, especially if the

formations have proved to contain silver, because in the depths it is especially

promising that one will extract a good ore. If, however, in digging there is a foul

place [fewle], one should not be alarmed by that, but rather stay with the ore

formation and dig down all the way through the bad place until reaching the vein

with its formations and exposing it to the fresh air. However, if a comb barrier

formation [kam] is encountered and solid rock [hart gebürg] or stone occurs, so that

it blocks the vein or the ore, and yet there is mud [lätten] or some other workable

542

type of substance between the hanging-wall and footwall, one should definitely

follow it.

Wherever heavy spar veins are mixed with stringers, are weathering, or mixed with

clay—there is certainly ore to work in the depths there. Thus it is very promising to

dig there, even if one or two of the formations cut off and another type comes, be it

pyrites [kißwerck], yellow or burnt [brand], that contains silver in it—one can

certainly dig for it.

Wherever in digging heavy spar is being extracted and it cuts off, and soon no

additional ore occurs—there one should be concerned that the heavy spar is not of a

vein [ganghafft], but rather is breccia [geschütt] or a fissure gouge formation

[klufftwitterung] that strikes next to the veins. Take note that all merging veins

[schargäng] or hanging stringers [hengklüfft] that dip from the north, or close to

north, enrich the main vein—that is a very promising place on which to work and dig

down. [34v] But hanging stringers that slope from the south, or close to south,

deplete all veins to which they run. And similarly, all veins and stringers—be they

hanging stringers, intersecting stringers, crossing stringers, or other bedded deposits

[flötzwerck]—are depleted if they have their outcropping toward the south, or close

to south.

Further is to note, where any sloping veins occur near a vertical strike [stehenden

streichen], and where stringers, cross veins, or other structure and bedded deposits

cross or go over the two veins, the vertical and the sloping—that is a very promising

place on which to work and dig down. Especially good are the formations that

intersect perpendicularly, have their outcropping toward the east, and have the main

vein or sloping vein’s outcropping toward the north. And similarly it is promising

to work where a sloping vein clusters into an ore deposit [stolort] and adjoins a

vertical vein and strikes with it, because their fusion [vereynigung] or joining

together in the deep promises a most remarkable treasure. In this situation it is

543

advisable that one occasionally break into the hanging-wall and footwall of the

vertical vein to see if one might reach the sloping vein and discover the extent of the

ore deposit [stollort] and how far away the sloping vein will lead to the vertical vein.

Hence, with such diligence a remarkable treasure will frequently be extracted at very

low cost at the point of fusion of the veins. Because the sloping vein usually leads to

the vertical vein through its own ore deposit, according to some mining laws the

sloping vein to the vertical is recognized as a taxable vein [zinßhafftiger gang].

Note: For clarification of the above-mentioned structure of veins that might have ore

within themselves, one should notice that those veins that have quartz, spar, or

hornstone in their hanging-wall and footwall, and are joined by clayey mud [letten]

between the walls—these are promising to work. Note also: The veins that carry

iron-stone or other iron fragments [eysenmal] in their hanging-wall [35r] and

footwall and have within them bismuth ore or a tough alteration product or

weathering [feyßte vnd zähe witterung]—these are also promising to work. Note

also: These veins that carry a white country rock65 in the hanging-wall and footwall

and have within them black or burnt weathering—they are also promising to work, if

the type of strike and outcropping of the veins is as addressed above. Note finally:

The veins that are enclosed and bound with solid rock and carry in them soft or slate-

like [milde oder schiferige] gangue formations commingled with argentite [glaßertz]

or other spiny, fresh ores [stachel frisch ertzt]—these same veins are quite promising

to work, because such formations bring a remarkable treasure in the depths, where

they are enriched with other minerals or suitable strikes, dip, and outcroppings as is

addressed above.

65 Here and below, “country rock” adopted from Sisco/Smith for <zechsteyn>.

544

The 5th Chapter.

On Gold Ore.

According to the opinion of the wise masters, gold ore is formed out of the very

clearest sulfur [aller klärsten schwefel], that is, most purified and refined in the earth,

by the influence of the heavens, particularly the sun. This sulfur contains no

corpulence [feyßtigkeyt] that could be consumed and burned by fire. It also contains

no unstable, watery moisture [vnbestendige wässerige feuchtigkeyt] that might be

driven off by fire. And gold ore is formed out of the very most stable quicksilver

[allerbestendigsten quecksilber], purified to the highest degree so that the pure sulfur

suffers no interference in the formation of the ore. All of its external surface is

simultaneously penetrated and colored down to its very core with its persistent citric

color [citrin farb]. And thus, the two—the sulfur and the quicksilver as mineral

[35v] material—are fused into a metal by the influence of the heavens, in this case of

the sun, in a characteristic setting which curves toward the sun and promotes its

influence to bring into itself the mineral vapors of the sulfur and quicksilver. These

two are fused with the very strongest and most powerful bonds [verbindungen] to a

metal body [metallischen cörper], the union [verpüntnus] of which cannot be

dissolved even by the sharpest and greatest effect of fire.

Gold is formed in many settings—some in plain sand of river water [fliesses], some

under banked earth [tham erden] in marshy areas [sumpffen], some in gravel pits

[kießwercke], some in pure form [gedigen] in stringers or veins. Furthermore, some

is formed in various formations and weathering products where the veins and

stringers merge, including slate deposits [schiferwerck], or black, brown, gray, blue,

or yellow weathering or clayey formations. The gold that is formed in the sand of a

river is the clearest and highest gold, because its matter is greatly refined by the flow

and counterflow [widerfluß] of the water and by the nature of the location in which

545

said gold is found—by the orientation of the stream66 in which the placer [seyphen]

gold is formed.

The most suitable setting for the stream is that next to it towards the north are

mountains, and towards the south or west flat land. In addition, it should flow from

the east to the west—that is the most advantageous direction of flow for the stream.

The second most suitable direction of flow is from the west to the east, with the same

setting of a mountainous area as mentioned before. The third best direction of flow

is from the north to the south, with a mountainous area in the east. And the worst

direction of flow of a stream for the formation of gold is from the south to the north,

where high mountains [36r] rise up in the west. The direction of flow of streams is

as varied as the directions of the compass, just as was described with regard to the

strikes of veins above, in the chapter on silver ores. And each stream is judged to be

better or worse by being closer to or farther away from the just-mentioned optimal

directions of flow.

[Figure 4.14: River with gold deposit]

66 Literally “water”, but clearly a stream or river in this context.

546

For greater recognition of the locations and streams that bear gold, note that, in rivers

where gemstones are found, such as amethysts, rubies, crystals, or other refined

precious stones [hohe geleutterte steynkörner], [36v] there gold is readily born also,

and this is an indicator of the positive virtue of the location. This is because, in the

opinion of Albertus Magnus, only rarely are hot and dry vapors or exhalations drawn

up out of the earth without warm and moist vapors being drawn up also. From the

dry vapors the gemstones are formed and born—and the clearer, subtler, and nobler

the vapors are, the more beautiful, better, and harder the gemstones will be. From

the moist vapors the metals are formed and made—and the clearer, purer and better

ventilated the matter is from which the vapors or fumes are drawn, the more lasting

and better the metal that will form from them. Whenever the two, moist and dry

vapors, are drawn up with each other, each hardens according to its particular nature,

and so, as just mentioned, when gemstones are discovered in a river, this is a definite

indicator of gold. Also, where little, dense crystals that are of a dense and fine

structure [schörlin körner… von gedichtem vnd subtilen spiß] are discovered in the

river or nearby, a gold deposit [Goldwerck] is not far away. However, the nuggets

must be fine, because if coarse-structured crystals [grob spissig schörlin] are found

instead, then there is little hope for the best and sublest metal, namely gold. Note

that the gold that is formed under embanked earth by marshy areas is inferior and

less rich, because the gray or black sandy earth [schwartzraum] in which gold flakes

[flemerli] or nuggets [goldkörnli] are contained is frequently found, upon grinding to

powder and smelting, to contain more silver than gold, also copper. Hence the gold

is found to be inferior by the admixture with silver. Also this sandy earth sometimes

has an impurity [wildigkeyt] to it that darkens the noble and high color of the gold.

Thus, because of its appearance the [37r] gold is valued lower in its grade [Grad].

However, from this it is only a little inferior, because with a little skillful work one

can easily remove this impurity from the gold so that its high color remains

undarkened.

547

For recognizing a suitable place for gold to be generated, note that under the

embanked earth, where a formation lies, many weathered streamlets [gwitterte

stremlin] are found—like the seams [äderlin] or little stringers [kleyn klüfftlin] as one

sometimes finds running through the loam streaks [leymen streichen] in the loam pits

[leym grůben]—that is quite a promising place to carry out good earth extraction.

Especially in a place where many small streamlets go or join, they increase the

mineral-forming power from the earth to generate a greater production of gold.

Note: The gold that is formed in a gravel pit is mixed with much various worthless

material [vnart], due to the rough [wilden] sulfur and impure [vnreyner] earth from

which the gravel deposit is made. Nonetheless after a long time, by the influence of

the sun and the heavens, the finest [subtilest] gold is purified and heated in the

gravel, in one part after the other. This forms a stable gold ore that takes hard work

with fire to separate from the impure gravel.

This gold-gravel is found in various places, for example as a single bedded deposit

that lies through the entire layer of a moutainous place. This deposit is called a

‘horizontal vein’ in some regional dialects. And some is found in veins, in vertical

veins that have a hanging-wall and footwall.

Level gravel is very poor in gold, because the influence of the heavens achieves little

strength due to the poor characteristics [vngeschickligkeyt] of the setting.

But the gold gravel deposit that is vein-like is considered better [37v] and richer as

the country rock of the vein in the hanging-wall and footwall becomes finer and

nobler. Also, according to the relative advantage of directionality in which the gold

veins have their strikes and outcroppings, and insofar as they are imbued with

various stringers, these factors bring enrichment to the vein, and hence—as described

above in the chapter on silver veins—these veins are also considered better and

richer. Further, some of the gold that is formed in other veins without gravel-beds

548

[kißgäng] is found pure in stone. Some is found in a yellow clay; some is found in

fine brown deposits [witterung]; and some is found mixed in quartz and embedded

within it.

Where the brown deposits show themselves to be vein-like, there it is very promising

to work, because added ore from hanging stringers yield a remarkable treasure in the

deep.

Similarly, where the yellow clays are vein-like, at that place it is very promising to

dig, if the vein in the hanging-wall and footwall bears a fine country rock. In

addition, where the gold is found pure in the stringers that strike next to the veins,

one should note in which direction the stringer runs to the vein. There one can

reliably prospect and dig down. But if that same stringer runs away from the vein,

one should be concerned that there be scarcely anything worthwhile to dig there,

unless the stringer runs outwards to another vein. Therefore, wherever such hanging

stringers that contain pure gold run and fall from the vein, it is highly advisable that

one should conduct an exploration or search via exploratory pits [schürpffen] in the

ground at that place for other veins. Hence, with foresight one can work the stringer

formations and veins together.

549

The 6th Chapter.

On tin ore.

Tin ore or tinstone67 is formed by the influence of Jupiter out of pure quicksilver and

a little sulfur. [38r] In the mixing of the two, impure, coarse sulfurous vapors are

introduced, that are incorporated with each other and fused into a metal called tin.

The tin produced from this impure vapor is strong, odorous, brittle and fragile, just as

it makes any metal into which it is introduced impure and fragile.

Note: some tinstone is born in rivers, as above with gold, and some is washed out as

large kernels [großkörnig] that are like glassy pebbles [schörlin]. From the latter

comes the most beautiful and best tin, that one calls alluvial tin [seyffen], because its

matter is very thoroughly refined and ennobled by the characteristics of its setting.

Some tinstone is formed in rock and found in veins; it is considered better, the

farther from gravel-veins [kießgängen] it is found—and the less mixed in with these,

especially with thick and copper-containing ore which can scarcely be separated

from the tinstone. However, oreless rock [der taub kiß] in the tin-stone is not so

detrimental, because it is softened and turned to ash by the sting of fire, so that with

water it is separated from the tin-stone in the slag [Test].

In addition, some cassiterite or tin-stone is found in a layered cluster [geschüt], nest-

like [nestig], rather than in veins in rock. This tin-stone is purer and better, the

farther it lies from the gravel veins and the less it is mixed with active sulfur.

A characteristic of this tin-stone is that it always grows above ground and repels

rock-debris [geschůb] from itself.

67 Also known as Zwitter or cassiterite.

550

The 7th Chapter

On copper ore.

Copper ore is formed by the influence of Venus. It is made of good, pure

quicksilver—though not completely free of excess unsuitable moisture—and of over-

heated burning and impure sulfur, and from this heat of the sulfur the whole metal is

colored red through and through. This metal ore is sometimes found in bedded slate

deposits [schiffrigen fletzwerck] [38v] and sometimes in veins with many forms of

ore—some brown, some green, some gravelly [kißig]. The copper ore in the slate

deposits is mixed with a great deal of oreless gangue rock, so that the metal is

extracted only with difficulty, by simply roasting in the oven or smelting. But the

copper ore in veins is found to be better and richer, the more the veins’ hanging-wall

and footwall contain a noble and higher-quality country rock. The ore is also better

and richer according to the degree in which the veins’ strike is in favorable directions

of the compass, as stated above of the silver veins. Finally, the veins also contain

better and richer copper ore in them the more they are enriched by merging stringers

and ore formations.

As regards the strike of copper veins, and their enrichment, note the same as reported

above on the enrichment of silver veins—except that the copper veins generally are

strong [mächtig] that have their strike on the slope of the mountain towards the

north, though their copper is inferior in silver content. However, the veins that have

their strike on the slope of the mountains towards the south are finer, and their

copper is richer in silver. These veins are also enriched by their strikes, as is

reported above for silver veins.

551

The 8th Chapter.

On iron-stone.

Iron is formed by the influence of Mars from impure quicksilver and rough, impure

sulfur, which has much earth drawn into the mixture of the metal. Hence, the iron is

very difficult to soften in the fire, and contains much rust in it because of the impure

sulfur. Also because of this, iron is not easily mixed, liquified and poured into, or

fused with any other metal.

Iron-stone is found in some places as a [39r] layered bed deposit, brown and yellow;

in other places as veins. The iron-stone from the bedded deposit produces much

‘scoria’ [storias] or iron slag, and little iron. The iron-stone in veins gives richer

iron, though it is sometimes brittle due to mixing with some other type of metal.

Note: The iron veins possessing a hanging-wall and footwall are not to be

disregarded, especially when their strike is from the east to the west, and their dip is

towards the south. And when the footwall and outcropping strike towards the north,

after the iron-stone is extracted, then that vein will generally prove to contain gold or

other valuable ores underneath.

552

The 9th Chapter.

On lead-ore

Lead-ore is formed by the influence of Saturn out of crude, watery, heavy, impure

quicksilver and a little sulfur that cooks the quicksilver with its hot vapors, and runs

together to form a metallic body. And because the two, the sulfur and quicksilver,

are only fused with a weak bond, its metallic body, the lead, is easily consumed and

driven off by the fire.

This metal ore is sometimes found as a horizontal vein, some in a vertical vein. The

horizontally bedded lead-ore under an earthen bank [rasem] is poor in silver, unless

the silver formations fall into it there, as can happen with stringers. But the lead-ore

in veins can be richer and higher in silver, depending on the fall of their strikes, and

that makes their ore content richer, as is stated above about silver. Lead-ore in veins

is sometimes found black, sometimes minium-colored [menfarb], and sometimes

lustrous [glantzig].

553

[39v]

The 10th chapter.

On common quicksilver.

Common quicksilver is formed by the influence of Mercury out of slimy, watery

moisture that is mixed with the very finest sulfurous earth. Some of this metal is

found formed into a brown earth, just as any other metal ore, some in pits into which

it has flowed out of stringers and out of the earth into a swamp [sumpf] with the

water. And some is vaporized and drawn up over the earth’s surface and is found in

the grass on the earth.

This metal is of a wondrous nature, as the alchemists well know from experience.

And in this instance also I shall leave it to them to further argue about its nature.

Knappius:68 “Though I now understand the matter from which metal ore is made and

the locations in which it can be productively worked, I still cannot tell how one or

the other can be smelted into the respective metal.”

Daniel: “The shift is up! Enough has been said about this topic for now. Tomorrow

we will go from the pit head [Kaw] to the smelting house [hüten], and then I will tell

you, with which additives [zůsatz] the sulfurous ore, with which the easily soluble

[leüchtflüssig] ore, with which the impure ore, with which the coarse [grob] or fine-

grain [klaynspissig] ore should be smelted, etc.”

If anyone wants to have the illustrations colored or painted to better distinguish and

recognize the mountains, then one should have the veins painted yellow; mist and

exhalations [witterung], smoke-colored; the water, blue. For the sake of

understanding, I have labelled these throughout with letters as follows: 68 Here resumes the framing dialog found in the beginning of B1 and following editions up until Ursprung, in which Haselberg preferred instead to supply a brief prose introduction under the heading, <Von erkantnus der Berckwerck>. Obviously, however, he overlooked the fact that the dialog resumes to close the work here!

554

[40r]

g69 Vein of the mountain.

w70 Exhalations of the mountain.

n71 Mist of the mountain.

69 g = vein (Gang) 70 w = exhalations (Witterung) 71 n = mist (Nebel)

555

Head vein claim 72

[Fundgrub] and a double-

claim [wehr]

A head vein claim is the first mine [zech] or pit

[grůben] on a new vein and has three double-

claims. A double-claim is 14 fathoms73, and a head

vein has three double-claims for its size; that is 42

fathoms.

Adjacent claims

[Negsten] and other

measured claims

[Messen].

Each of the adjacent claims and other measured

claims that are assigned on the same vein has a size

of no more than two double-claims; that is 24

fathoms.

A granted claim [Lehen]. A granted claim is 7 fathoms in size; 2 granted

claims is a double-claim. A head vein claim is 3

double-claims; an adjacent claim or other measured

claim is 2 double-claims, as addressed above.

Vein buffer [Fierung]. Every vein encompasses, to infinite depth, three and

one-half fathoms in its hanging-wall and three and

one-half fathoms in its footwall. That is called the

vein’s buffer; the two parts make 7 fathoms.

Hanging-wall The vein’s hanging-wall is the ceiling that lies on

top of the vein and is its ceiling.

Footwall. The vein’s footwall is what the vein lies on.

Outcropping Is where the vein protrudes on the surface. Some

veins have their outcropping facing the east, some

the south, some the west, some the north. And

some have their outcropping in between the above

four directions, as is easy to understand on a

compass.

Vein strike [Streichens Some are from the east to the west; some from the

72 Here begin the so-called “Bergnamen,” the glossary of mining—and, in a separate section below, smelting—first co-published with the third edition of the “Bergbüchlein” (B3). 73 A fathom is approximately 6 feet.

556

Geng] south to the north, as one can determine from a

compass.

Bedded deposit [Fletz]. Is what extends horizontally and does not slope

downwards or upwards

How a bedded deposit is

to be defined

If one grants a claim on a bedded deposit, then one

grants as a buffer, as with a head vein, 42 fathoms

in length, and also 42 fathoms in width.

Fine stringers [Klüfftlin] Are stringers as narrow as the back of a knife blade,

or narrower or thicker, and have their strike and

outcropping like veins.

[40v] Shafts [Schächt]. Shafts, light-holes [liechtlocher], or air-holes

[Winschet] are all names for when one is working

downwards in the earth, or what one calls

underground [gesuncken].

Vertical tunnels

[Richtschäch]

Is where one is prospecting for ores in the mountain

and digs downward for them.

Underground windlass

chamber [Hornstatt].

Is a broad opened space, where the windlass stands.

Windlass support posts

[Haspelstützen]

Is what the crank post [rund baum] lies in.

Windlass support housing

[hengbanck].

Is what the support posts stand in.

Windlass [Haspel]. Is what one pulls out waste material and ore in, with

a rope.

Waste bucket

[Bergkübel].

Is what one pulls out waste material in; whatever is

not ore, one calls waste [berg].

Ore bucket [Ertzkübel]. Is what one pulls out ore in.

Water tub [Wasserziber] Is what one pulls out water in.

Sink [Sumpff]. Is what one holds water in.

Puddle-bucket Is what one dunks in a puddle—because one says

557

[Pfützeymer] ‘dunk’ [einpfützt], not ‘scoop’ [eingeschepfft].

Mine-ladder [Fart]. Is what one goes into the mine on—it’s called a

‘mine-ladder’, not a ‘ladder’ [laiter].

Support timbering

[Gezimmer] in mine

shafts.

Is supporting props [tragstempffel], and cross-

beams [jocher] stretch [spreitzen] across a gap

[strich].

Secured [Verpfendt]. Is if one timbers, and the support timbering does not

stand solid, then one strikes it into position with

wooden clubs [keülen].

Length [Leng] or flaw

[Feler].

Is that one is working on a vein or next to a vein.

Cut-through

[Verschrempt] or missed

[Verfarn]

Is when one works a place next to the vein and

leaves the vein untouched; this is also called

working up [aufffaren] to the vein.

Overshot.

[Nachgeschlagen]

Is when the vein has been missed, as reported

above, that one then overshoots.

Rock wall thrown

[wantgeworffen] or taken

down [abgetriben].

Is when it is extremely dense [faißt], then one must

cut out slits [ritz hawen] so that one can place

planks [pletz] and wedges [keyl] in them. Then the

miners strike them with mallets [feusteln]. That is

called a wall ‘thrown’ or ‘taken down’.

Solid [Fest]. Is when the vein is hard to extract.

Easily cut [Schnetig] Is when the vein or rock is good to extract.

Tools [Gezeuge] with

which one works in the

mine

Large mallet, small mallet, plank, wedge axes

[keilkratzen], iron wedges [fimel], wedge hoes

[keilhawen], stamp mallet [puch feustel]—these are

all tools with which one extracts and stamps ore.

[41r] Fill chamber

[Fulort].

Is a wide space carved out down in the mine, in

which one heaps ore and rubble—one calls it

‘heaped’, not ‘shed’ [geschütt], in the mine.

558

Transverse dig

[Querschlag]

Is a place where one drives through unproductive

rock [querstein] with no vein or stringers.

Sometimes one also drives a transverse dig on

stringers and veins, if one wants to have them.

To prospect [Schurpffen]. Is the day on which one begins to search for veins

and stringers.

Rope and bucket [kübel]

thrown in.

Is when one has prospected and the hole in the

ground [der schürff] is so deep that one has to place

a windlass over it—and the first extracted matter

[fidernuß] that one pulls out with rope and bucket—

that is called ‘rope and bucket thrown in’.

Ventilator [windtfang]. Is what one places above ground over a mine

opening, made of wood and boards that act to divert

the wind [wetter], so that one can work in the mine

or in the shaft.

Initiated [Angesessen]. Is where in a mine one begins to work a spot—that

is called ‘initiated’.

Stope [Straß] and

working destination [sit

ort].

A stope is when one divides a mine site [ort] such

that one man sets out working one place [sitzort]

and the other extends the stope. Hence, the upper

portion [oberteyl] is the working destination, and

the under-portion [das vnder] is the stope.

Sitting-post [Sitzpfal]. Upon which the miners sit at the work-place [vor

dem ort].

Iron-belt [Eisenriemen]. On which the miner carries his iron spikes [die

eysen].

Mouth [mundtloch] of an

ore deposit.

An ore deposit is what one finds in a low valley or

ground and wants to work it into a mine; and before

one starts digging in [vnder kreücht] it is called the

‘mouth’ of the ore deposit.

559

Dug-in

[Vndergekrochen].

When one begins working, places an entryway

[türlin], and first penetrates into the ore deposit.

Entryways, framing

beams [kappen], and

tunnel framing

[verschissen].

Entryways and framing cross-beams placed on

tunnel entries [stolleytern] and along the length of

the tunnels [lengerten] is called a ‘placed doorway’

[thürlin gesetzt]. That is, the wood that supports the

length (of the tunnel) and the wood beams [höltzer]

that lie across up above are called ‘framing beams’;

and the small lengths of wood [kleynen höltzlin] that

one lays in the hanging-wall and footwall [41v] one

calls ‘framing’.

Water ditch

[Wasserseich]

Is where the water runs out of the mouth.

Top [Fürst]. Any underground mining locality or tunnel is called

in its highest place ‘on the top’.

Base [Solen]. The bottom of the mine tunnel is called ‘at the

base’.

Wooden walkway

[Treckwerck]

Is what one pounds into place out of boards

between the base and the top, on which one goes in

and out and carries out excavated earth.

Grate [Rost] or tunnel-

support [tregstollen].

A grate is put in when one drives a tunnel that

comes in 6 or 7 fathoms, or deeper, up to 15 or 16

fathoms.

Opening [Einkommen]. An opening is when one makes a break-through

[durchschlag] that brings air in and removes water.

Break-through

[Durchschlag].

Is when one drives mining sites or tunnels towards

each other, and when they come together that is

called making a ‘break-through’.

Aeration [wetterbracht]. Is that air draws into the break-through or tunnel

and throughout the underground works, so that one

560

can work there.

Removes water [wasser

benimet].

Is that the water, when the break-through is made,

runs from the tunnel out from underground.

Hand specimen or stone

[Handsteyn oder stuffen]

What one calls ore in the mines and not ‘a piece of

ore’ or ‘rock’ [berg].

Ore stamped [gebucht] Ore separated [gescheyden] and not ‘pounded’

[geklopfft].

Haul [Hall]. Is the excavated rock that one obtains in a mine;

whether it is much or little, that is called the mine’s

‘haul’.

Water extractor [Heintz] Is a pipe structure [rörwerck], which has an iron

line with pouches [taschen] so that one can lift out a

large amount of water. One calls it an ‘iron line’

and not a ‘chain’ [ketten].

Pump [Pumpen]. Is a pipe [rore], in which a coil [strudel] is made,

that one lays in a sink [sumpff], and with it a boy

draws a lot of water 2 or 3 fathoms.

Vertical pump [Kunst]. Is what one lifts a large amount of water with; one

container of water helps move the other. One needs

these in mines that one sinks deep [42r] and that

need much water to be removed.

Vertical [Seyger gericht]. Is when a vein falls straight down, and has neither

hanging-wall nor footwall.

Sloping [Flach]. Is when a vein slopes, and has a hanging-wall and

footwall.

A mark is made and

measured off [ab

gezogen].

Is that one brings a mining site, a mine boundary

marker [erbstuffen], or a shaft [schacht] to the

surface so one knows above ground where one is

working in the mine underground.

To measure off a Is where one gives his measure [maß] on the surface

561

boundary stone

[lochstein]

with shoes [schůhen]—a head vein claim 48

fathoms, a secondary claim measures 28 fathoms.

And where a boundary is located, there one buries a

stone, into which one inscribes a cross.

Boundary [Marscheyd]. Is where the boundaries divide—where the

boundary stone stands.

Mine boundary marker

[Erbstuffen].

Means that one places the boundary marker stone in

the mine, where the boundary is; thus everybody

knows where his boundary is located

Measuring depths

[Abwegen].

Is when one assesses one place in the mine or tunnel

against another, so that one knows the relative depth

of the one against the other.

Mine foreman [Schicht

meister].

Is who takes in the mine revenues [werckgelt], pays,

keeps the books, and provides for the smelting

works [Schmeltzhütten].

Master miner [Steiger] or

overseer [hutmann].

Is who oversees the workers, gives them their iron

spikes and tallow, and provides the mines with

timbering [gezimmer] and other resources as

needed.

Digger [Hewer]. Is who digs the ore or earth.

Earthworker [Bergknecht] Is who gathers the earth and ore and transports it.

Water-carrier

[wasserknecht].

Is who carries water.

Ore-stamper [Ertzpucher] Is who stamps the ore.

Ore-washer [wescher] Is who washes the fine ore [das kleyn].

Boy [Junger] Is who puts the rock or ore in the bucket for the

windlass.

The short shift [Die kurtz

schicht]

Is eight hours long.

Long shift [Lang schicht]. Or ‘cow’s shift’ [kü schicht], is twelve hours long.

562

[42v] ‘Stems’ [Stemm]

and shares [Gucks].

32 ‘stems’ or 128 shares is how many parts [teyl] a

mine has.

Support timbering poles

[Kastenstangen].

Is what one uses to frame in shafts between the

doorframes [thürlin] with, where one is constructing

support timbering [kästen schlecht].

Support timbering

constructed

[geschlagen].

Is where one excavates extensively in the mines,

and then drives strong supporting props in the

hanging-wall and footwall and lays support piles on

it, and then fills it in with earth.

Hereafter follow some additional terms [zůsätz]74

that are used in smelting of silver

and copper.

Additives [Zůsetz] for

silver ore.

Fresh lead [Frisch bley], solid [hart] lead, litharge

[glet], hearth [hert], supplemental ore [floß], copper

slags [schlacken], stone, coal, and granulated

[gekürnt] fresh lead.

Fresh lead [Frisch bley] Is what is not used above.

Solid lead and litharge. Is the lead that is separated from the silver when

one refines it.

Hearth [Hert]. Is the ashes with which the refining cupellation

furnace is made before one has refined; one takes

them back out after refining.

Cupellation furnace

[Treibhert].

Is what one refines the excavated ore [das werck]

on.

Refined [Abgetriben]. Is when one separates the silver and the lead from

74 Perhaps a play on words is intended, with <zůsätz> meaning both the chemical additives used in smelting and a textual “addition.” Cf. first item listed in the following glossary terms.

563

one another.

Refining housing

[Treibhutt].

Is made of iron that one positions over the furnace

when one refines.

Additives for copper ore. For copper ore one needs no additive other than

supplemental ore [floß]; for some one doesn’t even

need such ore. However, one must roast [rösten]

one more than the other, because it is rough or soft

[geschmeidig]; then one makes stone out of it, then

black copper, then finally copper. When the copper

holds more than 6 lots of silver, one doesn’t need to

finish it, just black copper.

Tools [Gezeüg] for

smelting.

The tools used for smelting include firing oven

[fewr backen], ore-smelting rods of iron

[renneysen], ore-pricking rods of iron [stecheysen],

hand-spikes [brechstangen], etc.

Shift pile

[Schichtgeschütt].

Is when one puts together as much ore and additives

as one wants to smelt in one shift.

[43r] Started-up

[Angelassen]

Is when smelting begins.

Let-out [Außgelassen] Is when a worker completes the shift or quits.

Opened-up [Zůgemacht] Is when the smelter opens up the oven again on

another day.

Brought-up

[Fürgelauffen]

Is when the helper-boy runs and brings the smelter

the additives that he needs.

564

Inventory [Verzeychnung] of the mines

subject to the Crown of Bohemia.75

The mine at Iglau76 is the oldest mining town under the Crown of Bohemia, where

mining court is held and judgments given for many mining towns, especially for

Schneeberg, for St. Annaberg, for St. Joachimsthal77, etc. And there occur in no

other land more and such numerous mines and ores as in the Bohemian lands and in

the surrounding mountainous areas.

Note what silver, gold, or tin mines lie in the Bohemian lands and are worked and

still productive [fündig]. After the town of Iglau I rank as the best mining locations

St. Joachimsthal and Kuttenberg78, where they uncover much silver ore every day;

then St. Katharinaberg79, Küngenstock [küngenstock zům grab zů der plaw], Kladrau

[cladran]80, Mies [mießtopel]81 , Pilsen82, Losin, Wilhartitz [wildartitz], Nellizan

[Nellizaw], Přibram, the region of Deutsch Brod83 , Stechowitz on the Eyknien,

Rotenberg, Chem, St. Procopsberg, Kauersin in “risengrund Hackenteufel” 84 ,

Zuberstein in the district of Krumpenau. These mines in the Bohemian lands all

produce silver. Also still promising to produce gold ore under the Bohemian

Crown—even though many of them are dilapidated and in ruins—are some veins

located near the city of Prague, and by Brünn [prün] in Moravia of Reichenstein and

Nellizan [43v] stood 350 gold mills [mülen]. At Teschelwitz85 is a gold mine, and at

Schlackenwald 86 and at Gruffen are tin mines—to say nothing of the valuable

75 The last few pages contain three brief selections adapted/included by Haselberg in Ursprung, as discussed in the Introduction: The survey or <Verzeychnung> of mines in Bohemia, then passages on mining officials and their oaths based on the Annaberg mining law of 1509. 76 Present-day Jihlava in the Czech Republic. 77 Czech Jachymov 78 Czech Kutnahora 79 Czech Hora Sv. Kateřiny 80 Known alternately as Stopurg 81 Czech Mže 82 Czech Plžen 83 Czech Nemecký Brod or Havlíčkův Brod 84 I have been unable to verify or locate either Kauersin or “risengrund Hackenteufel.” 85 Czech Téchlovice 86 Czech Horni Slavkov

565

precious stones in the Bohemian lands, that are innumerable, but people don’t search

for them very much.

In the beginning of the Hussite sects and the Bohemian faith under the reign of

Emperor Sigmund, of esteemed memory, the Bohemians were against the Pope and

the clergy with great violent hostility. They ravaged the monasteries, drove out the

monks and priests, and ruined and ravaged land and town alike, as many as they

could overtake, until Emperor Sigmund, with the help of the Holy Roman Empire

invaded and laid siege with a mighty army before the capital city, Prague. The

Bohemians took great losses, and many experienced miners died. Likewise, the

Emperor with his army and support from the Holy Roman Empire also received great

losses because of the great violent hostility of the Bohemians. They dispersed the

people, and attacked them as they fled. For a long time thereafter no German dared

to be seen in the country, according to the histories and chronicles. Hence, the mines

were ravaged and laid low. The shafts collapsed and thus vanished, and for many

years thereafter no expert miners came into the Bohemian lands. Indeed, perhaps

God the Almighty did not yet will it at that time, that so many dissolved mighty

mines should come to the light of day—mines that in part have now begun to be

worked and proved themselves to be productive. May God grant all companies of

miners His divine grace to them with a rich yield of treasures [außpeuth].

How many officials a mine

needs to have.

First, each prince or lord appoints a mining prefect [hauptman] to represent him,

[44r] who is to command and forbid as needed over all the officials and over all that

belongs to the mine. Then an expert mine manager [berckmeister], then eight men

expert in mining who are called the jurors87 . In addition, two tithe collectors

87 Literally, “the sworn.”

566

[zehentner] and two smelting inspectors [hüttenreuter], a pay master [außteiler], a

share clerk, and a mine clerk. And courts and laws established as each should do or

have done. Mine foremen, smelter superintendents, tunnel managers [steiger],

diggers [berckhawer], along with the other mine workers [berckleuth] with their

tools that they need every day for the stringers and veins, etc.

Oath for the mine master, and for

the other above-named officials and all

who are formally assigned an office.

I—name88—swear that I will loyally and attentively serve89 my most gracious lord—

name—etc., and execute the office of mine master faithfully and diligently; embrace

Your princely Grace’s righteousness; further the success of the companies of miners

and mines generally; approve and support what is lawfully right and appropriate for

every man; embrace in all ways the commands [ordenung] of my most gracious lord;

and personally complete everything that is assigned to me to the best of my

knowledge and ability. And in all of this I will serve none other than Your princely

pleasure as provided through Your command and against the same will not allow

myself to be influenced by any advantage or gift, favor, friendship or enmity, so help

me God through our Lord Jesus Christ.

Similarly, all of the various above-named officials

are also each obliged and sworn

to uphold his office, etc.

Printing sponsored by

Johan Haselberger of Reichenau

88 I.e., the oath-taker supplies his name here; the next “name” to be that of the particular ruler. 89 No verb in original text, but the notion “serve” is clearly implied.

567

CHAPTER 5:

MINING REGULATIONS FOR THE PRAISEWORTHY NEW MINE

AT GULLNES IN THE KINGDOM OF NORWAY –

ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF BERGKORDNUNG NORWEGEN

568

[Fol. 1r]1,2

Mining Regulations for the

praiseworthy new mine

at Gullnes [Golmsbergk]

in the Kingdom of Norway

[Figure 5.1: Danish-Norwegian coat-of-arms]

A. D. 1540.

1 A significantly revised title page is provided for the 2nd edition, BN(1647); cf. Appendix F. 2 The original text contains no page numbers; I have numbered leaves with designations r (recto or front) and v (verso or back), e.g., [1r], [1v], etc.

569

[1v]

[Figure 5.2 – Image of miners at work, with surrounding caption:]3

The praiseworthy new mine at Gullnes with the surrounding mountains in the

Kingdom of Norway.

3 This woodcut image is omitted from BN(1647) and BN(1698).

570

[2r]4 We Christian5, by the grace of God King of Denmark, Norway, and of the

Wends and Goths, Duke of Schleswig, Holstein, Stormarn and Ditmarsch, Count of

Oldenburg and Delmenhorst make it known publicly: Because and insofar as

Almighty God, our dear Father in heaven, from Whom all good comes, has richly

blessed our Kingdom of Norway with many favorable mines and metals in many

places, during the time of our reign our mine at the place called Gullnes has

contained and been productive in silver-rich coppers [Silberreichen Kupffern] 6 .

Therefore out of and from said mine there is great hope, for the glory of God as

Giver, also for ours as the legal authority, and that of our above-named kingdom and

of all of its subjects. But for the furtherance of all those who shall visit these our

mines to work them or undertake to go down in them, success and advantage will

follow them abundantly. That we are caused by our Royal goodness to supply our

mine with good governance [Regiment], rights [Rechten] and regulations

[Ordenungen], also with the necessary officials who shall, in representing us, supply

to each person justice and fairness—have no doubt about this. Such justice and

fairness shall serve to further both the common [gemeynem] and the individual’s

[sonderm] well-being and shall benefit all that is good. And in particular, we have

had prepared the hereafter embodied mining regulations with good, up-to-date advice,

[2v] from many knowledgeable persons, and we have brought the regulations to

press. We convey the intent and desire, that each person who uses the above mine

shall observe our regulations obediently, so as to avoid our disfavor and the

punishments embodied in them as well as other lawful punishments. And whatever

is not expressed here in our mining regulations shall be treated according to the law,

regulations, and custom of the mines located in the Electoral Principality of Saxony,

and otherwise according to old, well-established mining practices [gewonheiten] and

4 The king’s dedicatory letter and the following statement of “freedoms” are substantially revised in BN(1647). The original text shows long, uninterrupted paragraphs, and I have chosen to emulate this style rather than introduce paragraph divisions here. 5 i.e., Christian III (1533-1559) 6 Throughout the translation, I have retained selected original German technical (legal or “scientific”) words in brackets in italics for reference and clarity.

571

laws [rechten]7. We also reserve the right to change, improve, expand, or further

restrict these regulations, when and how circumstances might demand it.

We also grant to each and all who visit our above-named mine, regardless of what

class or status [standes oder wesens] they be, who would work or settle down there,

for their person, possessions, and property to pass to and fro, on water or land, in all

our kingdoms, prinicipalities, and territories. In order that every miner should

receive notification of the freedoms [Freiheyten] that we in our Royal authority have

given to our above-mentioned mine and the mine workers located there, and

henceforth by our grace are inclined to give, we have had said freedoms printed

before the beginning of these mining regulations, so that we not conceal our most

gracious good intentions from anyone who makes note of them.

7 Recall that Haselberg’s introductory letter emphasizes the age and authority of the laws in Ursprung.

572

[3r]

Freedoms of the mine

At Gullnes:

We Christian, by the grace of God King of Denmark, Norway, of the Wends and

Goths, Duke of Schleswig, Holstein, Stormarn and Ditmarsch, Count of Oldenburg

and Delmenhorst hereby announce and make it to be known publicly: That mines in

our Empire of Norway, by the providence and intent of the Almighty God, have

made themselves visible to the light of day. And meanwhile, several times we have

had some of the ore assayed by many expert miners, especially from the mines of the

royal house of the Electoral Principality of Saxony, so that we have not burdened

anyone with excessive expenses8. And we find by these assays that the veins contain

copper and lead, that they richly and visibly contain silver and other metals. From

these findings it can be seen that, with time—by the providence of the Almighty,

Whose gifts alone they are, and to Whom by right they should be gratefully

dedicated—the mines promise much wealth. Therefore it is our will, in the name of

God, to develop this mine, not just for us but also for the advantage, good fortune,

and increase of the common well-being. [3v] And therefore, to all of those who are

planning to work in our above-mentioned Empire and mine of Norway we wish to

give and permit all the mining freedoms [Bergkfreyheit] and legal privileges that are

usual, customary, and allowed by the house of the Electoral Principality of Saxony

etc. and the mines found in their mountains—Schneeberg, St. Annaberg, Marienberg,

and other mining towns. We wish in all ways to elevate and not diminish these

freedoms and privileges, and hereby we have permitted and established them. But in

order to show that we wish to implement these regulations and freedoms,9 we have

appointed and installed our dear faithful Hans Glaser as our manager [Bergkmeister]

over our mines. Because we have done this, all persons who are thinking of working

in our kingdom may make their claims [die Muttunge] to our above-mentioned mine

master, in accordance with our freedoms [Freyes]. He shall accept these mining 8 I.e., they have generously compensated those carrying out the assaying. 9 I.e., put the laws and freedoms into actual practice, not just produce them in textual form.

573

claims in the traditional manner [bergkleuffiger weise]10 and then grant such claims

to the first claimants [Mutter] for the proper time, along with all the other affairs that

are appropriate to and belong to him as mine master in his appointed office and in

measures such as are usual and customary in mines. Second, whoever is considering

settling and working at our Norwegian mines may take their claims to our above-

mentioned mine master Hans Glaser, as is customary, and he will measure off,

designate, and show them their place and working locations. We so wish to support

such [4r] development that each working miner shall be given the necessary wood

and other materials, as is typical in the above-mentioned mining regions under the

royal house of Saxony. Third, we wish to ordain our mining town, wherever it may

be built, for all time as a free mining town, and we have so ordained. Fourth and

finally, the residents [innwoner] of that mining town shall be provided what is

necessary for such mining for the increase of the common good, prosperity, and

orderly development, if it is achieved by the favorable dispensation of the Almighty,

through the upholding of the additional gracious, adequate freedoms and mining

regulations as needed and in measures as is the custom in the above-mentioned

mountains of Saxony. To this we pledge, through the authority of this our public

written declaration, but we have reserved for ourselves nonetheless all the freedom

and obedience that other heads of state [Oberen] and rulers [Herschafften] typically

enjoy from their properties and mines. We have herewith directed our secretary

[Secret] to print and produce this as a legal document [vrkunde] in our city of Odense,

On the Monday after the Feast of Corpus Christi11

In the year 1539.

10 Here and repeatedly in the regulations proper, the phraseology “in accordance with mining ways” (or “laws” or “practice”) is used to assert the traditional nature of the behavior being described. 11 I.e., June 5, 1539 (per Claus 94).

574

[4v]

These our mining regulations are

subdivided into four parts,

for the sake of better organization and understanding.

The First Part.

Tells of the commission and duties of the officials and servants [Diener] associated

with the mine, in general and in specific.

The Second Part.

Reports on the mines, and those activities [hendeln] and affairs [sachen] belonging

and connected to them, how and by what means one should conduct oneself.

The Third Part.

Reports on tunnels [Stöllen] and legal privileges associated with them, and when and

how they may be acquired.

The Fourth Part.

Gives instructions on smelting and how this should be done for the good of all the

companies of miners [gewercken].

575

[5r]

The First Part12, on the

the commission and duties of the

officials and supervisors

associated with the mine.

[BN I,1]

The first article.

On the commission of the offices, also

of courts and the justice system [Rechtes].

In order that common mining [gemeinem Bergkwerck] be faithfully, effectively, and

well upheld in our Norwegian Kingdom13; that these our regulations in all their

articles be diligently and firmly upheld; that lawfulness [gerechtigkeyt] be

administered and protected; that unlawfulness [vnrecht] be suppressed and punished;

that the common good be furthered; and also that all native and foreign persons who

visit and use our above-mentioned mines—now and in the future—be further

provided proper protection, peace, and lawfulness—we have commissioned for our

mines the hereafter-named as well as other appointed officials and supervisors. They

shall, in accordance with their duties, attend to each person who properly makes a

request or application [ansuchen] to them, and should and shall help each person

insofar as is right and lawful. Specifically: [5v]

Mining prefect [Heuptman]14

Mine manager [Bergkmeister]

Jurors [Geschworne]

12 The first of four major divisions in the text. Part I, on mining officials, contains 13 articles; Part II, on regulation of mines, 62 articles; Part III, on drainage/ventilation tunnels, 11 articles; Part IV, on smelting, 20 articles. 13 This is the first explicit mention of Norway in the body of the mining regulations. There are only three more—in [BN I,5] and two in [BN II,31]. I.e., the laws are defined quite “generically” rather than being tied explicitly to particular places in Norway. 14 For this and the following professions, cf. Agricola, De re metallica (78n).

576

Tithe-collector [Zehendner]

Paymaster [Außteyler]

Share clerk [Kegenschreyber]

Mining clerk [Bergkschreyber]

We are also willing and ready to appoint others, at certain times and in case of

need.15

In addition we have commissioned courts and laws for mining matters [Bergksachen],

as well as municipal [Burgklichen] and criminal [peinlichen] cases, so that all

persons can be helped in what is right.

[BN I,2]

The second article.

The mining officials and supervisors

are not allowed to leave the mine

without permission.

In order that our above-mentioned officials and supervisors—including the

supervisors of the companies of miners such as shift masters and master miners—can

serve their duties most appropriately, our mining prefect shall not travel more than a

day’s distance away from the mine without our [6r] authorization and permission.

The same applies to the other above-mentioned officials, without the permission of

our mining prefect; and to the supervisors of the companies of miners, without the

permission of our mine manager.

[BN I,3]

15 Several additional jobs are mentioned in the following articles, including: Schichtmeister, “mine foreman”, Article 11; Steiger, “master miner” or “tunnel master”, Article 12; Bergarbeiter, “mine worker”, Article 13; also note Gewercke, general term for “company of miners” or “miners”, meaning those miners who own a given claim or mine works. The listing here omits the various professions associated with smelting discussed in Part IV.

577

The 3rd article.

The mining officials and supervisors

must be sworn by oath [mit Eydes pflichten] to their duties

to be appointed.

Each and every official and supervisor that is appointed by us or taken from among

our officials shall be confirmed with the customary duties sworn by oath: to be true

to and protective of us and all companies of miners; to further the honor, success and

benefit of our mining and of mining in general; to warn of harm and prevent it as

much as he can; to keep, cite and uphold as appropriate our regulations, particularly

insofar as is appropriate to his person, office, service, and duties.

[6v]

[BN I,4]

The 4th article.

On the mining prefect’s duties.

Our mining prefect shall, as our representative, diligently monitor that peace, justice,

and lawfulness are constantly upheld, and in particular that these regulations are

followed by all the lower officials and supervisors. He shall also ensure that all

deceit [betriegk], malice [boßheit], unlawfulness [vnrecht], damage [schaden] and

adversity [nachteyl] are avoided and are punished severely [mit ernst gestrafft].

In addition, he shall appoint, command, forbid, and monitor on our behalf the above-

named and other officials and supervisors of ours. The same applies to all other

persons connected to the mine and those who use it. And all such persons shall obey

our mining prefect in all pertinent matters to avoid our disfavor and severe

punishment.

[BN I,5]

578

The 5th article.

On the mine manager’s duties.

[7r] Our mine manager shall, with all due diligence, monitor and provide that we are

in all ways represented faithfully, advantageously, diligently, and well—to our

peasants, the common mine, and the companies of miners. He shall provide that all

buildings and structures are utilized and operated advantageously; that whatever

might do damage is avoided and corrected. To each he shall support justice and

uphold and enforce these regulations.

And each shall obey him appropriately in matters relating to his office and command,

to avoid our disfavor and serious punishment.

Our mine manager shall have authority and power [macht vnd gewalt] in all mining

areas [gepirgen] in our Norwegian Kingdom. He shall be subservient to and

authorized in his office by us with respect to the mines of old, proper custom

[heerkommens], practice, and use, and in particular with respect to these our

regulations for all metals—excluding none—applicable to all who properly seek to

claim and work mines for themselves.

In all issues and matters relating to the mines, in which work stoppage orders

[kömmer], commands [gepot], prohibitions [verpot], assistance [hülff] or other things

will need to be done—our mine manager will have to do them, and they will be

requested of him and done by him as is the custom and law from old mining tradition

[gewonheit].

[7v] The mine manager shall act faithfully and honestly in assigning [verleyhen] and

verifying claims [bestetigen]. He shall be obliged to assign each claim to the first

person who seeks it, and to be attentive to the date of the claim receipt, so that no

favor or deceit occurs with the assigning and verifying of claims.

579

The mine manager’s

fees:

For { Claiming of a head vein or measured claim. 1. penny.16

Confirmation of a head vein 3 pennies.

…measured claim 2 pennies.

Work deadline extension [Frist] or cessation [nachlassung] for a

particular granted claim. 1 penny.

Surveying a head vein 9 florin.17

…a measured claim 6 florin.

A work stoppage order [Kommer] 1 penny.

Extension of a work stoppage 1 penny.

Assistance money, for each 20 florin. 1 florin.

An inspection inside a mine [gruben]. 5 pennies.

[BN I,6]

The 6th article.

[8r]

On the duties of

the jurors.

The sworn jurors shall obey our mining prefect and mine manager and carry out their

duties with faithful diligence. They shall appear on all work days for the mine

manager’s morning meeting, similarly on all mine verification days for the

confirmation, every Saturday for the weekly settling of accounts [anschneiden], and

every three months for the quarterly accounting [Rechnungen]. They shall apply all

due diligence so that ill-advised, erroneous, or other matters are handled and

16 i.e., “Groschen” 17 i.e., “Floren”, gold coins taking their name from the Italian city Florence; as a currency type, considered equivalent to MSG Gulden, English guilder. (cf. Baufeld, “Floren”).

580

represented according to these regulations and lawful respectability. Similarly, the

weekly settling of accounts and quarterly accounting will be handled faithfully and

honestly.

The jurors shall each, at least once every fourteen days, visit their assigned mining

area and all the mines belonging to it. They shall personally find out whether and

how they are being worked. And where they find that work is being done to the

detriment of us, the mines, and the companies of miners, they shall put a stop to it

and redirect the work in a better fashion.

The jurors should not complete contracts [Geding] outside on the pilings [halden],

but down in the mines—the places about which the contracts are being made. They

should diligently inspect each site and hew the stone upon which the contract was

made outside the mine. They should find out whether the workers [8v] have gained

or lost in the contract, and complete each contract so that it is acceptable for both the

companies and the workers. As soon as the contracted amount of ore has been dug

and brought to the surface [auffgefaren], they should take it.

The jurors shall conduct themselves honestly, honorably, and incorruptably in cases

of determining inadequate operation of a mine [freymachens], and in every other

respect as well, so that no one is unfairly advantaged.

The jurors’ fees [besoldung]

Along with the regular

weekly salary.

For setting two boundary stones, be it for a head vein or assigned claim 3 florin.

For each time hired to carve a marking into the rock [stuffen zuschlahen] 3 pennies.

To make an inspection in the mine, at the request of the company of miners

5 pennies.

581

[BN I,7]

The 7th article.

On the tithe-collector

and his duties.

[9r] Our tithe-collector shall, with all due diligence, see to it, that all copper and

silver that is excavated in our mine is faithfully received and is presented to him,

with no reduction or addition in amount. He shall hold it in good, faithful safe-

keeping and, at the proper time, render to both us and the companies of miners the

proper portion of it, by good and honorable reckoning. Herein and herewith, he shall

conduct himself incorruptible in all ways, and not seek or take anything for his own

advantage or profit to the detriment of us or of the companies.

The tithe-collector shall not give to any mine foreman or to any mine responsible for

silver or copper more than is required to meet the needs of the mine for the same

week. The tithe-collector shall take a receipt from each mine foreman.

And then, each week before the quarterly accounting, with the same mine foremen

he shall give a clear accounting of revenues [Einnahm] and expenditures [Außgab],

and of what supplies remain with the miners. Of these he will give a receipt to the

mine foreman.

He also shall not advance or give out money to any company of miners or mine

foreman that doesn’t have any copper or silver in their tithe account without due

cause or extend credit to mines. If he ever violates this, he shall repay the credit on

his own, and he will not have any legal remedy against the mine and its supplies.

[9v]

582

[BN I,8]

The 8th article.

On the paymaster and

his duties.

Our paymaster will be bound to distribute all the money from each quarterly

accounting to the companies of miners. He shall receive from our tithe-collector—as

soon as the money comes in—the portion for each company according to what the

share clerk’s register says. With the currency [Müntz] that he receives from our tithe

account he shall render payment faithfully and without any preference or refusal.

And he should be careful in the preparation of the payroll [Auspeut], giving no one

his pay unless he personally is present or sends a proper proxy [volmacht] for

himself. But if the paymaster ever violates this, he shall be responsible for providing

the pay to the company, even though it was already approved and distributed.

The paymaster shall receive a florin [gülden] for his pay from each profitable mine

from the companies’ money out of our tithe account. And he shall demand, neither

himself nor through others, any favors or gifts from the mines or companies of

miners.

[10r] But in order that the paymaster not suffer complaints unfairly, and so that, if

the paymaster should approve and give someone’s pay without sufficient proper

authorization, and the paymaster should later face a dispute regarding the pay from

the one to whom it belongs18—therefore we establish and decree that whoever

remains silent for a year following approval and receipt of the pay, and does not go

to the paymaster, has no further right to complain [zutrit] to the paymaster with

regard to the approved and issued pay. However, if he makes a complaint to the

paymaster within one year after his pay was approved and issued without his

authorization, the paymaster shall be obliged to give him his pay, regardless that he

18 The original phraseology is also highly convoluted.

583

gave it before. And the paymaster may seek restitution from the one who received

the pay without authorization.

[BN I,9]

The 9th article.

On the share clerk,

his office and duties.

The share clerk shall understand that, if he or his subordinates [diener] take away

someone’s mine portions that are recorded in the share register [10v] or revoke

[abschreiben] them without the appropriate authorization, then the disadvantaged

miners can be granted the same shares back from him again. In the case where he

revokes someone’s portions, and that person is not physically present or has made no

credible instruction, he shall be obliged to grant back those same revoked shares.

The share clerk shall also diligently register [einschreyben] according to the receipt

provided when he is ordered by our mine manager to register a company of miners

into the share register. And he is to keep his books, with assigning and certifying of

portions [zu vnd abschreyben der teyl], so that he is able to document them well in

case the need arises.

The share clerk shall certify no portions that have been entered into the registry of

delinquent accounts [Retardat] without the mine manager’s instruction to do so.

And if he acts contrary to this, he shall withdraw said certified portions from the

miners, and he shall be punished for it.

The share clerk’s

fees.

[11r]

For { Registering a company of miners 1 penny

584

Certification and assignment of one or more shares of a mine to a

name 1 half-penny.

Convening a company of miners 1 penny

He should assign the portions entered into the registry of delinquent accounts to the

miners once they have paid, at no charge.

[BN I,10]

The 10th article.

On the mining clerk

and his duties.

On all verification days [Bestetigungstage], the mining clerk shall be present for the

accounting with his required and necessary mine account books [Bergkbüchern]. He

shall clearly and accurately record all claims, old and new mines, measured claims,

and tunnels—by whom, in what manner, for what time period, in which mining areas;

on which veins, stringers, and formations. In addition, he shall record any changes,

additions [anhang], or circumstances that have been claimed, leased, and certified,

from the claim receipts [Mutzeddeln] into his book of assigned claims [Lehenbuch].

Similarly he shall record all prolongations of claim tenure, taxes—all amounts, to

whom, by whom, and for what time period they have been paid; additionally

separations [schiede] and contracts [vertrege] in the presence [11v] or at the

instruction of our mine manager. The mining clerk shall record each of these matters

into a special book for them, for the appropriate fees.

He shall also faithfully collect and receive the quarterly valuation, and he shall

distribute from it in accordance with his duties. He shall provide an honest, good

accounting of it once a year and give the remainder [vberlaufft] to our tithe-collector,

receiving from him a receipt [Quittantz] for it.

585

The mining clerk’s

fees.

For { Granting of old or new claims 1 half-penny.

Prolongation or work cessation [nachlassung] 1 penny.

Tax 1 penny.

Registering contracts – each party 1 penny.

A mine contribution notice 1 half-penny—and to the mine manager’s clerk

also this amount.

A copy out of the mine account book 1 penny.

Reading of the mine account book 1 half-penny.

[BN I,11]

The 11th article.

[12r]

On the mine foremen

and their duties.

The mine foremen should be accepted by the operators [vorstehern] of the mine pits

and tunnels, and by the majority of the miners. Then the candidate foreman is

examined by our mine managers and, provided he is found suitable and skilled, he is

confirmed and sworn in with a commission of understanding. His salary is also

determined according to the circumstances and the value of his efforts. And if the

companies of miners are negligent therein,19 then our mining prefect, mine manager,

and sworn jurors have to intervene and correct the situation.

Also, the majority of miners shall be able to terminate any mine foreman, subject to

prior approval of our mine manager—and him alone—for sufficient cause.

19 i.e., remiss in compensating the mine foreman.

586

The mine foremen shall frequently and diligently visit their assigned mines and

tunnels. In carrying out their duties, they should report to the master miner to ensure

that enough work is being done and that enough extracted ore is being stamped and

processed.

Similarly they shall faithfully and well guard all of the funds belonging to the

company of miners [12v] and not take anything from them. Rather, all is to be used

for the miners’ benefit. Whatever is needed for the miners’ equipment and supplies

[gepeuden]—be it tallow, iron spikes, rope, ore cradles, buckets, wood posts, boards,

nails, and everything else—the mine foreman shall purchase it when needed with

their cash money, expecting no personal gain on the transaction. He shall not tally

the purchases at any price higher than what he actually paid.

And the mine foremen shall incur no debts against the mines without the permission

of the mine master. Whoever acts contrary to this shall not be helped in repaying

these debts.

Any mine foremen who have money in the tithe accounts on their miners’ behalf

shall take no more money per week than is necessary to cover the company’s costs

for mining and smelting that week. Whoever would take more than that shall be

taken into custody, relieved of his duties, and not rehired.

The mine foremen shall not lend tallow, iron spikes, money, or any other supplies

from one mine to another without the mine manager’s permission.

Each mine foreman shall enter each and every one of his monetary receipts and

expenditures into a register with all due diligence, in a faithful, detailed, and orderly

fashion. When he deposits copper or silver into the tithe account, he shall square the

balance with the tithe collector, and he shall provide [13r] his statement of account

587

every Saturday before the quarterly accounting. And he shall further conduct

himself as provided hereafter in the article about the quarterly accounting.

[BN I,12]

The 12th article.

On tunnel masters and

their duties.

The tunnel masters shall be appointed, dismissed, and sworn by oath in all ways as

specified above for the mine foremen. And the mine manager and jurors should set

the tunnel masters’ wages according to the amount of their effort and work and

according to their knowledge and effectiveness.

The tunnel masters should appoint hard-working, devout, and knowledgeable

workers. For all shifts, when the workers enter the mine [anfahren], the tunnel

masters should be there personally to give them the necessary irons and tallow; to

see to it that the workers enter and exit the mine at the right time; that each worker

remain at his workplace and/or wherever he is instructed to go; that he do his work

productively, faithfully, and diligently and that he do enough. The tunnel masters

should also see to it that in tunnels and mines the necessary and [13v] useful support

structures are in place; and that the companies’ money is not uselessly or

detrimentally spent. They shall also see to it that nothing is stolen from their

companies’ ore formations, stringers or veins, also their land [felde], ores, or other

rightful possessions. The tunnel masters will stop and correct whatever

inappropriate conduct they find among the workers.

The tunnel masters should in particular look after and maintain the companies of

miners’ ore and property with diligence. They should divide [scheyden] and stamp

[pochen] the ore, and safe-guard that nothing is done to the disadvantage and harm of

us and of the companies of miners.

588

The tunnel masters should also have no part in contracts that the jurors make, unless

they would lead a shift, in which case the jurors might give them their own contract.

[BN I,13]

The 13th article.

On the mine workers [Bergkerbeitern]

and their duties.

[14r] Each mine worker—be he a digger [hewer], water carrier [wasserknecht],

windlass operator [hespler], or errand boy [junge]—shall above all else see to it, that

he goes into and comes out of the mine at the right time, accomplishes his work with

faithful diligence, does enough, contributes to the success of the company of miners,

and helps them avoid harm. Also he shall follow and obey the tunnel manager.

And when a digger at his work-place encounters a sign of ore or some fine ore type

[Bergkart], he shall not excavate it without first telling the tunnel manager and

showing it to him.

Each digger shall be paid 12 pennies in wages for a complete shift for which he has

been present and done his work satisfactorily every day for a week as appropriate.

He should always receive his pay on Friday in the evening or on Saturday morning.

589

[14v]

The Second Part of these

mining regulations tells of

the mine, and those activities and affairs

connected and belonging thereto, how

and by what means

one should conduct oneself.

[BN II,1]

The first article.

On prospecting [Schürffen].

As provided and encouraged hereby, each miner [Bergkman] shall be allowed to

prospect after veins, stringers, and ore formations without any restriction on these

lands and others ruled by us, for all metals as they are named. And whoever thus

discovers a new unassigned vein, he shall have the discoverer’s right [des ersten

finders recht] and legal privilege, namely, to have a head vein claim including

adjacent measures [massen] above and below the find without any restrictions. He

shall not be prevented thereby from making further claims for unclaimed [frey]

ground if he wishes to.

[15r]

[BN II,2]

The second article.

On making claims [Mutungen].

Each person who wishes to make a claim—be it for a tunnel, head vein, or other

measures—should put the claim in writing, with the necessary designation of which

parcel of land he is claiming. He should also give the year, day, and hour of his

claiming. He should present said written claim, along with the fee, to the mine

590

manager, who shall accept said claim insofar as he finds the claimant to be justified

and credible.

However, if the mine manager finds, with good cause, that the claimant is not

justified and credible with his claim, he shall notify the claimant of this. In particular,

if the same piece of land has already been claimed, the mine manager shall inform

the second claimant of this. The mine manager also should take the above-

mentioned claim document. If the second claimant does not want to give up on the

claim, the mine manager should evaluate the claim and take the fee based on the

rightness and wrongness of the claimant’s conduct.

[BN II,3]

The 3rd article.

[15v]

On exposing the

claimed vein.

After a claim has been officially completed and approved, the claimant should take

the mine manager or jurors to view the vein, stringer, or ore formation where he has

claimed his piece of land, so that the granting of the claim is based solely on veins

and stringers and that no one is being deceived.

And when one has been granted his claim, set a windlass over his shaft, and thrown

in bucket and rope, then he shall have and possess custody of the head vein, that

shall be given to him, from the windlass shaft [Rühnbauhm], halfway up and halfway

down.20

[BN II,4]

The 4th article. 20 See Veith, “Rundbaum” – refers to an oath sworn on the axle or horizontal shaft of the windlass that one is the discoverer and first claimant of the vein below.

591

On time extensions for a completed

claim.

Completed claims should not be lengthened or granted work extensions by the mine

manager without extenuating circumstances. But if work extensions are needed, they

should nonetheless not be granted more than two or three times.

[16r]

[BN II,5]

The 5th article.

On granting or confirming

claimed parcels of land.

Each claimant shall appear on the set official day for granting claims, fourteen days

after the submission of his claim, for the confirmation of it. He shall ask to confirm

or lengthen his registered claim, when it is read aloud. The mine manager shall grant

and confirm the claim, insofar as the claimant remains at the claim and can

accomplish a satisfactory amount of work in accordance with mining law. The mine

manager shall also have the claim entered into the book of assigned claims, as

prescribed above.

[BN II,6]

The 6th article.

How claimed parcels of land

become free.

Any claim not being occupied and actively worked in the ways described above,

without special permission from our mine manager; or not granted a time extension

[16v]; or not confirmed—such a claim shall revert to our free status and be free for

anyone to claim.

592

[BN II,7]

The 7th article.

Confirmed claims shall be worked actively

and registered

into the share register [kegenbuch].

All claimed new and existing mine works and parcels of land that are confirmed

should be worked actively by the claim-holder (and his employees when he does not

intend to work the claim alone), and the work team [Gewerckschafft] is to be

presented to the mine manager on the next available official day of granting claims

after confirmation of the claim. On his command the work team should be recorded

into the share register.

[BN II,8]

The 8th article.

How many portions a pit

shall have:

[17r] Each and every confirmed claim—be it a tunnel, head vein, or measured claim

adjacent to the head vein—shall have no more than one hundred twenty-eight shares.

With this number of shares, 4 shares should be held as the unassigned portion

[Erbteyl], 1 share given to the church, and 1 share assigned to the common welfare

[Gemein].

[BN II,9]

The 9th article.

Confirmed claims should have

staff [dienern] appointed and be

593

provided with manual labor.

After receiving their claim confirmation, the claim-holder and company of workers

should staff their mine with mine foremen and tunnel managers, according to the

specifications described in the first part21, and also provide the mine with manual

labor. And any claim that has not been provided with a workforce, without the

permission of our mine manager as provided above, shall be eligible to be made free

to anyone.

[BN II,10]

The 10th article.

[17v]

On determining inadequate operation [Freymachung]

of existing claims.

If someone wishes to assert our free status over an existing mine or claimed parcel

and claim it, then at his request two jurors shall be assigned to him. They will visit

the mine site for the next three shift start-times, and if said jurors find no worker, or

no work completed, in the mine for these three shifts, then they shall report this to

the mine manager. Then said claim shall be declared inadequately operated and

free and shall, because of its free status, be assigned to the claimant or complainant

[freymacher].

The exception to the above would be to prove with the mine account book that said

claim, with permission of the mine manager, continued to be operated in other ways.

In this case, the claim shall not be declared inadequately operated and free.

[BN II,11]

The 11th article.

21 I.e., of these mining regulations.

594

What is to be done with existing

mines that have reverted

to free status:

[18r] If an existing mine has reverted to free status and has been confirmed, then the

new claim-holder shall, with permission of our mine manager, apply a moderate

mine contribution, attach the contribution notice, and allow four weeks to pass.

Whatever existing companies of miners who have made their contribution wish to

further work the site and who deposit their mine contribution on the next-coming

payment date—they should be allowed to do so without delay.

However, in this case the new claim-holder shall not be obliged to occupy the mines

that have reverted to free status prior to the next-coming payment date. Rather, he

can wait until permission is granted by the mine manager and the mines are legally

entered into the mine account book.

[BN II,12]

The 12th article.

Those who wish to manage

their own mines.

If it happens that one, two, three, or at most four companies of miners are working a

mine site or claim, and one or more of them all simultaneously want to manage their

mines themselves, then that should be allowed, though this bears certain appropriate

responsibilities.

[18v]

[BN II,13]

The 13th article.

On estimating claim boundaries [vberschlahen der Massen]

595

and where a full measure of a claim

cannot be defined.

If one has occupied a mine site, has thrown in bucket and rope, and seeks permission

from the mine manager to estimate the claim boundary, then this should not be

denied.

And when, in estimating claim boundaries, the measured parcels do not come out to

exact, complete dimensions, and the surface area of the plot of land does not reach to

a full double-claim [wehr], the mine manager shall assign equally said portion of

land to the two adjacent-lying measured claims associated with that head-vein.

However, in the portion of land, where an entire double-claim or more remains—

though not remaining the full measure of a claim—then the mine manager shall

assign this solely to the first claimant as a residual plot of land [vberschahr].

[BN II,14]

The 14th article.

[19r]

On taking the measure [Vermessen].

Once a mine site has become suitable for measuring [maßwirdig], then it shall be

measured at the wish of the company of miners, as follows: Namely, the mine

manager shall give public notice fourteen days before the measuring through a

posted notice [anschlagsbrieff] and verbal announcement [aussruffen] by the court

errand-boy [Gerichtsknecht], stating for whom, where, when, and which parcel of

land the mine manager will measure. And then he shall do the measuring on the

designated day. First the claim-holder or head of the mine should personally swear

an oath, that the vein on which he wishes the measure to be taken should rightfully

be granted to him. Then he shall precede the mine manager going onto the vein, and

the mine manager shall follow him with the claim-measuring line [Schnur], and

596

where the measured claim ends he shall place the boundary-stone [Lochstein] as

appropriate.

[BN II,15]

The 15th article.

On intervening [verhinderung] in the

taking of measures, and seizing

the measuring line.

If some party believes that a measuring being undertaken will result in disadvantage

and violation of his lawful protection, then he should [19v] ask the mine manager to

suspend the measuring, until he can first hear his lawful argument. If the mine

manager does not wish to do so, then the party may, offering 20 Marks in silver as

surety [verpürgung], seize the mine manager’s measuring line. Then the mine

manager shall suspend the measuring being undertaken and allow the matter to be

heard and come to justice. And if the party who did the seizure is found unjustified

in the end, he shall pay the guaranteed 20 Marks in silver without delay. From the

money three parts22 shall come to us, paid into our tithe chest. To the mine manager

one part 23 shall be paid. He then shall continue to taking the measurements

appropriately.

[BN II,16]

The 16th article.

How many double-claims a

head vein and adjacent measured claim

should have.

22 i.e., three-fourths 23 i.e., one-fourth

597

A head vein shall, according to mining law, have three double-claims, and each

double-claim shall have fourteen fathoms. An adjacent measured claim, however,

shall have two double-claims, and each double-claim fourteen fathoms.

[20r]

[BN II,17]

The 17th article.

On the mine contributions [Zupuß] and how these

are to be assessed.

When a claim is occupied and being worked actively, and no supplies and equipment

are lacking from it, then periodically our officials—mining prefect, mine manager,

and jurors, with the advice of the companies of miners or their servants—shall assess

an appropriate mine contribution according to their understanding and the situation

with regard to supplies and equipment. The contribution shall be used for the needs

of the mines, supplies and equipment.

[BN II,18]

The 18th article.

On taking mine contribution notices

and posting them.

If a mine contribution is thus assessed on a claim, then the head or mine foreman

shall take a contribution notice from the mine manager [20v], that will be posted by

the court errand-boy in an appropriate location so that the company of miners will

take notice of it as it stands until the payment date.

[BN II,19]

The 19th article.

In what time the mine contribution

598

shall be collected.

Each of the miners shall be obliged to pay the assessed mine contribution to the mine

foreman in between the time of receiving the bill and the next future payment date.

And the mine foreman shall give a receipt to whomever pays his contribution. But

any miner who neglects to do so shall forfeit his portions, which shall be placed in

the registry of delinquent accounts.

[BN II,20]

The 20th article.

Mine foremen shall not

take responsibility for

any miner’s mine contribution.

[21r] No mine foreman shall take responsibility for any miner’s assessed mine

contribution or give any further time extension beyond the time set for collection.

Whoever conducts himself contrary to this shall assume responsibility for said

contribution and pay it personally.

[BN II,21]

The 21st article.

On the payment date [Retardat], and

how unpaid portions [vnuerlegten teylen]

shall be dealt with.

The payment date shall be held each Monday four weeks following the completed

billing, unless that same Monday is a holiday, in which case it shall be held on the

next workday thereafter.

599

On that day each mine foreman shall make a list of the miners who have not paid

their portions, and he shall read it publicly in the appropriate location. Then they

shall turn over these statements of account [zeddel] to our officials.

The officials shall hold these statements for eight days, and any unpaid miner who

gives his mine contribution within these eight days shall retain his portions. [21v]

But after the passing of eight days, those same statements of account shall be

presented to the share clerk, who shall then remove these same portions from the

unpaid miners in the share register and assign them to the group of miners who have

made their contributions.

The same portions listed as delinquent in the registry shall under no circumstances be

sold or distributed, should God bestow ore upon them, without the prior knowledge

and permission of our mining prefect, mine manager, and the companies of miners.

But if no ore is present, then these delinquent portions can be sold for the highest

price possible by the mine foreman for the common good of the miners, at the

command of our mining prefect and mine manager. Or when they cannot be sold,

they can be transferred to whomever pays off the mine contribution,24 or when that

does not happen distributed and worked for free. In this last case, those miners who

have paid their contribution on the mines in question have precedence in terms of the

delinquent portions. Or on the other hand the majority of the miners could decide to

allow these delinquent portions to remain for or with the whole group of miners. Or

they might divide the portions among themselves by count. This shall be done,

however, with prior knowledge of our mine manager.

[BN II,22]

The 22nd article.

On the weekly

assessment of mines [Anschniedt]. 24 An elaborated translation over against the original wording – the original states literally, “when they cannot be sold – for the mine contribution.”

600

[22r] Every Saturday morning all mine foremen and master miners shall appear

before our mine managers and jurors in an appointed location. Each mine foreman

shall read aloud, within earshot of the master miner, all expenditures, item by item,

that he has had during that week for the needs of his company of miners, then the

sum [Summa] of the weekly expenditures. And he shall submit the usual itemized

listing of them. The mine clerk shall take possession of the listing and present it at

the quarterly accounting.

[BN II,23]

The 23rd article.

On verification day or

claim-granting day—how and

when it is

to be held.

Every week our mine manager, together with his jurors, shall meet at the appointed

place every Wednesday—or, if that is a holiday, the next day thereafter—at a

minimum from twelve until one o’clock, and longer if the business at hand requires it.

On these occasions they shall grant and confirm completed claims, giving work

extensions and permissions, make taxes, arrange dissolutions [22v] and contracts

between differing parties—and perform other acts that come up and are in the scope

of their offices. And whatever is thus done and concluded, shall on the mine

manager’s command be dutifully and faithfully recorded by the mining clerk

Whatever transpires without being recorded shall be null and void.

[BN II,24]

The 24th article.

On wages—by whom,

when, and how

601

wages shall be paid.

Before or after the assessment of mines is held, each mine foreman, in the presence

of the master miner, shall provide the wages and pay to all skilled workmen, laborers,

and others whom he owes in connection with his company of miners. Each worker

is to be present and receive his wages personally.

[BN II,25]

The 25th article

[23r]

On the mine foreman’s quarterly accounting—

when and how it

shall be conducted

and done.

From week to week, each mine foreman shall record clearly and plainly all revenues

and expenditures that have been transacted in connection with his company of

miners. He shall do so with all appropriate diligence and at the necessary level of

detail, in an organized register. First he shall record all processed copper and silver,

and all cash money, that he received as payment of mine contributions; and from

taxes, water tithes [wassergeldt], ‘fourth-penny’ tax [vierden pfenning]25, one-ninth

tax [Neunden]26, transport costs [Bergkfördernus] and other receipts in terms of

revenues. Then he shall set down what he has expended for mining and smelting

costs, specifically what, how much, and to whom he has given money, and from

whom, what, and how expensive anything he has purchased was. Also, what has

been expended during the quarter-year on contract work, how long such work has

been going on, what progress has occurred and what remains to be done27. The mine

25 A tax for the drainage/ventilation tunnel, that the tunneler charges the mine owner served by the tunnel (Veith, “Vierter Pfennig”) 26 A tax for the drainage/ventilation tunnel, that the tunneler collects as a portion of the ore extracted in the mountain—the “ninth” taken after collection of the (land)lord’s “tenth” (Veith, “Neunte”) 27 <gangen>, i.e., in the sense “gegangen ist”

602

foreman shall also set down the names of all workers, servants [knecht] and errand

boys [iungen], and finally what remains on hand in terms of money, copper, silver,

and mining tools [getzaw].

And each mine foreman shall conclude his accounting every Saturday during the

quarter [Quattember]. In particular, the mine foremen who have placed copper and

silver in our tithe-accounts and received money from them shall, prior to doing so,

settle accounts with the tithe collector in terms of what remains in the miners’ [23v]

account, take a listing of this, and show it in their quarterly accounting.

[BN II,26]

The 26th article.

Who shall hear

the mine foreman’s accounting.

Our mining prefect, mine manager, and jurors shall be present every time at the

accounting and listen diligently to all of it. They shall find out from the accounting

how the companies of miners are being managed and how their money is being

handled. And when the officials discover that any work team is being mismanaged

out of ignorance, neglect, or carelessness, they shall provide restitution to the miners

who are involved.

If, however, there has been deceit, falsehood, unfaithfulness, personal gain or other

unlawfulness, then the officials shall punish it sternly with appropriate severity and

without leniency.

If uncorrected errors are found in the mine foreman’s accounting that are not

disadvantageous to the company of miners, then these errors will be changed in the

registers and the mine foreman punished in customary fashion.

603

[24r]

[BN II,27]

The 27th article.

All accountings to be brought

into a final quarterly summary [Recess].

At each quarterly accounting, all the mine foremen’s completed and approved

accountings shall be collected in an orderly fashion in a brief final quarterly

summary, in which document shall be included: The mine works; the name and

wages of the mine foreman; what supplies the miners have, and what obligations

[schulden]; how many shares [Kuckes] have been worked; how much silver and

copper made; what pay has been distributed; or what mine contributions assessed, etc.

This final summary shall always be duplicated, with one given to us, the other

remaining with the registers, held in safe-keeping.

[BN II,28]

The 28th article.

On the distribution of wages [Austeylung]—how they

shall be

completed and distributed.

[24v] When the mine foremen’s quarterly accounting—as presented above—has

been heard, considered, and accepted, and then an audit of them by our tithe collector

finds that an excess remains that amounts to a distribution of at least 2 florins per

share—in this case a distribution to the companies of miners shall be done and

commanded by our mining prefect, mine manager, and jurors, in accordance with the

amount of the excess. However, care should be taken that as much is held in reserve

as required for the mine to be supplied until the next accounting day. But whatever

remains over that amount or is not needed to cover the payroll, that shall be held for

the good of the miners as a reserve in their tithe account.

604

[BN II,29]

The 29th article.

How the shifts [Schichten] shall be

staffed and conducted.

At four o’clock in the morning the first shift (that is called the ‘early shift’) is to be

staffed and conducted; the second shift at twelve o’clock noon (which is called the

‘noon shift’); and the third at eight o’clock in the evening (which is called the ‘night

shift’). [25r] Each mine worker shall complete seven complete hours of work in the

shift and not leave his workplace before the master miner knocks for the end of the

shift.

One hour before each shift specified above the bell should be rung so that the

workers know to report to work—for the morning shift at three, for the noon shift at

eleven, and in the evening at seven o’clock. Thus each will find himself at his

appropriate work location and will have fewer occasions to ask to be excused for

tardiness.

[BN II,30]

The 30th article.

Not staffing

the night shift.

In any mine where three shifts are not to be staffed, staffing the night shift should not

be authorized. And where only one shift is being worked, the early shift shall be

conducted.

[BN II,31]

The 31st article.

605

[25v]

How and in what time-frame

sold portions shall be transferred

from one person to the other.

If someone sells mine portions to another, and both parties have their place of

residence at the mine and in our Kingdom of Norway, then the buyer shall seek to

have possession of the portions from the seller entered into the share register for

himself within four weeks following the purchase. And the seller shall be obliged to

transfer possession in such time.

However, if the seller neglects to respond to the buyer’s demand to transfer

possession, or is not a resident of the country, or cannot be found, then the buyer

shall report this to our mine manager by the end of the four weeks. If the buyer has

not paid the purchase money, following the down-payment, and has not urgently

requested that the seller transfer possession, then that shall be done.

However, if the buyer delays demanding the transfer of possession within said

deadline, and the seller wishes the sale to be completed, then the seller shall tell this

to the mine manager by the end of the above-mentioned four weeks and formally

request transfer of possession to the buyer in the presence of the mine manager. And

then the buyer shall be instructed to do so.

[26r] If, however, both parties are remiss in this and hence allow four weeks to pass,

then neither party shall make complaint against the other, and neither shall be

obliged to the other for anything (unless they would wish to be).

But foreign mine workers and those who do not reside at our mine in Norway shall

not be covered under this article.

606

And what is said in this article about selling and buying should also be understood

similarly in the next following two articles and in all other statements in the parts of

this text, as regard paying [geben], giving [schencken], certifying [verfreymargken],

and the like.

[BN II,32]

The 32nd article.

Who is obliged to pay the

mine contribution for sold portions.

Whoever sells shares after the conclusion of the quarterly accounting shall do so

freely, whereas whoever sells portions before the accounting shall be obliged to pay

the mine contribution as it is assessed thereafter.

[26v]

[BN II,33]

The 33rd article.

Who shall receive

the treasure yielded of sold mine portions.

The yield of any mine portions that were bought before and hence prior to the

quarterly accounting being completed on that mine—the yield realized after this shall

go to the buyer. But whoever purchases after the quarterly accounting shall not be

entitled to any yield that was realized before the accounting. Rather, it shall remain

to the seller. The above and the following article stand unless the parties agree to,

acknowledge, or demonstrate some other arrangement.

[BN II,34]

The 34th article.

All mine sites shall be

607

financially reviewed [verrechent] and audited quarterly [vorrecest].

[27r] Each and every mine site that is being actively worked or kept workable with a

work extension or payment of taxes shall be financially reviewed each quarter and

audited by the mine foreman or head. And when this does not occur, then that mine

site will not revert to free status, but rather the mine foreman or mine master shall be

punished earnestly for it.

[BN II,35]

The 35th article.

On the quarterly mine tax [Quattember gelde].

With every quarterly accounting, each mine foreman or head shall give, for the

support of the jurors and other common needs of the mine, six and one-half pennies

from each mine that is being operated or kept under work extension or payment of

taxes. And a drainage/ventilation tunnel that has no associated head vein or

neighboring measured claims shall also give this amount in quarterly mine tax. The

mine clerk shall receive it and tally it in accordance with his duties.

[BN II,36]

The 36th article.

[27v]

When two veins are far

enough apart from each other above ground,

but join together

in the depths underground [teuffe].

If it should happen that two veins are far enough apart from each other above ground,

and yet come together in the depths underground, and a dispute arises because both

veins have been assigned as claims, then our mine manager and jurors shall advise

608

the holder of the later-granted [iüngern belehnte] claim to yield to the earlier

[elthern].

[BN II,37]

The 37th article.

Which party has

the burden of proof [beweysung thuen],

when two veins

join together:

Sometimes it happens that two veins join together and one party must compel the

other to yield to him, yet the newer claimant will not admit that the older has

precedence with his granted claim but instead says that he has happened upon

another, [28r] unclaimed vein. In this case the assertion of the newer, namely that

the older has fallen away from his granted vein and should not be mining in the

disputed place [das streittige ort], shall be made known prudently, granted, and

assigned. If the assertion of the newer claimant is sustained, the older claimant is

obliged to yield to the newer one. Failing that, the newer claimant shall be directed

by the mine manager and jurors to yield to the older with a specified fine [puesse].

[BN II,38]

The 38th article.

On choosing veins—

how this

shall be conducted.

If a company of miners in their claim have excavated or extended more than one vein

and it comes to a point that they must choose one vein, then the mine manager and

jurors shall go to the place. When they determine which formation is the miners’

609

rightly assigned main vein, by inspection of the vein’s selvage [Saalband]28 in the

hanging-wall or foot-wall or some other finding based on their expertise [sonst

Bergklaufftiger weyse], then they shall advise the company of miners or their

servants of this as their rightly assigned vein.

[28v] When, however, it is not clearly visible, then the eldest miners choose one of

the said veins. And whichever one they choose, there they shall remain.

[BN II,39]

The 39th article.

On intersecting veins [Vierungen] and how

one shall extend them.

Any companies of miners working with the vein on which their earlier claim holds

precedence who wish to extend the intersecting veins to work one of the other lesser

veins, they shall come by way of working their granted claim—and not with one they

choose or take on—as is proper, and then have the intersecting veins.

[BN II,40]

The 40th article.

No one shall have

assigned to another

any mine works or portions

in a way that is dangerous.

[29r] If someone tries to have a mine or portions of a mine transferred to another in a

dangerous, deceitful or otherwise questionable way, or on a certificate [schein] so

that he would simultaneously have use thereof—such a mine or portions thereof

shall remain with the one to whom they were originally assigned. 28 “Selvage” or Saalband is the edge surface of a vein on its hanging-wall or footwall, where the ore borders the regular rock or fill (Veith, “Sahlband”).

610

However, if the one to whom they were originally assigned does not want to have the

mine or portions or is not actively working them, then said mine and portions, with

all rights to usage and materials and equipment belonging to them, shall revert to our

royal household [vnser kammer] as disclaimed possessions [verleuckent gut].

And when the deceit is punishable, then such shall be undertaken with appropriate

severity. Whoever has assigned said mine or portions to another in the above-

described way shall not be allowed any portions in that same mine.

[BN II,41]

The 41st article.

Having a report [Bericht] done

out of the mine account books shall not be

denied to anyone.

[29v] Whoever will desire to have the mine account books read to him, in matters

that he designates, or to have a copy given to him, that shall be done for him for

payment of the fee.

[BN II,42]

The 42nd article.

What measured claims the overseers[Vorsteher]

are obliged to declare

for the companies of miners.

When a company of miners encounters [vberfahren] veins, stringers, or ore

formations in their mine works, measured claims, or tunnels with their buildings and

structures, then the supervisors and foremen shall be obliged to declare a head vein

611

claim for their company, together with the two adjacent measured claims. Separate

adjacent promising parcels, however, they or others may declare as claims.

[BN II,43]

The 43rd article.

No large buildings

to be placed at mine sites.

[30r] To protect against unnecessary costs, no large building shall be built without

our mine manager’s permission at tunnels or mine sites except when absolutely

necessary.

[BN II,44]

The 44th article.

On taxes [Steuer]—how they shall be

assessed [gemacht], recorded [verschrieben],

and paid [gegeben]:

In assessing taxes that the miners pay for horizontal tunnels, access tunnels

[stregken], vertical tunnels, etc., the mine manager and jurors shall determine

whether such taxes are advantageous to the mine and beneficial to the miners. Also,

the officials shall ensure that no one is inappropriately burdened and that the taxes

are legally recorded in the ways reported above.

[BN II,45]

The 45th article.

How the taxes paid

for the horizontal tunnels

are to be held,

with deduction [abkürtzung] of the fourth-penny

612

[30v] In order to protect against all sorts of quarrels and unlawfulness, we order and

declare: When a mine works has paid a tax for a horizontal tunnel, and it later turns

out that they should also have paid the fourth-penny for this tunnel—thus it shall be

held.

Regarding the tunnel tax, reduced by the fourth-penny on the amount paid—that

mine works shall not be obliged to give the fourth-penny for the tunnel, unless the

tax was reduced previously. And if it was reduced when the tunnel was not yet

through the measured claim, then the fourth-penny shall be paid when the tunnel is in

the measured claims.

However, if it happens that a mine works that has paid the tunnel tax lies idle, and

subsequently is asserted to have our free status, then the new claim-holder or

company of miners shall be obliged to pay the fourth-penny for the tunnel because

they are occupying one of its tunnels, in spite of any taxes that the old company of

miners might have paid.

[BN II,46]

The 46th article.

How misappropriated excavated ore [enthawenem Ertze]

should be handled.

[31r] Whatever work team has taken another’s excavated ore and brought it out over

the windlass ledge [hengebangk] against a completed legal prohibition [Rechtsverpot]

or work stoppage—that same ore shall remain the property of the work team that

excavated it.

[BN II,47]

The 47th article.

613

On work stoppage orders [Kömmern] for ore

in the rock.

If some work team or its supervisors believe that another work team is coming too

close to them with their buildings and structures or has struck ore that should belong

to them, and therefore ask the mine manager for a legal prohibition and stoppage to

intervene in the removal of ore—then the mine manager together with the jurors

shall travel to the place and inspect the site first-hand, with or without the assistance

of the mine surveyor. If they find that the one party is too close to the other, then

they shall direct the wrong party away from continued work in the wrong place. And

in case the redirected group refuses to comply, they29 shall place a work stoppage on

the contested ore and have the parties pursue the matter further in court.

[31v] If even after diligent inspection it is not clear which work team the contested

ore should belong to, then our mine manager shall collect and work up said ore

himself. He shall take the mining and smelting costs from it and hold the remainder

of the proceeds [vbermas] in the tithe account until the matter is settled, at which

point he shall give the proceeds to the party who is legally entitled to it.

If it seems prudent and is requested by one or both parties, special adjudicators shall

be appointed, such that one party shall select a mine foreman, the other a master

miner. They are to be confirmed in this role by our mining prefect and mine

manager.

[BN II,48]

The 48th article.

No mining-related

commerical [gütlich] or legal [rechtlich] matters

shall be conducted

29 i.e., the mine manager and jurors

614

without permission of the officials.

[32r] To prevent any misconduct [vnrichtigkeyt], no hostile party or work team shall

undertake among themselves any reconciliating or legal proceedings [sönliche oder

rechtliche handlungen] without prior knowledge and permission of our mining

prefect and mine manager. And when that permission is granted to them, it shall not

be undertaken outside our mines. Unnecessary costs shall be avoided.

And when the legal matters are well settled [beygeleget] between the parties that

should be entered into the register, they are conveyed by both parties to the mine

manager and incorporated into the mine account book. Without this the agreement is

not legally valid [vnbündig].

[BN II,49]

The 49th article.

How to financially review

mine works that lie idle

between quarters.

If mine works or horizontal tunnels should lie idle between two quarterly

accountings, the mine foreman shall nonetheless do his accounting on all revenues

and expenditures from the last30 accounting up until the cessation of work, on the

occasion of the next accounting, as is done for [32v] other mines. And whatever

excess remains in that account should be left, at the instruction of the mining prefect

and mine manager, to be applied to the common good, and nowhere else.

[BN II,50]

The 50th article.

How one can obtain

30 Assuming wrong word in text; based on the context, <nehister> (“next”) should be “last” or “previous”.

615

portions in a mine works

that remains idle

between two quarters.

If a miner has provided appropriately for his portions in an accounting, but his mine

works then lie idle thereafter, and they later revert to our free status and are granted

to another—if the first miner, who has made his contribution, provides for his

portions on the next payment date after the new grant, then he shall retain his share.

[BN II,51]

The 51st article.

[33r]

Prolongations of claim tenure [Fristungen] shall not be given

without due cause.

Our mine manager shall not readily give prolongations of tenure or work delays

without necessary and valid reasons. However, when there are good reasons and

extensions in a mine works have been granted two times, then the mine manager

should not consider allowing any further extensions.

[BN II,52]

The 52nd article.

What one

should do

with newly discovered ore deposit.

When a new ore deposit is discovered in mine works or tunnels, the miner shall not

excavate it, but rather report it to the master miner, who, after completing his

inspection, shall inform our mining prefect and mine manager. And then the mine

616

manager himself or, at his command, some jurors shall go to the place and inspect to

find out what is there.

[33v]

[BN II,53]

The 53rd article.

The deepest section of a horizontal tunnel [Stollenstrecken]

or other places in the mine not to be abandoned

without prior knowledge.

If someone wishes to abandon, frame in [verzimmern], remove [versetzen], or cave in

[verstürtzen] the deepest sections of a horizontal tunnel or other places in the mine,

that should be shown to the mine manager beforehand, who shall then go to the place

with the jurors to carefully inspect it. And they shall instruct the miners how to

proceed. Anyone who acts contrary to this shall be severely punished physically or

financially.

[BN II,54]

The 54th article.

Transporting [zufürdern] the ore

above ground.

All miners and their supervisors shall transport all the ore that they excavate above

ground, and not bury it in pits or tunnels, under penalty of severe punishment.

[34r]

[BN II,55]

The 55th article

On contracts [Gedingen]—by whom,

where and how they

617

shall be made.

In productive mine works, especially on ore deposits, contract work shall not be done

without our mine manager’s permission. And when it is undertaken and allowed, it

shall be arranged by the jurors.

However, in unproductive mine works, especially when the need for miners is

recognized, one should use contract work, and the jurors shall provide for it in

accordance with their duties.

[BN II,56]

The 56th article.

How the miners

should conduct themselves

in accepted contract work:

[34v] Any miners who have accepted a contract shall carry out their contract work

diligently and faithfully. When the shift is over, what they have produced is taken,

and they should not expect more than their earned contract pay [dinggeldes]. And

before the shift is over they shall not keep too much in pay.

[BN II,57]

The 57th article

When the contract pay

for the miners

is not sufficient:

If, however, the miners apply their best and faithful diligence to work according to

the contract, and do not violate the contract, and the contract pay is simply

insufficient, then the jurors shall, based on their discretion and knowledge of the

618

circumstances, dutifully look into the matter, to ensure that the mine owners are not

inappropriately burdened but that the effort of the contract workers is adequately

valued.

[BN II,58]

The 58th article

[35r]

On punishment of workers who

avoid their contracts

or other work.

Any miner or mine-worker who would shirk his contract work or other work he has

accepted and would neglect it in bad faith, he shall not be given other work at any

other mine-works without the consent of the one whose contract or work he has

neglected, and he shall be punished severely by the mine manager.

[BN II,59]

The 59th article.

Mine foremen and master miners

shall have no part

in contracts.

Mine foremen and master miners shall have no part or profit in contracts such as

might be devised, to avoid severe punishment.

[BN II,60]

The 60th article.

[35v]

No debts to be made

on mine-works.

619

The mine foremen shall make no debt by borrowing money, loans, or the like on the

mine-works, without the permission of our mine manager. Whoever acts contrary to

this shall not have any legal remedy, but rather shall bear the responsibility himself.

If it should happen, however, that a mine foreman would not have enough money in

between accountings to provide for the mine-works, then he may take on as much

debt as required to maintain the mine, with the advice and knowledge of the mine

manager, and thereafter he may repay such debts from the incoming mine

contributions. In the absence of incoming contributions, he should be provided help

for the mine—he shall in this case have an extension until the next accounting for

said mine. If he still fails to fulfill what is required by mining tradition, the mine

shall revert to our free status, to be assigned to the first claimant freely and without

debts.

[BN II,61]

The 61st article.

The courts may

take custody of transgressors [freffeler]

also for wrong-doing connected to the

office of the mine manager.

[36r] If crimes occur that our mine manager—as our representative—is to punish,

including in the places connected to his office, specifically at the mines, underground

in the mine, on paths and walkways to and from the mine, the smelting huts, mills,

and ore-washing facilities [weschen], then the officers of the court [Gerichtshelder]

shall, for the sake of keeping the peace, take custody of transgressors and

wrongdoers and put them in prison. However, if there should prove to be

indemnification [abtrage] or punishment, the mine manager may take this on and

620

carry it out for our sake, and give us a yearly a formal accounting [Rechnung] and

register [vberanthworthung] of these activities.

[BN II,62]

The 62nd article.

Murderers [Todschleger] shall

forever stay away

from our mines.

If someone should commit a murder at our mine other than in self-defense [ane

notwehre] and be caught [entwürde], he shall forever stay away from this mine, even

if the matter is subsequently resolved with the courts and the parties involved.

621

[36v]

The Third Part of these

mining regulations tells of

tunnels [Stollen] and the

legal privileges associated with them.

[BN III,1]

The first article.

All drainage/ventilation tunnels [Erbstollen] shall be extended

without explosives [gesprenge],

unless the use of explosives is allowed by the

mine manager.

Any tunnel that is undertaken to be extended into a mountain slope for these and the

associated mines shall be created with a water ditch [wasserseyge], in accordance

with old mining law and practice [vbung]. And the tunnel shall be made without

using any underground explosives except in cases where rocky ridges [kemme] or

other types of solid formations [festen] protrude such that the tunnel out of necessity

must be advanced by blasting—which nonetheless shall not occur without inspection

and permission of our mine manager. This permission along with the reason for it

shall be entered into the mine account book, at the command of the mine manager.

[37r]

[BN III,2]

The second article.

A mine works that needs it

can be assisted

by the use of explosives if it needs them,

with the mine manager’s permission.

622

If any mine needs a tunnel for the sake of water drainage and ventilation, that

otherwise cannot be created efficaciously, explosives may be used to make that side-

tunnel for that mine—though not without the permission of the mine manager as

stated above—and the one-ninth tax [Neunde] must be paid as described below.

[BN III,3]

The 3rd article.

Tunnels that are extended

with explosives

without permission

are accorded no legal standing.

[37v] Any tunnel that should extend its side-tunnels into one or more mine-works

without the mine manager’s permission shall not be granted its tunnel-right [stollen

Recht].

[BN III,4]

The 4th article.

A tunnel that does not penetrate

ten fathoms shall not be considered a

proper drainage/ventilation tunnel and

shall not have the

corresponding legal standing [selbgerechtigkeit].

Any tunnel that is extended into a mine-works or measured claim but does not

extend to the proper depth that a tunnel should have, namely ten fathoms—that

tunnel shall not have any legal entitlement to the ore that it encounters in the mine-

works or claim.

[BN III,5]

623

The 5th article.

[38r]

What legal entitlements a drainage/ventilation tunnel has

to ore that it encounters.

Where a tunnel is driven into others’ measured claims and, in digging the tunnel, ore

is encountered, then the tunnelers [Stölner] shall dig into the ore five-fourths of a

fathom over the water ditch, and a half fathom in width, and take that ore from the

tunnel as their own.

[BN III,6]

The 6th article.

The fourth-penny shall

be given to the tunnels

before the quarterly accounting.

If any mine-works is obliged to give a tunnel the fourth-penny, the foreman of that

mine shall render to the tunnel what is owed as the fourth-penny before the quarterly

accounting. Until this is done, the mine’s quarterly accounting shall not be accepted.

[38v]

[BN III,7]

The 7th article.

The ninth-tax shall be

assigned and given to the tunnels

in the tithe account.

When a mine-works is required to give a drainage/ventilation tunnel the ninth-tax,

the foreman of that mine shall so inform the tithe-collector. The tithe-collector, in

624

turn, shall assign the ninth-tax to the tunnel and provide it to the head or foreman of

the tunnel—but under no circumstances to the mine foreman.

[BN III,8]

The 8th article.

How it should be handled

when veins, stringers, and

ore formations are crossed over

by tunnels.

[39r] When companies of miners with their tunnel or side-tunnels cross over veins,

stringers, or ore formations, the master miner shall assert possession of each vein or

formation for his tunnel miners, specifically by means of a head vein claim and the

two adjacent measured claims. However, if he should not assert possession over

anything but rather cross over and leave lie such veins, stringers, and ore formations,

and then they are claimed by someone else—then our mine manager shall not assign

them, but rather, in the presence of at least two jurors, tell the mine foreman or

master miner of that tunnel about them at once. And if the tunnelers or their officials

do not assert possession of the crossed-over veins, stringers, or ore formations and

occupy them appropriately within fourteen days after the mine master’s declaration,

then the mine manager shall assign them to the first claimant. The tunnel officials

shall bear the accountability for this to their company of miners.

[BN III,9]

The 9th article.

How deep a tunnel should be positioned [einkommen],

if someone wishes to

dig another one under it with legal precedence.

625

[39v] Out of all due discretion, and especially because the mountains in our mining

regions are quite high, we order that: Any drainage/ventilation tunnel that would be

established underneath another one and gain legal recognition for itself must be

positioned ten vertical fathoms lower than the other. Any tunnel that is this deep

under the pre-existing one shall take legal precedence over the other and acquire the

legal authority over the area to which it supplies ventilation and from which it

removes water. Any new tunnel that is not positioned at the required depth shall not

take over the authority from the other and shall not receive a ninth-tax. But where it

is just a half-fathom short of the proper depth, then this shall be considered

acceptable.

[BN III,10]

The 10th article.

The water ditch in tunnel

is not to be lowered.

Whoever undertakes to dig a tunnel into a mountain, he shall maintain the elevation

of his drainage ditch just as he initially started it in the mouth of the tunnel and not

dig it deeper under any circumstances. But if someone should do so anyway, he

shall not realize any advantage, nor cause any disadvantage or harm to another in

doing so.

[40r]

[BN III,11]

The 11th article.

How and when a drainage/ventilation tunnel

is accorded

the ninth-tax in mine works:

626

If a tunnel comes into a mine works, and the break-through into said mine is made

from the tunnel, and if the tunnel is also equipped with the drainage channel [gerinne]

and water ditch up to the shafts where the break-through is, and if the tunnel brings

the mine ventilation and removes water—then the ninth-tax shall be due to that

tunnel and shall be given by the mine.

But if the mine works into which the tunnel has come has no break-through to the

tunnel or does not want to strike into the tunnel, then the mine manager and jurors, at

the request of the tunnelers or their officials, shall allow the tunnelers to make the

break-through into the mine at their own expense. And if the tunnelers encounter ore

in making the break-through and make some copper from it, then they shall subtract

the mining and smelting costs from the proceeds and give the remainder as profit to

the company of miners.

627

[40v]

The Fourth Part of these

mining regulations

gives instructions

on smelting, how this should be

done for the good of

all the companies of miners.

[BN IV,1]

The first article.

Companies of miners

shall provide

all equipment and supplies

required for smelting.

For the advancement of common mining and of all companies of miners, we wish,

intend, and order, that each and every work team that has copper or silver ore to

smelt shall send, provide, and purchase themselves all the necessary supplies

required for smelting, including coal, lead, flotation [flöss], or other additives. They

shall omit nothing, providing the nearest and best, wherever and however they can

and know how to acquire.

[41r]

[BN IV,2]

The second article.

On the smelting fee [Hütten Zinss].

And the companies of miners who are smelting in a smelting hut shall pay the

smelter superintendent [Hüttenhern], along with the smelting clerk [Hüttenschreiber],

master smelters [Meister], smelters [Schmeltzer], and other workers. The pay for a

628

‘raw’ shift, in which one puts in twelve hours, is twelve pennies. And for a common

shift it is ten pennies for the smelting fee, and no one is obliged to give any more

than that.

[BN IV,3]

The 3rd article.

Without permission one should

not smelt in foreign locations

There should not be any smelting in foreign locations and outside the smelting

facilities belonging to our mining operations, unless someone is allowed and

approved to do so by our mining prefect and mine manager for good, compelling

reasons.

[41v]

[BN IV,4]

The 4th article.

On the smelting facilities [gepeuden].

The smelter superintendents shall prepare [anrichten], supply [befrieden], and

monitor [bewaren] all of the smelting facilities—including the blast furnaces,

bellows, and other equipment, also the grounds of the smelting works [Hüttenhöfe],

spillways [wehr] and pits [greben]—so that the needs of the miners are served. They

shall also ensure that nothing goes bad with regard to their slags [Schlagken], furnace

accretions, and other materials.

[BN IV,5]

The 5th article.

On the smelting officials [Hütten dienern].

629

The smelter superintendents shall strive with all diligence to have virtuous, true,

knowledgeable and hard-working servants in their smelting works, including

smelting clerks, master smelters [Hüttenmeister], smelters, ore carriers [Vorlauffer],

watchmen, and others. This is to assure that we and all companies of miners will be

truly and well represented and the ore will be most diligently worked.

[42r]

[BN IV,6]

The 6th article.

Who shall appoint and dismiss

the smelting officials.

The smelting officials shall be appointed or dismissed with the prior knowledge and

consent of our mine manager and smelting inspector—and not appointed or

dismissed without same. And they shall be appropriately sworn in by oath, so that

one can be aware of their qualifications in all ways. They shall also be sufficiently

paid with their defined wage, that is set to a particular amount in all smelting works,

and no one shall overpay them.

[BN IV,7]

The 7th article.

On the smelting clerks [Hüttenschreibern].

The smelting clerks shall keep good records of the smelting work, and in particular

the assaying. They shall diligently monitor the smelters and other smelting workers,

so that each carries out his work with faithful diligence and nothing is false or [42v]

neglected. The clerks shall also watch over the smelting process diligently, and in

particular the tempering [anlassen]. They shall personally be present when a work

shift is completed and shall sample [probiren] the yield, diligently doing all the

630

samples [Stich] and quarter-portions of mines, and when they suspect wrong-doing

they shall address it.

[BN IV,8]

The 8th article.

Who shall not

be appointed

as smelting clerks:

Whoever has his own smelting operation or portions in one, he shall not serve as a

smelting clerk in his own or in any other smelting operations.

[BN IV,9]

The 9th article.

[43r]

On reporting

what is made weekly

in smelting.

Every Saturday the smelting clerks shall report all copper and silver that was made in

their assigned smelting operation, in their own handwriting in our tithe-account

register [Zehenden]. The report must include how much was made and from which

mine works it was made.

[BN IV,10]

The 10th article.

Smelting costs not to be

lent to anyone:

631

The smelting clerks shall not lend the smelting costs to any mine foreman longer

than four weeks. Anyone who does lend longer and does not report this to our mine

manager or smelting inspector shall have no legal standing to recover these costs.

[43v]

[BN IV,11]

The 11th article.

On master smelters [Hüttenmeistern]

and how they shall

conduct themselves.

The master smelters shall have no ownership in either the smelting operations they

work in or in any others, nor shall they expect any reward above and beyond their

wages.

In addition, they shall give diligent attention to all smelting workers, so that each

carries out his assigned work faithfully and diligently. And in particular the master

smelters shall see to it that the smelters fuel the hearth and drainage channel [Spuer]

well as well as cool them down [abwermen], and that they lay the metal moulds

[formen] properly while simultaneously operating the bellows.

[BN IV,12]

The 12th article.

[44r]

The smelting workers shall

obey

the master smelter.

The smelters and other smelting workers shall follow and obey the master smelter.

And if it happens that a smelter knows better what to do on the job than the master

632

smelter himself, then the worker shall by no means refrain from telling the master, to

the disadvantage of the company, but rather offer his best advice.

[BN IV,13]

The 13th article.

Safekeeping of

slags [Schlacken] and other

supplies.

Each smelter shall let his mining company’s (for whom he always smelts) slags,

furnace accretions, and other supplies [44v] be transported, stacked, and held for

safekeeping together in one place on-site. The smelter shall see to it that nothing is

traded out of those supplies or stolen.

[BN IV,14]

The 14th article.

No one to be forced

into smelting works

or compelled

with a bribe.

No one shall be prompted or compelled with bribes, promises 31 , offers of

advancement or in other ways as can be imagined, to go into any smelting works—

much less by physical detention or other means of being forced. And no one shall

entice away32 another’s smelting workers [Hüttengeste] or servants. Rather, each

person shall be free to seek employment in any smelting works according to his

wishes. However, whoever thus has gone into a smelting works shall not be allowed

to leave without good cause, without the prior knowledge of our mining prefect,

mine manager, and smelting inspector. 31 Reading <verheischungen> as “Verheißungen” 32 Reading <abspennig machen> as “abspenstig machen”

633

[45r]

[BN IV,15]

The 15th article.

After noon and at

night one shall

not smelt.

If no urgent necessity or other good reasons exist for it, then under no circumstances

shall one have smelting done after noon or at night.

[BN IV,16]

The 16th article.

When one should

start

smelting.

One shall start with smelting every working day in the smelting huts at five o’clock

in the morning, or if the smelting isn’t started at that time, workers may hold a

regular shift, [45v] namely eight hours. However, if smelting for an entire shift

would damage the ore, in the opinion of the mining heads and officials, the smelters

can—with the permission of same—do a short shift.

[BN IV,17]

The 17th article.

On slags—who is

responsible for preparing them.

634

Each mine works shall prepare their slags in the smelting huts in which they are

made, as frequently and as much as is useful to the company of miners, or they shall

be permitted to use a flux.

[BN IV,18]

The 18th article.

[46r]

On abandoned slags.

If slags are left abandoned by the company of miners, then these revert to our free

status, and no one shall use them without specific permission from us.

[BN IV,19]

The 19th article

That no one shall be

expelled

from the smelting.

Any mine foreman or head of a mine works who has been admitted to a smelting hut

with one or more smelting ovens, he—or they—shall not be expelled from said hut

until their ores and slags have been completely smelted [auffgeschmeltzt].

[46v]

[BN IV,20]

The 20th article.

The mine foremen shall be

present in the smelting huts

for the entering and exiting [an/ vnd ausslassen].

635

If a mine foreman has to conduct smelting in a hut, then he shall personally remain

there from the beginning to the end of the smelting work. He shall watch diligently

that the miners’ goods are handled faithfully and diligently. He shall have the output

metal [wergk] assayed and weighed, and he shall compile the information in writing.

And he shall put the output into a chest in the smelting hut for safekeeping. The

smelting clerk shall have one key to the box, and the mine foreman shall have the

other key.

Conclusion of these regulations.

All the articles of these our mining regulations—unless we might change them,

which we reserve the right to do—we wish to have upheld without violation by all,

who are hereby bound and warned in earnest, in order to avoid our disfavor and

punishment. This especially applies to our officials, [47r] who shall conduct

themselves thereby with diligence and punish the wrong-doers. Concluded and put

into effect in the month of May, in the fifteen-hundred and fortieth year after the

birth of our Savior Jesus Christ.

Corrections to these mining regulations:

In the second part of the regulations, in the 13th article in the 10th line, read: ‘and’.33

In the 14th article in the 4th line, read:

‘Namely, the mine manager shall [give public notice] fourteen days before the

measuring through a posted notice and verbal announcement by the court errand-boy,

stating to whom, where,’ etc.34

33 Cf. [18v]; a typesetting error, <vd> for <vnd>, is being corrected here. 34 Cf. [19r]. The error involved omission of the important phrase, “and verbal announcement by the court errand-boy.”

636

In the 16th article in the last line, read:

‘fathoms’.35

In the 31st article at the end, read:

‘That should also be understood similarly in the next following two articles.’36

In the 35th article, where it states three and one-half pennies, read: ‘Six and one-

half.’37

In the fourth part, in the 6th article in the 6th line, read:

‘And not appointed or dismissed without same:’38

35 Cf. [19v]. A typesetting error, <Bergklaffter> for <Berglachter>, is being corrected here. 36 Cf. [26r]. 37 Cf. [27r]. 38 Cf. [42r]. This is a correction from (emphasis added): “And not appointed and dismissed without same.”

637

[47v]

Charge [Ordnung] to

the reader.

Anthony Beutther wrote me,

Wolf Meyerpeck printed me,

Into the Kingdom of Norway I shall sail,

The road to riches I shall show,

If you so desire, you can get yourself up

And follow me—you won’t regret it.

Printed in the

electoral city

Zwickau, in the

month of April,

Year 1540

after the birth

of Christ.

638

[48r]

[Figure 5.3: Danish-Norwegian coat-of-arms – same as 5.1]

[48v – left blank]

639

APPENDICES

640

APPENDIX A

TITLE PAGE AND INTRODUCTORY DIALOG

FROM “BERGBÜCHLEIN” (B1)

[Transcription of the title page and introductory dialog from the 1st edition of Ulrich

Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” (B1), for comparison with Haselberg’s introductory

paragraph titled “Von erkantnus der Berckwerck,” in Ursprung ([23v]).]

[1]a

Ein nutzlich bergbuchleyn

[The woodcut image on title page shows a hilly terrain with two miners above

ground operating a windlass and a third miner underground excavating ore with a

hammer and iron spike.]

[2]

Eyn collation von bergkgeschicken gehalten czwyschen/ daniele dem

bergkverstendigen vnd knappio seinem bergkiungen Jn welcher ein anweysung

gegeben wirt/ welche bergkwerck vor die anderen czubawen seyndt.

a B1 contains no page numbers. Pagination supplied here is based on the Pieper facsimile edition (65 ff.).

641

[3]

Daniel der bercguerstendigk[:] Deynem fleyssigen gebedt vnd langer angehaltener

begerunge hab ich eyn kurtzes buchlein gedacht von mettallischem ertz tzubereyten/

auß der alten weysen bucher vnd geeupten bergkleuten erfarungk getzogen/ darynne

du ein anweysungk vnd bekentnyß habenn magst welche gepirgk/ welche geng/

klufft/ ader bergk geschick durch anweysung geschicklicher art bequem seyndt tzu

geberungk mettallisches ertz ader höfflich vnd nutzlich tzubawen vnd also von eynen

ytzlichen als do seyndt geschycklykeyt der gepirg/ streichen/ fallen/ vnd außghend

der geng in der gemeyne vnd auch von eynem itzlichen metal in sunderheyt/ auß

vormugen vorklerung geben durch abgesunderte capitel als vil disem angenummem

werck ader geschefft nodt seyn wirdt ¶a Knappius der iunge[:] Also mocht ich auß

disem buchleyn auß vrsachen erfaren vnd mit vornufft erkennen/ welche bergkwerck

nutzlich tzubawen seyn wurden/ das die vnkost nicht vnnutzlych/ sunder gewynreych

darselbesth vn gewandt wurde ¶ Daniel[:] Wie wol ein ytzlich-[4]er mensch seyner

vornufft billich geprauchen solt vnd sich vortrefflich vnd müsamlichen vben dz er

kunstlichen erkennen mocht als vill im möglich wer auß welcher materien/ durch

welche mitel/ vnd an welcher stadt die mettal naturlichen gemacht werden vnd alleyn

beyleyfftigk dem nutz der dar auß entspringkt nicht außschlahen ydoch ist deyn

meynung allein vnd vortrefflich auff dem nutz vnd gewyn gesatzt vnd nicht tzu

wyssen die wunderliche werck welcher die natur vormittel minerischer krafft vnder

der erden gebraucht welches dysem buchlein vnd einer itzlicher kunst ein

vorkleynung vnd vorachtung bryngt/ wurstu aber meher achten den gewin dan die a The symbol ¶ corresponds to an alinea in the original to set apart separate paragraphs or sections of text (in this case, change of speakers in the dialog).

642

kunst/ so mustu der kunst mit dem gewin entberen Sunder eyns soltu bey dir

wolbetrachten das die gemeyne rede als hirnach volgt vom lager/ streichen/ ligend

ader ander geschicklikeyt der geng gar mit grosser behendikeyt vff disen ader

gehenen gesunderten gangk sol tzu geneygnedt werden ¶ Knappius Das muß ich

durch die vbung tzu besser vorstentnyß bringen ¶ Daniel Durch erkentnyß der stuck

in disem buchlein/ begriffen von der abteilung der weldt/ vnd vbung bey dem

bergkberck kanstu in grosse erfarung kummena der werck die [5] geschehen von der

natur vnder der erden ¶ Knappius Die weil du von den orteren der weldt vnd

abteilung deß bergkwerckß reden wilt Jst meyn frag gegen welchen teil der weldt

ader an welchen stolort deß schachts ader vff welcher ecke der solen meyner ader

lamprechts kucks sein wurd vff das ich in der gruben gesehen kundt was vorgewin

ich dar von gehaben mocht ¶ Daniel Dein vnwyssenheyt der berckwerck hadt mich

tzu dyser erbeyt getrungen/ gedunckt dich. daß ein kucks ein sunderlich abgeteilt ort

in dem berge sey/ als dan wurde die gleiche darlag ader tzubuß gar vngleich genutzt

Sunder ein kucks ist ein hundertachtvndtzwentzigk teil alles deß das dem berckwerck

tzu gehordt/ vnd also ist das bergkwerck nach eyner bequeme abteilung geteilt in vier

schicht acht .8tl. sechtzehen .16tl. tzweyvnddreyssigk .32tl. viervndsechigk halb .32tl.

vnd in hundertachtvndtzweyntzigk kucks in halb kux in eyn vierteil in ein halb

vierteil eynes kux wan dise abteilung geschicht durch eyn tzal geheyssen pariterpar

die (als andere tzal) stethe im vffstigenn mit gleychem teyl wechst vnd wider der

ander tzal natur im absteygenn one ende in gleyche teyl geteilt wurt Also magstu

erkennen waßerley teil ein [6] kux deß bergkwercks sey/ Aber eynß sol dich nicht a Typographical error in original: <knmmen>

643

bekummeren das dises buchlein also gar mit vngehofelten worten vnd spruchen

volendt wurdt Eß wurt doch etwaß nutzlichs darunder begriffen seyn/ welches du

mher dan die suse der word lieben solt.

¶ Die schicht ist halb auffgefaren/ vff daß wir unser schicht nicht vorlengeren merck

kurtzlichen dise nachgeschribene dingk.

[7] ¶ Czu eyner erkentnyß des ankunfft ader entspringung der metallischen ertz/ Jst

tzu wissen dz dyses buchleyn (von ertzlichera ader minerischer geburdt genandt) wirt

geteilt in tzehenn capitel ader teyl.

das erste capitel ader

der erste teil Jst von gemeinem vrsprungk der ertz [etc.]

a Typographical error in original: <etzlicher>

644

APPENDIX B

REPRODUCTIONS OF CORRECT COMPASS WOODCUTS

FROM “BERGBÜCHLEIN” (B1)

B1, p. 14 = Ursprung [26v]:

[Figure A.1: Compass – version 1, B1]

645

B1, p. 27 = Ursprung [31v]:

[Figure A.2: Compass – version 2, B1]

Glossary of captions:

[Center dial of first image:] der erden cirkell orison genandt = The directions

of the compass known as ‘horizon’

Der auffgang ader der morgen = Sunrise or morning (i.e., east)

das gefierde czwischen dem morgen vnd mittag = The quadrant between east

and south

Der mittag = Noon (i.e., south)

das czwischen dem mittag vnd dem abent = Between south and west

Der nydergang ader der abendt = Sundown or evening (i.e., west)

das czwischen dem abent vnd der mitternacht = Between west and north

Die mitternacht = Midnight (i.e., north)

das czwischen der mitternacht vnd dem morgen = Between north and east

646

APPENDIX C

SAMPLE PAGE FROM URSPRUNG GEMEYNNER BERCKRECHT:

[Figure A.3: Ursprung, page [11r].]

647

APPENDIX D

SAMPLE PAGE FROM BERGKORDNUNG NORWEGEN

[Figure A.4: Bergkordnung Norwegen, page [36v].]

648

APPENDIX E

TITLE PAGE AND TABLE OF CONTENTS OF

URSPRUNG VND ORDNUNGEN DER BERGWERGE (LEIPZIG, 1616)

[Transcription of the title page and table of contents of Ursprung vnd Ordnungen der

Bergwerge, ed. Henning Gross, Leipzig, 1616 – based on copy in

Universitätsbibliothek Heidelberg, catalog number 0-1990 Folio RES . The title

page of this compilation is supplied with detailed framing images of mining

scenes—cutaway above- and underground mining works, use of divining rod to

locate ores, washing of ores, miner pushing wheelbarrow, etc.]

[fol. 1r]

Vrsprung vnd Ordnungen

der Bergwerge

Jnn

Königreich Böheim

Churfürstenthum Sachsen

Ertz hertzogthum Osterreich

Fürstenthumb Braun-

schweig vnd Lüneburgk.

649

Graffschafft Hohenstein

Deren einstheils biß an hero noch nie

in Druck ausgangen Alles mit vleis zu-

sammen getragen Vnd was in iedem ge-

handelt auff Nachfolgendem Blat

zubefindenn,

Cum gratia & priuil serenis.

Elect Saxoniae,

Leiptzigk

Jnn Vorlegung Henning Grossen des Jüngern

1616.

[fol. 1v blank]

[Note: Characters shown in italics are printed in Roman font in the original rather

than Fraktur.]

[Table of contents:]

[fol. 2r]

Vorzeichniß aller Bergkordnungen so in diesem Buch begriffen.

I.

VRsprung allgemeiner Bergkrecht/ woraus die Königlichen vnd Fürstlichen

Bergkordnungen entsprungen/ Item anzeigung der Clüfft vnd Gäng des Metallischen

Ertz/ wie die in Berg vnd Thal streichen vnd jhr geschick haben/ mit Kupfferfiguren

verzeichnet.

650

II.

Bergkordnung des freyen Königlichen Bergkwercks S. Joachimßthall/ sampt andern

umbliegenden vnd eingeleibten Silberbergkwercken.

III.

Römischer auch zu Hungern vnd Böheimb/ etc. Kön: Majest: geordente vnd

gebesserte Zinbergkwercksordnung/ der Bergstädt/ Schlackenwalda/ Schönfeld/

Lauterbach/ sampt deroselbigen zugehörigen Gebirgen.

IV.

Röm: vnd Königl. Majest: Zinbergkwercksordnung auff die Bergkwerck Hengst/

Perninger/ Lichtenstadt/ Platten/ Gottsgab/ Kaff/ Mückenbergk vnd andern

deroselben orten vnd enden.

[fol. 2v]

V.

Churfürstliche Sächsische Bergkordnung wie die Anno 1584. in Druck außgegangen.

VI.

Churfürstliche Sächsische Zinbergkwercksordnung zum Eibenstock/ wie dieselbe

von jetziger Churf. Durchl. zu Sachsen Hertzog Johann Georgen Anno 1615.

publiciret worden.

VII.

Käyser Ferdinandi Bergkwercksordnung in den Niederösterreichischen Landen.

VIII.

651

Fürstliche Braunschweigische Lünenburgische Bergkordnung der Fürstlichen freyen

Bergkwerge am Zellerfeld/ Burckstedte vnd Claußthälern als wol zum Andreßbergk/

am Todtenberge/ Tambach vnd Knieberge/ sampt allen umbligenden vnd

eingeleibten Silber/ Bley vnd Kupfferbergkwercken in den Gebirgen vnd Thälern.

IX.

Vernewerte Bergkordnung der Graffschafft Hohenstein.

[Note: The above is a diplomatic transcription of [2r] and [2v] but is not zeilengetreu

against the original.]

652

APPENDIX F

TITLE PAGE OF 2ND EDITION OF

BERGKORDNUNG NORWEGEN (COPENHAGEN, 1647)

Weyland König

CHRISTIANI Tertij

Glorwürdigsten Angedenckens An-

no 1540. über daß Bergwerck auff

dem Golmßberg im Reich Nor-

wegen publicirte

Berg-Ordnung.

Jetzo wiederumb auff gnädigsten Befehl

Deß Durchleuchtigsten/ Großmächtigen

Fürsten vnd Herrn/

Herrn CHRISTIANI

des Vierdten zu Dännemarck/ Nor-

wegen/ der Wenden vnnd Gothen Königs/

Hertzogs vu Schleßwig/ Holstein/ etc. in et-

was deutlicher gegeben vnd

653

auffgelegt.

Kopenhagen/

Ex officina Martzaniana, ANNO

M. DC. XLVII.

[Note: Characters shown in italics are printed in Roman font in the original rather

than Fraktur.]

654

APPENDIX G

DEDICATORY LETTER AND FREEDOMS, 2ND EDITION OF

BERGKORDNUNG NORWEGEN

[Transcription of Christian III.’s dedicatory letter and statement of mining freedoms

from 2nd edition of Berckordnung Norwegen (Copenhagen, 1647), with inclusion of

variants from BN(1698). This separate transcription has been provided due to the

highly divergent text against the 1st (1540) edition. These documents occupy

numbered pages 1-5 of the 1647 edition and pages [2r]-[4r] of the 1540 edition.]

[1.]a

WJr Christian von GOttes Gnaden/ zu Dännemarck/ Norwegen/ der Wenden vnd

Gothen König/ Hertzog zu Schleßwig/ Holstein/ Stormarn vnd der Ditmarschen/

Graff zu Oldenburg vnd Delmenhorst/b Thuen kundt gegen männiglich/ nach dem

der Almächtige GOtt/ von welchem alles Gutes kombt/ Vnser Königreich Norwegen

mit verschiedenen herlichen Bergwercken vnd Metallen an vielen Orthen Reichlich

gesegnet/ insonderheit aber das auff dem Golmßberg/ wie es genandt/ sich Zeithero

a Page numbers as shown are provided in BN(1647). Note that all variants recorded below are from BN(1698); therefore, they are not individually labeled as such. b insert &c.

655

mit Silberreichen Kupfferen ereugeta vnd fundig gemacht/ also zu hoffen/ daß auß

vnnd von demselben zuforderst die Ehre GOTtes des Högstenb/ als eintzigen Gebers/

dann auch Vnser/ als der ordentlichen Obrigkeit/ vnd gedachtes Vnsers gantzen

Königreichs/ sambt allerc desselben Vnterthanen/ nichts weiniger der jenigen/ so

dasselbe besuchen vnnd dero endts bawen oder sich niederlassen wollen/

sonderbahrerd Nutz vnd Frommen könne erfolgene vnd befodertf werden/ Daß Wir

dannenhero auß besonderen Königl. Gnaden bewogen vnnd verursachet/ erwehntes

sothanes Vnser Bergwerck mit gutem Regiment/ auch Rechten vnd Ordnungen/ so

dann nothwendigen Amptleuthen vnd Officirerng, die einem jedwedern an Vnser

statt Rechtens vnd Billigkeit verhelffen sollen/ zuversehen vnd zubesetzen/ nicht

zweifflend/ es werde alles zu gemeinem Nutzen vnd Auffnehmen gereichen/

Jnmassenh Wir dann auch mit vorher gepflogenem reyffen vnd zeittigem Rath zu

dem Ende nachfolgende Berg-Ordnung stellen vnd abfassen/ auch/ damit männiglich

dero Bericht haben möge/ in offenen Druck bringen vnd verfertigen lassen. Wir

ordenen/ meynen vnd [2.] wollen auch hiemit gnädigst/ daß ein jedweder/ der sich

obbemeldtes Vnsers Bergwercks bedienen vnd gebrauchen wil/ diese Vnsere

Ordnung bey vermeydung Vnserer Vngnade/ vnd anderer darein verordneten vnd

einverleibten Straffen/ vnverbrüchlich halten vnd observiren sol. Was auch in dieser

Vnserer Bergordnung/ etwa annoch außtrücklich nicht versehen/ noch erwehnet/ das

a ereugnet b Höchsten c allen d sonderbahren e folgen f befördert g Selected words or portions of words of Latin/French origin are set in Roman type font rather than Fraktur in BN(1647), designated in the transcription by italics. h immassen

656

sol vnd muß allerdings nach Recht/ Ordnung vnd gebrauch der Churfl:a Sächsischen

Bergwercke/ auch sonsten/ nach alten wolhergebrachten Bergwercks Gewohnheiten

vnd Rechten erörtert vnd decidiret werden/ Worbey Wir Vns reserviren vnnd

vorbehalten Vnsere jetzige Berg-Ordnung/ wann vnd wie es die Vmbstende vnd

Gelegenheit erheyschet/ weiter zu ändern/ zuverbessern/ vnnd zuvermehren.

Wir geben auch allen vnnd jeden/ wes Standes oder Wesens sie seyn/ so

erwehntes Vnser Bergwerck besuchen/ alda bawen oder sich niederlassen wollen/

hiemit gäntzliche Freyheit vnd Libertät/ beydes für jhre Persohn/ alß Haab vnd

Güternb/ in vnsern Königreichen/ Fürstenthümben vnd Landen/ so wol zu Wasser als

zu Lande jederzeit jhres Gefallens frey ab vnd zu zuziehen/ auch zupassiren/ vnd

damit ein jedweder Bergmann von dieser Freyheit/ die Wir aus Königl: Macht vnd

Volkommenheit gedachtem Vnserm Bergwerck vnd denen dabey sich findenden

Bergleuten/ bereits gegeben/ auch noch fürters geben vnd mittheilen werden/ desto

mehrere Kundtschafft haben vnd erlangen möge/ haben Wir dieselbe im Eingang

dieser Vnserer Berg-Ordnung zudrucken vnd zu præmittiren anbefohlen/ welches

Wir jhnen dann sambt vnd sonders in gnädigster Wolmeynung nicht bergen wollen :

[3.]

Privilegia vnd Freyheiten

deß Bergwerckes auffm

Golmßberg.

a Churfürstl. b Güter

657

WJr Christian von Gottes Gnaden/ zu Dännemarck/ Norwegen/ der Wenden vnnd

Gothen König/ Hertzog zu Schleßwigk/ Holstein/ Stormarn vnd der Ditmarschen/

Graff zu Oldenburgk vnnd Delmenhorst/ &c. Thun hiemit männiglich kundt vnd

zuwissen/ Wie das a sich durch Miltvätterlicher Verleyh: vnd Schickung Gottes

verschidene Bergwercke in Vnserm Reiche Norwegen scheinbarlich an den Tag

gegeben vnnd mercken lassen. Wann Wir dann das darauß kommendes Ertz durch

viel Bergverständige/ insonderheit auff den Bergwercken des Chur: vnd Fürstlichen

Hauses zu Sachsen/ damit Wir/ noch sonst jemandt anders in vnnöthige Kosten

geführet würden/ zu verschiedenen mahlen haben probiren vnd versuchen lassen/

vnnd sich befunden/ das solche Gänge sonders gut Kupffer vnnd Bley/ welche sich

mit Silber vnnd anderem Metal Augenscheinlich sehr reich beweisen/ halten/ vnd

sich dermassen ereugnen/ das mit der Zeit/ durch des Allerhögstenb fernere Gnade/

als dessen Gaben sie alleinig seyn/ vnd dahero auch billich hinwiederumb Jhme mit

högstemc Danck zugeäygnet werden/ viel gutes daraus zuhoffen stehet/ Als seyndt

Wir willens/ solches Bergwerck im Namen Gottes/ nicht allein Vns/ besondern auch

der gemeinen Wolfarth zu Nutz/ Heyl/ vnd aufnehmen in gang zubringen vnnd

anzufangen/ Wollen auch [4.] darauff allen den jenigen/ so dasselbe also mit

anzugreiffen bedacht vnd entschlossen seyn/ alle vnd jede Berg-Freyheit vnnd

Gerechtigkeitend/ so bey vorhoch: vnd wolgedachtes Chur: vnd Fürstlichen Hauses

Sachsen Bergwercken/ in Specie auff den Bergen/ Schneberg/ Sanct Annenberge/

a daß b Allerhöchsten c höchstem d Gerechtigkeit e St. Anneberg

658

Marienberg/ vnd anderen Berg-Städten üblich vnd gewonlich a / auch zugelassen

seyn/ gnädigst vergönnen vnd einraumben/ ja dieselbige vielmehr verbessern als

verringern/ Thuen auch solches hiemit vnd in krafft dieses/ vnd vmb daß desto mehr

zusehen vnd zuverspühren/ das Wir demselben allerdings folge zuleisten vnd

Nachtruck zugeben gemeynet/ haben Wir vber solch Vnser Bergwerck einen

bestendigen Bergmeister bereits geordnet vnd gesetzet/ derogestalt/ das alle die

jenige/ so bey gedachtem Vnserm Bergwerck zu bawen gedencken/ vnd Lust

gewinnen/ vmb Vnser Freyes die Muttungb zusuchen/ bey selbigen sich anzugeben/

der sie dann auch darauff nach Bergleufftigem gebrauch annehmen/ sonderlich aber

dem ersten Muther leihen/ solche Belehnung zu gebürlicher zeit thun vnd verrichten/

auch sonsten alles das jenige handeln vnd in acht nehmen/ was jhme als einem

getrewen Bergmeister von wegen seines anbefohlenen Ambtes/ in deme vnd

anderen/ geziemet vnnd gebühret/ inmassen solches auff wolbestalten Bergwercken

herkommen vnnd gebräuchlich. Wann nun/ zum Andern/ die Muthung/ wie jetzt

gedacht/ bey dem verordnetem Bergmeister geschehen/ sol derselbe männiglich/ so

sich darümb zu rechter zeit anmeldet/ einen gewissen Platz vnd Orth/ worauff sie

zubawen/ abmessen/ bezeichen vnd anweisen/ So wollen Wir zu all solcher weiteren

Beforderung vnd Fortsetzung gnädigst beschaffen/ das einem jeden nach arth vnnd

weyse/ wie bey vorgemelten Bergwercken des löblichen Chur-Hauses Sachsen üb-

vnd bräuchlich/ nottürfftig Zimmer vnd Bawholtz/ sammt [5.] anderem

gehandtreichet vnd gefolget werden soll. Drittens wollen Wir sothane newe Berg-

Stadt/ wo die mit der Zeit angerichtet wirdt/ immerzu gleichsamb zu ewigen zeiten a gewöhnlich b Corrected to <Muthung> in BN(1647) Errata

659

als eine gantz freye Bergstadt begnaden vnd privilegiren/ ja krafft dieses darzu

begnadet vnnd privilegiret haben. Gestalt dann auch Vierdtens vnd zum Beschluß

die Einwohnere selbiger Bergstadt/ so weit sie es zu all solcher behuff vnnd zu

beforderung gemeines Nutzen vnd Gedeyens bey derogleichen Bergwercken nötig/

so fern es durch fernere schickung GOttes so weit gereicht vnd zum würcklichen

Fortgang gebracht wirdt/ mit weiterer genugsamben Freyheit vnd Bergordnung nach

aller Notturfft/ auch auff weyse vnnd masse/ wie es bey offtgemelten Churfürstl:

Sächsischen Bergwercken im gebrauch ist/ sollen versehen vnd begabet werden/

Worzu Wir Vns dann in krafft dieses Vnsers offenen Außschreibens gnädigst wollen

anheyßsig gemacht vnd verpflichtet/ Hergegen aber nichts desto weniger Vns alle

competentz, Freyheit vnd Gehorsamb/ so andere Oberen vnd Herschafften von jhren

Eigenthumben vnd Bergwercken zugeniessen/ vorbehalten haben. Deß zu Vrkundt

haben Wir Vnser Secret hierauff wissentlich drucken vnd dieses Datiren lassen in

Vnser Stadt Odensehe/ am Montage nach

Corporis Christi, Anno

M. D. XXXIX.a

a 1539.

660

APPENDIX H

TITLE PAGE AND TABLE OF CONTENTS OF

CORPUS JURIS ET SYSTEMA RERUM METALLICARUM

(FRANKFURT, 1698)

[Transcription of the title page and table of contents of Corpus juris et systema rerum

metallicarum oder neuverfaßtes Bergbuch, ed. J. David Zunner, Frankfurt, 1698 –

based on personal copy.]

[fol. 1r]

CORPUS JURIS

& Systema rerum Metallicarum;

Oder:

Neu-verfaßtes

Berg-Buch/

Bestehend aus allerhand/

So alten als neuern Collectaneis

Von

Bergwercks-Sachen/

Und zwar

661

I. Christoph Encelii Tractat von Metallischen Dingen/

Aus dem Latin ins Teutsche übersetzet.

II. Ein alter Tractat von Erkäntnuß der Klüfft:

und Gänge/ auch unterschiedener deß Gesteins Güte.

III. Deuceri Corpus Juris Metallicum, oder Berg-

Rechten. Nebst

IV. Allerhand andern/ als Kayserl. Königlichen/

Chur- und Fürstlichen/ wie auch Gräfflichen Berg-Ordnungen.

Weiter ist statt eines Andern Theils angefüget ein gantz neuer Tractat,

Nemlich:

V. Tit. Herrn Abrahams von Schönberg/ Churfl.

Sächs. Raths/ und Ober-Berg- und Crayß-Hauptmanns

zu Freyberg publicirte außführliche

Berg-INFORMATION,

Samt denen bey Berg- und Hütten-werck gebräuchlichen Redens-Arten.

Allen und jeden Liebhabern/ sonderlich aber denen/

Welche bey dem Berg- und Schmeltz-Wesen zuschaffen haben/

Zu Dienst und Gefallen zusammen getragen/

Als darinnen selbige/

Was ihnen zu thun oblieget/ was so wol in- als auser der Gruben/ und bey der Hutten

vor Anstalt zu machen/ oder vor Auffsicht zu halten/ imgleichen wie in Proceß-Sachen

Bergrechtlich zu verfahren/ &c. benachrichtet werden.

Franckfurt am Mayn/

662

Jn Verlegung Johann David Zunners/ Buchhändlers/

Jm Jahre Christi M DC LXXXXVIII.

[Note: Characters shown in italics are printed in Roman type face in the original

rather than Fraktur; some lines or portions of lines of the original title page are

printed in red lettering.]

663

BIBLIOGRAPHY Primary Texts Agricola, Georgius. Ausgewählte Werke. 6 vols. Berlin: VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften, 1955-1961. Agricola, Georgius. Bermannus sive De re metallica dialogus. Ed. & trans. Helmut Wilsdorf et al. Georgius Agricola – Ausgewählte Werke. Vol. 2. Berlin: VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften, 1955. Agricola, Georgius. De natura fossilium (Textbook of mineralogy). Ed. & trans. Mark Chance Bandy & Jean A. Bandy. New York: Geological Society of America, 1955. [Reprint: New York, Dover, 2004.] Agricola, Georgius. De re metallica. Basel: Froben/Episcopius, 1556. [English translation by Herbert Clark Hoover & Lou Henry Hoover. New York: Dover, 1950.] Agricola, Georgius. Epistula ad Meurerum. Ed. & trans. Georg Fraustadt & Hans Prescher. Georgius Agricola – Ausgewählte Werke.

Vol. 5. Schriften zur Geologie und Mineralogie I. Berlin: VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften, 1956. 1-43.

Agricola, Georgius. De ortu et causis subterraneorum Lib. V. De natura eorum

quae effluunt ex terra Lib. IIII. De natura fossilium Lib. X. De veteribus et novis metallis Lib. II. Bermannus, siue, De re metallica dialogus. Interpretatio germanica vocum rei metallicae: addito Indice foecundissimo. Basel: Froben/Episcopius, 1546

Agricola, Georgius. De veteribus et novis metallis libri II. Ed. & trans. Georg Fraustadt. Georgius Agricola – Ausgewählte Werke. Vol. 5. Vermischte Schriften I. Berlin: VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften, 1961. 59-

138. Albertus Magnus. Book of Minerals. Ed. & trans. Dorothy Wyckoff. Oxford: Clarendon, 1967.

664

Albinus, Petrus. Meisznische Land und Bergk Chronica. Dresden: n.p., 1589.

Alchemical Poetry, 1575-1700. Ed. Robert M. Schuler. Garland Reference Library of the Humanities 1109. New York/London: Garland, 1999. Bergkordnung des Löblichen newen Bergkwergs/ auff dem Golmsbergk/ im Königreich Norwegen. Zwickau: Meyerpeck, 1540. [2nd edition, Copenhagen, 1647. Reprint of 1st edition: Trondheim, 1963.] Bergliederbüchlein. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Ed. Elizabeth Mincoff-

Marriage & Gerhard Heilfurth. Leipzig: Hiersemann, 1936. Biringuccio, Vannoccio. The Pirotechnia of Vannoccio Biringuccio: The Classic Sixteenth-Century Treatise on Metals and Metallurgy. Ed. & trans. Cyril Stanley Smith & Martha Teach Gnudi. New York: Dover, 1990. Corpus juris & Systema rerum Metallicarum, Oder: Neu-verfaßtes Berg-Buch

…. Frankfurt am Main: Johann David Zunner, 1698. [Includes “Bergbüchlein” eleventh edition: B11]

Dechen, Heinrich von. Das älteste deutsche Bergwerksbuch. Reprint from Zeitschrift für Bergrecht, volume 26. Bonn: Adolph Marcus, 1885.

Deucer, Johann. Metallicorum corpus juris, oder Bergkrecht. Leipzig: Heirs

of Henning Gross, 1624. Der deutsche ‘Macer.’ Vulgatfassung. Ed. Bernhard Schnell & William

Crossgrove. Tübingen: Max Niemeyer, 2003. Entzelt [Encelius], Christoph. De re metallica … libri III. [Frankfurt]: Chr.

Egenolphum, 1551. Ercker, Lazarus. Treatise on Ores and Assaying translated from the German edition of 1580. Ed. & trans. Anneliese G. Sisco & Cyril Stanley

Smith. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1951. Europäisches Montanwesen im Hochmittelalter: Das Trienter Bergrecht

1185-1214. Ed. & trans. Dieter Hägermann & Karl-Heinz Ludwig. Köln: Böhlau, 1986.

Grimmelshausen, Hans Jakob Christoffel von. Der abentheurliche Simplicissimus Teutsch und Continuatio des abentheurlichen

Simplicissimi. 2nd ed. Ed. Rolf Tarot. Tübingen: Max Niemeyer

665

Verlag, 1984. Grimmelshausen, Hans Jakob Christoffel von. Lebensbeschreibung der Ertzbetrügerin und Landstörtzerin Courasche. Ed. Wolfgang Bender.

Tübingen: Max Niemeyer Verlag, 1967. Herttwig, Christoph. Neues und vollkommenes Berg-Buch, bestehend in sehr vielen und raren Berg-Händeln und Bergwercks-Gebräuchen… Dresden & Leipzig, 1710. [2nd edition, Dresden & Leipzig, 1734.] Herzog Georgs Bergordnung für Sanct Annaberg. Leipzig: Melchior Lotter,

1509. Hoffmann, Richard C. Fishers’ Craft and Lettered Art. Tracts on Fishing from the End of the Middle Ages. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1997. “Ein hübscher Spruch von dem edlen Bergwerk aus dem Jahr 1520.” Ed. Franz Kirnbauer. Leobener Grüne Hefte 60. Vienna: Montan-Verlag, 1962. Jean D’Espagnet’s The Summary of Physics Restored (Enchyridion Physicae

Restitutae). Ed. Thomas Willard. Garland Reference Library of the Humanities 1109. New York/London: Garland, 1999.

Kieckhefer, Richard. Forbidden Rites. A Necromancer’s Manual of the Fifteenth Century. Stroud, Gloucestershire: Sutton, 1997. Klotzsch, Johann Friedrich. Ursprung der Bergwerke in Sachsen, aus der

Geschichte mittler Zeiten untersucht. Chemnitz, 1764. Köhler, Friedrich Wilhelm. Historische Nachrichten von der

chursächsischen alten freyen Bergstadt Wolkenstein im meißnischen Obererzgebürge. Schneeberg: Fr. G. Fulda Witwe, 1781.

Krags, Niels & Stephan Stephanius. Den stormægtigste Konge Kong Christian den Tredie, Konge til Danmark og Norge… hans Historie… oversat af Latinen. 3 vols. Copenhagen: Godiche, 1776-1779. Kurtze/ doch warhafftige Beschreibung Der Silber und anderer Bergwercke in Norwegen/ so viel derselben An. 1649. im Königreiche bekandt

gewesen (2nd ed., Bockenhoffer, 1685). Facsimilia Scientia et Technica Norvegica 21. Ed. Knut Thalberg. Trondheim: NTH- Trykk, 1965.

Mathesius, Johann. Sarepta, oder, Bergpostill: sampt der Jochimssthalischen kurtzen Chroniken. Nuremberg: Berg/Newbar, 1562.

666

Mendels, Judica I. H. “Das ‘Bergbüchlein’. A text edition.” Diss. Johns

Hopkins University, 1953. Pieper, Wilhelm. Ulrich Rülein von Calw und sein Bergbüchlein. Mit

Urtext-Faksimile und Übertragung des Bergbüchleins von etwa 1500 und Faksimile der Pestschrift von 1521. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag, 1955.

Piirainen, I. T. Das Iglauer Bergrecht nach einer Handschrift aus Schemnitz.

Heidelberg, 1980. Piirainen, I. T. Das Stadt- und Bergrecht von Kremnica/Kremnitz. Heidelberg, 1983. Pliny the Elder. Natural History: A selection. Ed. & trans. John F. Healy. London: Penguin, 1991. “Probirbüchlein.” Magdeburg, 1524. [transcribed in: Lempe, Johann Friedrich.

“Beitrag zur alten Litteratur der Bergbaukunst. II: Ein altes Probirbüchlein von 1524, gedruckt zu Magdeburg.” Magazin für die Bergbaukunde 9 (1792): 56-132.]

Risko, Agnes. “‘Gott zu Ehren, dem Neben=Christen zu Nutz…’: Anna Elisabeth Horenburg’s Manual for Midwives.” Diss. Ohio State University, 1998. [Rülein von Kalbe, Ulrich.] “Ein nutzlich bergbuchleyn.” N.p. [Leipzig?]: n.p.

[Martin Landsberg?], n.d. [1500?]. [Published anonymously; facsimile reproduction in Pieper, Ulrich Rülein, pp. 65-112; “Bergbüchlein” first edition: B1]

[Rülein von Kalbe, Ulrich.] “Ain wolgeordnetz: vnnd nuczliche büchlin wie man bergwerck suchen vnd erfinden sol von allerley mettal…” Augsburg: Erhart Ratdolt, 1505. [Facsimile reproduction on webpage of Ecole nationale supérieure des Mines, Paris, <http://euromin.w3sites.net/ Nouveau_site/musees/ensmp/buch/buechlein.htm;>; “Bergbüchlein” second edition: B2] [Rülein von Kalbe, Ulrich.] “Eyn wolgeordent vnd nützlich büchlin/ wie man Bergwerck suchen vnd finden sol/ von allerley Metall…” Worms: Peter Schöfer, 1518. [Facsimile reproduction, Bergakademie Freiberg, 1991; “Bergbüchlein” third edition: B3] [Rülein von Kalbe, Ulrich.] “Ein nützlich Bergbüchlin von allen Metallen/ als

667

Golt/ Silber/ Zcyn/ Kupfer ertz/ Eisen stein/ Bleyertz/ vnd vom Quecksilber.” Erfurt: Johan Loersfelt, 1527. [“Bergbüchlein” fourth edition: B4] [Rülein von Kalbe, Ulrich (et al.).] “Bergwerck vnd Probirbüchlin. Für die Bergk vnd Feurwercker/ Goltschmid/ Alchimisten vnd Künstner. Gilbertus Cardinal vonn Soluiren vnnd scheydungen aller Metal. Polirung allerhand Edelgesteyn. Fürtrefliche Wasser zum Etzen/ Scheyden vnd Soluiren. Verhütung vnd rath für gifftige dämpffe der Metal.” Frankfurt: Christian Egenolph, 1533. [“Bergbüchlein” fifth edition: B5] [Rülein von Kalbe, Ulrich.] “Ein wolgeordent vnd nutzlich büchlein/ wie man Bergwerck suchen vnd finden sol/ von allerley Metall…” Augsburg: Heinrich Steyner, 1534. [“Bergbüchlein” sixth edition: B6] [Rülein von Kalbe, Ulrich (et al.).] “Bergwerck vnd Probir büchlin/ für die Bergk vnnd feurwercker Golschmid/ Alchimisten vnd Künstner. Gilbertus Cardinal vonn Soluiren vnnd scheidungen aller Metal[.] Polirung aller hand Edelgestein. Fürtreffliche Wasser zum Etzen/ Scheyden/ vnd Soluiren. Verhütung vnd Rath für gifftige dämpffe der Metal.” Frankfurt: Christian Egenolff, 1535. [Reprint of B5; “Bergbüchlein” seventh edition: B7] [Rülein von Kalbe, Ulrich.] “Ein wolgeordent vnd nutzlich büchlin/ wie man Bergwerck suchen vnd finden sol/ von allerley Metall…” Augsburg: Heinrich Steyner, 1539. [Reprint of B6; “Bergbüchlein” ninth edition: B9] Saxon Mirror, The. Ed. & trans. Maria Dobozy. Philadelphia: University of

Pennsylvania Press, 1999. Die Schreckenberger Bergordnung 1499/1500. Ed. Johannes D. Sehm. 2

vols. Zwickau: Ullmann, 1936. Schwazer Bergbuch. Ed. Heinrich Winkelmann. Bochum: n.p., 1956. Sisco, Anneliese Grünhaldt & Smith, Cyril Stanley. Bergwerk- und Probierbüchlein. New York: American Institute of Mining and

Metallurgical Engineers, 1949. Talhoffer, Hans. Medieval Combat. A Fifteenth-Century Illustrated Manual of Swordfighting and Close-Quarter Combat. Ed. & trans. Mark

Rector. London: Greenhill, 2000. Theophrastus. On Stones. Introduction, Greek text, English translation, and

Commentary. Ed. & trans. Earle R. Caley & John F. C. Richards.

668

Columbus: Ohio State University, 1956. Urkundenbuch der Stadt Freiberg in Sachsen. Vol. 2. Bergbau, Bergrecht,

Münze. Codex diplomaticus Saxoniae regiae 2,13. Ed. Hubert Ermisch. Leipzig: Giesecke & Devrient, 1886.

Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht, Der. Ed. Johann Haselberg. N.p.: n.d.

[1535-38?]. [Includes “Bergbüchlein” eighth edition: B8] Ursprung vnd Ordnungen der Bergwerge. Leipzig: Henning Groß, 1616.

[Includes “Bergbüchlein” tenth edition: B10] Weyland König Christiani Tertij Glorwürdigsten Angedenckens Anno 1540 über daß Bergwerck auff dem Golmßberg im Reich Norwegen publicirte Berg-Ordnung. Copenhagen: Martzania, 1647. [2nd edition of Bergkordnung Norwegen] Research literature Adams, Frank Dawson. The Birth and Development of the Geological Sciences.

New York: Dover, 1954. Arbeitsgemeinschaft außeruniversitärer historischer Forschungseinrichtungen (AHF). “Empfehlungen zur Edition frühneuzeitlicher Texte.” <http://www.ahf-muenchen.de/Arbeitskreise/empfehlungen.shtml>. Assion, Peter. Altdeutsche Fachliteratur. Grundlagen der Germanistik 13. Berlin: Erich Schmidt, 1973. Barge, Hermann. Geschichte der Buchdruckerkunst von ihren Anfängen bis zur Gegenwart. Leipzig: Philipp Reclam jun., 1940. Bärtling, Bernhard. “Das Schwedische Bergrecht unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Rechtsnatur der bergbaulichen Abbaurechte im Vergleich zum Preußischen Bergrecht.” Diss. University of Münster, 1963. Baufeld, Christa. Kleines frühneuhochdeutsches Wörterbuch. Tübingen: Max Niemeyer, 1996. Benzing, Josef. Bibliographie Strasbourgeoise. Bibliographie des ouvrages

imprimés à Strasbourg (Bas-Rhin) au XVIe siècle. Bibliotheca Bibliographica Aureliana 80. Baden-Baden: Éditions Valentin Koerner, 1981.

669

Benzing, Josef. Die Buchdrucker des 16. und 17. Jahrhunderts im deutschen

Sprachgebiet. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 1963. Benzing, Josef. Buchdruckerlexikon des 16. Jahrhunderts (Deutsches Sprachgebiet). Frankfurt am Main: Vittorio Klostermann, 1952. Benzing, Josef. “Johann Haselberg, ein fahrender Verleger und Schriftsteller 1515-1538.” Archiv für Geschichte des Buchwesens 7.1-2 (1967): col. 301-315. Benzing, Josef. “Haselberg, Johann.” Neue deutsche Biographie. Vol. 8. Berlin: Duncker & Humboldt, 1969. 22-23. Berg, Bjǿrn Ivar. “Ausgrabungen von Bergwerken der Agricola-Zeit in Norwegen.” Der Anschnitt 51.2-3 (1999): 111-112. Berg, Bjǿrn Ivar. “Bergarbeit in Skandinavien vom 14. bis zum 17. Jahrhundert.” Bergbau und Arbeitsrecht. Ed. K.-H. Ludwig & P. Silka. Böcksteiner

Montana 8. Vienna: VWGÖ, 1989. 187-209. Boldt, Gerhard. “Bergrecht in Norwegen.” Deutsch-Norwegische Wirtschafts- Zeitschrift (DNWZ) 4.10 (1944): 239-243. Boldt, Gerhard. Das norwegische Bergrecht. Recht und Wirtschaft in Norwegen 2. Oslo: Atlantic forlag a/s, 1943. The Book History Reader. Ed. David Finkelstein & Alistair McCleery. New

York/London: Routledge, 2002. Brauer, Adalbert. “Grosse (Groß), Buchhändler.” Neue deutsche Biographie. Vol. 8. Berlin: Duncker & Humboldt, 1966. 147-148. Chrisman, Miriam Usher. Bibliography of Strasbourg Imprints, 1480-1599. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1982. Cipolla, Carlo M. Literacy and Development in the West. Baltimore: Pelican, 1969. Claus, Helmut. Die Zwickauer Drucke des 16. Jahrhunderts. Part 2: Wolfgang Meyerpeck, 1530-1551. Gotha: Forschungsbibliothek Gotha, 1985-86. Connolly, David E. “A Research Bibliography of Early Modern German Mining.” De re metallica. The Uses of Metal in the Middle Ages.

670

Ed. Robert Bork. Hampshire, England: Ashgate, 2005. 387-401. Connolly, David E. “Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s Bergbüchlein in the Context of Sixteenth-century German Mining/metallurgical Literature.” De re metallica. The Uses of Metal in the Middle Ages. Ed. Robert Bork.

Hampshire, England: Ashgate, 2005. 347-366. Crossgrove, William. Die deutsche Sachliteratur des Mittelalters. Bern: Peter Lang, 1994. Darmstaedter, Ernst. Berg-, Probir- und Kunstbüchlein. Münchener Beiträge zur Geschichte und Literatur der Naturwissenschaften und Medizin 2/3. Munich: Verlag der Münchner Drucke, 1926. De re metallica. The Uses of Metal in the Middle Ages. AVISTA Studies in

the History of Medieval Technology, Science, and Art 4. Ed. Robert Bork et al. Hampshire, England: Ashgate, 2005.

Eamon, William. Science and the Secrets of Nature. Books of Secrets in Medieval and Early Modern Culture. Princeton: Princeton University

Press, 1994. Ebert, Robert Peter, Oskar Reichmann, Hans-Joachim Solms, & Klaus-Peter Wegera. Frühneuhochdeutsche Grammatik. Tübingen: Max Niemeyer, 1993. Eis, Gerhard. “Fachprosa des Mittelalters.” Deutsche Philologie im Aufriss. Ed. Wolfgang Stammler. Bielefeld: Erich Schmidt, 1954. Vol. II: cols. 1633-1687. Eis, Gerhard. Mittelalterliche Fachliteratur. 2nd ed. Stuttgart: Metzler, 1967. Eisenstein, Elizabeth. The Printing Press as an Agent of Change. 2 vols. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979. Eisenstein, Elizabeth. The Printing Revolution in Early Modern Europe. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1983. Ermisch, Hubert. Das sächsische Bergrecht des Mittelalters. Leipzig: Giesecke & Devrient, 1887. Febvre, Lucien & Henri-Jean Martin. The Coming of the Book. Trans. David Gerard. London/New York: Verso, 1976. Fluck, Hans-Rüdiger. Fachsprachen. Einführung und Bibliographie. UTB

671

483. 4th ed. Tübingen: Francke, 1991. Gabler, Hans Walter. “Introduction: Textual Criticism and Theory in Modern German Editing.” Contemporary German Editorial Theory. Ed. Hans Walter Gabler, George Bornstein, & Gillian Borland Pierce. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 1995. 1-16. Gabler, Hans Walter. “The Synchrony and Diachrony of Texts: Practice and Theory of the Critical Edition of James Joyce’s Ulysses.” TEXT 1 (1981): 305-326. Gaskell, Philip. A New Introduction to Bibliography. New Castle, Delaware: Oak Knoll, 1995. Greetham, D. C. “Textual Scholarship.” Introduction to Scholarship in Modern Languages and Literatures. Ed. Joseph Gibaldi. New York:

Modern Language Association, 1992. 103-137. Greg, W. W. “The Rationale of Copy-Text.” Studies in Bibliography 3 (1950-51): 19-37. Haage, Bernhard Dietrich. “Deutsche Artesliteratur des Mittelalters. Überblick und Forschungsbericht.” Zeitschrift für

Literaturwissenschaft und Linguistik 51/52 (1983): 185-205. Habermann, Mechthild. Deutsche Fachtexte der frühen Neuzeit. Naturkundlich-medizinische Wissensvermittlung im Spannungsfeld von Latein und Volkssprache. Berlin/New York: Walter de Gruyter,

2001. Hahn, Walther von. Fachkommunikation. Entwicklung, Linguistische Konzepte, Betriebliche Beispiele. New York/Berlin: Walter de

Gruyter, 1983. “Hand Press Book (HPB) Database.” <http://www.certl.org/HPB/>. Herrmann, Wilhelm & Hubert Ermisch. “Das Freiberger Bergrecht.” Neues Archiv für sächsische Geschichte und Altertumskunde 3.2 (1882):

118-151. Holborn, Hajo. A History of Modern Germany. The Reformation. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1959. Holzmann, Michael & Hanns Bohatta. Deutsches Anonymenlexikon. 7 vols. Weimar: Gesellschaft der Bibliphilen, 1902-28.

672

Imme, Theodor. “Die Eigentümlichkeiten und Vorzüge der deutschen Bergmannssprache.” Wissenschaftliche Beihefte zur Zeitschrift des Allgemeinen Deutschen Sprachvereins 5.31 (1909): 1-24. Ivins, William M., Jr. Prints and Visual Communication. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1953. Johns, Adrian. The Nature of the Book. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1998. Johns, Adrian. “Science and the Book in Modern Cultural Historiography.”

Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 29.2 (1998): 167-194. Jones, George. “English Borrowings from Medieval German Fachsprache.”

Fachliteratur des Mittelalters. Festschrift für Gerhard Eis. Ed. Gundolf Keil, Rainer Rudolf, Wolfram Schmitt, & Hans J.

Vermeer. Stuttgart: J. B. Metzlersche Verlagsbuchhandlung, 1968. 11- 19.

Jones, George. “Fachschrifttum.” Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Ed. Joseph R. Strayer. Vol. 4. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1982. Kästner, Hannes, Eva Schütz, & Johannes Schwitalla. “‘Dem gmainen Mann zu guttem Teutsch gemacht’. Textliche Verfahren der Wissensvermittlung in frühneuhochdeutschen Fachkompendien.” Neuere Forschungen zur historischen Syntax des Deutschen. Referate der internationalen Fachkonferenz Eichstätt 1989. Ed. Anne Betten & Claudia M. Riehl.

Tübingen: Niemeyer, 1990. 205-223. Kästner, Hannes, Eva Schütz, & Johannes Schwitalla. “Die Textsorten des Frühneuhochdeutschen.” Handbücher zur Sprach- und

Kommunikationswissenschaft. Vol. 2.2. Sprachgeschichte. Berlin/New York: de Gruyter, 1985. 1355-1368.

Keil, Gundolf, Johannes G. Mayer, & Monika Reininger. “ ‘ein kleiner Leonardo’. Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe als Humanist, Mathematiker, Montanwissenschaftler und Arzt.” Würzburger Fachprosa-Studien. Beiträge zur mittelalterlichen Medizin-, Pharmazie- und

Standesgeschichte aus dem Würzburger medizinhistorischen Institut, Michael Holler zum 60. Geburtstag. Ed. Gundolf Keil, Johannes G. Mayer, & Christian Naser. Würzburg: Königshausen und Neumann, 1995. 228-247.

Keiser, George R. “Editing Scientific and Practical Writings.” A Guide to

673

Editing Middle English. Ed. Vincent P. McCarren & Douglas Moffat. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 1998. 109-122.

Knauth, Percy. The Metalsmiths. New York: Time-Life Books, 1974. Koch, Manfred. Geschichte und Entwicklung des bergmännischen

Schrifttums. Schriftenreihe Bergbau-Aufbereitung 1. Goslar: Hermann Hübener, 1963.

Laube, Adolf. “Der Weg zur Annaberger Bergordnung von 1509—ein Weg zur Bewältigung gesellschaftlicher Interessenkonflikte durch die Landesherrschaft.” Sächsische Justizgeschichte, Rechtsbücher und Rechtsordnungen in Mittelalter und früher Neuzeit 9 (1999): 161-185. Levine, John. The Internet for Dummies. New York: Hungry Minds, Inc., 1993. Lexikon des gesamten Buchwesens. Ed. Karl Löffler, Joachim Kirchner, &

Wilhelm Olbrich. 3 vols. Leipzig: Verlag Karl W. Hiersemann, 1935-37.

Lieber, Werner & Hermann Leyerzapf. “German Silver: An historical perspective on Silver mining in Germany.” The Mineralogical

Record 17 (1986): 3-18. Lofmark, Carl. The Authority of the Source in Middle High German Narrative Poetry. London: University of London, 1981. Long, Pamela O. “The Openness of Knowledge: An Ideal and its Context in 16th-century Writings on Mining and Metallurgy.” Technology and

Culture 32 (1991): 318-355. Long, Pamela O. Openness, Secrecy, Authorship. Technical Arts and the Culture of Knowledge from Antiquity to the Renaissance. Baltimore: Johns

Hopkins University Press, 2001. Löscher, Hermann. Das erzgebirgische Bergrecht des 15. und 16. Jahrhunderts. I. Teil. Die erzgebirgischen Berggebräuche des 16.

Jahrhunderts und ihre Vorläufer seit etwa 1450. Berlin: Akademie- Verlag, 1957.

Ludwig, Karl-Heinz. “Aspekte der Arbeitsverfassung im europäischen Bergbau des Mittelalters und der frühen Neuzeit.” Bergbau und Arbeitsrecht. Ed. K.-H. Ludwig & P. Silka. Böcksteiner Montana 8. Vienna: VWGÖ, 1989. 11-35.

674

Mackensen, Lutz. “Bergmannssprache.” Sprache und Technik. Zwei

Vorträge. Lüneburg: Heliand-Verlag, 1954. 41-51. Majer, Jiří. “Der Bergbau in Böhmen zur Agricola-Zeit.” Der Anschnitt 46.2-3 (1994): 77-83. Matthes, E. F. “Deutsche Knappen im Erzbergbau Norwegens.” Der

Anschnitt 6.5 (1954): 8-10. McKenzie, D. F. Bibliography and the Sociology of Texts. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1999. Mendels, Judy. “Das ‘Bergbüchlein’ und seine Nachfolger.” Zeitschrift für deutsche Philologie 75 (1956): 83-94. Mendels, Judy. “Von deutscher Bergwerkssprache.” Muttersprache:

Zeitschrift zur Pflege und Erforschung der deutschen Sprache 73 (1963): 161-171.

Modern Language Association. “Guidelines for Editors of Scholarly Editions.”

<http://jefferson.village.virginia.edu/~jmu2m/cse/ CSEguidelines.html>.

Nagel, Anne-Hilde. “Norwegian Mining in the Early Modern Period.”

GeoJournal 32.2 (1994): 137-149. Nef, John U. “Mining and Metallurgy in Medieval Civilisation.” Cambridge

Economic History of Europe. Vol. 2. Trade and Industry in the Middle Ages. Ed. M. M. Postan & Edward Miller. 2nd ed. Cambridge, 1987. 691-761.

Nichols, Stephen G. & Siegfried Wenzel. “Introduction.” The Whole Book. Cultural Perspectives on the Medieval Miscellany. Ed. S. Nichols &

S. Wenzel. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 1996. 1-6. Ong, Walter J. Orality and Literacy. The Technologizing of the Word. New York/London: Routledge, 1982. Pahta, Päivi & Irma Taavitsainen. “Vernacularisation of scientific and medical writing in its sociohistorical context.” Medical and Scientific

Writing in Late Medieval England. Ed. I. Taavitsainen & P. Pahta. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2002. 1-22.

675

Paisey, David. Catalogue of books printed in the German-speaking countries and of German books printed in other countries from 1601 to 1700 now in the British Library. 5 vols. London: British Library, 1962. Parkes, Malcolm B. “The Influence of the Concepts of Ordinatio and Compilatio on the Development of the Book.” Medieval Learning and Literature. Ed. J. J. G. Alexander & M. T. Gibson. Oxford: Clarendon, 1976. 115-141. Philipp, Gerhard. Einführung ins Frühneuhochdeutsche. Heidelberg: UTB Quelle & Meyer, 1980. Piirainen, Ilpo Tapani. “Geschichte der deutschen Bergbausprache.” Der Anschnitt 46.6 (1994): 202-206. Piirainen, Ilpo Tapani. “Historizität der Fachsprachen am Beispiel der deutschen Bergbausprache.” Special Language: From humans thinking to thinking machines. Ed. Christer Laurén & Marianne Nordman. Avon &

Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters Ltd., 1987. 80-88. Pörksen, Uwe. Deutsche Naturwissenschaftssprachen. Historische und kritische Studien. Tübingen: Gunter Narr, 1986. Pounds, Norman J. G. “Mining.” Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Ed. Joseph R. Strayer. Vol. 8. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1987.

397-404. Prescher, Hans. “Georgius Agricola und sein Hauptwerk ‘De re metallica’.” Der Anschnitt 46.2-3 (1994): 42-54. Prescher, Hans. Georgius Agricola. Persönlichkeit und Wirken für den Bergbau und das Hüttenwesen des 16. Jahrhunderts. Acta humaniora.

Leipzig: VEB Deutscher Verlag für Grundstoffindustrie, 1985. Roelcke, Thorsten. Fachsprachen. Berlin: Erich Schmidt, 1999. Röhrig, Ernst Otto. German-English Dictionary of the Terms and Expressions employed in Mining and metallurgy. Leipzig, 1881. Roth, F. W. E. “Johann Haselberg von Reichenau, Verleger und Buchführer,

1515-1538.” Archiv für Geschichte des deutschen Buchhandels 18 (1896): 16-28.

Schellhas, Walter. “Beziehungen des Freiberger Bergbaus und der Bergakademie Freiberg (Sachsen) zu Norwegen bis zum Beginn des 20. Jahrhunderts.”

676

Studien zur Geschichte des Bergbaus und der Montanwissenschaften vom 16. bis zum 20. Jahrhundert. Freiberger Forschungshefte D147. Leipzig: VEB Deutscher Verlag für Grundstoffindustrie, 1982. 47-95.

Schwarz, Klaus. Untersuchungen zur Geschichte der deutschen Bergleute im späteren Mittelalter. Freiberger Forschungshefte D20. Berlin:

Akademie-Verlag, 1958. Seibicke, Wilfried. “Fachsprachen in historischer Entwicklung.” Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft. Vol. 2.2.

Sprachgeschichte. Berlin/New York: de Gruyter, 1985. 1998-2008.

Siems, Peter. “Background, Summary, and Aftermath of the 1548 Mining Law for the Schlackenwald Tin Mines, Bohemia.” De re metallica. The Uses of Metal in the Middle Ages. Ed. Robert Bork. Hampshire,

England: Ashgate, 2005. 367-386. Smith, Pamela H. The Business of Alchemy. Science and Culture in the Holy Roman Empire. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1994. Stillwell, Margaret Bingham. The Awakening Interest in Science during the

First Century of Printing, 1450-1550. New York: Bibliographical Society of America, 1970.

Strätz, Hans-Wolfgang. “Bergmännisches Arbeitsrecht im 15. und 16. Jahrhundert.” Der Anschnitt 28 (1976): 86-94, 114-122. Suhling, Lothar. Aufschließen, Gewinnen und Fördern. Geschichte des

Bergbaus. Reinbek, 1983. Tanselle, G. Thomas. “The Varieties of Scholarly Editing.” Scholarly Editing: A Guide to Research. Ed. D. C. Greetham. New York:

Modern Language Association of America, 1995. 9-32. Thuesen, Gunnar & T. Lindtveit. “The Saxon Influence in Mining and

Metallurgical Industry in Norway.” Internationales Symposium zur Geschichte des Bergbaus und Hüttenwesens. Vol. 2. Freiberg: ICOHTEC-Vorträge, 1980. 473-488.

Veith, Heinrich. Deutsches Bergwörterbuch. Breslau, 1871. [Reprint: Wiesbaden: M. Sändig, 1968.] Verdier, Philippe. “Metallurgy.” Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Ed. Joseph R. Strayer. Vol. 8. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1987. 283-

677

287. Wells, C. J. German. A Linguistic History to 1945. Oxford: Clarendon, 1985. Willecke, Raimund, Wilhelm Westhoff, & Wilhelm Schülter. Die deutsche

Berggesetzgebung von den Anfängen bis zur Gegenwart. Essen: Glückauf, 1977.

Zycha, Adolf. Das Recht des ältesten deutschen Bergbaues bis ins 13.

Jahrhundert. Berlin, 1899. Zycha, Adolf. Das böhmische Bergrecht im Mittelalter. 2 vols. Berlin, 1900.